Actions

Work Header

Rating:
Archive Warning:
Categories:
Fandom:
Relationships:
Characters:
Additional Tags:
Language:
English
Series:
Part 1 of Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE!
Stats:
Published:
2021-04-16
Updated:
2025-02-08
Words:
131,683
Chapters:
33/?
Comments:
283
Kudos:
173
Bookmarks:
32
Hits:
6,329

Don’t Lose Your Head

Summary:

Their lives were never meant to get this complicated. Tommy and Tubbo were just two simple hybrid thieves trying to get by. It all started when they snuck into a royal masquerade to steal some gold, which somehow turned into a battle of tactics and thievery against King Dream for the Discs back.

The two eventually find themselves in the fight of their lives for the independence of L’manberg and later against the Manberg Empire. But their friendship alone isn’t enough to save everything they love. With all these battles, they can only pray to Prime that they don’t lose their heads.

Or a loose retelling of season one of the DSMP in a medieval setting with fantasy elements, and some canon divergence.

Notes:

(See the end of the work for other works inspired by this one.)

Chapter 1: Not Quite Breadwinners

Notes:

DISCLAIMER: This is based off of the characters. I do not support the shipping of the real-life content creators. This also isn’t a romance story, that is only a minor part of it. I also request that this isn’t sent to any content creators.

The events of this story are based upon the events of the server, but there will be some deviations. I only plan on going until the end of Manberg vs Pogtopia and ending it there. However, future arcs will possibly be referenced/covered.

Cover drawn by Elk/Solace.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Shit! We have to go! Now!” Tommy shouted as he tightly grasped onto Tubbo’s wrist.

The two of them quickly bolted through the city streets. It would only be a matter of time before the guards were after them. Tubbo only managed to snatch a single loaf of bread, but that loaf of bread was more than enough to get them in trouble, especially since they had a history of thievery.

But hey, even thieves needed to eat. It wasn’t their fault everything was overpriced in this god-forsaken kingdom.

Every step they took could easily be felt through their damaged old shoes. That only made running more than painful. There was also the fact that the city streets were busier than usual. It seemed like everyone was busy setting up for some kind of festival. That wasn’t important right now. Both of them were too focused on the situation at hand.

“Umm… Tommy, I think we might have a problem.” Tubbo glanced over his shoulder to see two guards now chasing after them.

Tommy let out a groan in response. Great, exactly what they needed, another issue to deal with.

It was unlikely the teens could get away with the way things were currently going. So they had two options: Keep running until they can’t anymore, or think of something else. Obviously they wouldn’t give up that easily, so they had to accept the latter.

However, they were at a disadvantage in the current situation. As much as Tommy just wanted to fight his way out of this, they both knew they wouldn’t win. So they had to come up with a new plan, and Tubbo knew exactly what to do.

“Let’s separate. It will be harder for them to chase both of us.”

“Not a bad idea, but can you handle yourself without me?” Tommy grinned at his friend.

“Of course I can. We’ve been doing this for years.” Tubbo smiled in return.

“Fair point,” Tommy laughed to himself, letting go of Tubbo’s wrist before they parted ways.

Tubbo decided to run into a small, narrow alleyway. That meant that there would be less problems to deal with in these areas. He started to pant as he quickened his steps. There was now some distance between him and the guard. He was currently holding onto the bread in one hand. However, his other one was free. which meant he could use his magic. Tubbo turned around and faced the approaching guard.

“Glacies Inferius.” He said as he waved his hand. Upon doing this ice appeared below the guard’s feet.

This threw them off as they struggled to maintain balance. Eventually, they fell to their defeat as they slid towards and collided with some empty crates. Tubbo kind of felt guilty, but he didn’t have the time to worry about that. He took this opportunity to take his leave and hopefully reunite with Tommy soon.

Tommy grinned as he ran across a bridge. This was the perfect opportunity to make his escape. Instead of continuing forward on the bridge, Tommy ran towards the edge. He proceeded to stand atop the fencing and wave to the approaching guard.

“So long, bitch!” He stuck out his tongue, giving him the middle finger before falling to the city below.

The guard observed him fall with a profound expression, while Tommy laughed to himself. Of course, he would be fine. Before he was even close to impact, he summoned a pair of golden feathered wings on his back. From there he slowly descended onto a roof.

What he just did wasn’t what he'd exactly consider magic, not like what Tubbo could do. While it is common for everyone to have at least one magical ability, some had even more. Tommy even fortunate enough to have that. He was one of few people born without magic. However, he was fortunate in a different way. Tommy was part Elytrian, a generally rare species.

He may not have any magical abilities whatsoever, but his wings never failed him whenever he needed them. It was also convenient that he could summon his wings at will, compared to full Elytrians who carried them at all times.

With his escape successful, there was now nothing to worry about. Tommy then ran across the clay tiled rooftops in search of Tubbo. As a self trained thief, he had no such struggle traversing the simple terrain above. Whenever he had to make a long jump between buildings, Tommy flapped his wings. However, he could only ever slightly lift himself up or break his fall since he never learned how to properly fly.

Eventually, Tommy found what he assumed to be a safe place to land. He jumped down from the rooftops to the corner of an alleyway. As he did so, he desummoned his wings and achieved a semi-graceful landing when he touched the ground.

“Prime damnit…” He muttered to himself as he noticed another guard staring directly at him.

Well, it looked like he would have to do things the hard way. Tommy let out a sigh as he reached for his “Big Man Sword” and pulled it out of its sheath.

He immediately charged head on and clashed blades with the guard. As the guard attempted to slash him, he quickly jumped back in response. Tommy then took the offense again as he tried to land a hit. However, it didn’t turn out as well as he imagined it would. Tommy’s attack ended up being easily blocked. As he tried to get out of sword lock once more, his right arm was slashed in the process.

It wasn’t anything too bad, he had definitely been through worse. He noticed a bit of blood trickle down his right forearm. Tommy decided to switch his sword to the other hand, which wasn’t too big of a deal since he taught himself to fight with both.

Tommy continued to fight on the offensive end. Though, most of his swipes from his blade were easily blocked by the guard. His fighting style was definitely unrefined and reckless, but he was determined to say the least. Before they could continue their fight, the guard suddenly fell unconscious to the ground.

This surprised Tommy as he staggered back in response. Though, it wasn’t anything to be afraid of. It was his best, and only friend Tubbo. While they were busy fighting, he used the element of surprise and dealt a swift magic attack.

“What would you do without me, Tommy.” He let out a relieved sigh and gave a soft smile as the two stood face to face.

“Hey, I could’ve taken him, you know.” He remarked, stepping past the unconscious guard and towards his friend.

“Yeah right… Now, let’s get out of here.” Tubbo rolled his eyes before taking Tommy’s wrist, leading them somewhere to lay low.

The two of them split the bread. While they ate, Tubbo took the time to use healing magic and bandage Tommy’s arm. He already had enough scars already, most of which were due to his reckless behavior. Still, Tubbo didn’t want his friend to get another one, not if he could help it.

Later in the evening, they went out to pickpocket once again. Just like earlier today, the city was lively, which was actually a good thing. More people meant more options for them. It would also be harder to be spotted along a larger crowd. Though, it wasn’t like they were wanted criminals.

Locally, everyone just watched out for a sheep and an Elytrian hybrid. But it wasn’t their fault. It wasn’t like they wanted this to begin with.

It wasn’t easy being a commoner in the kingdom, and especially a poor one at that. Without a sufficient way of making money, Tommy and Tubbo had to resort to thievery. Even if they were good at it, this life was not ideal. But it was the only way they survived.

Eventually, the two of them settled on a target. This individual wore finer clothes and had bright blue hair. Judging by his appearance alone, it didn’t look like he was a noble per say, but still looked rich. Tommy and Tubbo exchanged nods with one another.

“Okay, here’s the deal. You will distract him while I get the goods.” Tommy gave a quick rundown.

“Why do I have to distract him?” Tubbo asked, unamused.

“Because I said so.” He bluntly replied.

“It’s not fair, I’m always the one who does that.” Tubbo pouted.

“Okay, fine. You know what, you do the stealing. You better not fuck this up.” Tommy thought back to earlier today, something he definitely didn’t want to repeat again.

“Don’t worry, Bossman, I won’t.” The sheep-hybrid nodded with a wink.

Tommy smiled and exchanged a mutual gesture. The two of them stepped onto the street and began to act out their plan. Hopefully, they could get something good out of this. Whether it be food, money, or any other materials they were currently short on.

Walking down the crowded street, they casually chatted to one another casually to avoid any suspicious behavior. While they were doing this, they approached the blue haired man from behind. When they came close enough, Tommy faked tripping and falling to the ground right next to him. He immediately started to swear repeatedly.

“Oh fuck, shit, bitch!” Tommy started to list every curse word he could think of. The man immediately took notice and averted his attention to Tommy. “Oh my prime. I think I broke my leg!” He rolled around on the floor continuing to curse some more.

While this was going on, Tubbo approached the man from behind. He quickly glanced around to see if anyone was watching. When Tubbo didn’t see anyone looking, he immediately grabbed what was in the man’s pocket. Once he successfully stole from him, Tubbo made eye contact with Tommy. This was their cue to leave.

“Sorry about my friend. He’s kind of an idiot,” Tubbo forced a smile, helping Tommy up, “See, we’re okay., He said once Tommy was up on his feet.

The man just looked at them in pure concern and confusement. Tubbo just awkwardly nodded as the two bolted away and went back to hiding in an alleyway.

“So, what did you get?” Tommy eagerly grinned, hoping it was gold coins this time.

“This,” Tubbo revealed a parchment scroll, causing Tommy’s expression to immediately change to disappointment.

Tommy groaned, giving a shrug, “Fine whatever, just read it.” Even if he was upset, he was still somewhat curious about what it had to say.

“I think you should read it instead.” Tubbo shook his head, handing it to him.

Tommy took a moment to skim through the scroll, a wide grin forming as he read down the lines, “Pog,” He commented upon finishing.

Maybe this wasn’t such a bad find after all. No, it was their best yet, and he had just the idea on how to utilize it.

Notes:

Thanks for reading. Feel free to Kudos and/or comment if you enjoyed and have anything to say about this fic. I’ve wanted to write a Medieval/Fantasy AU for a long time now. This will be a long fic btw.

Join The Writer’s Block! A discord group for mcyt fic readers and writers alike! Invite link

Chapter 2: The Masquerade (Part 1/2)

Summary:

To celebrate the anniversary of the kingdom’s founding, King Dream hosts another annual ball. So far nothing seems out of the ordinary.

Notes:

Personally, I didn’t think this was too exciting of a chapter because it’s mainly character introduction, but it’s still necessary for the story. The next one will definitely feature the thief duo, you know, the thing people came here to see.

Also the masks are mainly for aesthetics and not meant to be anonymous. Almost everyone at the party knows each other. However, there are a few exceptions.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Really, a Masquerade party? ” Princess Drista groaned.

“What? I thought it would be fun. Besides, I like it.” Dream responded.

“It’s not fair, you let your boyfriend pick out the theme last year. Mushrooms aren’t even that cool.” Drista thought back to Prince George’s idea.

“Okay, you pick the theme next year then.” Dream amusingly suggested.

“Yes! I can’t wait for a Knight themed party. That is way more exciting than some stupid Masqurade Ball.” The young princess cheered at the thought.

Her party would be way better than all the previous ones. Orchestras, Ballroom dancing, and fancy outfits had no appeal to her. Though the cake was tasty. She’d much rather be practicing her sword skills with Sir Sapnap.

“I wouldn’t expect anything else from my future knight. Now how about we pick out a mask?” Dream smiled as he playfully ruffled her hair.

“Do I really have to?” She pouted as she pushed his hand away.

“Yes, you are my younger sister and the princess of this kingdom. You have to at least stay to greet our guests. Once that is over you can just run off with Lord Wilbur’s kid like you do every year.” He happily replied, guiding her towards a vast selection already set up.

The two of them picked out a mask for the young princess as Dream already had one picked out for himself. After that there were more preparations for the big event tonight. The palace servants already did most of the work ahead of time. It was Dream’s job to make sure everything was alright.

Dream and his royal advisor Callahan went around the palace and checked up on everything. When preparations were finally finished, the hour was upon them. The nobles lined up at the palace gate, each with their masks and invitation at hand. The knight Alyssa was tasked with gate keeping. She would dictate who did and didn’t enter based on whether they had the invitation or not.

By the time it was nightfall, the ballroom was filled with people from all over the land. Each donning their own masks and lavish garb. The Orchestra played graceful music while the nobles danced, chatted and dined. Many guests had already come to greet their host, but none had amused the king so far. That was until two visitors from Kinoko Kingdom came by.

“Oh my Prime, it is so good to see you again!” Karl ran over and immediately ripped in Dream for a hug. He nearly tackled him in the process of doing so. Meanwhile, Prince George laughed at his twin brother’s stunt from afar.

Dream and the twins were friends as far back as they could remember. Whenever their parents met up to discuss politics, the three boys would spend every moment together. Their bond continued even when Dream and Karl became the kings of their nations. There was also the fact that the King of the Essempi and the Kinokian prince were dating, even if their relationship was mostly long distance.

Once he let go, Karl proceeded to align his now crooked crown and purple butterfly mask. Dream then approached the younger twin. “Hey Gogy.” He playfully waved, wearing a smug grin.

“I told you not to call me that.” George amusingly rolled his eyes.

“What? I thought it was funny, my Gogy.” Dream sarcastically said while holding back a laugh.

“You know, you are the worst sometimes, but I still love you.” George then wrapped his arms around Dream as they embraced in a hug.

He was initially caught off guard by this, even more so than Karl’s hug, but wasn’t complaining in the slightest. “Yeah, I love you too...” He muttered as they pressed their foreheads together, his cheeks a warm red.

Once they broke apart, George perkily grinned as he lifted the bottom of Dream’s white smiley mask. Only to frown in disappointment when Dream moved his hand away.

“Come on, let me see your face. It’s been forever since I last saw you in person.” George let out a scoff.

“I’m keeping it on during the party.” The king insistently shook his head.

“That’s a shame.” George replied, still showing an expression of discontent.

“Hey, it’s no big deal. You’ll be able to see my face tomorrow. Unless you and Karl don’t plan on staying longer.” Dream insisted, taking George’s hand.

“Of course, we are. We only just arrived. Plus, I came all this way to see my favorite person in the entire kingdom.” He happily nodded, gripping onto him tighter.

“And who would that be?” Dream smugly smiled beneath the mask.

“It’s you, you idiot. Who else would it be?” George nudged him in a joking manner.

“Have you seen Ninja? I wanted to talk to him.” Karl budded in on their conversation.

“I’m afraid I have not, but he was definitely invited.” Dream replied, having recalled not seeing him prior, despite knowing he gave him an invite.

“Ah I see. Hopefully he’ll show up later, but for now I must find my favorite knight and ask him to dance.” Karl eagerly grinned and ran off to find Sapnap, leaving them behind.

“It would be wise if we follow suit.” George insisted as he beckoned Dream, taking his hand as they walked down the stairs to the ballroom floor together.

While on their way to the ballroom floor, Lord Bad of the Badlands and his two knights Skeppy and Antfrost quickly greeted them. It was quite strange seeing the demon in a mask and formal wear for a change, instead of his hooded robe or glasses, but didn’t think much of it.

The songs started off as more energetic and lively. Of course Dream, being the host and all along with George took the center floor. They danced for a few songs, but eventually stopped for the time being. On their way out, they noticed another duo departing the ballroom floor at the same time.

“Lady Puffy! Lord Schlatt!” George shouted and waved at the hybrid sibling duo.

“Your majesty, Prince George, it is so good to see you again!” The woman in a red suit and cavalier hat waved back. “Hello, duckling.” She smiled, whispering to Dream.

Puffy’s bright and feathery mask stood out along with her single streak of white in her brown hair. While Schlatt wore a jet black suit with a white half mask. He had nothing that stood out compared to his colorful younger sister.

Despite being polar opposites in about every way, the siblings were still as close. Before they could begin to catch up, Dream noticed a new figure approaching them. “And who might this be?” He asked as he examined them.

“This is my newest advisor, Alex Quackity. He’s a replacement for my last assistant after I fired his dumb ass.” Schlatt pointed to the young man at his side. He wore a mask that suspiciously looked very similar to Dream’s only painted red and green.

“Why hello there, your majesty. It’s such a pleasure to finally meet you!” He eagerly shook hands with Dream.

“Stop fawning over our king and fetch me another drink.” Schlatt bluntly ordered.

Quackity let out an unenthused groan as he left to get beverages. Dream found himself evaluating the young man. He obviously recognized the name. He knew about everyone of importance in the kingdom. Though it wasn’t until recently that he heard of him.

He was one of two commoners invited to this party, the other being Philza Soot-Minecraft. Quackity was from the small town of El-Rapids before moving to Las Neavdas where he made a name for himself. He worked many jobs, but was known for his many wins at gambling, where he met Schlatt and eventually became his right hand man. Though, Dream had a feeling that his ambitions went beyond that.

“Now, where were we?” Schlatt focused his attention back towards Dream, George, and Puffy.

He proceeded to talk their ears off about his newest innovations and plans for the Nether Colony. Dream and George were amused by the conversation, while Puffy looked bored out of her mind. She heard this five times over already, just wanted some cake.

Quackity soon returned with a glass of champagne for his boss. Though his behavior was slightly different than before. He paid no attention to Dream or Schlatt. Instead, he found himself infatuated by someone else.

“Isn’t that right, Quackity?” Schlatt hit the back of his advisor, snapping him back to reality.

“Ow! I’m fucking sensitive there!” He snapped, before immediately correcting himself, “—I mean, Yessir.” He mumbled, glancing towards the beverage table at Kinokian King and the knight he was walking with.

Drista watched the conductor of the Orchestra. He wore a fox mask and gracefully guided the symphony to his music. She thoroughly observed his movement while he conducted, but paid no attention to the music itself. After finishing the song, he set his baton on the podium. The man in the fox mask followed by his knight with dark glasses left for an intermission.

“Fancy seeing you here Princess Drista.” He approached her and kindly waved.

“Yeah, you too, Mr. Wilbur.” Drista returned the greeting.

Wilbur was an alright guy, but she could care less about his music. The reason she came here was for Fundy. Drista hated these parties, and so did he. They always ditched these events as soon as possible and did other things around the palace.

Before she could ask about him, Drista was interrupted by her brother. “Wilbur, your music is as fine as always. We are honored to have such a talented composer arrange music for us this evening.” He complimented him in a deliberate manner.

“I am honored to receive such praise from you, your majesty.” Wilbur said a formal and emotionless tone as he forced himself to bow. While he did so, his hands slightly trembled as he struggled to hold a slight smile.

“Have you seen my father or brother around? It’s been awhile since we’ve talked in person. I’ve been too busy conducting the orchestra to search for them.” He asked once he returned to standing straight up.

“I can’t say that I have.” Dream shook his head in response.

“Makes sense. They’ve never been the type for events like these. It wouldn’t surprise me if they were late again.” Wilbur heaved a disappointed sigh.

“Where’s Fundy?” Drista then asked him, tugging at the tail of his coat. Unfortunately there was no sign of the young fox anywhere.

“I’m sorry Princess, but Fundy isn’t feeling well. He couldn’t come tonight. So, my mother is watching him back in L’manberg. ” Wilbur leaned down and put his hand on her shoulder. In response, the Princess scowled and threw off her mask, walking away from the party upset.

“Sorry about that. She’s just upset she has nobody to play with.” Dream attempted to excuse her rash behavior.

“I understand, kids can be difficult at times. I kind of feel bad for her. You know, not having anyone her age here.” Wilbur watched her leave, giving the girl pity.

It was unfortunate that Fundy was the only other child noble.

Well, there was talk about how Philza had another son besides Wilbur, and Technoblade long ago. He would have been about a few years older than Drista, but Dream never got the chance to ever meet him. There is also the fact the Soot-Minecraft family refuses to bring up the topic all together.

After leaving Wilbur behind, Dream reunited with George. The two of them would dance to a few more melodies. The tunes were definitely more slow tempo and gracious compared to the energetic songs earlier that night.

While they danced, Dream took a moment to shift his gaze away from George to examine his surroundings. He could easily identify everyone here, even with masks on. He also noticed the lack of Karl, Sapnap, and Schlatt’s assistant. They probably went outside to get a break. He also saw the arrival of Technoblade and Philza.

But there was something new that immediately caught his eye. How could he have not noticed this before? Dream knew about everyone here. Yet there were two figures he had never seen before in his life. They were playfully chatting while distancing themselves from all the commotion. One wore a feathery mask that resembled a bird and royal blue garb. The other wore a black and yellow striped mask along with a forest green dress and black top hat.

“Who are they?” He asked himself as his emerald gaze closely fixated on them.

Notes:

I didn't feel like listing this in too much detail in the story because it would take away from the party. Here is a rundown of the territories of the Dream SMP kingdom plus Kinoko. This will probably be further elaborated on in the story.

The Essempi- the central region of the kingdom and home of the capital. It is mainly large towns and cities.

L’manberg- A smallregion to the east coast of the Essempi which mainly focuses on agriculture, port trading, and fishing. This region is run by House Soot.

The Arctic- the most northern region of the kingdom. There isn’t too much civilization there due to the weather conditions. The Arctic sees the Ex-noble Technoblade as their true ruler, even if he thinks otherwise.

The Badlands- The Badlands is a territory that is dry, infertile, and difficult to live on. It has even fewer residents than the Arctic. It is unofficially ruled by the noble Bad Halo.

The Nether- The Nether is a vast dimension parallel to this world. While most of it remains unexplored. Part of it was claimed by the Dream SMP as a colony. The region is mainly used for mining riches. It is ruled by the noble J.Schlatt.

The Endrealms- A new vassal territory to the land. Around a decade ago, The Dream SMP went to war with the Endrealms. Once the king of the End was killed, the land was claimed. However, all travel there is currently prohibited.

Kinoko Kingdom- a relatively small and peaceful kingdom to the west of the Dream SMP. It is known for it’s beautiful scenery. It is run by King Karl Lore-Jacobs.

Chapter 3: The Masquerade (Part 2/2)

Summary:

In theory Tommy and Tubbo’s scheme is flawless. Just steal stuff while everyone else is distracted and go unnoticed. In practice, it’s not exactly perfect.

Notes:

This is definitely a longer chapter btw. Sitting at about 2.6k words. It’s my longest yet, even though we are three chapters in. Still, I had a lot of fun writing it. Even if it took forever.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Tommy and Tubbo laughed amongst themselves as they stuffed their faces with food. Sneaking into the masquerade was a genius decision. Everything about this place was extravagant. They’ve never seen so much food in their lives.

Nobles lived like this? They would kill for this lifestyle, but they didn’t have to, not after tonight.

While everyone was partying, they spent the past few hours studying the layout. It was impossible to get everything down with such limited time, but it was enough for their task. After stealing an invitation, they were dead set on this idea. Thievery wouldn’t have to be their life anymore. Not with what they are getting out of this.

Tommy managed to steal two convincing outfits from an oblivious seamstress while Tubbo begged for food. Although Tommy would have prefered to wear red, blue would suffice. Tubbo insisted on wearing a dress to the party. Fortunately, his wish was fulfilled.

To match the theme of the Royal Ball, masks were sold all over the city. The two eventually settled on masks they liked. Tommy chose a white bird mask with red eyes. While Tubbo wore a striped mask resembling that of a bee.

After scouting the area, they regrouped in the ballroom. This was the longest amount of time they’ve spent here. It would be best if they left soon. For one small thing could put an end to their heist: a witness.If they were caught stealing from the palace, their future wealth wasn’t the only thing in danger. So were their lives. They’d most likely be executed by the king. He was the last one they wanted to see.

In order to avoid the king, they must identify him first. Which wasn’t easy since everyone wore masks. As they scanned the room, a bold figure immediately caught their attention. He was talking to a man who wore a green kimono and black cloak, one with a fox mask, and a knight with black glasses.

This figure wore a velvet red cape and a crown. The upper half of his face was covered by a boar skull. He had long, straight, pink hair, sharp teeth, and pointy ears with golden earrings. If it weren’t for the fact they knew about Piglins, they would’ve assumed this man was a vampire. However, they were told the king was human. So it couldn’t be him.

Before they could observe other guests, they were interrupted by a noble with white rimmed glasses. “Who are you?” He curiously asked.

“Wouldn’t you like to know, bitch boy!” Tommy hostilely responded. Upon hearing this Tubbo’s expression went blank as the noble gasped.

Despite causing somewhat of a scene, Tommy didn’t regret anything he said. He would’ve continued to take pleasure in insulting him, but there was now another visitor.

“Is something wrong, George?” A man wearing green and a simple mask approached them. He immediately gave off an eerie aura sensed by their hybrid instincts. It was almost impossible to read him, for his mask only showed a smile.

Even when his mind told him not to, Tommy still decided to insult him. “So what if something’s wrong? What are you gonna do about it, green bitch!”

“Hey, I don’t know who you are, but that’s no way to speak to a king.” He calmly replied.

Upon hearing that Tommy’s smile faded. This man was the king!? What the hell?! He didn’t even wear a crown. He dressed the most plain out of anyone here. This definitely was a problem. He managed to piss off the most powerful man in the country. Maybe he was just joking and actually wasn’t the king? Though, Tommy doubted that was the case.

He was about ready to shriek and run away. Luckily, Tubbo came to save the day before that could happen. “I am so sorry about that, your majesty. He didn’t mean to say that. He just insults people when he’s nervous.”

“And who might you be?” The King asked.

“I’m Tuberculosis Avian, and this is my brother Theseus. We were passing through and heard about this Masquerade. We just had to see it for ourselves.” Tubbo internally thanked Prime for making a cover story beforehand. Neither initially planned on using it, especially on the king himself.

“Ah, foreigners! I wasn’t expecting any here besides Karl and myself.” George commented.

“Where are you from?” The king asked in an intimidating tone.

“Business Bay!” Tommy quickly replied.

“Ah I see.” He responded unemotionally. They should leave. Staying here any longer was a death wish. The king freaked them out and they didn’t want to spend another minute around him.

“It was nice meeting you, your majesty, but we must excuse ourselves.” Tubbo told him.

“Yeah, I hope we can talk again soon.” Tommy lied as they left.

“They are quite an odd duo.” George watched them leave.

“Yeah, they are.” Dream replied. His tone and expression were unreadable. His gaze remained focused on them until they were out of sight.

Tommy and Tubbo bolted out of the ballroom as fast as they could. That was disastrous, but could have gone a lot worse. With that behind them, it was finally time to do what they came here for. However, they did expect to be stopped by a girl in a green dress. “Hey losers.”

“Who the hell are you?” Tommy asked.

“I’m Princess Drista.” She responded.

“Hello Drista, I’m Tuberculosis, and this is my brother Theseus.” He politely greeted her.

“How old are you?” She eagerly asked.

“Umm... We are both sixteen!” Tubbo replied. Since they grew up on the streets, neither knew their true age or birthday. They just assumed they were the same age, despite Tommy insisting he was older.

“So you’re children.” She stated.

“We are not children. We are adults!” Tommy told her.

“You’re sixteen, you’re literally a child.” She snarkily remarked.

“I’m no child! I am a big man!” Slightly aggravated, he shouted back.

“I’m not buying it.” Drista amusingly shook her head.

“Really, How old are you then?” Tommy asked in rebuttal.

“Fourteen.” She replied, giving a shrug.

“Child!” Tommy laughed at her.

“Hey, I'm not denying it, unlike you.” The princess playfully stuck out her tongue. “Anyways, you guys are funny. How about we hang out?” She suggested.

“Sorry Drista, we can’t. We have something to do.” Tubbo gently declined her offer.

“Please?” She begged, giving pouty eyes.

“No.” Tommy bluntly replied.

“Aww... come on.” Drista pleaded, still not letting up.

“Okay, we will, but we can’t stay for long.” Tubbo begrudgingly gave in.

“Yes!” She cheered in triumph. “This way, follow me!” Drista led the way, happily prancing through the hall.

Tommy gave Tubbo an unamused glare as the two followed behind her. “What? I felt bad. She seems alright to me.” He said as an excuse.

“What about our plan? You know, the reason we are here.” Tommy raised an eyebrow.

“We are still going through with it. I don’t see how that should change.” This was only a minor setback. All they had to do was create a distraction and flee.

However, she might end up following them. So maybe that wasn’t the best idea. At least she found them now and not later. That would’ve been way worse. One of them should stay behind to watch her while the other did the stealing. Drista led them to a clearing with various flora in the surrounding areas. She reached into a nearby bush and pulled out two wooden blades.

“Come on, let’s spar.” Drista threw Tommy a wooden sword, only for it to land on the ground in front of him.

“No.” He immediately declined, glancing at the practice sword at his feet.

“Why not? Are you scared of losing to a girl, a child?” She taunted him.

“Okay fine, I’ll fight you. Bring it!” Tommy picked up the sword.

All he had to do was defeat her a few times until she became bored. Sounds easy right? Apparently not. He expected her to be an amateur, but she wasn’t. Drista proceeded to beat Tommy to the ground. He was surprised by how heavy she hit, especially for someone her size.

“That’s the next Head of the Royal Guard, for you!” Drista cheered as she won once more.

Tommy immediately stood up and lunged at Drista, tackling her. “Who’s the weak one now, bitch!” He gloated, wearing a large grin and chuckling to himself.

“Not bad for a child.” Drista commented as she got up.

“Alright, listen here you little-“

“That’s enough.” Tubbo stood between them, stopping any fight that could break out.

“What about you? Do you wanna spar?” Drista held out the sword to him.

“No, I think I’m good.” He reluctantly shook his head.

“What? You don’t know how to fight? I’ll go easy on you then.” The princess patiently replied, acting kinder towards him compared to his friend.

“Umm...” Tubbo definitely knew how. However, he couldn’t risk his hat falling off mid combat. It was the only thing hiding his hybrid traits.

“I have a better idea. How about I show you some magic.” He suggested.

“You can do magic?! That is so cool!” She enthusiastically commented, her turquoise eyes lighting up with excitement.

“Here, let me show you.” Tubbo guided Drista to a budded bush. “Flos verno,” In response, flowers began to bloom wherever he waved his hand.

The princess showed great interest in his abilities. Right away, she picked the newly grown plants. The two sat together, braiding the stems into flower crowns. While Tubbo was distracting Drista, Tommy took his cue to leave. He went to the west end of the palace.

After searching several rooms, he came across another. The dimly lit hall served no greater purpose than that of decoration. There were various paintings hung across the wall and displays in the center of the almost vacant room. However, stealing a painting that size seemed impossible. He also couldn’t take everything here, that would be a dead give away. So he opted only to take a few of the items on display.

Tommy snatched a jewel embedded dagger, a silver scepter, and a few other small things. He immediately slipped them into his satchel. That would be enough from this room. It was best if he moved on. As he was departing, something caught his eye. How could he not notice such an alluring display earlier? In the center of the room stood two black circular items.

The label read “The Discs” in the middle of each was a hole, along with a painted circle of green and purple. The words “Cat” and “Mellohi” were etched into the colored rings. Tommy was immediately enthralled by them. He needed these discs. Without a moment's hesitation, he put them into his satchel.

Tommy then turned around to leave, but before he could, a figure in the doorway said “What are you doing?”

It was impossible to see anything but their silhouette with the dim lighting. Tommy could only hope they didn’t witness anything just he did. “Umm… I was just admiring this art! Yes! I needed a break from the crowds so I came here to look at these lovely paintings. Because I love art so much!” He forced some enthusiasm as he prayed to prime he could bullshit his way through his.

“Really? I like paintings too. I’ll join you in observing them.” Before he could object against that, it was too late. The figure was already approaching him.

After stepping into the light, Tommy got a better view of them. Though most of his face was obscured by a fox mask, he noticed his wavy brown locks. His ears were also ever so slightly pointed, just like his.

“I don’t think I’ve seen you around before. My name is Wilbur Soot-Minecraft, formally it’s just Soot.” The stranger dubbed Wilbur politely reached out his hand.

His soft voice struck a chord inside Tommy. It was hard to describe, but it felt nostalgic despite being unfamiliar at the same time. “The name’s Theseus Avian of Business Bay.” He hesitantly shook his hand. “Do I know you?” Tommy immediately asked after letting go.

“I doubt it. I have never met anyone from Business Bay before.” Wilbur shook his head.

“Mmm... yeah, makes sense.” Tommy replied, somewhat discontent with his response.

“I think I should go. My brother is waiting for me in the garden.” Tommy told him. With Wilbur around, it was impossible to steal anything else. It was also about time he swapped places with Tubbo.

“I can help walk you there then. This palace is like a labyrinth. It’s quite easy to get lost here.” Wilbur insisted.

Tommy knew he shouldn’t let his guard down, especially not here. But he couldn’t help but feel inclined to agree with him. Having somebody else around wasn’t a bad idea. It drew away suspicion from him. Plus, if somebody suspected him of anything, he could always frame Wilbur if necessary.

Tommy took the time to eye up the noble. Unlike most at the party, Wilbur wore minimal jewelry. The only things of value on him were a ruby pendant around neck and a gold ring on his left hand. Nothing that looked worth stealing. On their way back, they ran into a knight with black glasses. Wilbur seemed to recognize them instantly.

While they talked, Tommy quietly slipped away to find Tubbo. Upon noticing Tommy’s arrival, they swapped places. He went out while Tommy remained in the garden with Drista. The two sparred until they got bored. Tommy sat down on a bench while Drista attempted to reenact Tubbo’s magic.

“Hey, it’s you again!” A familiar voice spoke to him. Tommy turned his head around to see Wilbur.

“Do you mind if I sit down?” He asked, his chocolate gaze glancing down at him.

“No, of course not.” Tommy nodded, scooting over on the bench.

“You ran off on me back there. I’m glad you found your way back. Honestly, I need a break too. It’s quite tiring being around “those people” all the time.”Wilbur casually remarked, making himself comfortable next to Tommy.

“Yeah…” Tommy muttered in response, finding himself constantly looking towards the ruby pendant wrapped around the noble’s neck.

“I notice you staring at my necklace again. Does your country not have Discord Gems?” Wilbur tilted his head.

“No, what’s that?” He replied, thinking it was just an ordinary gem he could potentially snatch.

“If you hold the gem and think about someone, you can talk to them through these jewels. It only works if they have one too. My father found out about them through his journeys. With the help of an artificer named Sam, they were made here.” Wilbur took off the necklace from his neck.“Here, you can have mine.” He placed the ruby pendant in Tommy’s hand.

“Are you sure?” He amusingly held the necklace by its chain, enamored by the sparkling red jewel.

“I don’t see an issue with it. Every noble here has one. Plus, I have several back at L’manberg.” Wilbur gave an indifferent shrug.

Tommy smiled as he put it around his neck. This was a gift; He wasn’t going to sell this. It was precious to him, just like the discs. “I’m not complaining about the gift. I think that it’s Pog, but why would you give me it? You don’t even know me.” He pointed out.

“You interest me, Theseus Avian. I want to learn more about you.” Wilbur told him, wearing a slight grin.

Tommy couldn’t tell if he was being genuine or had ulterior motives.“Really? Am I that mysterious?” He smirked back in response.

“No, you seem too upfront for that.” He amusingly replied.

“I am fucking not!” He shouted in rebuttal. “For all you know I could have some sort of secret past that you aren’t aware of.”

“You most definitely are.” Wilbur let out a slight chuckle.

The two chatted for a while. It wasn’t any in-depth conversation, but it was entertaining to say the least. Tommy made sure to dodge any personal questions. Before he knew it, Tubbo returned with hidden valuables too.

“Did you find anything?” He quickly sprinted towards him, heading to a private place where nobody could hear them.

“Yeah! Lots of stuff.” Tubbo discreetly revealed some pouches of gold coins inside his satchel to Tommy before hiding it away once more, so nobody could see.

They got enough, it was time to go. Tommy waved farewell to Wilbur before departing. He was a peculiar man and Tommy wasn’t sure if he liked him or not. Yet, part of him hoped they would talk again soon.

The duo immediately headed for the palace gates. They calmly passed the knights on their way out. Once out of sight, they took off their masks and burst out into laughter. Even with some inconveniences, their heist was successful. However, it wasn’t over yet. They could only hope they didn’t count their blessings too soon.

Notes:

The Discord Gem idea totally wasn’t based off the pirate charm from wind waker *cough cough*

Also I swear the Drista interaction wasn’t filler. There was a purpose behind it that might come into play later.

Chapter 4: A King without a Crown

Summary:

Dream soon realizes something’s missing. Tommy and Tubbo get an unexpected message.

Notes:

TW: mention of getting drunk.

After the last chapter being long, I tried to make this one shorter. Just two more chapters, until the introductory arc ends and the Disc Saga officially starts.

I wanted to get this out early because I won’t be updating until late next week. I have a big exam coming up. So I don’t have the time to really write in between.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The ball lasted hours past midnight. By the time the sun rose, all guests returned to their normal lives, with exception of the Kinoko twins. They weren’t leaving just yet. Dream, George, Karl, and Sapnap spent the following morning together. Most of that time was spent catching up or sharing stories from the event.

The two kings, the prince, and the captain of the royal guard sat around a circular table eating an early breakfast. Today the servants had prepared crepes with freshly cut fruit, roasted ham, and eggs. Dream was more of a pancake man himself, but even he could admit the food was enticing.

“Wait, that actually happened?” Karl hesitated to believe what he just heard.

“Yes, do you think I would lie to you about that?” George replied to his older twin.

“I don’t know. I’ve never seen something like that happen before.” He muttered, still unsure of what to think.

“But this is Schlatt we are talking about.” Dream pointed out, giving an amusing smile.

“Fair point...” Karl nodded in agreement.

“What happened again?” Sapnap asked obviously as he looked up from his full plate, to which the other three gave him disappointed glances.

“Do I really have to say it again? I’d rather not.” George let out a groan.

“Please?” He playfully begged.

“Okay fine, but only because we are friends.” The prince scoffed, rolling his eyes. “When you and Karl left to do Prime knows what, Schlatt got so drunk that his poor sister had to drag him home midway through the night. We all knew he liked to drink, but I never expected it to end up like that.”

“I feel bad for Puffy. At least his advisor was smart enough to ditch the ball beforehand.” Dream added on, showing some pity for the sheep hybrid.

“Was it really the only highlight of the night?” Sapnap curiosity asked.

“Well, there was one more thing that happened, but we’d rather not talk about it.” George exchanged a troubled glance with Dream, thinking back to the odd duo they had the misfortune of running into.

“Sorry, we meant to return sooner, but we got distracted.” Karl apologized.

“What were you even doing?” Dream raised an eyebrow. It must’ve been interesting enough to keep them away all night.

“We met this guy called “M.D.” He makes the best jokes and is a great singer when he actually tries.
He’s the best; You would’ve loved him.” Sapnap told them, wearing the biggest grin.

“Yeah, he was amazing! Unfortunately, We didn’t get to see his face or find much else about him, but he promised to write to us.” Karl exclaimed in a somewhat bittersweet tone.

“My brother has a secret admirer?” George chuckled.

“Hey, it’s nothing like that. I wouldn’t want to make my knight in shining armor jealous now, would I?” He jested, leaning on the head knight’s shoulder with a soft smile. “Besides, he’s writing to Sapnap too.”

While the two kept chatting about this “M.D.” guy, Dream found himself zoning out. Once breakfast was over, he decided to take a short walk alone. After wandering the palace halls for a bit, Dream found himself back in a familiar place. It was a wide, barren hall with only displays of paintings and artifacts the royal family collected.

He ignored any other picture or exhibit and headed for the back of the room. In the center stood a particular painting he wanted to see. Even if Dream didn’t consider himself a sentimental person, he still found himself staring at this portrait quite often. It was a picture of his family. It reminded him of much simpler times.

In it stood the late king and queen, an infant Drista, and his younger self. Dream was around ten at the time it was painted, before the incident. The painting perfectly captured his emerald eyes, his freckles which completely faded over the years, and his face which had no scars at the time. Every detail felt so real, like a distant memory of the past. Unlike him, Drista hardly changed. She still had her shimmering turquoise eyes and wavy blonde hair.

Then there were his parents. It was difficult to look at them for various reasons. None of which he wished to speak of. As his gaze crawled to the top of the painting, it immediately shifted away upon seeing the crown on his father’s head.

Looking at that “thing” only brought displeasure. Dream stored it where it would never see the sunlight again til the day he died. The crown only sat upon his head once, and that was one time too many. To him it represented unpleasant memories and his obligation.

When his parents died at the age of 12, he was crowned the very next day. Dream never had the time to properly grieve. He couldn’t even have a regent to take his place. It was his job, and his alone, to govern the people and maintain order across the land.

So far Dream considered himself successful. Some people, most of which were commoners, thought he was too authoritative, but he always saw it as a means to an end. Who were they to judge him? They didn't understand what it is like to rule an entire country all by yourself. Especially starting at such a young age. He dealt with more during his reign than these people did in a lifetime. Most commoners never had to face assasination attempts, foreign affairs, political strife, public appearances, endless paperwork, countless meetings, and so much more.

It would be wise if he left. Staying here any longer would only trouble him more. While on his way out, he immediately noticed something was askew. Dream, being the observant individual he was, instantly knew what happened. “Cat” and “Mellohi” were missing along with a few other displays.

It wasn’t like they were knocked over by accident. If that were the case, the items would’ve been on the floor. This was different, and Dream had a decent assumption of what went down. He immediately called Sapnap over to discuss the issue. This wasn’t urgent or anything, but still an inconvenience.

“I’ll have all the palace staff questioned immediately.” Sapnap slightly bowed his head.

“I don’t think that’s the best approach. We should try to keep this confidential.” Dream didn’t want this to become a public matter. His life was busy enough as it was, being the ruler of the Essempi and all.

The staff were a good assumption as the culprits, but nothing was certain. There was also the possibility of somebody else doing it. Seeing as all the knights remained loyal to him for years, the best guess was somebody at the party.

However, it wasn’t Dream’s place to solve this. He was a king. Luckily, he knew the perfect person that could: Detective Jack Manifold. He ordered The royal advisor Callahan to write a letter to Jack, informing him of the case and his reward for solving it. Hopefully “Cat” and “Mellohi” will be back to their rightful place in no time.


In the following week, Tommy and Tubbo counted their riches. To a noble, it seemed like nothing, but to them it felt like enough to last a lifetime. The two settled on buying a decent sized house. It was no castle, but would suffice for now. This type of house was meant for a well off family. They had more space than they knew what to deal with. It was quite the drastic change from living in an alleyway.

Their new home also came with convenient food supply. Right next door was a tavern called “The Lemon Tree” Everyday they would find themselves visiting the place mostly for fun. It had a cozy, rustic feel to it. The food was also the best, which wasn’t saying much as their diet beforehand consisted of stolen bread. Irritating Ponk, the owner of the tavern, became Tommy’s new pastime. It was something he took pleasure in and wasn’t afraid to admit.

“Come on, we should sell them.” Tubbo insisted as he took another pie of his pot pie as the two shared a table in the corner.

“No.” Tommy bluntly responded.

“Come on, don’t even know what they are.” He pointed out, shaking his head.

“Yes we do, they are my Discs.” Tommy reached in his satchel and pulled them out, softly smiling as he saw them.

“Okay, I don’t get it, but you like them a lot.” Tubbo’s sheep ears flickered.

“I do, I’m not sure what their purpose is, but I think they’re cool.” He muttered, tightly grasping the black circle in his fingers.

“Maybe we can find out what they do?” Tubbo suggested, tilting his head.

“Yeah, good idea. Just promise me you won’t sell them beforehand.” He cautiously remarked, his icy eyes getting defensive.

“Of course not. I would never do anything behind your back. We are friends aren’t we?” Tubbo happily glanced back at him and the disc.

“Tommy and Tubbo against the world; The best of friends, and that will never change.” He chuckled to himself as the two stood up to depart.

As the two walked out the tavern, Tommy’s Discord Gem started to glow. “Hey, Theseus, it’s me, Wilbur. We met about a week ago at the party. Do you remember that?” Despite showing no image of any sort, the gem clearly projected his voice.

“Who’s Wilbur?” Tubbo tilted his head in confusement.

“Right, you weren’t there to meet him.” Tommy remembered

“Was he the fox mask guy you were with?” He questioned, attempting to recall the people they encountered.

“Yeah, that’s him. I’ll tell you more later.” He hushed Tubbo, instead focusing on the gem in his hands. “I remember. It felt like that was ages ago.”

Wilbur slightly laughed upon hearing his response. “Anyways, I was curious if you would be interested in visiting my estate. You can bring your brother along too. I feel like it would be beneficial to the both of us, assuming you haven’t been to L’manberg yet.” He casually put out the offer.

He was right. They’ve been on the outskirts, but never truly left the Capital before. L’manberg was a seaside city with stunning scenery. At least that’s what they were told. Tommy glanced over at Tubbo who gave him a nod of approval in return.

He looked back towards the pendant. “Oh, sure, we wouldn’t mind stopping by for the day.”

“Good, You can visit tomorrow then. I’ll be waiting for your arrival.” Once Wilbur finished saying that the gem’s glow faded away.

Tommy really didn’t understand his motives, but definitely wasn’t complaining. The two exchanged excited glances, realizing what they were getting into. There goes their only plans of visiting the Lemon Tree again. Oh well, that wasn’t too much of a loss. They’re going to L’manberg!

Notes:

Hopefully everyone enjoyed this chapter. Even if it was on the shorter side. I had a lot of fun planning the next chapter, but don’t get too comfortable.

Chapter 5: Roses of Memoria

Summary:

Tommy and Tubbo visit L’manberg. It’s amazing right? Unfortunately, a happy day ends horribly wrong.

Notes:

I wanted to get this out before I take a big test. Hopefully, I’ll do alright. For now I try to update weekly. Once summer comes I want to update more often.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Wilbur sat in front of a grave. It was located in a secret part of the garden. It rested right under a willow tree and sat beside a small pond.“It’s been a while since we last talked. Sorry I couldn’t stop by sooner. You know how things can be. I don’t like much either.” He softly smiled as he touched the cold stone, gently stroking his hand on it.

“This time I brought you roses. I picked out this morning just for you.” Wilbur took out a bouquet of red roses and set them on the grave. He took off the ring from his left hand and played it.

“It’s not the same here without you. Everyone in the family agrees. Fundy misses you the most. There isn’t a day that passes by where he doesn’t think of you. It’s still strange moving forward without you. So much has happened over the years. And today we have guests coming. I think you would’ve liked them. That’s all I have to say for now. I promise I’ll return soon.” Wilbur put the ring back on his ring finger. He patted the grave once more before departing.

Tommy and Tubbo soon arrived in L’manberg after what felt like an eternity of traveling. They hopped off the carriage they rented for the day. Before coming over, they purchased new outfits. It wasn’t anything fancy like the ball, but definitely an improvement over their street clothes. They were visiting a noble’s estate, they didn’t want anyone finding out their history. The gates swung open to reveal a vast, verdant, colorful courtyard in front of the manor. There stood four figures to greet them.

“Theseus, long time no see! And you must be his brother. I don’t think we’ve met before.” Wilbur waved to them. Without a mask on, they could finally see his face. He also replaced the gem he gave to Tommy with a sapphire blue one.

“I’m Tuberculosis!” Tubbo energetically shook his hand.

“I’m Wilbur Soot-Minecraft. It’s a pleasure to meet you.” Wilbur returned the gesture.

“Yeah, you too!” He happily nodded.

“And this is my mother Kristin.” He pointed to the woman with the same chocolate eyes, dark hair, and pointy ears. She wore a black and violet kimono and held a parasol.

“Wilbur told me about you. I’m glad to finally see you guys in person.” She softly smiled at the two of them.

“This is Eret. They are my personal knight, but I’ve always considered them a close friend.” Wilbur pointed at the individual wearing shaded glasses.

“Nice to meet you.” They casually waved back.

“And I’m Fundy.” A fox who looked to be around Drista’s age stated.

“Are you like their servant?” Tubbo curiously asked.

Upon hearing that the four burst into laughter, surprisingly taking no offense to his statement.

“No, he’s my son,” Wilbur informed them, placing his hand on the young fox’s shoulder.

“Does that mean-“ Before Tommy could finish his question, Fundy stopped him.

“He’s not my biological father.” He made that very clear, already knowing where this was going.

“Ah, I got ya.” Tommy smuggy smirked back, the thought still on his mind.

First, they were given a tour around gardens. The grounds were decorated with trimmed hedges, statues, and an array of flowers. It made the palace gardens they saw pale in comparison. Then, they were shown the interior. The layout of the manor was more linear compared to the castle.
It wasn’t anything too extravagant, but still ornate nonetheless.

“And here is a guest room. You can use it whenever you come by.” Wilbur opened the door to reveal a large room with two beds. One had red sheets while the other had yellow. There was also a fireplace, a few paintings, and two desks.

“Wait, we got a room!?” Tubbo was perplexed by the notion.

“Pog! I call dibs on the red bed!” Tommy ran over and hopped in it.

“Yeah, it used to belong to my brother and I. We haven’t used it in years. It could use a new purpose.” He stated, giving a somewhat sad look as he glanced away.

After they left that room, Wilbur was ready to show them the next location. However, Tommy noticed he skipped a room in between. “Hey Wilbur, what’s in here?” He attempted to open the door, but it was locked.

“Oh, it’s nothing. Don’t worry about it.” Wilbur forced a smile, quickly walking away to show them the next place. That answer hardly satisfied him, but it wasn’t worth looking into.

“Do you want to see the city now?” Wilbur asked as he took them outside to the gardens as they finished their tour of the manor.

“Fuck yeah! It’s L’manberg time!” Tommy cheered.

“Can we go see the ocean?” Tubbo eagerly requested.

“Of course, Fundy and Eret will probably come too. Just let me get on my disguise first.” Wilbur told them.

“A disguise?” Tubbo tilted his head.

“As a noble, I am quite recognizable, and I really don’t want to be escorted all the time. So, I just dress up as a commoner instead.” The practice was looked down upon in higher society. Usually, nobles would parade around with pride. However, Wilbur could care less about traditions if it meant walking around normally.

The five met up at the gates. Wilbur wore a yellow sweater, a red woven hat, and round glasses. It wasn’t as good as Tommy and Tubbo’s disguises to the Masquerade, but still convincing. Fundy and Eret also looked the part.

Since Tubbo wanted to see the ocean, they went to the docks first. It was a lively place with several shops and ships from all over. While Wilbur, Eret, and Fundy sat at a nearby bench, the duo was mesmerized by the sea. Tommy and Tubbo stared in awe at the endless waves. There was a crisp and salty breeze from the horizon beyond. It was quite a sight to behold. Everything about L’manberg was truly marvelous.

“Hey, do you guys want us to fetch something to eat?” Wilbur offered, looking towards a nearby bakery.

“Yes please!” Tubbo turned around and shouted.

“Sure, whatever.” Tommy shrugged.

Upon Eret and Wilbur leaving, Fundy trotted towards them. He quickly pulled Tommy aside, before Tubbo could even notice. “Hey, it’s Theseus right?”

“Yeah, what’s up?” He raised an eyebrow.

“You seem like the mischievous type. Do you like pranks?” Fundy wore a playful grin.

“Why, do I ever?” He happily obliged.

“Here, drink this.” Fundy shoved a glass bottle in his face.

Tommy took off the cap and immediately winced away. “What kind of drink is this? It smells like shit.”

“It’s an invisibility potion,” Fundy informed him.

“Wait, really?! That’s so Pog!” He excitedly remarked, examining the purple colored liquid.

It would make sense that he had potions. Fundy was noble after all. Normally, the potion market was very limited. Mainly because they were so overpriced. Which made buying them difficult. There were so many times he and Tubbo could’ve used one. Like a healing potion for all the times Tommy got injured, a swiftness one for evasion, or an invisibility potion. That would’ve made life so much easier.

“So, do you have anything in mind?” Fundy asked before chugging the invisibility potion.

“I say the first thing we do is to push my good old friend off the docks.” Tommy snickered as he glanced over at Tubbo, who was still staring at the sea.

“Sounds like a plan to me. Let’s go.”


Upon Wilbur and Eret entering the bakery, a bell rang, altering the owner of their arrival. “Hello and welcome to my bakery. How may I help you?” A woman with long, honey blonde hair, a brown dress with a white apron and sky blue eyes greeted them.

They examined a display of baked goods. After a while of browsing, they eventually made up their minds and were ready to order.

“Are you traveling merchants?” She asked as she put the goods in a bag.

“No, it’s nothing like that. We live here.” Eret told her.

“Really? I’ve never seen you around before.” She stated.

“Well, I mean L’manberg is a large city. So, it makes sense that we’ve never met until now.” Wilbur pointed out.

“Yeah, it’s a big world out there. I’m Niki Nihachu by the way. I own this bakery.” She softly smiled
“Nice to meet you, Niki. I’m Wilbur and this is my friend Eret.” He introduced them to her.

“Hey.” Eret casually waved.

“Wilbur? As in Wilbur Soot, the leader of L’manberg?” Niki inquiringly asked.

“No, as in just Wilbur.” He replied. “Just Wilbur huh? I like it.” She giggled.

“Oh, I’m sorry for wasting your time. You probably just want your sweets.” She quickly handed them the bag.

“You weren’t wasting our time. We had a nice chat.” Wilbur smiled, taking it from her hands.

“Anyways, it was nice meeting you, Niki.” He waved before departing.

“Yeah, you too.” She happily nodded in response. As they walked back, Wilbur noticed Eret smirking.

“What?”

“You know what.” They replied.

“...” He was unamused by that response.

“She seemed nice. You should talk to her again.” Eret suggested.

“I already know what you’re thinking, and it’s a no. You should already know why I can’t do that.” Wilbur glanced down at the golden ring on his left hand.


They returned to find soaked Tommy and Fundy, along with a laughing Tubbo, who was completely dry.

“What the hell happened here?” Wilbur raised an eyebrow.

“We’d rather not talk about it…” Tommy sourly muttered as water dripped from their clothes.

“Typical Fundy.” Eret chuckled before passing out parties to everyone.

“I love honey! How did you know?” Tubbo exclaimed as he bit into his honey shortbread cookie.

“Call it my intuition.” Wilbur grinned, putting his hand on his chin.

While everyone was busy eating, Wilbur took the chance to talk to Tommy alone. “So, what do you think of L’manberg?” He asked.

“It’s fucking amazing! I love it here!”

“I’m glad you like it.” Wilbur smiled.

“I know, I’m great and all, but I still don’t understand why you're interested in me. I’m not that wealthy and I have no magic.” He remarked, shaking his head in self doubt.

“It was never about that. I could care less about those things. But if you want to know, you remind me of someone I know.” Wilbur indifferently shrugged.

“Really? Who?” Tommy curiously asked, this perked his interest.

“My brother. You two aren’t like the other nobility of this kingdom. You both aren’t afraid to speak your mind. But even he wouldn’t call Prince George a “bitch boy” as you phrase it.” Wilbur grinned while saying that.

“Wait, you heard about that!?” He was startled by the fact.

“Of course I do, it was the talk of the night. I bet King Dream was absolutely furious.” So that was his name. Tommy only knew him as the king.

“He didn’t look that mad,” Tommy casually commented, brushing aside the initial fear he felt during their first meeting.

“Perhaps, but King Dream usually isn’t exactly easy to read. But that’s beside the point. What I'm saying is that we could be allies. You and I are not like the other nobles. We can do great things together.”

“Yeah, I like that. Screw those rich assholes.”

Wilbur chuckled upon hearing this. “You are quite a funny fellow, Theseus.”

“My name is actually…” Tommy cut himself off. No, he couldn’t say that. Not yet at least.

“Did you say something?” Wilbur asked.

“Nope, it was nothing!” He shook his head.


After they finished venturing around L’manberg, it was time to go back. Tommy, Tubbo, and Fundy chatted while Wilbur and Eret led the way. By the time they returned, it was past sunset. When they entered the courtyard, they noticed Kristin arguing with two individuals. Tommy and Tubbo, had no idea who they were. However, everyone else recognized them. It was Sapnap, captain of the royal guard, and Detective Jack Manifold.

“This has to be a misunderstanding. He would never do something like that.” She tried to reason with them.

“Sorry, Lady Soot-Minecraft, but I don’t know what to say. The evidence points against him.” Detective Jack told her.

“What’s wrong mom?” Wilbur approached them.

“No…” Her expression went grim upon seeing him.

“Ahem.” Sapnap cleared his throat. Everyone then glanced towards him.

“Wilbur Soot-Minecraft, by order of his majesty, you are under arrest.” Sapnap formally declared.

“Hold up, what the fuck?” Wilbur was appalled by this. Confused murmurs broke out among them.

“You know what you did. Does Detective Manifold really need to explain?” He groaned.

“Umm.. Yes? I literally have no idea what I’ve done.” He defensively snapped back.

“On the night of the Masquerade Ball, a few artifacts from the royal gallery went missing. Two of those items were a pair of music discs called “Cat” and “Mellohi” Jack started to talk.

Tubbo nervously glanced at Tommy upon hearing that. They could clearly tell where this was going. “I looked over at the invited guest list and received reports from all guards on duty at the event. After a week-long investigation , I’ve come to the conclusion it could be nobody else but you.”

“I swear to Prime that wasn’t me. I must’ve been framed. Give me time to argue my case. I can prove it.” He confusingly pleaded.

“No can do. You must return to the capital immediately and face punishment.” Sapnap ordered him.

“Do you really think I would do something like that?” Wilbur questioned the knight. “It isn’t my place to question that. I’m just following my orders.” He bluntly replied.

“Please don't resist arrest, Wilbur. I don’t want to fight. Just get in their carriage and return with us peacefully.” Sapnap beckoned him to follow.

Wilbur definitely didn’t want to go but had no choice. He couldn’t fight back. Even if he wanted to, he was currently unarmed. Plus, The odds of him winning were slim. Even if he did win, that wouldn’t resolve this.

“I was with him the entire time. He’s innocent.” Eret pointed out, but the head knight didn’t even bother to listen to them.

“Please don’t go,” Fundy begged.

Wilbur leaned down and gave his son a pat on the head. “Don’t worry, I’ll be okay.” He softly smiled, assuring that he would be perfectly okay. “I’ll find a way to resolve this and return home soon,” He announced before leaving with Jack and Sapnap. The five solemnly watched as they left on a carriage.

“Don’t worry, everything will resolve itself.” Kristin struggled to give a comforting smile.

“We just can’t stay here, we have to help him,” Eret stated.

“Yes, I agree. This is all one big misunderstanding. I’m sure we can make them understand.” She ordered a servant to prepare a carriage.

“I’m sorry you two, but I’m afraid your visit has to be cut short. You can come with us to the capital if you want.” Eret disappointingly informed them.

“Yeah, sure. That would be nice.” Tubbo lied, his forced smile quickly fading away as Eret soon departed. “Umm.. Tommy?” He anxiously turned towards him.

“I know Tubbo. I know…” He quietly muttered in a broken tone.

Wilbur would face punishment for a crime he didn’t commit. He was taking the blame for what they did. It wasn’t fair. He didn’t deserve this. Nobody knew what would happen to him, but it won't be good. The idea of him being imprisoned for life or even executed lingered in the back of their minds. What have they done?

Notes:

I wanted to make this feel like a happy chapter, but not really. Everyone should’ve known this was coming.

Anyways, feel free to comment if you enjoyed this chapter/fic. I always love to hear what my readers have to say.

Chapter 6: Gossip of the Crows

Summary:

“A crow told me that my son got arrested.”

Notes:

Don’t Lose Your Head has its first art, featuring Tubbo in his dress. It can be viewed here: Tubbo in a dress

All credit to Alexanderwesker.tumblr.com/@Moody_Maj

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The other half of the Soot-Minecraft family ate breakfast as the sun barely touched the horizon. Philza drank his morning tea while his two sons were occupied with other tasks. Technoblade’s attention was entirely focused on a book called “The History and Social Influence of the Potato” While Ranboo put his full concentration into braiding his brother’s hair. Everyone was going about their usual routine until they heard a loud caw.

“It looks like you have another visitor.” Technoblade turned over and looked at the windowsill.

While they remained seated, Philza stood up and walked towards the window. “Hello there, mate.” A crow sat outside the icy sill. Upon seeing him, it cawed again.

His magical ability gave him a strong affinity with crows. Phil was the only one that understood them, and they were drawn to him. They would often tell him the latest things they heard. They also squawked random things, which could be annoying. However, he knew they meant well. Even if they’re literally bird brains.

“Come in, my friend. You must be cold.” He opened the window for the bird and returned to his seat.

What Phil didn’t expect was a murder of about thirty crows to swarm inside. They flocked around the hall, screeched at the top of their lungs, and made a mess of things. Overall, they were a nuisance.

“Hey, get out of there. I just had this made.” Technoblade shooed a crow trying to bite in his braid.

“Techno-braid!” It squawked, while another mistook his crown for a nest.

Meanwhile, Ranboo held out his tail as three crows perched on it, happily laughing as he pet them.
“See, they just want some affection.” In response, Technoblade rolled his eyes sarcastically at Ranboo.

“Ranboo, my beloved!”

“Oh, my prime! He's petting me!”

“Ahh!!!”

“Okay, that’s enough.” At the sound of Philza’s voice, they all suddenly stopped as they turned towards him. His one son continued to pet the crows, while his other accepted his fate of being a bird’s nest.

“I assume you have something to tell me right? That’s why you all came here.” The crows cawed in agreement. “Ah, I see.” They all fluttered over and perched nearby Phil. Ranboo was disappointed he lost his new friends while Technoblade was honestly relieved.

“Now tell me what’s up. One at a time please.” He ordered as he took another sip of his tea. The first crow cawed. As a result, Phil spat out his drink. “You’re joking right?” Another crow cawed, then a third, and a fourth.

“What are they telling dad?” Ranboo asked his brother.

“Heh? It beats me.” Technoblade shrugged.

Philza’s expression became more serious as they kept talking. He has heard enough. “Thanks for the help, my feathery friends. I’ll make sure the servants feed you more later.” He took a loaf of bread and threw it outside. The crows swarmed away as Phil shut the window.

“Well, it looks like we have a problem.” He let out a sigh.

“What did they say?” Ranboo curiously tilted his head.

“It’s about Wilbur.” Upon hearing Phil explain the brother gave each other concerned glances. “He was arrested by King Dream.” His sons stared in shock and silence.

Without second thought, Philza and Technoblade prepared to depart to the capital as soon as possible. If what the crows said was true, they needed to rescue Wilbur. The Piglin-hybrid stroked his hand through Carl’s feathers before boarding his beloved Pegasus. Meanwhile, Philza took off his cloak and stretched his black feathery wings, ready for flight.

Technoblade’s other pets circled around them, bidding them farewell. “My hounds, foxes, Steve, I promise we’ll return soon.” He declared, petting some of the hounds that stretched on their hind legs to see him.

“Wait! Don’t go yet.” Ranboo shouted, stepping around all of Technoblade’s pets to the center of their circle. He wore a mask that covered the lower half of his face, a blue cloak, and light-weight armor. His dual swords were also in their sheaths. “I’m coming with you.”

“Not happening. We’ve been over this. It’s too dangerous for you to be in the capital, especially for your kind..” Philza denied him.

Ranboo’s gaze shifted down as his pointed ears flattened. “But I’m your knight...” He muttered, actually wanting to say, “But isn’t Wilbur my brother too?”

Ranboo didn't remember a single thing about Philza’s only biological son. From what he was told, they only spoke once at a gathering a couple years ago, not that he’d remember that. Most just as the strange hybrid kid who somehow got appointed at a young age to work with one of the strongest warriors in the kingdom.

Not even Wilbur and Kristin knew the truth that he was part of their family just yet. Even if they couldn’t find out, he still wanted to help. He could tell that Phil and Techno really loved Wilbur. So, coming with them is the least he can do, especially after everything they did for him.

“I know how to protect myself. You two were the ones who taught me how to fight.” Ranboo remarked, taking out his matching obsidian and silver blades.

“I know that you do. We don’t doubt your abilities, but I don’t want to—“ Phil suddenly stopped and looked away solemnly.

“Don’t want to?” He tilted his head, realizing this behavior was unusual for this father.

“What he’s saying is that it’s too risky for you to come with us.” Technoblade jumped in, giving another excuse instead.

“So you think I’ll get in the way?” Ranboo sighed, shaking his head disappointedly.

“No, it’s hard to explain... It’s just that Phil is worried about his oldest son, and he doesn’t want anything to happen to you too.” Technoblade told him.

“Oh, I get it...” He muttered, his gaze shifting to the side.

“Don’t worry. We’ll be back before you know it. You can watch over the manor and take care of the animals while we're gone.” Philza smiled, putting his hand on Ranboo’s shoulder in reassurance.


The enderman-hybrid waved farewell, standing among the pets and the duo took off for the capital. A little past noon, they finally arrived at the Community Hall. It was likely that Wilbur was being kept there. The castle dungeons haven’t been used in centuries. He also wouldn’t be thrown in with the commoners.

The two entered inside the town hall. Instead of going to the main hall, they entered a small room in the back which led them to a narrow hallway. Downstairs would be holding cells and interrogation rooms. That’s where Wilbur would be. However, the entrance was blocked by Sapnap. Meanwhile, Kristin attempted to politely reason with him while Eret comforted Fundy.

“Darling! Thank Prime you’re here!” She immediately ran over and embraced him in a hug. Kristin gave Phil a kiss before giving a worried glance.

“It’s okay, I know everything.” He embraced the hug, calmly stroking her hair.

“But how?” She gasped in surprise, perplexed on how they found out so soon, given how slow news gets around in the Arctic.

“A crow told me that my son got arrested.” He awkwardly chuckled before heaving a sigh.

“Yeah… Unfortunately, that little bird was right.” She admittingly replied, a disappointed tone in her voice.

“And I didn’t forget about you, my warrior.” Kristin turned towards her second son, her smile soon returned as she wrapped her arms around him.

“It’s good to see you again, Kristin. However, the reunions can wait.” Technoblade quickly broke away from the hug, facing towards the knight with a fierce glare in his crimson eyes.

“Yes, right…” She nodded, slightly hurt that their reunion was short lasting, but understood given their current situation.

“We’ve been here for hours trying to convince Sir Sapnap that Wilbur is innocent, but he won’t budge,” Eret informed them, crossing their arms and rolling their eyes beneath their shades.

“Well you see, that’s part of the problem.” Technoblade grinned, unsheathing his netherite sword, taking a step forward.

“What?” Kristin worryingly muttered under her breath.

“Words won’t work on these fools, but actions speak volumes. The best way to get things done is through violence.” Technoblade swift pulled out his sword from its sheath. ready to fight Sapnap head-on, who prepared himself too.

“No!!!” Kristen shouted in objection as she stepped between them.

“Get out of my way. You know as well as I do, King Dream won’t let him go that easily. This is the only way, and if I have to kill Sapnap, so be it.” He gently nudged his mother out of the way, but she stood her ground.

“No, you’re not killing him.” She demanded. Setting her foot down.

“I’m not going to kill him per se...” Technoblade spoke with a grin.

“Oh, thank Prime...” She let out a sigh of relief.

“If he agrees to let Wilbur go.” He finished, gripping the sword in his hand.

“Techno, I know how you feel. All of us do. But this isn’t the best approach. This won’t argue his case. It will only make it worse. Plus, I don’t need my other son arrested for murder.” Kristin gave a weary smile, focusing his full attention on her and she held onto Techno’s free hand.

“Are we going to fight or not?” Sapnap impatiently asked, growing bored of the family bickering and expecting a fight, but neither seemed to budge.

“Please back me up here, dear.” She glanced towards her husband, hoping he would be on her side and help sway their son’s opinion.

“I’m sorry Kristin, but I agree with Techno on this one. These royal knights are a pain in the ass. Trust me, I’ve tried reasoning with them before, but it’s no use. This is the best approach.” Phil unsheathed his katana, stepping next to his son, which Techno smiled in response.

“What!?” She shouted, upset he didn’t take her side.

The three started to argue as Sapnap watched with a mix of fright, and concern. He thanked Prime that Kristin was here, apparently the only sensible person in the family. She was the only thing stopping them from bringing havoc. Sure he was skilled and all, but he honestly doubted he could win against The Blade and The Angel of Death together.

“Hey, Eret?” The young fox looked up at the knight.

“Yes, Fundy?” They leaned down to the fox’s level.

“Is dad going to be okay?” He asked in concern, glancing at the adults fighting then back to the knight.

“Yeah, it will all work itself out. I’m more worried that your grandfather and Uncle Texhnoblade are going to kill Sapnap.” They nervously chuckled, looking back at the three too, wanting to do something, but thought it best to not get involved and stay with Fundy instead.


“Wilbur. Wilbur. Wilbur.” While in the Lemon Tree Tavern, Tommy gripped onto his Discord Gem, but as much as he tried, received no response. He assumed Wilbur’s gem must’ve been confiscated, letting out a defeated sigh as he put the ruby gem back around his neck.

“Wilbur didn’t deserve this,” Tubbo commented, solemnly looking down at his feet.

“Yeah, I know,” Tommy muttered, frustratedly resting his head against the table.

Normally, they couldn’t care less about somebody imprisoned, especially a noble, but this was Wilbur they were talking about. He was the first in a long time to show them actual human decency. Most times, when they begged for food just to get by, they were ignored or even mocked for their hybrid status. The two thieves were seen as the scum by society.

Though, Wilbur stood out as different from most. He let them visit his home, gave them food, a guest room, and gifted Tommy his pendant. They could even go as far as to consider him a friend. Though, Tommy also loved his Discs, more than anything. They gave him a type of joy he wasn’t able to experience before, finding comfort in a belonging. He didn't want to give them up that easily. But what about Wilbur? He had nothing to do with this. It wasn’t fair that he was being punished.

“Why is this so fucking difficult?” Tommy groaned, slamming his fist against the wooden table.

“I think it’s because you are conflicted on what to do,” Tubbo shakingly replied.

“I was being rhetorical, idiot.” He scoffed, upset that his friend wasn’t helping his situation in the slightest.

“Oh, my bad...” Tubbo muttered in embarrassment.

Glancing down at his seat, Tommy reached in his satchel and slowly took out the two discs. He held one in each hand, looking at them intently and beholding the sight, While he was doing so Tubbo quietly observed with a slight frown.

Maybe they could break Wilbur out? With that amount of security, it seemed unlikely. Even they weren’t stupid enough to do that, which was saying a lot, especially with them.

Tommy solemnly looked at his Discs once more before glancing at Tubbo. “I guess this is the only way.” He heaved another defeated sigh, realizing what mattered most to him.

“You don’t mean-“ Tubbo’s sheep ears nervously twitched.

“Yes, I have to give up the Discs, for Wilbur.” As much as he hated it, Tommy distraughtly stated the truth, knowing there was no other way.

“Maybe we could get them back later?” Tubbo proposed, giving an optimistic smile.

“Yeah, but I think that’s the least of our worries.” A grim expression formed across his face.

“Oh...” Tubbo’s gaze shifted away, avoiding any eye contact.

Who knew what the king would do to them. Whatever it might be, they had a feeling it wouldn’t be good.

“You should stay behind,” Tommy insisted, putting the discs back in his satchel as he stood up.

“What? No. Why?” Tubbo firmly objected, jumping up from his seat.

“They are my Discs. You weren’t involved in stealing them. If anything were to happen to me, at least you can be safe.” Tommy bluntly stated, shaking his head.

“No! I don’t care. I’m coming with you and that’s final. I took part in this too. So, this is also my burden to bear. Plus, we’ve been friends for years. So, whatever happens, we’ll get through this together, just like we always have before.” He stomped over towards the blond with a fierce and determined look in his eyes, refusing to let up.

After a moment of staring between the two, Tommy admitted his defeat. “Fine, it looks like I can’t change your mind on this. But if you fucking die, don’t say I didn’t warn you.”

“Nope! You’re stuck with me forever.” Tubbo exclaimed as he grasped onto Tommy’s arm.

“Clingy…” He sarcastically commented with a smile as the two The Lemon Tree tavern side by side.

They sprinted through the busy capital streets, not focusing on any passersby as they headed straight for The Community Hall. This was the right thing to do, as strange as that felt for them, given everything they’ve done. Yet, they didn’t regret their decision and what would come of it. The two could only pray to Prime everything will turn out alright.


“That’s it. Enough taking. Time for blood!” Technoblade gently shoved Kriston aside as he struck Sapnap.

“No!” She screamed as they clashed blades, watching in horror, unable to intervene.

They quickly went out of sword lock and fiercely slashed at one another. Eret shielded Kristin and Fundy from the conflict as Philza watched with his katana at hand. He could easily join in, but knew his son was beyond capable of handling himself.

After spinning out of the way from a slash to the neck, Technoblade kicked Sapnap in the shin to throw him off balance. Taking this opportunity, Technoblade swiftly reacted and pointed the sword at Sapnap’s throat.

“Enough messing around. Let’s finish this.” Technoblade snarled, showing his pointy teeth with a violence-craving grin.

Before he could land a final blow, Sapnap blocked the attack with his own sword, proceeding to take the defensive end. He held his ground, but he was no match against The Blade. Before the two could fight any further, they were suddenly interrupted.

“Wait! Stop!” Tubbo slammed open the doors, closely followed by Tommy.

“Theseus? Tuberculosis?” Fundy gazed, confused by their presence.

Upon seeing them, the two stopped fighting for the time being, sheathing their swords away to face the two, Causing a scene themselves by bursting in, all eyes were on them.

“Hmm... Umm..” Tommy struggled to speak, feeling like this easier planned out in his head. To ease his worries, Tubbo grabbed Tommy’s hand in support. He quickly glanced down upon seeing this but focused on why they came. “Wilbur didn’t do it.”

“Duh, that’s why we’re trying to get him out.” The Piglin-hybrid stated, crossing his arms.

“We appreciate your help, but you have nothing to do with this. This is a family matter.” Kristin mentioned, once again stepping between Techno and Sapnap

“That’s where you’re wrong.” Tubbo declared, shaking his head.

“What?” Eret wearily muttered, having a bad feeling where this was going.

“Yeah, Wilbur didn’t steal the Discs because we did.” Reaching in his satchel. Tommy took out the discs and revealed them for everyone to see

Upon seeing them, Kristin, Eret, and Sapnap gasped, while Fundy remained unreadable. Tommy hesitantly walked towards Sapnap and handed him the Discs. His hands shook as his grasp on them slipped away.

“But how?” Kristin questioned, putting her hands over her mouth.

“I’m just as confused as you are,” Sapnap remarked, giving an indifferent shrug. This was difficult for him to believe with everything that happened prior, but the evidence was there. So what else could he say?

“You know what’s going to happen, right.” He really didn’t want to arrest kids, but, king’s orders. Sapnap would have to inform Dream about this as soon as possible.

“We know, just make sure Wilbur gets out.” Tommy replied with a frown, accepting his fate.

“I guess this is goodbye, everyone.” Tubbo forced a smile, waving before they were escorted downstairs by Sapnap.

The two were led into a small, dim, and unkept prison cell. Everything about it was cramped, bringing out the worst in Tommy’s claustrophobia. This was already off to a bad start. Who knew how long they would be there.

“What’s going to happen to us?” Tubbo asked in concern as the iron bars locked behind them.

“I’m not sure... His majesty will decide your fate.” Sapnap replied before locking the door behind them, leaving the two in the dark alone.

Notes:

Pegasus Carl, my beloved.

If you liked this chapter and fic id recommend giving a Kudo if you haven’t done so already. Also feel free to comment!

Chapter 7: Like a Bird in a Cage

Summary:

After getting out of jail with the help of a familiar face. The duo realize what they must do.

Notes:

Personally, I don’t find this a very exciting chapter. I see it as just one to move the plot forward. But hey, you can’t like every chapter, especially in a long fic.

I’ve been super busy with school, but I tried to get this out on time. The next chapter might be delayed due to my exams, but I’ll try to have it out by next Thursday. There’s no guarantee.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Dream!” Sapnap burst into the King’s office, causing his ruler to glance up from his paperwork with an unamused expression. “Ugh— Sorry, I mean, King Dream!” He quickly corrected himself.

“That’s better.” He replied, momentarily setting down his parchment papers. “I assume you have a reason to be here. You know I hate it when people waste my precious time.” Dream picked up his ink-dipped quill and started to get back to work.

“I wanted to inform you we got the Discs.” Sapnap took them out to show to the king,

Upon seeing this, Dream slightly grinned. “It looks like you finally got Wilbur to confess. Took him long enough.” He let out a small chuckle.

“Not exactly…” Sapnap muttered, his gaze shifting to the side.

“Not exactly? What’s that supposed to mean?” He rolled his eyes, his tone becoming slightly callous.

“What I’m saying is that Wilbur wasn’t the one who stole your Discs.” Sapnap admitted, directly facing his ruler once more.

“Huh, really? Who was it then?” Dream curiously asked, his eyebrows raised in intrigue.

“Two kids, I didn’t get their names, but they gave me the Discs in exchange for Wilbur’s release,” Sapnap informed him.

However, the king didn’t react in the slightest. Not even a change in expression. Instead, his emerald eyes remained fixated and sharply focused. This made the knight slightly concerned, to say the least, but not for himself. Definitely not, he and Dream went way back, and would never betray each other’s trust, promising to be at his side as a leader and friend. His worry was for the two they talked of.

“What do you plan on doing to them?” He hesitantly asked.

“I’m not sure yet. I think I'll stop by the Community Hall later and decide for myself.” Dream declared, continuing to write as they chatted.

“You don’t have to do that. I know you’re a very busy person and I don’t want to force you away from your duties. Let me do it instead,” He insisted, shaking his head.

“It’s fine, Sapnap. I’ll just stop by in a few hours for a visit. It’s not like I’m going to order an execution. There’s just something I want to see.” He refused to change his mind.

Begrudgingly, Sapnap agreed, returning to his duties as head knight after being dismissed. Taking a pause, Dream ordered the servants to return the discs to their rightful place, where they belonged, before returning back to his paperwork. Yet the entire time, the thought of his upcoming visit lingered in his mind. It was a minor issue, especially what he was used to dealing with, but it still caught his interest. Though, it wasn’t because of some discs he could care less about.


Tommy frantically paced around the restricted cell. Meanwhile, Tubbo stood grasping the bars as he examined their surroundings. They’ve been in here for a few hours, but it honestly felt like a day. So far every attempt at a breakout ended in failure.

They attempted to pick the lock using Tubbo’s horns. Obviously, that wasn’t successful. Tubbo froze the bars using his ice magic, and Tommy tried to break them, which only ended in him injuring his hand. Tubbo attempted to slip through the bars, but even he was too big. They also tried digging a tunnel using abandoned eating utensils but gave up after twenty minutes.

While Tubbo tried thinking of another plan, Tommy continued pacing. The longer they stayed here, the more anxious he felt. His Elytrian instincts didn’t respond well to being enclosed. He was like a bird confined within a cage, and Tommy wanted out as soon as possible.

“Are you okay?” Tubbo asked, sitting on the dirt as he continued to pace.

“No,” Tommy shook his head in annoyance.

“Umm... How about you go lay on the bed?” He suggested the first thing that popped into his head.

“You mean the hay pile?” Tommy rolled his eyes, pointing at a pile of straw in the corner of the room.

“Basically the same thing. Besides, it’s not the worst place we’ve had to spend the night in. Personally, I think it might be one of the better ones.” Tubbo shrugged, recalling those many times they made by sleeping in the dumpster or a box, times he’d rather forget.

“Okay, fine...” He groaned, dragging himself towards the other end of the room and flopping down.

Maybe complaining about how uncomfortable the pile was would take his mind off their situation?

In the meantime, Tubbo kept examining the room. He thought maybe they can use one of Tommy’s feathers or the eating utensils to pick the lock instead? It would be better than using his horns again. But there’s also the fact that neither of them knows how to pick locks, which makes it difficult.

“Should we try digging again?” He asked, out of other ideas.

“I don’t think that will work,” Tommy replied, lying face flat in the hay.

“Yeah… you’re right.” Tubbo muttered in defeat.

Even if the floor was dirt, digging would take forever. By the time they make a dent, it would already be too late. As a grim thought crossed his mind, Tubbo couldn’t help but shudder at the possibility, fearing what would happen if they failed to escape. Unable to shake it off, he took a seat right beside his friend, hoping he would know what to say.

“Hey Tommy, do you think-“ He cut himself off, hesitant if he should actually ask.

“What do you think?” Tommy raised his head, his blond hair now covered in stray strands of straw.

“Do you think he’s going to kill us?” He finally blurted it out.

“Yes, absolutely.” Tommy bluntly replied.

“That’s not reassuring in the slightest,” Tubbo remarked, unsure if he was being sarcastic again or really meant it.

“Well I thought you wanted my honest opinion, and that’s a yes! You remember seeing him at the party. The King is clearly creepy as fuck. It wouldn’t surprise me if he did—“ Tommy gestured moving his finger across his neck.

“Isn’t that too dramatic? Especially over theft?” Tubbo slightly shivered at the idea alone.

“Not for him. He’s going to pull out the old guillotine and go chop chop with our heads.”

“They haven’t done that in decades, Tommy.” Tubbo crossed his arms.

“You never know, it could become a trend again.” He shrugged his shoulders.

Sure, their history was the farthest from innocence, especially for people their age. Along the way, they managed to piss many people off, including countless local guards and shop owners, but what choice did they have? They had to do what they did to get by, and it wasn’t like anyone else was willing to help.

Then, the one time something was finally going for them, it landed them in this cell. Their existence has been set up for failure since the very beginning, and now they fear the possibility of execution when they should’ve had their whole lives ahead of them. Prime really had a twisted sense of humor. While the two kept discussing the topic of being beheaded, the sound of echoing footsteps could be heard.

“Wait, do you hear that?” Tubbo’s sheep ears flickered as he hushed Tommy.

“Mmm... Yeah… I think they’ve come to kill us.” Tommy nodded as he snickered.

“Don’t joke about that.” Tubbo unethiustically glared, putting his hands on his hips.

“Or finally give us lunch.” He added on.

It was kind of strange how there were no guards assigned to watch their cell. But realistically, they probably didn’t expect two kids to be that threatening. Besides, the cell was also damp, cold, and dirty. No wonder nobody wanted to be down there.

The sound was getting closer. The two stopped their bickering and quickly bolted to the bars to get a better look. It was hard to see anything with the poor lighting, but they noticed an approaching silhouette. As the footsteps became louder they prepared for anyone to be there. The two stepped back in anticipation. It could literally be anyone who came down here. Soon a figure stood right in front of their cell.

“Hello, long time no see.” They revealed themselves, the two quickly realizing who it was.

“Wilbur!” They simultaneously, barely able to contain their relieved smiles.

“Yeah, it’s me. Are you surprised?” He smirked, standing from the outside.

“How did you even find us?” Tommy tilted his head.

“It isn’t that complicated. My family told me everything after being let go. So, I came down to see for myself. Getting caught wasn’t really an issue because I’m half phantom on my mother’s side. Wilbur then demonstrated by phasing through the bars and stepping into their cell, causing the duo to jolt back in bewilderment.

“You’re a hybrid too?!” Tubbo gasped, putting his hands over his mouth.

“Yeah, wasn’t it obvious? The ears are a dead giveaway.” He pointed out, tucking his brown hair to reveal his pointed ears. “Honestly, I think it’s because of my dad that I look more human and am not really affected by sunlight as much.”

“I honestly thought you were an elf,” Tommy commented, which made Wilbur chuckled.

“Wait a minute, if you can just walk through walls, why didn’t you just escape earlier?” Tubbo questioned.

“I’m not stupid. Everyone here knows I’m part phantom. They would’ve expected me to do something like that, and I couldn’t risk escaping with my magic either. Anyways, I’m assuming you two probably want out.” The two nodded in response as Wilbur took out a chain of keys he managed to snatch while nobody was looking. “That’s what I thought. I’m surprised they put you in such a nasty place.” He commented he tried out the various keys.

“You weren’t put in a cell like this?” Tubbo asked him once again.

“No, mine was nothing like this. I was in an interrogation room with detective Manifold. He just spent the entire time questioning me. I think he realized I didn’t do it, and then Sapnap told me I could leave.” After saying that the prison door swung open.

“I’m free! Pog!” Tommy bolted out of the cell, thankful for the openness of the hall and not being trapped anymore. Tubbo left the cell shortly after as Wilbur then led them to a spiral staircase, different from the one they took down here.

“So, you aren’t mad about what happened earlier?” Tubbo inquired, glancing down in guilt.

“Oh no, I’m absolutely furious,” Wilbur replied, his amused tone from earlier shifting into a disappointed one.

“Then why are you helping us?” Tommy replied, baffled.

“I have my reasons. Besides, I could tell that my arrest was unintentional on your part. You weren’t intending to frame me.” Wilbur shrugged in response.

“How do you know that?” He raised an eyebrow.

“Easy, you would’ve left me to take the blame if that were the case. Instead, you confessed for my sake.”

“Yeah, they would’ve executed you or imprisoned you for life if we didn’t do anything.” Tubbo pointed out.

“Executed me? Imprisoned me? Now that’s hilarious. Is that what you think would seriously happen? Over some silly royal family artifacts?” He couldn’t help but burst into laughter.

“Why are you laughing?! This is serious!” Tommy shouted, but Tubbo quickly hushed him, worried of alerting unwanted attention.

“I’m a noble, they wouldn’t have done anything like that to me. The worst that could happen was me being fined or put under house arrest.” Wilbur shook his head.

“So you’re saying we gave up my Discs for nothing?!”

“Not exactly, I mean you got me out of an inconvenient situation. But, if we’re being realistic, then yes.”

“Fuck!”

“Hey, it’s not too late. Maybe we can get them back.” Tubbo reassured him, placing a hand on his shoulder.

“Really?” Tommy glanced over at his friend.

“Yeah.” Tubbo nodded back, giving an optimistic smile.

“Good luck with that. They’re in King Dream’s possession now. Knowing the egotistical asshole, getting them back won’t be an easy task. But I think it's about time someone put him in his place.” Wilbur crossed his arms, slightly grinning at the thought.

“So you’re going to join us then?” Tubbo curiously asked.

“Definitely not, I only freed you to make us even. I have a territory to run. I’m not getting myself arrested again over some Discs.” He rejected their offer, showing little interest in helping.

It was a shame that Wilbur wasn’t going to help out, but he already did so much for them. After climbing the stairs, they reached the top. Wilbur led the way as they were snuck by a few guards. After that, they opened a door that led to the side of the Community Hall. Before parting ways, Wilbur suggested they lay low for the time being. And that was what they did, and what better place to do that than The Lemon Tree.


“I was asking what you wanted to order, not about your life story.” Ponk sighed, rolling his eyes as it’s already been over ten minutes.

“Hey, shut the fuck up and listen.” Tommy snapped, just wanting someone to complain to this about besides Tubbo, and unfortunately the tavern owner was the victim.

“Geez, there’s no need to be rude about it.” He chided, just wanting them to place their order already.

“Well, we are paying customers and as they say: the customer’s always right.” Tommy mockingly declared.

“I swear to Prime, you’re more annoying than Sapnap.” He muttered under his breath.

“What did Sapnap do?” Tubbo asked, thinking it really couldn’t be worse than Tommy.

“He used his fire magic and burnt down my Lemon Tree, twice.” Ponk informed them, cringing at the horrible memory of his tavern being set ablaze.

“Was he drunk?” Tommy inquired.

“No, he did it willingly both times. I forced him to pay for the rebuilding funds or else I would’ve told King Dream. But if you’re asking me, I think he doesn’t deserve the position of Captain of the royal guard.” Ponk resentfully crossed his arms.

“Man, These higher up assholes are the worst. First, they burn down your tavern, not once but twice. Then they arrest Wilbur, throw us in jail, and take my precious Discs.” Tommy rambled on.

“Tommy, we literally turned ourselves in and gave up the Discs.” Tubbo pointed out.

“That’s beside the point!” Tommy slammed his fist against the table as the two started to bicker one more.

While this was happening, Ponk let out another unamused sigh. “Can you just give me your order now?” Much to his dismay, it took twenty more minutes before they ordered.

“Do you really think we can get them back?” Tommy questioned while eating with his mouth full.

“I’d like to believe we can, but this is the king we are talking about.” Tubbo skeptically responded while keeping an upbeat attitude.

“Tubbo, we’ve stolen shit from people our entire lives. What makes this any different?” He commented after taking a drink from his glass of water.

“A lot of things actually, maybe the fact we would be breaking into a palace, avoiding way more guards than before, and could possibly die in the process.” Tubbo counted from his hand as he listed possibilities from the top of his head.

“It’s still the same at the core. You still have your magic, and I have my wings and sword skills.” Tommy remarked, pointing at Tubbo before he summoned his golden wings.

“You are determined to get these Discs back?”

“Yes.”

“And you will still try no matter how stupid and dangerous this might be?”

“Yes.”

Tubbo closed his eyes and heaved a sigh. His best friend was as resilient as ever. Even when the odds were completely against them, he still didn’t care and would do it anyway. “Typical Tommy…” He muttered. “It looks like it’s up to me to stop you from dying by your own stupidity. If we want to get them back, we can’t charge in like we normally do. We must come up with a plan.”

“Do you’re in then?” Tommy wanted to be certain.

“Yes. Yes, I am.” He replied with a grin.

“Pog! I knew I could count on you. It’s Tommy and Tubbo versus the world.” He cheered, wrapping his arm around the sheep hybrid.

“You’re as clingy as ever, but I wouldn’t go that far. We aren’t against everyone. Only the King, and his knights, and- You get my point.” Tubbo giggled, causing Tommy to gently elbow him.

The two enjoyed their fleeting moment in the tavern while they could, and that following evening they made preparations for their operation. Using the money they stole, the two purchased an array of gear. Some of which included ropes, a grappling hook, Enderpearls, and new weapons. However, they couldn’t carry too much since they didn’t want to be weighed down.

Breaking into such a guarded place in broad daylight was a death wish. So, they picked out a better time. Specifically in the middle of the night. Before departing, the two put on their masks from the Masquerade, and Tubbo his top hat. Even if one of the knights knew what they looked like, most people didn’t, including the king himself. Let alone the fact they are hybrids.

“You ready?” Tubbo asked as he locked the front door to their house, letting out an unsteady sigh.

“You bet I am.” Tommy nodded with a wide grin, fixing his white bird mask to completely cover his face

Just like that, they dashed across the dark streets of night. Neither knew what would occur in the next hours. However, they couldn’t afford to mess this up. Their lives could depend on it.

Notes:

There were a few things I refrained from tagging because I wanted to reveal it in the fic. The first of which was in this chapter: Phantom Hybrid Wilbur. Be prepared for a few more un-tagged things.

Chapter 8: The Hunter

Summary:

Tommy and Tubbo breach past the guards. All looks like it’s going smoothly until a certain encounter.

Notes:

TW: Blood, violence, piercing and stabbing

I’m not going to repeat this tw in every upcoming Disc Saga chapter, but know that all of these will apply through it.

Also TYSM for 1000+ hits and 50+ kudos. I know I’m not an amazing writer as there are so many other talented people, but every single Kudo, hit and comment really makes my day.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

They wouldn’t enter through the same gates as they did on the night of the ball. Instead, they opted to infiltrate in another way. After scouting the outside walls, they finally decided upon a place. Occasionally, they would see a guard patrol from above, but there didn’t seem to be that many at this hour, especially not compared to the day. Whenever they noticed one nearby, the two tried to conceal their presence and stir as little as possible. Once the coast was clear, they stepped out from the darkness of the night.

“Are they still around?” Tommy asked as he scanned the upper walls.

“No, I think they're gone.” Tubbo affirmatively replied.

“Let’s pray to Prime that it's true.” Tommy pulled out a grappling hook from his satchel.

It took a few attempts, but eventually, the metal part grasped onto the rampart of the wall. After giving it a couple heavy tugs, they decided it was safe to support their weight. The two started to climb up, tightly gripping onto the rope.

“We’re getting my Discs back and nothing else,” Tommy bluntly stated, looking down at Tubbo as they continued to scale the wall.

“I agree, the last thing we need is more trouble.” The sheep hybrid followed close behind.

“You’re right, but I have a feeling it will find us anyways.” He heaved a sigh, knowing their past luck in the past, problems were sure to come their way. He just hoped tonight was an exception.

Eventually, Tommy got to the top. He used his strength to push himself over the stone barrier, before fully standing on the castle wall. Turning around, he leaned over to help Tubbo out, who muttered thanks. Once both were up, Tommy collected the rope from the grappling hook, twirling it up before tucking it in his satchel.

“Let’s go.” Tommy nodded, leading the way as they ran through the night.

An entrance revealed itself, taking them off the wall and into the castle. The two cautiously scanned their surroundings before stepping inside the palace halls. It was desolate, but that was natural considering many of the guards usually aren’t on shift between midnight and dawn.

However, one issue presented itself. Tommy’s directional skills were shit.
Since he was the only one who knew where the Discs were, he couldn’t rely on Tubbo’s assistance. Instead, they had to search for it the long way. It took a while with the fact they had to hide from the occasionally approaching guard.

They eventually found the right location. It was a large room with paintings that Tommy instantly recognized from his first time inside. In the center of it stood none other than what they were looking for. Their efforts finally paid off.

“The Discs!” He shouted will glee, instinctively bolting towards the display as fast as his legs could take him.

“Tommy.” Tubbo scowled with his hands on his hips, reminding him they were on a stealth mission.

They’ve done well at not being caught so far. It would definitely be a problem if that changed.

“Sorry…” He muttered in a raspy tone.

Tommy then eagerly picked up the Discs once more. They were still as glorious as when he first laid eyes upon them. Reunited at last as he smiled holding them, affection in his eyes. Their victory turned out to be short-lived.

Right in the doorway stood an individual with piercing emerald eyes. The two gulped as he fiercely glared at them, knowing they fucked up. Even without the mask on, the two instantly recognized who it was by demeanor alone. Without a doubt, it was King Dream.

“What are we going to do?” Tubbo frantically asked, nervously glancing as the king only got closer.

“Fight that asshole and hope we don’t fucking die.” Tommy reached for his sword and tossed Tubbo his satchel with the Discs.

“Wait, Tommy!” Tubbo shouted in objection, but the blond already made up his mind.

“Go! I’ll distract him. Get out of here with the Discs.” He

Tubbo was hesitant but had no choice but to obliged, especially in a situation like this. Above all else, he trusted his best friend, even if his decision making skills were a bit lacking. He begrudgingly nodded, putting the satchel around him before sprinting out of the room. Dream gave him a cold glare as he left, unable to properly stop him, currently unarmed.

“Don’t worry about him. I’m your opponent, green bitch.” Tommy defensively sneered, tightly gripping his iron sword at hand.

Though, Dream didn’t seem to be fazed by his weak threats in the slightest. As the blond kept a fierce icy gaze on his, he casually walked towards a display, featuring a set of armor and snatched a sword and bladed whip from its hands. Definitely not his ideal weapon of choice, but it would suffice.

“You know I could care less about some stupid Discs, but at least this should be entertaining. It’s been a long time since I’ve had to deal with an intruder myself.” Without giving him time to react, Dream grinned, raising his blade in the air to slash him.

Tommy let out a yelp as the blade sliced at his upper arm. He jumped back and clenched the cut as he bit his lip. Switching his blade to his left hand, he realized he’d had to give it his all if he wanted to make it out alive.

He charged head-on and thrust his blade at the king with all his might. Though, Dream easily stepped aside as the sword almost grazed his cheek. Tommy continued to make swipes at him, each one weaker than the last as he was running out of breath. Dream avoided everyone without effort, amusingly humming to himself in the process.

Eventually, the king grew tired of messing with him. It was fun for a short while, but this kid wasn’t much for a fight and pretty annoying. He wanted to end this once and for all. Momentarily distracted,
Tommy was close to landing a destructive hit on him.

Dream quickly improvised by using a nearby painting as a shield. This picture probably meant something to his ancestors, but he personally couldn’t care less. As the sword shredded the painting, Dream stepped on Tommy’s foot as hard as he could. As a result, he dropped his sword and Dream quickly picked it up as he threw the painting aside.

“Ow! Fuck! This isn’t fair, you dickhead!” Tommy shouted, hopping on one foot.

It looked like he was done for if he could think of something fast. Luckily, he brought a few daggers with him beforehand. Of course, it was no replacement for his mighty Big Man Sword, but at least it was something.

He needed to get out of here as fast as possible, preferably alive so he could reunite with Tubbo.
But apparently, that wouldn’t happen, because Tubbo is now here, right next to him. He shot a ray of ice magic, making Dream drop Tommy’s sword, giving him enough time to retrieve it.

“We gotta go, now!” Tubbo exclaimed as he grabbed his hand and bolted out of the room.

“Where are the Discs?” Tommy urgently asked, quickly noticing the lack of satchel on his person.

“Don’t worry, I hid them. We can get them on the way out.” He reassuringly nodded.

“Tubbo, I think we might have a slight problem.” Tommy quickly glanced back and then forward.

Tubbo soon did the same, “Shit.”

“Shit indeed.” Tommy groaned as Dream was now on their trail.

“Glacies Inferius.” Tubbo turned around and waved his hand and summoned a sheet of ice beneath the king.

This always worked as a getaway on the streets, so it shouldn’t be any different in this situation. But Dream was more skilled than a typical guard. Instead of slipping, he skidded across the ice while maintaining perfect balance.

“Umm...” Tubbo snapped his head forward in a panic

“Got any other ideas?” Tommy urgently asked.

“Nope!” He nervously chuckled.

“Fuck.”

In an act of impromptu, Tommy reached in his satchel, pulling out his grappling hook. He held onto the rope as he precisely threw the metal hook at Dream. Instead of it hitting him as Tommy wanted, he severed it with his sword.

“Grappling hook! No!” Tommy shouted as it clanged against the floor.

“Why the hell did you do that?! We might need it!” Tubbo griped.

“I don’t fucking know! I thought it would be badass or I could hit him or something.”

“Why don’t you use your wings?” Tubbo suggested.

“Umm… I can’t really fly let alone carry the both of us.” He was never able to properly learn how to fly, and only used them when descending or to break a fall. Tommy knew damn well he couldn’t do either of those right now.

They attempted to use their tactics on him, but now it was his turn to use some magic of his own. Dream’s magic manifested in the form of good fortune. An ability that has helped him countless times whether it be convenience or life-saving, and this time he would try his luck again.

Dream closed his eyes for just a moment as he slowly exhaled. His gaze was entirely focused on the target ahead. He slowly reached his wrist back as he extended the bladed whip. A cracking sound came as it hurtled forward. Dream wasn’t aiming to harm them that much, just immobilize them. As his luck would have it, that was what happened.

The whip wrapped around Tubbo’s leg and as it did so Dream pulled back with might, causing him to let out a yelp before crashing to the ground. The sheep hybrid was yanked back, sliding across the stone floor. In the process, his hat fell from his head, rolling across the floor, as he looked up to reveal his horns.

“Tubbo!!!” Tommy screeched as he halted all movement and turned back upon instinct.

With Tommy’s help, he attempted to get to his feet, only to fumble to the ground. “Tommy, I can’t walk.” He winced in pain as a stream of blood trickled from his leg.

“Fine, I’ll carry you then.” Tommy insisted, attempting to grab him.

“No, we don’t have enough time.” Tubbo shoved him away.

“I’m not leaving you! You’re my best friend and all that I have. ” He yelled, tears forming in the corner of his eyes.

“The Discs are down the end of this hallway, the first room to the left! Get them and get out of here!”

Time was of the essence, and unfortunately they didn’t have enough. Dream would catch up to them at any second and it would be over for them. Ignoring his pleas, Tommy chose to stay by his side. For whatever happened to one of them, they’d face it together. Before they knew it, Dream arrived with a sword at hand.

“Wait, you don’t have to do this.” Tommy got to his feet, protectively standing in front of Tubbo.

“You’re one to talk. I wasn’t the one that broke into a palace and stole things.” Dream pointed out, holding the whip in one hand and the sword in the other.

Tommy heaved an uneasy sigh. It was likely that he would lose, but he was still as resilient as ever.
Before he could step forward to fight, Tubbo glared at him with a sharp gaze. A look that said “Trust me.” and that was what Tommy did. As Dream approached, neither ran away nor put up resistance. Tommy cautiously stepped aside, getting behind Tubbo. As Dream reached out his hand and got close enough, Tubbo shouted.

“Glacies Spica!” At the sound of his voice, a barrier of ice spiked pillars extended from the ground between them.

Instinctively Dream jumped back from the magic attack, dropping both his weapons in the process. He was relatively unscathed except for the gashes on his right arm. While the king grasped his blood-seeping arm in shock, Tommy took this opportunity to pick up Tubbo and flee, which wasn’t too difficult considering his size.

He sprinted through the hallway swiftly, holding onto his friend. Neither looked back, afraid of what they would see behind them. Tommy's full focus was on going forward and out, but Tubbo noticed them pass a significant location.

“Tommy, what about the Discs?” He asked, glancing towards where he hid them.

“Umm… We’ll come back for them later.” Tommy replied, only focusing on getting them to safety.

“But you said you were going to get them back no matter what.” He reminded him.

“I know what I said, but we need to get the fuck out of here.” He glanced down at Tubbo’s injured leg with a tinge of guilt.

Tommy hadn’t given up on getting the Discs back yet. For them, this was only a setback. At least he was as fine as ever. Though bringing Tubbo into his problems was a mistake, one that was entirely his fault and got his friend hurt because of it. After a lot of running, Tommy found an exit which led them out to the castle wall. As they stepped into the night, a chilling breeze came across them.

As Tommy stepped on top of a rampart, movement rustled behind them. They finally looked and noticed Dream, who was clenching his bloodied arm with fury in his emerald eyes. He gripped onto his sword with the other hand, but before he could charge at them, it was too late.

Tommy glared at Dream with bitter, icy eyes. He summoned his bright, golden wings which shimmered in the moonlight before jumping off the wall. Tubbo held on tightly as they descended. Upon reaching the ground, Tommy dashed off into the shadows of the city, leaving behind Dream, who stood alone on top of the walls. Minutes later, two panicked knights came to assist their king.

“Dream! Thank Prime you’re safe!” Sapnap approached, followed by Alyssa.

Dream gazed at them with no emotion in his eyes. Internally, he was thankful they arrived, even if it far was too late.

“Are you alright, your majesty?” Alyssa gasped, noticing the gashes on his right arm.

“Obviously he’s not! Escort him to the healers immediately.” Sapnap ordered the knight in lower ranking.

“What do you plan on doing?” She asked, quickly heading to the king’s side in aid.

“I’m forming a search party to track whoever is responsible for this. By chance did you find any other intruders in the palace?”

“No, only this,” Alyssa revealed a black top hat with a green band.

Upon seeing it, Dream instantly recognized who it belonged to. He reached out his hand, and she gave it to him without hesitation. While examining the hat, he spotted a shimmering light reflecting from the ground, picking it up.

“Who even was it that did this?” Sapnap questioned with full concern, which he expected to be some kind of political opponent or another assaination attempt.

“Hybrids.” Dream coldly replied as he glared at the feather and hat, each in one hand.


In the following morning, Dream was tended to by the kingdom healers. They said he was fortunate none of his veins were punctured by the ice spikes. Of course, he already knew that, and he had his luck to thank for that. Heaving a sigh, the kind stared at the rising sun from his bedroom window.

Most would consider it scenic, with the pink sky and cityscape in the background. Though, he was usually up before dawn and didn’t have the time to waste watching sunrises when he had duties to worry about. Dream hated not doing anything. If he could, he would’ve definitely joined Sapnap’s in searching for them.

Instead, he was stuck here, recovering. George would’ve freaked if he saw him in this condition. Luckily, he was already back at Kinoko with Karl, away from all this mess. Eventually, Sapnap arrived at his door. He informed him that their search for the two hybrids was unsuccessful, much to their dismay. Alyssa followed behind him but with actual good news this time.

“Look what I found.” She grinned as she showed off two Discs.

“Actually, her boyfriend found them,” Sapnap teased, smugly raising his eyebrows.

“Shut up, Callahan is not my boyfriend!” Alyssa hit him on the back, slightly blushing in embarrassment.

“What are you going to do now?” Alyssa tilted her head.

“Give me the word and I’ll send every knight we have after them,” Sapnap remarked.

“No. There is no need for that. I will deal with them myself.” Dream shook his head, crossing his arms as he looked down at his arm, wrapped in bandages.

They stared at him in silence and slight confusion before being dismissed. Even if they necessarily didn’t agree with this choice, they couldn’t disrespect their king’s wishes. After the two knights left, Dream stood in silence as he stared out the window looking upon the kingdom, his kingdom.

He exhaled a breath and cracked his knuckles within his fist. Dream knew he probably shouldn’t be doing this, especially during his recovery, but he fully believed in his ability. Besides, this wasn’t the worst threat he’s ever faced, dealing with multiple attempts on his life before.

He strode towards his wardrobe and rummaged to its deep depths. Dream pulled out a plain outfit. A simple brown and white with a forest-green cloak. Perfect for avoiding unneeded attention and blending in with the typical plebeians. He took on his favorite mask. The same one he wore at the masquerade and even before that.

Reaching, below his bed and pulled out a metal box from beneath. Within it revealed Nightmare, an axe forged from rarest materials in the depths of the Nether. Dream stared at his masked reflection from the scratch-less and before taking it for a practice swing. If that’s how they wanted to play then fine. He would just have to beat them at their little game. It couldn’t be too hard now, can it?

When he was younger, he and his friends played a game they liked to call Manhunt. His friends chased him around the palace as he tried to win. Dream considered himself quite good at the game, even in youth. What was happening between him and the hybrids, was similar to his Manhunts as a kid. But it’s not exactly like those games. This one time was different, and they will soon realize why: He’s the hunter.

Notes:

This is now the longest chapter of my fic beating out chapter 3 by 68 words. Sorry that this update was late. The fight scene took me forever to think about and write even with an outline.

Chapter 9: To What is Truly Desired

Summary:

With the help of a new asset, finding the Discs once more is made much easier. Even then, trouble inevitably awaits.

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Tommy laid low in their house as Tubbo sat in bed. It was too risky going out again so soon, especially since they are probably wanted for the attempted assassination of the king. Meanwhile, Tubbo sat in bed, leg bandaged and elevated, while Tommy scouted around the interior. On occasion, he glanced outside the window for any danger. Fortunately, nobody came for them yet.

“What are you going to do now?” Tubbo asked, using healing magic on his own leg.

“Don’t get me wrong, I’m getting the Discs back. It’s just I can’t be so reckless again.” Tommy glanced over with a tinge of guilt.

“You’re actually thinking something through? Who are you and what have you done with Tommy?” He sarcastically chuckled, but the blond didn’t seem to lighten up.

“I’m being serious, Tubbo. What happened last night was all my fault, and you got the worst of it.” He glanced away, completely avoiding eye contact.

“Oh…. This, it’s not a big deal, really.” Tubbo insisted.

Although the cuts made by the bladed whip looked bad, he would recover just fine. There would be some scars left behind, it’s not like he was crippled or anything. Plus he had his healing magic. So, that would speed up the process too.

“Yeah, it is a big deal! I don’t want you to get hurt again. You need to rest and recover. So I’m getting the Discs back by myself.” Tommy declared, turning towards the doorway.

“No, You can’t do that!” Tubbo objected, begging him not to go.

“I am, and you can’t stop me.” He bluntly stated as he started to head out the room.

“Think this over, Tommy. Do you really think doing this alone is a good idea?” He pointed out.

Tubbo had a point. If it weren’t for his interference last night, Tommy was certain the king would’ve captured him, but it was also too risky to take Tubbo with him again. He was already a big help, but now he would just slow them down with his injured foot. Which was a problem with running involved. Before they could argue any further, a pounding sound came from the front door.

“Are you going to get that?” Tubbo tilted his head.

“Hell no! It’s probably the knights.”

The two remained in the bedroom as the pounding continued. It then suddenly stopped for a moment.. Tommy and Tubbo let out a sigh of relief assuming it was over. Only for the sound of glass shattering to be heard from another room.

“The fuck was that?!” Tommy blurted out.

“Tommy, I think somebody just broke into our house,”

“Shit, they found us already.” Tommy quickly snatched his sword which rested nearby and readied it.

“Are you sure you should be walking right now?” He glanced towards Tubbo, who just slid out of bed.

“Probably not, but this is more important.” Tubbo clung to the wall for support.

Tommy lended a shoulder for support, leading the way as the sheep hybrid hopped on one foot. The two headed towards the source of the sound to investigate. They were met by a broken window and a familiar fox inside.

“Fundy?!” They simultaneously shouted.

“Hi.” He quietly waved.

“What the hell, Fundy?” Tommy snarled as he pointed at the glass shards scattered across the floor.

“Sorry, I’ll pay for that later.” Fundy pushed the debris around with his foot.

“You literally could’ve just opened the window. You didn’t have to throw a rock at it.” Tubbo scolded him.

“Well you weren’t responding to my knocking and I had to get your attention somehow.” Fundy stepped around the scattered glass shards and approached them.

“How did you even find us?” Tubbo curiously asked.

“Might I remind you, I'm literally a fox. I have a very sharp nose and could easily track down your scent, since I’ve been around it long enough..” He explained, twitching his round, black nose.

“Sounds reasonable. We’re still mad about you breaking our window though.” Tubbo crossed his arms, giving an unamused glare.

“That’s not all. I could tell you weren’t actually nobles and that you weren’t human from the moment we first met by your smell alone.” Fundy pointed at Tubbo horns, which were hidden during their initial meeting.

“So you knew the whole time?” Tommy questioned.

“Yeah, but I didn’t want to say anything. I personally don’t judge, but I know some hybrids would rather keep it a secret or pass as human because of how the kingdom sometimes treats them.” He replied, lowering his ears at just the thought.

“Your family is like super-rich. Aren’t you bothered by the fact we lied to you and are commoners?” Tubbo raised an eyebrow.

“Why would I be upset? My grandfather is one, and so was my mother. I was once one too.” He told them.

“Really?” Tommy seemed somewhat bewildered by the fact.

“Yeah, I grew up alone on the streets of L’manberg having to fend for myself. That was until my parents took me in.” They just assumed he was like some kind of servant before Wilbur adopted him. They had no idea that in a way, he was just like them.

“You didn’t tell us you have a mother. I don’t remember meeting her.” Tubbo remarked.

“Yeah, I thought Wilbur wasn’t married,” Tommy added on.

“He never was. Mom passed before that could happen. This compass is all I have left of her. That’s why I came here. I thought it might be of some use on your search.” Fundy fiddled with something hidden in his pocket.

“Our search?” Tommy tilted his head.

“You’re getting the Discs back from King Dream, right? This compass can point towards whatever you truly desire. She used it a lot while navigating the sea. I’m sure it can help you find the Discs.” He pulled out a compass tied to twine from his pocket and held it in the palm of his hand.

“Fundy, we can’t take this. It belonged to your mother and must be very precious to you.” Tubbo gently pushed the fox’s hand back.

“It is, but I know she would’ve wanted you to borrow it. She probably would’ve approved because she also liked mischief. Just promise me you will return it.” Fundy insisted, he shook his head before placing the compass in Tommy’s hand.

“Can do, big man. I promise I won’t break it.” He put it around his neck.

“That’s very reassuring coming from you.” Tubbo sarcastically commented.

“I think I should get going anyways. I went here without anyone knowing. They might get worried if I’m gone too long.” Before bidding farewell, Fundy wished them luck, took one last look at his compass, and departed through the broken window.

“Now what?” Tubbo asked, looking out their now broken window.

“I’m going to get my Discs back.” He stated, straightening the sheath around his belt as he faced towards the exit.

“You can’t do that.” He shook his head.

“Why not, Tubbo?” Tommy glanced over his shoulder at the sheep hybrid.

“It’s too dangerous. You clearly can’t do this alone.” He objected, struggling to come up with the right words to say to make him stay.

“I’m going and that’s final,” Tommy told him bluntly, as he turned away.

“But—“

“Stay here and lay low. I’ll be back before you know it.” He walked away and closed the door behind him, leaving Tubbo behind, unable to catch up.

Tommy equipped his blade, put on his satchel and mask as he walked through the alleyway. The compass he grasped pointed him in a familiar direction. He found himself back at the palace. But this time he wouldn’t break in. No, the compass had him pointing in a different direction. Tommy was led to a closed-off stairway a little ways from it. After a couple hard kicks, he managed to free the gate open. A chilling breeze came from the depths below.

“Here goes nothing.” Tommy gulped and grasped the handle of his sword.

It was dark and damp, but definitely not as bad as the jail cell he and Tubbo were in a day prior. As Tommy followed his compass, it only took him deeper down below. From time to time he would glance at a room he passed by. Most were barren, but some held ancient ruins. He came to the conclusion this might’ve been some royal burial site or some shit.

Tommy noticed his compass started spinning out of whack. It looked like they were close. He examined his surroundings for the Discs. Instead, he was met with the light of a dimly shining reflection.

“Looking for these.” A masked figure wearing green held up two familiar Discs in one hand and a purple axe in the other.

“Dream...” Tommy scowled, instantly recognizing him and the objects he held.

More than anything, he wanted to lunge at Dream, but it was clear he was just taunting him. However, Tommy knew better this time.

“Welcome to the Catacombs Theseus. Or should I say, Tommy?” He gloatingly hummed.

“What? How do you know my name?” He growled defensively.

“Isn’t it obvious? You and your little friend wouldn’t stop shouting at each other last night. Do you really think that I couldn’t hear you?” The king amusingly laughed. “I know why you’re here, Tommy. But I’ll have you know I don’t plan on giving back the Discs so easily.” He showed them off once more before tucking them away in his cloak.

“I’d assume as much.” Tommy fiercely glared, his blue eyes reimagining cold.

“Good, I’m glad we can come to a mutual understanding. But enough talking, I say we get to it.” Dream swirled his axe around, ready to fight.

“Couldn’t have said it better myself.” Tommy held up his sword in response.

As Dream swung his axe, Tommy ducked out of the way in anticipation. Tommy’s combat skills were nowhere close to the king’s. But to guarantee his survival, he would have to fight smarter this time around.

The two took turns striking and dodging in the narrow hallway. The tight space limited their movement tremendously. Because of it, Dream could only make quick, light attacks without his axe beating against the stone wall, which was good for Tommy. Yet at the same time, he had a lingering paranoia of being confined that distracted him from the fight.

Dream kicked Tommy into an adjacent room. He quickly got to his feet before blocking another attack. While their blades locked, Tommy quickly examined his surroundings. He jumped back as Dream’s axe swung into the ground, clearly leaving a dent in the floor.

As he pulled his axe out, Tommy took his opportunity to run on top of a closed casket. He then jumped off, striking Dream from above. However, he was able to quickly react by blocking the sword with the handle of his axe. Even if the attack didn’t completely land, It looked like Tommy was now on the offensive side. That was until Dream took out the Discs.

“The Discs!” He shouted, dropping his guard as he instinctively reached for them.

Unfortunately, he wasn’t quick enough as Dream took them away and struck at him while his guard was down. Tommy let out a yelp as Nightmare grazed his side. He looked down and clenched the wound in pain.

“Fuck.” A blood-stain started to seep through his white and red sleeved shirt.

That definitely required some attention, but he couldn’t afford to lose focus. If he kept fighting this way, there was a chance he could get even more bloody.

To buy himself time, Tommy quickly headed for the hallway once more. As he ran, he fought to ignore a painful feeling at his side. Of course, Dream wasn’t far behind. He took out a dagger from within his cloak and threw it. Instead of hitting Tommy, it struck a wooden beam, nearly missing his head.

“Are you seriously trying to kill me?!” He turned around in shock.

“Prime, you’re stupid. If I wanted you dead I wouldn’t have missed on purpose.” He threw another dagger at him again, this time barely grazing his upper arm.

In response to this, Tommy kicked the old support beam beside them free. He was hoping to cause a distraction in order to retrieve the Discs. After giving it a few hard kicks, it came free, falling between him and Dream. However, it also caused the collapse of the support beam above.

“Oh shit.” They simultaneously said as debris started to fall upon them.

Both ran separate ways for cover. As the dust settled, Dream checked his cloak. He soon realized while running he dropped the Discs. Tommy stood up and started to cough. There was a bit of blood that came out of him, but he couldn’t worry about that right now.

In front of him sat two Discs covered in dirt. Could it be? He immediately went around the rubble and picked them up. He noticed the compass on his neck pointing right at them.

“Fuck yeah! I did it baby! In your face-“ Tommy screeched as he narrowly avoided another axe attack.

Tommy couldn’t claim victory just yet. He started to run for where he assumed the exit to be. But due to his poor directional skills, he found himself at a dead end.

“Great, exactly what I need.” He muttered as his only exit was blocked.

Dream charged at him. Tommy blocked the axe with his sword while holding the Discs away from the king with the other hand. Though that didn’t seem to work, as Dream swiftly took out a dagger and cut Tommy's left hand, making him drop the Discs.

He picked them up and mockingly held them in one hand while Nightmare remained in the other. Tommy lunged at him, but his efforts proved futile as Dream quickly dodged.

“It’s over, Tommy.” He stated, swinging the axe down at him, only to narrowly miss.

“Yeah right. It won’t be until I’m dead or I get my Discs back.” He slashed at him once more.

“Your Discs? They were never yours to begin with. All you and your friend know is stealing what isn’t yours and trickery.” Dream declared, mockingly holding them up.

“And I’d say we’re damn good at it too.” A voice echoed from behind, causing both to snap their heads around, but neither were able to spot the source. “Consider this payback.” A familiar face jumped at Dream from behind and stabbed him in the shoulder with an ice dagger, causing him to drop the discs.

“Tubbo!” Tommy shouted with relief, instantly recognizing his friend.

Without second thought, he quickly snatched the Discs. Once he tucked them away in his satchel, he grabbed Tubbo’s arm, and fled the fight. Although he didn’t know the way out, he hoped they could make an escape before it was too late.

“You know it still hurts.” Tubbo lagged behind, trying not to exert his leg.

“How did you even find me?” He asked, still focusing on the dim path ahead.

“I’ll explain in a minute, but I think you owe me an apology first.” The sheep hybrid stopped for a moment, crossing his arms.

“Fine, it was wrong of me to go off on my own and I’m glad you showed up.” Tommy sighed, admitting his defeat.

“Apology accepted. Now this way, before Dream catches us.” Tubbo took him to a narrow passage, and with the pull of a lever, a stone wall closed behind them.

“Woah, is this like a secret tunnel or some shit?” Tommy felt cramped yet never more relieved at the same time.

“Yeah, it is.” The blond turned around to see another figure.

“Drista?!” Tommy stepped back in surprise.

“Hey, loser.” The princess smugly waved.

“What are you doing here?!” He gasped in disbelief.

“Isn’t it obvious? I wanted to help.” She grinned, her turquoise eyes lighting up under the torch flames.

“But Dream is your older brother.” He stated, still baffled by why she was here.

“Yeah, I think that’s pretty obvious.” Drista affirmatively nodded.

“Then why are you doing this?” He dumbfoundingly questioned.

“I don’t care about some stupid Discs and I think you guys are alright. It’s also funny to see my brother lose, especially to you.” The princess giggled to herself, leading them through the narrow tunnel.

“Is that an insult?” Tommy defensively inquired, following her as he had nowhere else to go.

“You figure it out yourself,” Drista smirked, turning her head over her shoulder

“When I went looking for you, I ran into Drista. I told her everything and she helped me find you.” Tubbo explained, walking from the back of the group.

“I know every secret area to the place. I’m like an expert at exploring.” She casually added on, while trying not to brag.

“You know, you’re pretty cool, Drista.” Tommy complimented, giving the princess a genuine smile.

“Yeah, I know.” She shrugged in response, giving him a grin.

Although they had their differences and definitely got off on the wrong foot at the party, Tommy couldn’t help but be thankful for their meeting. Sure, he still thought Drista was kind of annoying, and she probably thought the same of him. But she was alright in his book. If only she could’ve been queen instead of her asshole brother.

“But won’t you get in trouble with Dream?” Tubbo concerningly asked.

“I don’t have to tell him anything.” She winked at them, opening a hatch that led them out of the castle’s secret tunnels and into the busy streets.


“It’s finally over.” Tommy let out a sigh of relief, never happier to see sunlight. Abruptly, he leaned over and started to cough again.

“Tommy!” Tubbo’s eyes widened, noticing some dried blood on his hands.

“Fuck, I forgot about that.” He looked up, giving a concerned grin.

“I’ll heal you right away!” Tubbo’s hands started to glow yellow as he put them against Tommy’s side.

“I think I’m done with fighting for life.” He groaned, feeling the sting of his cuts as the adrenaline faded away.

“Same. I just wanna go home and take a week-long nap.” Tubbo nodded in agreement, looking down at his still recovering leg.

“Sounds like a plan, but first let’s celebrate our victory by eating at the Lemon Tree,” Tommy suggested, giving an arm to Tubbo as he headed back home.

“Sure, I think we deserve a break after everything that happened today.” He let out a sigh in agreement, just happy it was over.

Upon returning, Tommy immediately ran upstairs to hide his Discs. He lifted up a creaky floorboard and slipped them under there. It wasn’t the best hiding place, but he thought it was secure enough. After that, Tommy let Tubbo put his arm around him for support. He then helped him walk towards the Lemon Tree.

They assumed this was it. The Discs were theirs. However, it was far from over. As they two headed to the Lemon Tree, a masked figure stood among the busy street crowds watching them. He analyzed his surroundings before turning back around and walking into a shadowy alleyway. Dream wasn’t done yet. He would be back soon with a new plan. Ready to strike again.

Notes:

The reason for them going in the catacombs was kind of a reference to how they originally fought Dream in a ravine and how Tubbo originally killed him for the Discs in minecraft. This really isn’t important, but just a minor detail.

Chapter 10: Long Live the King

Summary:

After losing the Discs once more, Tommy and Tubbo are forced to negotiate with Dream.

Notes:

Sorry for the unexpected late update, but I’m still experimenting with my upload schedule for the best time. I’m trying to update at least once a week.

Also the next chapter will be the last relating to the Discs. I had a fun time writing the action scenes. Though I think it’s about time that other characters get more interactions and time to shine.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Ugh… What happened?” Tommy’s eye fluttered awake to the touch of the warm sun.

“I think we fell asleep at the tavern last night.” Tubbo yawned, stretching his arms over his head.

“Shit.” He noticed them still sitting at their usual table. “How late did we even sleep in?”

“I’m not exactly sure, but we should get going anyways.” Tubbo stood up, gathering their belongings before.

“Agreed.” Tommy nodded before departing with him.

When they stepped outside, the two were met by a peculiar sight. Their house, which sat next door to the Lemon Tree, was swarmed with knights. The locals gave weird mutters as floorboards were carried from their interior and set on a gigantic pile in the middle of the street.

“What the fuck?!” Tubbo charged over, furious.

The last few days were extremely stressful for them. He wasn’t exactly in the mood to deal with this. The two approach two figures discussing something, the ones who seemed to be in charge here. A woman with dirty blonde hair and teal eyes, and a familiar man with dark hair.

“Woman Knight!” Tommy exclaimed upon seeing Alyssa. “Shit.” He muttered as he alerted everyone of their presence as the two knights silently approached the duo.

“Umm… Hi, hello, I have a few questions. What the hell is going on here?!” Tubbo shouted at them.

“Whatever you’re doing, can you take it somewhere else?” Tommy pointed at their now dismantled floorboards.

“No can do,” Alyssa replied, shaking her head in response.

“Yeah, it’s King Dream’s orders,” Sapnap added, crossing his arms.

“What?” Tommy said in disbelief, yet somehow not surprised in the slightest.

So it was him who was responsible for all the missing floorboards. Wait, the missing floorboards.

“Oh no! The Discs!” Tommy bolted inside their now-demolished house.

He bolted to the location he hid them at. Looking inside, he noticed the interior completely torn up beyond recognition. When he checked the spot they were kept, there was no sight of them anywhere.
They assumed it was over, only for Dream to get the better of them. Tommy walked outside in disappointment, only to see Tubbo arguing with the female knight.

“No, you listen here! My friend and I went through so much shit to get those back. If you don’t we’ll fucking do it again!” Tubbo continued to shout.

“You’re not getting them back. You should be grateful for his majesty’s mercy after everything you’ve done to him. He even let you keep your wooden floor.” Alyssa pointed to the pile of torn up floorboards.

“I assume you’re Tommy and Tubbo?” Sapnap revealed a parchment scroll. The two gave each other concerned looks before hesitantly nodding. “If that’s the case, King Dream requests your audience immediately.”

“Fuck no! I’d rather die than see that green bitch one more time.” Tommy stomped his foot down.

“Have it your way then.” Sapnap picked him up like it was nothing.

“No, wait! I wasn’t being serious! You’re not going to actually kill me?” He kicked and screamed, but Sapnap hardly budged.

“Do you want to forcefully be carried to?” Alyssa looked down at Tubbo.

“Umm… no thank you.” He shook his head, deciding that walking there against his will was a much better option, even with his injured foot.


Upon arriving at the palace, they were escorted to the garden. When they got there, Tommy was set down and forced to follow their lead. The two knights, now with weapons at hand, ushered them to a pavilion with a table in the center. There sat none other than Dream himself, this time without his mask.

“Greetings.” He smiled before taking a sip of tea.

“Give me my fucking discs back you cheater!” Tommy was ready to lunge at him.

With the sap of Dream’s fingers, the two knights pointed crossbows at the duo. “Not even going to say hi? How rude.” He chucked, while the two just glared at him in response. “Prime, you two are so tense. Sit down and have some tea with me.”

Normally, they would've denied such a request. But they didn’t have a choice in the matter. Hesitantly, the two pulled out their chairs, taking a seat across from Dream. Although two warm cups were prepared for them, neither refused to drink it.

“Apologize.” The king ordered.

“What?” Tommy snapped.

“I’d like you to apologize for everything you’ve done up until now.” He demanded.

“No.” Tommy bluntly replied.

“Would you like to repeat that?” Dream queued Sapnap and Alyssa to point the crossbows closer to their heads.

“Umm… We’re sorry!” Tubbo frightfully nodded and they quickly sat down.

“Good.” He sat back, taking another sip of tea.

“So why did you bring us here?” Tommy pushed the cups of tea in front of him and Tubbo away, assuming they might have been drugged or poisoned, but also because he refused to accept the king’s hospitality.

“Isn’t it obvious? I just thought we could sit down and chat like normal people. And maybe while we’re at it, listen to some music.” While Dream was talking, a servant took out Mellohi and put it on some sort of machine. When it was placed upon this device, a tune started to play.

“How dare you!” Tommy, noticing his taunt, abruptly stood from his chair, quickly followed by Tubbo.

“Sit down.” He demanded.

“Or else?” Tubbo asked.

“I’ll destroy your precious Discs, right in front of you.” Dream said with all seriousness.

“You wouldn’t dare.” Tommy fiercely glared, his blue eyes burning with scorn.

“Wanna test that?” Dream was about to get Cat, but instead, they sat down. “That’s what I thought.”

“Now, where were we?” He amusingly asked, glancing over at the duo, who remained tense and on edge.

“You were talking about us,” Tubbo hesitantly replied, clenching his fists beneath the table.

“Right. Anyways, this has been the most fun I had in a long time. Still, as expected, I won.”

“Are you going to kill us now?” Tommy inquired in all seriousness.

“Prime no, You’re too fun to mess with for me to do that. Besides, you’re far from the most dangerous threat I’ve faced.” He hummed, pointing at the large scar on the bridge of his nose.

“Bitch, please. That’s nothing compared to this.” Tommy lifted half his shirt to reveal a scar stretching across his stomach. “When I was young, some asshole thought it was a good idea to put their sword in my stomach.”

The memory of the incident was pretty much removed from his mind. Heck, he didn’t even remember his life before he met Tubbo, if he even had one. All he knew was that Tubbo was his only friend, and if he once had others in his life, they gave up on him long ago. But to this day, he was certain that somebody else screamed out his name that day when he was stabbed.

“Impressive…” Dream indifferently shrugged before moving on. “You know, there was a reason I brought you to my palace, and it wasn’t to just chat.”

“And why is that?” Tubbo tilted his head.

“Normally, I would’ve just arrested you two by now, but I'm feeling generous. So, how about a deal?”

“What kind of deal?” Tommy intensely glared.

“I don’t know, you tell me.” He hummed, leaning back on his chair.

Maybe they could bargain for the Discs back? And judging by Tubbo’s expression he was thinking the same thing.

“The only thing of value we can offer is our gold, assuming that wasn’t taken too,” Tubbo whispered.

“Shit,” Tommy replied, not wanting that to be revealed.

It didn’t look like they had many options. Tommy really wanted his Discs back, but was it worth it to give up their riches? Stealing them brought with it a new home and change to spare. A life they didn’t have up until now.

“Oh, that.” Dream grinned, hearing everything, causing the two to nervously exchange glances. “I have no interest in that.” He stood up and walked away.

“Wait, we're not done here!” Tommy desperately shouted.

Though, Dream couldn’t care less about a bit of lost gold. He had more than he ever needed. It wasn’t too much of a loss. Well, not to him at least. Dream stopped in his tracks, a grin growing across his face before turning around, taking a seat once more.

“I have a new deal. Give me all your gold or I will destroy the Discs.”

“That isn’t fucking fair!” Tommy growled.

“A lot of things aren’t fair, but that’s just how it is. Either give me the gold or your precious Discs are gone.”

“Fine, we’ll do it!” Tubbo frantically intervened.

“It’s a deal. We’ll meet at an undisclosed location tomorrow. Refuse to follow my demands and I’ll make sure your Discs are gone for good.” Dream worked out the details before walking away, this time for real.


“Fuck.” Tommy cursed to himself.

They really dug themselves deep this time, but they didn’t have any other choice. It was their best chance at getting the Discs back. Tubbo gave Tommy a nod of reassurance before turning around and heading back. The walk back home was silent. Was this really it? After everything they did to get the Discs back, Dream still bested them in the end. Now he was going to take all their gold on top of all that.

No, that wasn’t going to happen. Not if they could do something about it. And Tommy was certain about that. If they win against Dream once, they could do it again. They just needed to have a different approach, seeing as neither were in fighting condition. Luckily, they still had their gold, and they wanted to keep it that way.

Before leaving at dawn, the two rented a horse and brought along some other items in preparation. Tommy steered the horse, even if he wasn’t good at it, while Tubbo held onto the heavy satchel. When they were close enough, they tied the horse to a tree. Eventually, the two met up with Dream, who stood in the middle of the road, wearing his mask and greek cloak once more.

“Are you ready to trade?” He asked, holding up the two discs.

“Yes, we are.” The two gave each other nervous glances before Tubbo approached him.

He slowly took off the satchel, while grasping a hidden object in his hand. The two slowly approached, while Tommy nervously watched from afar. Once he got close enough, they exchanged belongings. They snatched them out of each other’s hands, both wearing a cold and emotionally glare.

“Now Tubbo!” Tommy shouted, once Tubbo was certainly in possession of the discs.

Tubbo grinned, revealing an Enderpearl, which he kept hidden on his person the entire time. Before Dream was able to react, he tossed it. As the king attempted to snatch the discs from the sheep-hybrid,
the pearl landed a safe distance away. It shattered into many dark, teal shards as Tubbo appeared beside him, surrounded in dancing purple particles, which quickly vanished.

 

“Long live the king, bitch.” Tommy flipped off Dream before throwing his own pearl.

The blond reappeared besides Tubbo once his pearl hit on the ground. They ran back to their horse, making a getaway. Meanwhile, Dream chuckled to himself as they rode off. He reached down and picked up the weighted satchel, peeking inside.

“Huh?”

Instead of it being filled with gold coins, rocks were in its place. He should’ve known better. Still, it wasn’t like he was playing fair either. Meanwhile, Tommy and Tubbo didn’t look back. They kept riding until it was safe to stop.

“You still got the Discs?” Tommy asked, hopping off the horse.

“Mhm.” Tubbo nodded, following suit, handing the discs to Tommy.

He took a moment to examine them, softly smiling before a sudden realization hit him. “Prime damnit.”

Tubbo tilted his head in confusion before glancing over, soon noticing too. “Oh, these aren’t the Discs.”

Cat and Mellohi were distinctly purple and green, both with their names etched into them. One of these was yellow and called “13” the other was green but unlabeled.

It looked like Dream tricked them too. They should’ve suspected as much. Tommy took out Fundy’s compass and heaved a sigh. Of course; it pointed away, and he knew exactly where it went. Still, they weren’t in the mood to make another break-in, not now at least.

They returned to their home, still without a proper floor. It would be several hours before they departed again. In the meantime, Tommy hid the fake Discs, and Tubbo retrieved the gold. Thankfully, they didn’t hide it under the floorboards either. Still, it would be wise to not take all of it out. That’s why Tubbo left some pouches behind just in case.

They departed once more, this time together. Tommy followed the compass which led exactly where he predicted: the palace. Tubbo was able to get them in by a secret entrance Drista showed him earlier. It was much easier than climbing the walls once more. They walked through a secret tunnel before entering another room.

It was a large hall with several large windows, similar to the ballroom they were once in. Tommy followed the compass while they tried not to be spotted, but the halls were surprisingly empty for midday. They stood in front of too large doors as the compass spun in circles. This must be the place. Without hesitation, Tommy kicked open the door. They were greeted with a bunch of swords pointing at their faces the second they stepped inside. There, in front of them, sat Dream on this throne.

“Admit it, Dream. I’m the most wanted man in the kingdom.” Tommy grinned, despite being surrounded by almost every palace knight.

“Over theft? You’re annoying, I’ll give you that. But definitely not the most wanted.” He chuckled, leaning back on the green-velvet throne.

“Really, who is it then?” Tommy asked, somewhat intrigued.

“Like I would tell you.” He scoffed.

“We know you have the Discs on you.”

“So what if I still have them? Why don’t I just arrest you right here and now?”

“Because we’ve come here to trade. This time for real, no tricks.” Tubbo interjected.

“Really, is that so? Prove it.” He crossed his legs.

The two glanced at each other before assertively nodding.

“We have the gold right here.” Tommy took out a few pouches filled to the brim with coins.

Tubbo did the same. Upon seeing this, Dream snapped his fingers, calling off the knights. After clearing the way, the two stepped towards the throne.

“Give us the Discs first,” Tommy demanded.

Dream hesitantly reached in his cloak before tossing them at Tommy. He instantly caught them before giving the gold to Dream. And like that, it was all over. They left the palace for the last time. The duo considered going to the Lemon Tree once more, but this time they wanted to do something different.

The two went to a bench on the outskirts of the city. They sat down and truly relaxed for the first time in days while staring off at the natural landscape. Tommy leaned back, enjoying the warm afternoon sun while admiring his discs. This time the real ones that were back in his possession, hopefully for good. Meanwhile, Tubbo sat next to him, playing with a bumblebee he dubbed Spins, which he recently befriended. They still had to deal with repairing their house, but that was a problem for later. Right now they wanted to bask in their (somewhat) victory.

Notes:

If you enjoyed this fic, make sure to Kudo! It’s free and I really appreciate it. Also please don’t hesitate to comment. I always love hearing what others have to say.

Chapter 11: Discs Finale

Summary:

After getting the Discs back, a new issue presents itself: How do they keep the Discs safe? Luckily a certain artificer knows how. Though doing so is easier said than done.

Notes:

This one just barely went over my usual word count per chapter, but consider this a special occasion for ending this arc.

I’m also taking a short break. Mainly because I have an upcoming trip, which won’t give me enough time to write consistently. I also don’t want to get burnt out with updating. In the meantime I’ll work on outlining future chapters and writing other works.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The two sat peacefully on the bench for many hours. Before they knew it, the sun was already crossing the horizon. Tubbo leaned on Tommy’s shoulder and hummed a tune. Tommy looked over at him and smiled. In return, Tubbo beamed back. It was the little moments like these that Tommy reminded himself how fortunate he was to have Tubbo by his side.

Without him, Tommy was certain he would’ve met his end many years ago, whether that be through starvation or his own stupidity. And he definitely wouldn’t have been able to get the Discs back without his help.

“We won.” Tubbo happily rejoiced.

“We won,” Tommy nodded in agreement, “I won a war!” He gloatingly shouted.

“I wouldn’t exactly call it a war, but we still won!” Tubbo added on, but continued to pridefully smile.

They would’ve kept celebrating their victory all night. That was until a realization hit Tommy. They got the Discs back, but it was a costly fight. Even if they did technically win, it might not stay like that.

“Wait…” The blond halted their cheers, a grim expression forming on his face. “What if he tries to get them back again? We have nowhere to hide them.”

“Shit,” Tubbo muttered, realizing it too.


Right now the safest option was them being on Tommy, but that wasn’t a permanent solution. They needed to come up with a better hiding place, and fast. They couldn’t just hide it under the floorboards or somewhere in their house again. That would be a dead give away, and the first place anyone would check. So, they had to think of an alternative.

The following day, they immediately went to the safest place they thought to store the Discs: the bank. Though an issue presented itself when the clerks refused to store anything of non-monetary value. Well, there went their great plan. After that, they went around the city trying to find a safe place to hide the Discs but had no luck anywhere. Eventually, they gave up and decided to take a break. And of course, where else would they go but the Lemon Tree, seeing as their house floor still needed to be fixed.

“Don’t worry, we’ll figure something out,” Tubbo reassured him, placing a hand on his shoulder.

“I sure hope we can before that green bastard strikes again.” Tommy took the Discs out once more, looking down at them as he sighed.

“Hello, how might I help you two today?” Ponk approached them with a quill and notepad at hand.

“Hey, Ponk.” Tubbo waved.

“My man, Big P.” Tommy grinned.

“Tommy,” The tavern owner scowled at him.

“Fine, fine, I won't call you that again.” The blond shook his head in defeat.

“Thank Prime.” Ponk let out a sigh of relief.

“For now…” 

“Still the same as ever I see.” Ponk amusingly rolled his eyes at the two.

“We would like the cheapest item on the menu.” Tubbo took out a few coins.

This came as a surprise to the tavern owner, but we went through with their request. After giving up most of the gold for the Discs, their savings were sparse. Of course, they kept some from Dream, but they couldn’t spend as they did before. He returned with some bread and soup broth. It didn’t look the most appetizing, but it would suffice.

“Something’s up with you guys. You’re less talkative than usual.” Ponk commented, quickly catching on to their abnormal behavior.

“No, nothing's up.” Tommy rebutted, but the tavern owner wasn’t exactly buying it, “Fine, it’s about the Discs,” He finally admitted.

“I knew it.” He gave a smug expression, crossing his arms.

“You see we got the Discs back, but now we have no safe place to keep them. Seeing as nowhere will let us and our house is kinda…” Tubbo explained.

“Interesting, very interesting indeed.” Ponk listened to their story. “I think I might know a guy who might be able to help.” He added on.

“Really?” They simultaneously looked up.

“Yeah, a friend of mine named Sam. He is an artificer who I met at my other job years ago.” He explained.

“Wait, you’re meaning to say this isn’t your only job?” Tubbo was baffled by that.

“Nope, I consider the Lemon Tree more like a hobby. I’m actually a doctor. Sam and I originally met through that.”

“I remember Wilbur mentioning an artificer by the same name.” Tommy looked down at his Discord Gem pendant.

“Do you mind if?” Ponk pointed at his necklace.

“Sure.” Tommy took it off, handing it over.

“That’s definitely him alright.” He noticed an S engraved into the metal clasp.

“He isn’t loyal to the king is he?” Tubbo skeptically asked.

“Unlikely.” He replied. Though, the answer didn’t exactly ease their worries, but it was somewhat relieving.

“Do you know where we can find this Sam?” Tommy asked, putting the Discord Gem back around his neck.

Ponk nodded before getting out a blank sheet of parchment. He drew a quick sketch of the country. In the center of the Capital, north the Arctic, east L’manberg, west Kinoko Kingdom, and South the Badlands. He circled a general area in the northern ends of the Badlands, their destination.


The two thanked Ponk before departing on their several-hour journey on horseback. The Badlands weren’t an ideal place to live, let alone travel to. Luckily, they were only going to the northern end. Plus, they had Fundy’s compass to guide them. After several hours of riding, they arrived at a thick swamp. They got off the horse and walked through the dense terrain on a small trail.

“What was that?” Tubbo turned around, hearing rustling in the forest.

“It’s probably a rabbit or some shit.” Tommy continued, leading the way.

They were interrupted by a zombie who jumped out of the bushes. It looked hacked up from a previous encounter, blood seeping from its lifeless body, and missing a leg, which was now all bone.
The undead being gave a lifeless groan as it slowly crawled towards them

“Uhh… I don’t think it’s a rabbit.” Tubbo worryingly stepped back as the monster tried reaching for his foot.

“I don’t care what it is. Take care of it!” Tommy shouted, getting behind him.

“Why me?” The sheep hybrid unamusingly looked over his shoulder.

“Because you’re the one that saw it first!”

“Ugh… Fine, Vinea Ramus.” Tubbo waved his hand, casting a spell.

A bunch of vines tangled together appeared. They extended from the forest and wrapped around the zombie, lifting it up, suspending it above them. Meanwhile, the two went on their way, continuing forward on the path.

“You’re lucky I have this swamp to use plant magic on.” Tubbo sighed, walking forward as the zombie above them growled.

Further along, a skeleton jumped out in front of them. Of course, it was more of a challenge than the zombie. Though that was a given, seeing as skeletons were not a force to reckon with. After some fighting, Tommy managed to disarm it. He threw its bow into the undergrowth then slashed at the defenseless skeleton until it was a pile of bones.

“We don’t have time for this.” He kicked the skull away and moved forward.

Their third encounter by far was the most dangerous. This time they were surrounded by all kinds of monsters. Tubbo exhausted himself by overusing his magic. Now he could only fight with the daggers on him. And Tommy was only able to take one target one at a time. They honestly thought they were screwed. That was until a figure riding a giant white wolf came in. He wore golden armor and a helmet that hid his face. He skewered the few remaining monsters with his trident.

“Thank Prime!” Tommy cheered.

“I thought we were fucked for a minute back there.” Tubbo sighed in relief.

The figure still wielding his trident, hopped off his enormous wolf, which was now growling at the two, “You shouldn’t be here, these lands aren’t safe, especially for children.”

“Hey listen here-“ Tommy shouted before being cut off.

“We actually came here looking for someone.” Tubbo interrupted. “Yeah, we are trying to find an artificer named Sam.”

“Really, is that so?” He pointed his weapon away but didn’t exactly let his guard down. “Then you’ve come to the right person.” He said, taking off his helmet to reveal his bright green hair and black sclera eyes.

“Ponk didn’t tell us you are a hybrid too,” Tommy commented.

“Too?” Sam inquired, to which Tommy summoned his golden wings. “Ah… I see.”

He got back on his wolf, beckoning them to follow as they walked further into the swamp, “I assume Ponk told you about me.” The duo nodded in response. “We’re good friends. Do you mind giving this to him the next time you see him?” Sam took out a necklace, similar to Tommy’s, but orange, and tossed it at them.

“Strange question, but are wolves normally this big?” Tubbo curiously asked.

“No, Fran wasn’t supposed to get this large. When she was a pup, she accidentally got ahold of some growth potions that I stopped collecting after the incident.” Sam gently petted her while telling the story as she happily barked.

After a short walk, they arrived at a surprisingly large cottage with several decorations and overgrown plants. Upon entering inside, Fran went to her large doggy-bed. Meanwhile, the other three gathered around a table covered with tools.

“Tell me, what exactly is it that you need me to make?”

“We need somewhere secure to keep these,” Tommy revealed the Discs.

“Like a safe or something, where only we can access them,” Tubbo added.

“I think I might have something like that.” Sam walked into another room, looking through his unorganized blueprints until finding one he wanted, and rolling it open on the table.

“An Enderchest?” Tommy tilted his head, reading the label

“It functions somewhat similar to a normal chest. But whatever you put inside it can only be accessed by you. It’s more secure than any bank in existence.” The artificer explained.

“Will this pay the cost?” Tommy took one of their last coin pouches and gave it to Sam.

“That will do, but there is a problem.” He admitted, tossing the pouch in his hand.

“And what is that?” Tubbo asked.

“I don’t have enough obsidian here to make it right now.” Sam stated.

“Are you able to get more?”

“Yes, but it will take me a few days.”

“If we get the obsidian, can you have it made for us faster?” Tommy suggested.

That was their best option. They didn’t have much time before Dream would be after them once more. If they had to get the obsidian themselves, so be it.

“Yes, but would you really want to get it yourselves?” They nodded in response. “If you insist.” Sam rummaged through his tools before handing them a diamond pickaxe.

Before leaving, Tubbo whispered something to Sam before handing him some more gold, “Do you think you can make that with the Enderchest?” He asked.

“Absolutely.” He nodded before the sheep-hybrid left and joined Tommy outside, departing on horseback once more.

“What did you and Sam talk about?” Tommy questioned, hoping to get a response out of him.

“It’s a secret.” Tubbo grinned in response.

“I think I know a place where we can get obsidian,” Tommy told him.

“Is this method of getting it legal?” Tubbo tilted his head.

“Definitely not, but it’s the only place I know of.” He laughed in response.


“You know the plan.” Tommy handed Tubbo the compass.

“I do.” He traded him the pickaxe in return.

“Be safe,” Tubbo nodded, placing his hand on Tommy’s shoulder before parting ways.

Tubbo headed for the palace. He expected he had to cause some distraction by pickpocketing somebody, but apparently not. When he tried to sneak into the castle once more, an arrow was shot, barely missing him. Tubbo glared as he looked up and noticed a familiar masked figure. It was almost like he knew what they were planning.

He quickly turned around and bolted away as Dream reloaded his crossbow. He needed to buy Tommy enough time and could fight Dream with magic if needed. Meanwhile, Tommy ran towards the Nether-Portal. It was the only place he knew of to get obsidian. He quickly started to chip away at the molten rock, storing loose shards in his satchel.

Tubbo kept running, but Dream wasn’t far behind. He quickly glanced down at Fundy’s compass and concentrated. It pointed to where Tommy was. Where he needed to keep Dream away from. His sheep ears flickered as he heard the sound of a crossbow loading.

“Oh shit.” He ducked as another arrow shot past him.

He quickly found his footing before turning in a different direction. After more running, he soon found himself cornered in an alleyway. Tubbo fully expected to fight. Dream even swapped his crossbow with an axe. But before either could engage in combat, Dream turned around, leaving Tubbo behind.

He starred in bewilderment until figuring it out. Dream must’ve realized he was only posing as a distraction, which meant he was heading for Tommy. While Tubbo tried to catch up in hopes of averting him, Dream was already ahead.

Unlike Tubbo, Dream didn’t need a compass. He could rely on his luck to find him. Tubbo did everything in his ability to get Dream’s attention, but his efforts proved futile. Off in the distance, stood Tommy, still mining obsidian. Tubbo bolted ahead, running up the stairs, and into the clearing.

“Tommy! Watch out!” He yelled before leaning down to catch his breath.

The blond looked up from his current task and noticed Tubbo, soon followed by Dream with a crossbow pointed at him, “Bitch what the fuck?!” He dropped the pickaxe and obsidian shards, took out his sword, and fled.

Tommy managed to get away from the firing range, but now Dream was after him. Tubbo was too far behind, and with Tommy running for his life, that left him forced to collect the obsidian. He quickly snatched the pickaxe and got to work. The faster they gather it, the quicker they can leave.

Tommy ran like his life depended on it, because it kind of did. He had the Discs on him. If he was caught or defeated, it was all over for them. Dream focused his crossbow while also trying to catch up with Tommy. Though he couldn't shoot a clear shot because the running messed with his aim.

There was also the fact he was currently limited on ammo and didn’t want to harm an innocent passerby by accident. When he got close enough, Dream took out his axe and slashed at Tommy. He managed to dodge in time by summoning his wing, pushing himself forward before the blade could strike him. He saw an opportunity for an escape. Tommy, using his wings as support, ran up some crates taking him on top of the roofs. He ran, not bothering to look back at Dream.

“I think that’s enough,” Tubbo told himself, collecting one last shard.

He put the pickaxe away and carried the satchel. Now he needed to find Tommy before it was too late. He took Fundy’s compass and tried to find Tommy, but the weight of the heavy obsidian slowed his search.

Tommy kept running, only using his wings to glide between gaps. When he found a space place to land, he slowly fell down, breaking the fall with his wings. Once he landed, he went towards the portal, paying no attention to his surroundings. That was until he collided with something.

“Hey!” Tommy snarled, standing up and picking up his sword.

“Tubbo!” He realized who he ran into.

“Tommy!” Tubbo shouted in relief.

“Thank Prime that it’s you. I have the obsidian.” He struggled to lift the heavy satchel fully up to show.

“Good, let’s get the fuck out of here.” Tommy led the way out with Tubbo close behind.

When they left the city, they assumed it was over. Unfortunately, it wasn’t just yet. For who of course was there to greet them at the south gates but Dream .He blocked their nearest exit and they didn’t have enough time to make a run for it.

“Enough running. Let’s end this.” He grasped his axe, but before anyone could fight, a familiar face riding a wolf came in.

“Sam?” Dream turned around to see the artificer.

“I would like you to back away from my clients.” King or not, he still pointed his trident at Dream while Fran let out a growl.

“I don’t want to fight you.” He held up Nightmare.

“Neither do I.” Sam replied, condescendingly shaking his head.

“I’m your ruler, I request that you stand down peacefully.” He ordered.

However, the creeper hybrid didn’t. Instead, he stood his ground, “You should know that the people of the Badlands work differently. We don’t exactly follow the crown, like your other territories.”

“Out of respect for my former artificer, I won’t fight you, but you shouldn’t affiliate yourself with them,” Dream glared at the duo, who now hid beside Fran, “We aren’t finished,” Dream warned them before turning around and leaving.

“Thanks for saving us back there, Sam. I honestly thought we would have to fight Dream again, and I wasn’t ready for that.” Tubbo smiled, letting out a sigh of relief.

“Yeah, that was badass,” Tommy added.

“It’s no big deal, really.” Sam insisted.

“Uhh.. We got the obsidian you needed.” Tubbo showed him the satchel.

“I think that should be enough. Are you ready to watch me make it?”

Sam then beckoned them to get onto Fran. They got on and rode back to his house on the wolf. Upon returning, Sam showed them to his smithery. He poured all of the obsidian shards onto a wooden bench. He then got out a blaze rod and chiseled away at it, creating powder. Upon getting all the materials he forged the chest using a metallic hammer. It took several hours to craft, but it was all worth it in the end. The two now looked at the finished Enderchest in awe.

“Now to seal the Discs away forever.” Tubbo gave him the honors.

Tommy took the Discs out and opened the chest. As he did so, purple particles surrounded it. He slowly put his hand inside along with the Discs. Tubbo then tested it out for himself. Of course he wasn’t able to retrieve anything. Luckily, that meant they were safe forever.

They bid Sam farewell and went on their way. The two hauled the Enderchest back on a wagon. By the time they returned, it was already sunset. That was when they passed a familiar bench. They pulled the wagon nearby and sat down once more.

“I got a surprise. I thought it would be a nice reward for us. You know, winning and all.” Tubbo reached into the Enderchest and pulled out a brown box, similar to the one Dream used to play Mellohi.

“Is that?” Before he could finish asking, Tubbo nodded, “Pog.” Tommy reached into the Enderchest and took out Cat.

“I’m not exactly sure how this thing works.” He put the Disc onto the record player.

After figuring it out, a calming tune started to play. Now they could finally relax, this time for real. It was over now, but they had a feeling it wouldn’t get easier from here. They still had some damage to repair and needed to heal too. After that, neither were sure what the future would bring. Whether it be good or bad. But whatever happened, All that mattered was they had each other.

Notes:

Yay! I finished it! As I said before, I'm taking a short break. I’m also excited for the next upcoming chapters I had planned. The beginning was kind of Clingy-Duo centric, but I can definitely say the upcoming chapters are more character interaction based and give others more time.

Also if you enjoy reading this fic make sure to kudos and/or comment if you wish! It’s free and I really appreciate it.

Chapter 12: Golden Wings, Songbird, Eagle Eyes

Summary:

In the following weeks, things have calmed down. The duo have moved to L’manberg. Tommy and Wilbur have important things they want to tell each other, but the two get sidetracked.

Notes:

Hey, I’m back from my break! I know it’s been awhile, but I’m still here. I hope I didn’t keep anyone waiting too long, and plan to keep updating.

Also shoutout to Sheep_Bloopers for becoming my new beta. Of course Aells still looks over my fic. But with this fic planning to go on for quite some time, I really appreciate the extra help.

Edit: Changed the song Wilbur and Kristin sang at the start to Angel of Death by Cthulhu lemon. Thought it fit more with the scene and themes of the fic.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Forgive me if I hold you at arm's length when all I touch turns to ash.” Wilbur gently strummed a cord on his guitar.

 Besides him, sat Kristin, shielding herself from the bright sunning with her parasol as she hummed the next line, “And forgive me if I do things the hard way when all in this life you get one chance.”

“Forgive me when I hold you too closely, while I make all of my amends. And forgive me when I lose myself wholly when you’ve finally returned to me again.” The two finished the song together, ending on a perfect note. 

“What a bittersweet song…” Kristin reminisced, “You did excellent as always.” She praised her son, taking out two pastries from a picnic basket. 

“I don’t want to steal the spotlight from my songbird now, would I?” She smiled softly and took out a black feather from her pocket, tucking it behind Wilbur’s ear.

“Thanks mom.” He nodded, carefully keeping the shimmering feather there.

The two ate their pastries, while sitting peacefully in the middle of their colorful garden. They noticed a crow caw on a nearby tree. It flapped its wings and remained in place, clearly announcing its presence.

“Come here, sweetie. Don’t be shy.” Kristin beckoned, holding out her arm.

The crow landed on her with a letter tied around its neck. “This must be from my darling. Thank you my feathered friend.” She took off the letter and gave the crow a piece of her pastry, before it flew away.

“Another written note. Dad knows he can just use Discord Gem right? I get that he’s older than he looks, but I didn’t think he was that old.” Wilbur amusingly rolled his eyes.

“You’d be surprised.” Kristin chuckled.

“What does it say?” Wilbur asked, glancing over her shoulder.

“It’s just an update about how your father and brother are doing up in the Arctic.”

Upon hearing that, he let out a sigh. “I wish they would just visit more often.”

Part of him wanted to return to how things were before, when they had all lived together in L’manberg. But, that was over a decade ago, when life was less complicated compared to the present. Still, they didn’t have to move to the Arctic, especially when he needed them more than ever.

“I know how you feel, but they are our family. Besides, we can finally tell them the most recent news.” She smiled, looking on the bright side.

“What news?” Wilbur tilted his head.

“Did you really forget that we have two guests staying here now?” Kristin replied.

“Oh yeah, that, I’ll tell them about it later. But I’m not in the mood right now. I think I want to visit Sally first before writing up a response.”

“Of course, my songbird. I’ll make sure to stop by later and bring some flowers.” Wilbur stood up, heading for the grave, while Kristin watched him leave from the shade under her parasol.


Tubbo ruffled his hand through Tommy’s wings as they both sat on the bed. “You should really take more care on your wings.” He cleared out some dirt and astray primaries from his golden wings.

“Eh, I don’t really like preening them anyways.” Tommy leaned back, letting him do all the work.

“Well, maybe if you did, you could actually fly one day.” He suggested.

“I wouldn’t count on it. I’ve tried for years, but haven’t had any luck yet.” He sighed.

“Well, maybe we can find something in Wilbur’s library that could help.”

Right, they were living in the Soot-Minecraft manor now, with Wilbur and his family. The main reason was because they couldn't afford their house anymore, after spending all the gold to get the Discs back. Though, it was also nice to get a change of pace. Everything in L’manberg was more calming and laid-back compared to the busy capital. Plus, the Soot-Minecraft family has been very generous to them, letting them stay in Wilbur and his brother’s old room.

Which brought them to their newest issue. It’s been at least a week since they’ve moved it, but everyone but Fundy doesn’t know the truth about them. For all they know, they just think they are some nobles from a country called Business Bay. Instead, of what they actually were: Two hybrid thieves.

“I think it’s time that we tell them.” Tommy stated.

“Yeah, I agree.” Tubbo nodded in agreement. “I mean Wilbur’s a phantom hybrid, Fundy’s literally a fox, and I’m pretty sure Kristin isn't human either.”

“It can’t be that big of a deal.” Tommy shrugged.

Later that day, Tubbo decided to hang out with Fundy and go out into the city. Meanwhile, Tommy went looking for Wilbur. Eventually, he found him within a bright hall decorated with landscape paintings and other floral designs.

“Umm… Hello.” Tommy peeked inside the room.

“Hi Theseus.” Wilbur rotated in his chair, taking a momentary pause from his current task to greet Tommy instead.

As much as he wanted to, he couldn’t correct him, not yet at least. He had to tell him on his own terms. When he got closer, he noticed that Wilbur was sitting behind an easel, with a paintbrush at hand. It displayed a painting of a hill with a single tree on top of it. Accompanying that, was a field of wildflowers and a sunset background. It was a simple design, but was beautiful nonetheless

“Did you make this?” He asked, admiring the piece of art. Wilbur nodded in response.

“That’s fucking sick.” Tommy complimented.

“Thanks, I actually painted every picture in this manor.” He stated, pointing towards a collection of blank canvases, paintings yet to be made.

“I had no idea that was you. I just assumed you bought them from some random asshole.” Tommy shrugged in response, never thinking much of it until now.

“No, it was all me. I’ve always been into art, ever since I was little, but not just painting. Personally, I prefer composing and performing music. I could honestly go on about it for hours, but I’d probably just bore you. I assume there was a reason you wanted to see me?” Wilbur set down his paintbrush and turned around to fully face him.

“Umm.. yeah, I wanted to tell you something important.” Tommy muttered, a bit anxious.

“That’s a coincidence because there was actually something I wanted to talk to you about too.” Wilbur replied, slightly glancing aside.

“Really?” Tommy tilted his head.

“Mhm, but I don’t think this is the right place to speak about it. How about we go to town instead?” He suggested, standing up from his seat.

“Sure, I have no issue with that.” Tommy didn’t get why they couldn’t talk about it here, not that he minded.

“How about we leave right now then?” Wilbur remarked, heading towards the room’s exit, quickly followed by Tommy.


The two took a short walk around the city, only making small talk along the way. Eventually, they settled on a place in the middle of a plaza. Tommy, preparing himself for the moment, took a seat on the edge of a fountain in the middle of the square.

“Okay, so what did you want to tell me?” Wilbur sat down beside him.

“I think you should go first.” Tommy insisted, shaking his

“This might sound really strange, but you deserve to know the full truth. So-“ He heaved a sigh, but before he could fully explain, they were interrupted.

A woman with long, blonde hair stood in front of them. “Hi, Wilbur?” She held a wooden basket in her hands.

“Hey, you’re that backer I talked to a while back.” He stood upon seeing her.

“Yeah, I’m surprised you remembered-“ She looked over and noticed Tommy.

“Oh, I'm sorry. I had no idea you were busy. I’ll just be one my way then.” She turned around to leave them be, but before she could walk away Wilbur grabbed her shoulder.

“It’s fine, really, there’s no need to apologize.” He politely smiled as she turned to face him.

“Hey Wilbur, who’s this?” Tommy looked up at him and the woman.

“This is Niki. She owns a bakery here at the port. Niki, this is Theseus.”

“This is your brother right?” She inquired, taking a look at them.

“No, no, it’s not like that, he’s only my friend.” Wilbur quickly shook his head.

“Yeah, I’m an only fucking child!” Tommy added.

“My bad, I just kind of assumed you two were brothers. You just look so alike to me, but that was a mistake on my part.” Niki muttered in embarrassment, tucking a strand of her long hair behind her ear.

“Anyways, it’s very nice to meet you. Here, you can have this as a hello gift.” Niki reached into her basket and handed Tommy a cookie.

“Chocolate chip, Pog!” He cheered, quickly snatching it.“I know we just met, but I think you’re fucking cool, Niki.” He looked up before eating the cookie.

“Thanks, you too.” She happily giggled. “I wanted to stop but to say hi, but I was heading to the beach right now. Would you two like to join me?” She offered, turning her head towards

“Of course, it wasn’t like we had anything big going on.” Wilbur replied.

Tommy let Wilbur and Niki lead the way, Mainly because he was still unfamiliar with L’manberg’s layout and terrible at geography in general. He watched as the two walked side by side, casually chatting. They soon arrived at a beach with pure white sand, which was only a little ways from the port.

“Pog!” Tommy didn’t waste a moment to take off his shoes, running into the ocean.

Meanwhile, Niki and Wilbur only let the waves cross over their feet. She took out a piece of bread from her basket, tearing off a few pieces, and throwing them into the ocean.

“What are you doing?” Wilbur tilted his head.

“Feeding the mermaids.” Niki replied, tossing another piece.

“What?” There were no mermaids this close to L’manberg, especially around humans.

“I know there aren’t actually any around here, it’s too shallow for them. But this is a thing I’ve done ever since I was a little girl.” She admitted, tossing more pieces of bread.

“I’m not judging. I think mermaids are pretty cool, but I’m more of a siren guy myself.” Upon hearing that she let out a delighted laugh.

“Yeah, sirens are great too. Them and mermaids are just so fascinating.” Niki smiled, facing towards him as the ocean breeze ran through her hair.

“I get it, my favorite part when reading about sirens was learning about their singing.” Wilbur replied, amusingly crossing his arms.

“True, they can put magic into their words and songs. There are tales about them sinking sailors' ships, but they are normally passive unless they feel threatened.” She explained in excitement, having to stop herself from rambling about it all day.

“I assume you like coming down here a lot?” He curiously asked, looking down as the waves washed over his feet.

“Yes, very much. I love the ocean and everything about it. That is why I put my bakery right on the port.” She nodded in response.

“When I was younger, my family used to visit here a lot. My parents had picnics while my brother and I played in the water. I remember him carving spears out of driftwood. And then my father got mad at me for eating the sand.”

“Really? You ate the sand?” Niki gasped, somewhat concerned.

“Yeah, I couldn’t help it. Younger me thought it looked appetizing.” Wilbur commented, giving a wistful smile.

“I mean you’re not wrong. It really does look like freshly ground flour.” She glanced down at the soft white sand, digging her toes into it. The two calmly stood as the waves passed by their feet.

Wilbur stated at the endless blue sea, reminiscing of a distant time. He remembered how Sally took Fundy, who went by Fleur back in the day, and him sailing. She let them board her ship, which she was obviously captain of, and traveled the sea. He remembered how they would travel to nearby ports or islands for the day, even once finding buried treasure. Sally never got lost. She had her magical compass that helped guide her crew. They spent countless hours at sea and in L’manberg together, just the three of them. Wilbur knew he could never truly relive those days, but at the same time he still missed them.

Eventually, he snapped out of his trance. He noticed Tommy running around freely, and his feet splashing in the water. Then was Niki, she softly smiled and stared at the endless waves as the salty breeze swayed her long honey-blonde hair.


After a while, they ventured into the nearby forest, finding themselves in a small grove with a small field of flowers. It was a simple yet pleasing place, one he could easily paint. Niki sat down braiding some flowers together.

“Theseus, I made this for you.” She held up a crown with white and yellow flowers in it.

“Hell yeah! This is pog.” Tommy rested it upon his head.

“You can call me Tommy.” He said, too quiet for Wilbur to hear.

“Oh, sure thing. I’ll remember that, Tommy.” Despite not knowing her too well, it made him glad that she called him by his actual name.

“Hey Wilbur, would you like me to make you a flower crown too?” Niki stood up and approached Wilbur, while he was looking for some wildflowers of his own.

“No thanks, I’m good.” He replied, shaking his head as he focused on searching.

She took a look at the flowers too, a specific group of pink ones catching her eye. “I like these ones. They are one of my favorites.”

“They’re called chrysanthemums.” Wilbur pointed out, knowing from making landscape pictures, he memorized the name of plants over the years.

“Thank you, I didn’t know the name.” Niki leaned down and picked one, putting it behind her ear.

“Look, now we’re matching.” She pointed at the golden feather which Kristin put behind his ear earlier.

“I guess you could say that.” He smiled in return.

“Hey come here. There’s something I want to show you guys.” She beckoned them over, reaching into a nearby bush to reveal a bow and quiver.

“Woah, how did you know that was even in there?” Tommy questioned as she equipped an arrow on the string.

“I put it there a long time ago. My friend and I used to come out here. We would take turns practicing, by using the trees as targets.” She eyed her target before releasing the arrow, sending it directly on the center of a tree. “I was always better at it, but I would never say that to his face.” Niki walked over and retrieved the arrow.

“Woah, that was amazing, Niki! ” Tommy was impressed, but also thankful he never had to steal bread from her, fearing what would’ve happened to him.

“Thanks, but it’s nothing too special.” She politely smiled.

“Can you teach me?” He asked. Growing up on the streets, he learned a few things about fighting. Though he never got the chance to properly learn archery.

“Of course, we could definitely meet up again just to practice.” She eagerly replied, though a bit surprised he’d ask for her of all people to train him.

“Pog!” Tommy cheered, excitedly jumping up and down.

“You seem skilled. Did you ever think about becoming a knight?” Wilbur approached her as she pulled back another arrow.

“Actually, my parents wanted me to become one. But I already had my heart set on being a baker, and I don’t like harming others, unless necessary.” She replied, letting go from the string as it hit the tree once more.

“I can’t blame you. I’m the same way. I’d rather talk things out over needless violence. My brother, on the other hand, he’s a different story.”

“You talk about your brother Technoblade a lot. I’d like to meet him one day, and the other members of your family too. They seem nice from what I’ve heard.” Niki said out of the blue.

“Wait, you know who I am?” Baffled, he kept his mouth slightly open in a mix of shock and awe.

“Yes, I do, It was obvious when we first met,” She smirked, turning towards him as she held her bow.

“Yeah, maybe my commoner disguise isn’t the most convincing after all.” He glanced down at the blue discord gem around his neck.

“I mean, most people wouldn’t pay much attention. But I also have sharp eyes. It’s the magical ability I was born with. I can pick up on things most people don’t. It comes in handy when I’m baking and doing other things.”

“It doesn’t bother you that I’m a noble?” He asked, hoping she wouldn’t think much different of him because he actually quite liked her company.

“Of course not, but I understand why you didn’t want to say anything.” She nodded, giving an empathetic smile.

“Do you mind not telling anyone about this? I’d like to wander around town without being instantly recognized by the public.” Wilbur chuckled.

“Your secret’s safe with me.” Niki winked at him.

“Thanks, I know I can trust you.”

As the day became late, the two eventually parted ways with Niki. She told them they could visit her bakery anytime they liked. In return, they hoped that she would visit the Soot-Minecraft manor to teach Tommy archery and maybe bring her baked goods.

“I like Niki. She makes tasty cookies, and is kind of a badass.” Tommy remarked.

“Yeah, she is.” Wilbur agreed, slightly smiling.

“Oh yeah, what was it you wanted to tell me earlier?” He curiously asked.

“It’s nothing important. I’ll tell you some other time.” Wilbur brushed it off.

“That’s not fucking fair.” Tommy pouted.

“I promise I’ll tell you about it eventually, Theseus.”

“Tommy,” He corrected him.

“What?” Wilbur opened his mouth, somewhat confused.

“Theseus isn’t actually my name. It was just something I made up. Please, just call me Tommy.”

“Umm… Sure. I can call you that. Actually, I prefer Tommy much more over Theseus.” He smiled, glancing slightly downwards as he said his name.

“Really?” Tommy tilted his head, not expecting that type of response.

“Yeah, I like that name.” He nodded with a bittersweet expression sitting upon his face.

Notes:

I know this wasn’t the most eventful chapter, but I just wanted to make something to ease everyone back into the story.

Also feel free to comment/kudo. It’s free and I always appreciate it. I also love hearing what people have to say.

Chapter 13: All for the Alchemist

Summary:

Wilbur starts his big plan. He gets Tommy in on it, which results in Tubbo venturing into the Nether to gather some blaze rods for them.

Notes:

This entire chapter was a pain for me to write. So personally, I don’t like it that much. But hey, I still hope everyone enjoys it, even if I didn’t like it.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

He was currently working in the former wine cellar, which his mother let him renovate. However, that wouldn’t satisfy him for much longer. After months of thinking and planning things out, Wilbur wanted to finally make his business. He already set up quite a few things in preparation. The only thing left to do was decide when he was ready, and it was time.

Everyone in the kingdom knew the potion economy was messed up. The process of gathering and exporting ingredients from the nether was extremely expensive. As someone who took an interest in alchemy, this aggravated him to no end.

Only the nobility could afford to brew or purchase potions regularly while most never got the chance to even use one. Because of this only those on top could benefit from the market. And in this limited field he saw an opportunity for himself.

“I have a plan. One that will not only benefit us but screw over those on top. And I want you, Tommy, to join me.” Wilbur explained to him while they walked about the garden.

“What kind of plan?” Tommy asked, now intrigued.

“Here, let me show you.” Wilbur led the way, with Tommy following close behind.

“Do you know anything about potions or alchemy?” He curiously asked, wearing a smirk.

“Yeah, I know a thing or two about making them.”

“Okay, good.” Wilbur glanced over at him. While his face wore a smile, his eyes were impossible to read.

He led him to a carriage a little ways from the manor, yet hidden enough from the public eye. It was surprisingly simple for someone of his status. The carriage was gray with white painted rimming and clouded windows which made it difficult to see what was going on inside.

“What the hell is this for?” Tommy questioned.

“Were you expecting some kind of evil secret lair or something?” He sarcastically commented, opening the door.

While entering, Tommy noticed a sign saying “Carmiagevan” right above the door. He chuckled upon seeing it. From what he could tell the front part, where the drivers sat, looked completely normal.

“To the public this is just a simple carriage with us as its humble drivers, but on the inside…” Wilbur grinned as Tommy examined the interior.

Instead of an area for riders to sit, the entire compartment was rearranged into two tables on each side, holding three brewing stands in total. The back area was used completely for storage.

“Are we becoming drug dealers?”

“No Tommy, we aren’t drug dealers. I was thinking that we should start collecting every brewing stand in this kingdom. There can’t be too many now, can there? If we have all the brewing stands, that means we control the potion industry. That means we can force every noble in the kingdom to pay us for potions and do anything we want with the market. And I want you, Tommy, to help me take part in this.”

Wilbur started to ramble on about capitalism and scarcity, but at that rate Tommy zoned out. He didn’t really care about hearing the plan. He could figure it out later.

“Can Tubbo join us?” He blurted out.

“I’d rather not involve him until we're certain he’s on our side. I don’t want this to become a country wide scandal.”

“Fair, but I’m sure he’d still help us. Even if he doesn’t know the plan.” Tommy suggested and Wilbur nodded in agreement.

“I’m going to need you to start collecting ingredients and stands from people and I’ll start doing the same.” Wilbur explained his plan.

“How are we going to do this? I can’t just go up to people and say “Hey, my pal Wilbur and I are starting a drug empire. We’re going to take your brewing stands now.”

“Prime no, you can’t say that to them. You have to sound genuine, but at the same time you can’t tell the truth about our plan.”

“Damn, you seem to know a lot about this.” Tommy commented.

“Yeah, I guess you can say I have a way with words. Also, my magical ability is literally to convince people to think or do certain things. Though it doesn’t really work if they are aware of the fact.”

“That’s nice...” Tommy nervously chuckled, worrying if Wilbur ever used that ability on him or Tubbo in the past.

“Oh no, I normally don’t use it on people unless necessary, especially not on friends or family.” He noticed Tommy’s expression and tried to reassure him.

“So are you with me on this?” Wilbur officially asked, reaching out his hand.

“Absolutely, big man. Count me in.” He shook his hand in return.


Later that day, Tommy looked for Tubbo. He eventually found him talking with Fundy and a stranger. He had sandy-blonde hair and violet eyes. He wore armor, but it wasn’t the uniform of any of the knights.

“Tommy!” Tubbo noticed him and waved. Upon hearing that, the violet-eyes boy glanced over at him. His intrigued gaze soon turned into an unreadable glare.

“Hey, Tubbo, Fundy, how’s it going?” He asked, ignoring the stranger.

“Good, we were just talking to Purpled over here.” Tubbo pointed to the kid in armor that looked around their age.

“Hi.” He casually shrugged at Tommy.

“We met him the other day while you were with Wilbur.” Fundy added.

“Yeah, he’s really cool and he’s currently visiting L’manberg for a business trip.” Tubbo explained.

“I’m a freelance mercenary. I go wherever the deal takes me, but I’m also in it for the thrill.” Purpled took out one of the many daggers on his belt and twirled it around.

“I was sent here by a patron to track and hunt a certain target.”

“Pog! Who is it?” Tommy curiously asked.

“That’s none of your damn business.” He snapped, slipping the dagger back in its case.

“Prime, I was just curious. There’s no need to be fucking rude about it.” He had only just met the mercenary, but he already didn’t like him and had a feeling that wouldn’t change in the future.

“Hey Fundy, do you have any blaze rods?” He pulled the two aside, too far for Purpled to hear anything. He already knew Tubbo didn’t have any, but it was worth a shot to at least ask Fundy.

“Umm.. Yeah, I have a few. Are you going to make a Enderchest?”

“Fundy, we already have one. Why would we need another?” Tubbo asked.

“Well, you can’t go wrong with more Enderchests.”
He pointed out, to which Tubbo nodded in agreement.

“If you wanted to know, Wilbur and I are working on something and can use all the blaze rods we can get.” Tommy explained.

“Why didn’t you say so sooner? We don’t mind finding some for you.” Tubbo replied.

“Really? You’d do that.”

“Of course. What are friends for?”

“Thanks, big man. I gotta go do some stuff, but I’ll see you guys later.” Tommy waved goodbye. He glared at Purpled before going off to collect his own blaze rods, or at least that's what they assumed he was doing.

“Okay, time to go find some blaze rods! Wait, where does one find blaze rods?” Tubbo had never looked for them before. He had no idea where to even start.

“In the Nether.” Fundy replied.

“Oh…”

Well, Tubbo said he would do it. So of course he had to follow through. Before departing, Tubbo, Fundy, and Eret all geared up, making sure to bring extra equipment just in case.

“Here, drink this.” Fundy handed an orange potion to Tubbo as they stood outside the L’manberg portal.

“What’s this for?” He asked.

“It’s a fire resistance potion. Our bodies can’t naturally handle the extreme heat.” Eret explained, taking off the cork and drinking it.

Fundy and Tubbo soon followed suit in drinking their own potions. It tasted tangy, but it got the job done.

They stepped through the portal. Upon remerging, everything appeared to be red. The surroundings were crimson with radiant lava flowing nearby. It wasn’t exactly a place Tubbo wanted to freely-explore. He assumed that would kill him in one way or another.

“Where to now?” Tubbo glanced around, quickly familiarizing himself with the fiery setting.

“We have to go find a Nether Fortress. That’s where the blazes usually are.” Fundy remarked, heading deeper into the Inferno.

It wasn’t far, but being in hell, it sure felt like it. They traveled through soul sand fields, netherrack cliffs, and warpped forests. There was the occasional ghast which Eret shot down with his bow. But besides that, they faced no true threats.

Eventually, they came upon the fortress. It loomed over them like a dark shadow. The large structure was an attempt at colonization, but abandoned it decades ago, now becoming the epitome of a ruined fortress.

“I guess we go on now?” Tubbo nervously sighed.

“I suppose so.” Eret nodded, entering inside.

The two stayed close behind as Eret escorted them through. The lifeless halls brought an uncanny vibe with them, like they were always being watched. Of course there was the occasional skirmish with a wither skeleton.

Eret used his shield to block its attack, only striking with his blade when he saw an opening. He made sure to not be hit in order to avoid their deadly withering curse. Tubbo and Fundy kept their distance from the monsters.

After navigating the dangerous halls, the spawning room presented itself. A sacred magic circle stood within the center, for it wasn’t to be touched unless nessecary. Tiny flames danced around the circle, soon following the summoning of blazes.

“Brace yourselves.” Eret took out his shield and longsword.

The other two nodded, grasping their weapons. Instinctively, the blazes shoot fireballs at them. Most were either dodged or blocked by their shields. However, a few did strike, and if it weren't for their fire resistance, it could've been worse. Luckily, no one was harmed besides having a few scratches here and there.

“Damn, they hit hard.” Tubbo sat catching his breath, while looking at their collective blaze rods.

“You’re right about that.” Fundy nodded, messing with his hatchet.

“I wish I could’ve used my ice magic on them, but it just fizzles out down here.” Tubbo complained.

“That makes sense. We’re in the Nether. Besides, at least yours would’ve been useful in this kind of situation.” Eret leaned against the wall, while keeping watch.

“Wait, you can do magic too?!” He dropped the blaze rods.

“I can, but it isn’t as impressive compared to what you can do. I can only really do illusion magic.”

“I still think that’s fucking cool! What about you, Fundy?” Tubbo looked towards the young fox, to which he just shrugged in response.

He wasn’t sure what to think of that answer. However, it didn’t matter. He could just find out some other time. The three were about ready to collect some more blaze rods. However, they soon noticed another figure standing in the same hallway.

“Fundy?” They saw a sheep-hybrid woman with a cutlass at hand. She wore red, similar to the crimson setting, and a black hat.

“Puffy?” He looked up at her.

“What are you doing here? It’s not safe in the Nether, especially here where there are tons of wither skeletons.” She darted over to the young fox, embracing him in a protective hug.

Tubbo watched in confusion while Eret didn’t seem that fazed by it. From his assumption, they had to know her from somewhere.

“It’s okay, I have Eret and Tubbo here to protect me.” Fundy reassured her.

“Tubbo?” She looked towards the fellow hybrid to which he kindly waved.

“It’s nice to meet you. I’m Captain Puffy, or just Puffy for short. I was a friend of Fundy’s mother's.” She eagerly shook his hand.

“Hi, I’m Tubbo. I guess you could say something similar, but with Wilbur and Fundy.” He happily returned the gesture.

“So what brings you to the Nether? Normally not many people visit this place, well for obvious reasons.” Puffy sarcastically faked a cough.

“We’re actually gathering blaze rods right now.” Eret replied.

“Why didn’t you say so? There are some back at my brother’s place. I’m sure I can convince him to let you take some of those. It’s better than being here.”

“You would really let us do that?” Tubbo asked, to which she affirmingly nodded.

Tubbo looked up at her and she softly smiled in return before guiding them to her place. Tubbo stayed close to Puffy. Not only because the Nether was dangerous, but he also felt like he could trust her despite recently meeting her. Maybe it was because she was the same kind of hybrid as him. Thus, he felt some kind of connection between them.

She led them to a different fortress. This one looked nothing like the previous one. Instead of being run down, it was kept in peak condition. Not only that, but the place was extremely over-decorated with blackstone, quartz and gold designs.

She took them through the elegant halls before arriving upon a different room. Shouting could be heard from a distance, and when they got closer the source revealed itself. Puffy let out a sigh as two people bickered with one another. One person looked to be a ram-hybrid wearing a black suit while the other a young man with black hair and brown eyes.

“You might be good at your job, but that doesn’t excuse the fact you’re a slacker.” The ram-hybrid man wearing a suit said.

“Me a slacker?! Oh, that is big coming from you. I’m the one who fucking does everything around here while you go off and drink and do Prime knows what. It doesn’t help that you are extremely messy and unorganized too.” A man who wouldn’t be too much older than Tubbo and Tommy shouted back.

“Hey, I do important things around here too. And I would’ve fired your flatty-patty ass weeks ago just for that petty attitude of yours if you weren’t my best assistant yet.”

“And what if you did fire me? Would you really want to replace me with Connor? And for the last time, I told you not to call me that!”

“Flatty-patty.”

“Stop!”

“Should we intervene?” Eret concerningly asked.

“No, they’ll be done in a minute. My brother and Quackity can be like that sometimes. It’s honestly kind of annoying, but luckily it never lasts long.” Puffy sighed once more.

“Your brother?” Tubbo tilted his head.

“Yeah, Schlatt is my older brother.” She glanced at the man with ram horns wearing a black suit.

Besides them being the same race, Tubbo could see no resemblance between the two whatsoever. Hell, even he looked more like Puffy’s sibling than Schlatt did, and he wasn’t even related to her. Puffy was bright. Her forest green eyes were round, kind and compassionate. The single streak of white streak in her brown hair looked soft, just like a cloud. Everything about her aura gave off welcoming vibes, like he knew she would protect him.

Schlatt, on the other hand, gave off completely opposite vibes. His hair and eyes were completely dark, devoid of any color. Judging by the way he interacted with his assistant, Tubbo clearly didn’t want to get on his bad side.

While he was lost in thought, the two eventually stopped arguing. Schlatt’s assistant, who he assumed to be Quackity, muttered a few curse words before sitting back down at his desk. He took out a yellow quill and started writing on a blank scroll.

“Hey Puffy, Long time no see. How is my little sister doing?” He approached her, completely ignoring everyone else around him.

“Hi Schlatt. It’s good to be back.” She wrapped him in for a hug, but he didn’t exactly return it.

“What the fuck, Puffy? You didn’t tell me you had a secret love-child!” He abruptly looked over and noticed the younger sheep-hybrid.

“I don’t have any kids. This is Tubbo. He’s a friend of Wilbur’s and Fundy.” Puffy stated.

“Oh, you must be Tubbo then…” Schlatt intriguingly examined him, while Tubbo stepped back, forcing a smile.

He wanted to leave immediately. Luckily, they didn’t stay much longer. Puffy took them away from Schlatt and his assistant, to another room with several blaze rods and other materials.

“Woah, this is a lot.” Fundy commented, glancing around.

“Take as much as you please.” Puffy gestured.

The three nodded in response, gathering all the supplies they needed. Tubbo took a few rods, stuffing them in his satchel.

“What do you need them for anyways?” Puffy glanced down at him.

“They are for my friend Tommy. He needs them for a project.” Tubbo met eyes with her.

“Well, you are a good friend. I’m sure he will be very happy you did this for me.” Puffy kneeled down and ruffled his hair.

“Yeah, I’m sure he will.” He knew he had to return to the surface soon. Tommy and Wilbur were probably worried about them, but he couldn’t wait to surprise them. But for now he could enjoy being in Puffy’s presence a little longer.

Notes:

I’m not completely sure yet, but I think I might stop updating on a schedule. So don’t be shocked if I end up doing so. I have no idea if people prefer consistent updates or would rather just be surprised.

Chapter 14: Brewing Stands Caused the Bubonic Plague?

Summary:

Dream and his friends have a leisurely trip to L’manberg. However, Sapnap soon comes to realize that something is up.

Notes:

I am so sorry for the late update! I swear, I’m not abandoning this fic. There are so many things about it I’m excited to write and can’t wait to do so. I also want to see this until the end.

I’ve just been kind of overwhelmed with IRL stuff. So, that has kind of taken away from my writing time. Also, I have been working on a few other things, but am not ready to publish them yet. Keep an eye out for those.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Hmm.. What about that island over there?” Karl stood at the edge of the dock, peering out at the sea. The waves lapped against the wooden pillars supporting the dock. He watched in awe, searching the boundless ocean for landmarks beyond.

“What is this for again?” Sapnap looked over at him, seemingly unimpressed by the sight.

“It’s for my Party Island. Dream gave me permission to make it in his kingdom!” He happily glanced back in return with an eager expression.

“Wouldn’t it make sense to have it closer to Kinoko to visit more often?”

“I suppose so, but I’ve always liked L’manberg’s beaches more.”

“Yeah, I guess you’re right,” Sapnap shurgged. While he personally didn’t agree, he understood where Karl was coming from.

“I don’t have to choose an island immediately. We have all the time we need to figure that out.” Karl insisted.

“We? Isn’t this your island?” Sapnap tilted his head.

“I mean, it is, but I wanted it to be a place that I can also enjoy with all my friends. And obviously that would include you, my favorite knight in the whole kingdom.” Karl playfully tapped his nose, to which Sapnap jokingly rolled his eyes in return with a grin.

“We should probably get back to the others. Who knows what they might be up to now,” Sapnap definitely cherished these moments with Karl; he looked forward to every time he visited from Kinoko. However, his duty as a knight was to make sure everyone was attended to.

“Sure, let’s go!” Karl nodded in agreement, taking him by the hand and dragged him back to the group.

There on the docks were all of their friends, content doing their own things. The two quickly joined in with Sapnap, playfully teasing George, like usual, and Karl snatching one of the muffins Bad bought.
It was relaxing to visit the most scenic place in Dream’s kingdom. Everyone was used to constantly working so it was strange having nothing to do for once.

“Now what?” Bad questioned them.

“Well, I was thinking-” Dream trailed off.

“I swear to Prime, you’re not ditching us just to have a romantic date night with George,” Sapnap interrupted him.

“No, I wasn’t going to say that!” He defensively remarked.

“Then what were you going to suggest instead?” George asked, slightly disappointed even if he didn’t want to admit it.

“Well, I thought maybe we could try another round of Man-Hunt. Like in the woods outside of L’manberg.” Dream told them his idea, to which almost everyone muttered comments of agreement.

“I guess we are doing that then, assuming everyone here is down with that,” Bad scanned the crowd to see their reactions. Almost all of them approved except for one.

“I’m not exactly fit to be a hunter. You guys can do it without me.” Karl insisted, already self aware that his combat abilities were leagues below theirs.

“There’s no need to worry about that. I’ll be there to protect you against Dream.” Sapnap reassured him.

“Ah, thank you my Knight in shining armor!” He jokingly said, jumping into the knight’s arms.

“Come on guys, let’s just not mess around and go do some Man-hunt.” Dream impatiently tapped his foot and waited for them to be finished.

“I’m with Dream on this one. I am actually excited for this round. The hunters will obviously win this time.” Bad stood with his personal knight and alchemist, Antfrost, who would also be partaking in the game.

“I wouldn’t count on that,” Dream proudly smirked.

“We will totally win. You’re just too afraid to admit it.” George clearly poked fun at him as the two engaged in banter.

Sapnap rolled his eyes and set Karl down, “can we finally go?” He unamuslingly asked.

They leisurely walked further from the docks and deeper into the city itself. It might be a while until they reached the wood and farmland, but looking at the scenic architecture of L’manberg wasn’t all bad. It had this rustic, simple yet laid-back feeling to it, which served as a pleasant contrast to the eternally hectic capital of the Essempi.

“I think it’s about time we add another hunter to the group.” Dream stated what was on his mind.

“What about my brother then?” George asked him.

“I meant like someone that can permanently fit the role. No offense to Karl, but I think of him more as doing this just for fun with us compared to actually competitively.”

“None taken!” Karl shouted back to them from further back.

“How about Wilbur? He is the lord of L’manberg. So, we can just ask him right now.” Bad suggested.

“I heard he doesn’t like fighting.” Antfrost pointed out.

“Oh yeah, that’s right. I guess Wilbur is out of the picture then. But doesn’t Lady Kristin of L’manberg and her husband have another son?” After hearing Bad say that, everyone turned around and looked at him, their reactions mixed.

Dream was now intrigued to say the least. A grin formed across his face as he thought about the idea of Technoblade being a hunter. That would definitely add some challenge and thrill to his game. However, everyone else was sort of against the idea, afraid of what might happen to him. Dream wasn’t scared in the slightest, instead more interested than anything.

The Blade was one of the most powerful warriors in the kingdom. Some even say he was stronger than the king himself, but clearly Dream denied such notions. He only ever had the chance to face him once in combat. It was a few year’s back, Karl’s friend, the King of the Beastlands, was visiting the kingdom and decided to host a fighting tournament.

The winner would receive a vast amount of gold, which brought in a large number of contestants. And to everyone’s surprise, the king of the Essempi signed up too. Dream wasn’t in it for the wealth, he could honestly care less about that. He was in it for the excitement and glory. The same could be said about Technoblade, who rarely left the Arctic except on occasions like these.

With the two participating, this immediately brought attention to the event. The whole kingdom was in anticipation to see the final round between them, and talked about it for months after. It was a close call, but in the end, the Piglin-Hybrid was declared the winner. Dream didn’t deny his loss that day, but he hoped for a possible re-match in the future.

“Hey Sapnap, can I ask you something?” Karl tapped his shoulder, completely ignoring Dream’s discussion about the idea of Technoblade being a possible hunter candidate.

“Sure, go ahead.”

“So you remember how we met M.D. back at Dream’s masquerade ball and had a good time together. I was wondering about what he’s been up to these days and if we’ll ever be able to see him again?”

Karl thought back to that night where he and Sapnap met a peculiar and very individual with a mask that looked just like Dream’s but also red and green. The three ditched the party as a whole to do their own thing. Karl and him even shared a dance together in the courtyard garden, since Sapnap wasn’t one for that type of stuff. Before departing, he promised to write them, which he still upheld. Unfortunately, after the party’s end, neither were ever able to figure out the real identity of “M.D.”

“Yeah, I know exactly who you are talking about. I even got a few letters sent to me that were addressed by him myself. I’m certain Callahan had some kind of guest list. So, maybe we can ask him and figure it out then.”

“Yeah, I guess you’re right, but, what if he doesn’t want us to figure out who he really is?” Karl worryingly muttered.

“Then I guess we’ll have to respect that for now until he is ready.” Sapnap assured.

Karl started talking about the various poems he received from M.D. As much as Sapnap truly wanted to hear more about that anonymous stranger they met on the night of the ball, he couldn’t right now. Out of the corner of his eye, he noticed Captain Puffy walking down the street with that sheep-hybrid boy that stole from his majesty a while back. Something was clearly up, and Sapnap didn’t like it one bit. He excused himself for a moment to investigate more.

“Thank you very much for helping me deliver these blaze rods, Ms. Puffy.” Tubbo beamed with content.

“It’s no problem at all. If you ever need anything from me again, do not hesitate to ask. Now, where might your friend Tommy and Wilbur be?” She glanced down at the fellow sheep-hybrid.

Little to their knowledge, they were actually being followed by Sapnap, the head guard of the Essempi. Tubbo led them through an alleyway which took them to a clearing hidden from the public eye. In the center of it stood a carriage. As Sapnap hid behind a wall, peering at them, the two approached and knocked on the wooden door. It took a moment for a response, but the door slowly opened to reveal Tommy.

“Tubbo, thank Prime it’s you! You have the blaze rods right?” He stepped outside, swiftly shutting the door behind him, so showing nobody what’s inside.

“Mhm, Puffy and I gathered some, and I’m sure Fundy and Eret will be here shortly. You’re going to use them to make lots of potions right?” He explained, excited to see what they will create with the blaze rods.

“No, no, no, what made you even think that?” Tommy frantically shook his head.

“Well, you told me that you and Wilbur needed them. So, I assumed you were going to brew potions with them.” Tubbo replied, somewhat confused.

“You don’t fucking get it, Tubbo. We aren’t using them to brew potions. We are storing them away for everyone’s safety. Hand them over now, quickly, before it’s too late.” He reached out his hand, waiting for Tubbo to give them to him.

He looked down at blaze rods, and held them closer to himself. Puffy gave him a skeptical look and Tubbo was even hesitant to hand them over. Despite that, his arms slowly but surely reached out for Tommy. But before he could truly possess them, there was an interference.

“By my order, I suggest you stop what you are doing this instant.” The knight stepped out of the shade of the alleyway, revealing himself.

“Sapnap?” Puffy turned around in confusement.

“Yes, it’s me. Lady Puffy, I suggest you stand back. These two have done very questionable and illegal things in the past. They aren’t someone a noble like you should be around.” He took out his sword, standing between them and Puffy.

“I can make my own decisions and defend myself, thank you very much.” She glared at the knight before walking to the duo’s side.

“Now, would you like to tell me what is going on here?” Sapnap crossed his arms, looking towards Tommy.

“It’s none of your Prime-damn business, bitch.”

“As a knight of this kingdom, it very much is. I demand some sort of answer from you, and I’m not leaving until I get one.” Sapnap got more frustrated, wanting an answer right away, but Tommy wasn’t budging. As the two started to argue, Wilbur stepped out of the carriage, wondering what all the emotion was about. Upon noticing Sapnap he immediately gulped.

“You probably might be wondering what we are doing, but I assure you it’s nothing to worry about.
"You see, we are just doing an act of public service by confiscating any blaze rods and brewing stands we can find. Why don’t you tell them more, Tommy?” Wilbur noticed Sapnap wasn’t really buying it, so he nudged Tommy to continue.

“Okay, so here’s the thing. Recently, we figured out something big. Apparently, blaze rods cause the bubonic plague. We can’t explain why it’s happening, but it is. Now we must collect them all for your own safety.” He explained, but was only met with mutters of confusement by everyone else, excluding Wilbur.

“That literally makes no sense. I’ve been in contact with them many times, and I experienced no such symptoms.” Puffy pointed out.

“Well, you’re wrong. I should know myself, because it happened to me.” Tommy lied.

“What the hell?! You had the bubonic plague?!” Tubbo screeched.

“Yeah, but I’m perfectly fine now.” He stated, which hardly eased Tubbo’s worries

“Sapnap, do you own any blaze rods?” Wilbur inquired.

“I do, but I’m not giving them to you.”

“We’re just doing a service here. If you end up getting the plague, that’s not on us.”

“Do you mind telling me what this is for?” Sapnap pointed to their carriage.

“That is our disposal system, where we destroy the blaze rods.” Wilbur explained.

“Can we check it out?” Tubbo asked out of curiosity.

“No,” Both bluntly replied.

“That’s in, I’m going in.” Sapnap didn’t care what they said. Instead, he unsheathed his sword, preventing anyone from stopping him, and forced his way in.

When he stepped inside, he was greeted by tables housing brewing stands and a storage compartment in the back. Tubbo shortly followed, mainly out of self interest. Once he realized what was really going on, his curious expression quickly shifted to resentment.

“Wait, are they drug dealers?” Sapnap questioned.

“Yeah, I think you might be right.” He nodded.

“That’s what I said too!” Tommy shouted from outside, only for Wilbur to nudge him once more.

The two realized what was going on here now. They’d seen enough of this. Tubbo gave his blaze rods to Sapnap, hoping they wouldn’t fall into the wrong hands. The two stepped outside the carriage, both knowing the truth now. Sapnap left the scene for now, he was going to report back to Dream and deal with this later. Puffy quickly followed him in departing. Now only Tubbo was left, standing there, clearly upset at them.

“Tubbo, don’t worry. It’s not what it looks like. You have to fucking believe me.” Tommy tried to convince him, but all efforts proved futile.

“Don’t give that. I know damn well what you and Wilbur are up to now. What’s even worse is that you lied to me about it. I actually believed you and wanted to help. I thought we moved past all that stuff before, but I guess not.”

“Tubbo, I-”

“I’m so fucking tired of stealing from others and scamming people. That’s all we’ve done our entire lives. Now, for the first time, we finally get the chance to move beyond that, and you and Wilbur went behind my back to do this? I’m sorry, Tommy, but I’m with Sapnap on this one.”

He huffed an angry sigh and turned his back, leaving them and the “Carmiagevan” behind. Tommy wanted to run and stop Tubbo before he disappeared into the alleyway; But before he could move a muscle, Wilbur put his hand on Tommy’s shoulder to stop him.

“It’s okay. He’ll get over it.” He reassured him.

Tommy nodded in response. He could only hope that it was true. This definitely wasn’t the first fight they’ve had, seeing as the two had many growing up on the streets together. Yet Tommy now felt guilty for doing this to the only person that was there for him no matter what. But Wilbur was right, Tubbo had to wait. Right now, they have Sapnap to worry about.

Notes:

Like always, I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Please do not hesitate to Kudo and/or comment. It means much more to me than you think, and is very much appreciated.

Chapter 15: Sorry, not Sorry, About What I Said (I just wanna have some fun)

Summary:

Tubbo teams up with Sapnap to stop the Carmiagevan. Meanwhile, Fundy joins Tommy and Wilbur’s side.

Notes:

Hello, I'm back! With school starting up again for me, I’ll probably be more busy, but I’ll still try my best to keep publishing.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“You know, you’re stronger than you look.” Sapnap complimented as he and Tubbo momentarily remained in a swordlock.

Despite his outward appearance, the boy had a lot of strength. He was able to push back against Sapnap’s force, standing his ground. But he didn’t have the years of training and practice the knight had. He was able to overpower him, swiftly moving his practice-sword out of the way. Before Tubbo was given the opportunity to react, he knocked the wooden blade out of his hand.

“You really think so?” The sheep-hybrid eagerly asked as he retrieved the fallen sword, ready to start sparring once more. Sapnap silently yet afirminitley nodded in response.

“Mhm, while you are far from the best fighter I’ve seen, I can’t deny you are somewhat skilled for your age. With that and your magic Dream told me about, I’d say if it weren’t for your past history, I think you would’ve made a fine knight. But enough about that, let’s get back to it.”

While he still did not trust Tubbo after everything that had happened in the past, and he was certain the boy thought the same of him, he could see potential in him. Still, part of him sensed that Tubbo was holding back, whether it was due to his kind-nature or low confidence, Sapnap wasn’t sure.

It has been a few days since the “Carmiagevan” incident, and Tubbo hasn’t seen any of his friends since then. He didn’t even bother returning back to the Soot-Minecraft manor. Originally, he decided to just spend the night on the streets. It wasn’t like he hasn’t done that many times before, for most of his life already.

Later that evening, Sapnap found him alone and bought him an inn room that night. He felt pity for the kid, who still harbored some resentment. It wasn’t like he was the one at fault here, even if he did cause trouble in the past.

“You didn’t have to buy me a room and get me a meal. I can handle myself just fine.” Tubbo bluntly stated as he looked down at the untouched warm meal in front of him.

“I know that. It’s just I saw you all by yourself and wanted to help. It was the least I could do, seeing as you were still clearly upset about earlier.” Sapnap leaned back on the wooden chair, resting his legs on the tavern table.

“Tommy and Wilbur are supposed to be my friends. Yet they went behind my back and tricked me into helping them. Now they are planning on doing the same to many more innocent people, just for their potion scam. So of course, I’m fucking mad.” He rested his head on his hand, where his elbows sat on the table.

“And you have every right to be angry. So how about this? Why don’t we team up and put an end to all this nonsense?” He inquiringly grinned, while his eyes had a glint of determination in them.

“Why me? I’m sorry Sir Sapnap, but I don’t think I’m the one fit to do this. Just ask one of your knight friends instead. Plus, I’m sure you already don’t trust me. You know, with everything that’s happened and all.” Tubbo sat up straight, shaking his head in disbelief.

“You have a point, but consider that all in the past now. And I could call one of my friends to help, but I want you for this. An important thing about going against somebody is knowing their weaknesses, and clearly you know way more about Tommy and Lord Wilbur than I do. So with our combined force we could easily stop this.”

“First, I have one important question for you. What do you plan on doing to Tommy and Wilbur if we end up catching them? I don’t want anything bad happening to them.” He looked at Sapnap with skepticism, thinking back to the things he did before.

“I don’t plan on hurting them if that’s what you’re worried about. Just like you, I just want to do what is right for the people’s sake. So are you in or what?” Sapnap took his feet off the table and extended his hand to Tubbo.

The sheep-hybrid hesitantly glanced down at his hand, thinking this over for a moment. He wasn’t sure if Sapnap was being honest about the fate of his friends, but made up his mind anyway. “Fine, consider me in.”

“I’m glad you’re doing the right thing by helping me. With us together, we can put a stop to this in no time.” He shook Tubbo’s hand in return.


“Okay, Fundy. So here’s the deal. Sapnap’s been causing us a bit of trouble lately to say the least. So I was thinking that you and Tommy could maybe pull a few pranks to get him to stop bothering us.” Wilbur explained to the two boys sitting in the back of the carriage.

“Can you explain to me why I’m doing this again?” The young fox tilted his head.

“What Wilbur is trying to say is that Sucknap is a psycho, and we need him to leave us the fuck alone.” Tommy added on.

“Ah, I see.” Fundy nodded.

“You know what the worst part of all of this is? He called me, your own father, who has never done anything wrong ever, a drug dealer.” Wilbur stated in a disappointed tone.

“Now that’s just low...” Fundy disapprovingly shook his head, even if he disagreed with Wilbur being completely innocent.

“My thoughts exactly! Who does this bastard think he is, having the authority to shut Wilbur’s dream business down?” Tommy scowled, crossing his arms.

“Well, you know me. I would never pass up the opportunity for a good, classic prank. So, when are we doing this?” He eagerly asked with a playful yet mischievous smile.

“I’d say anytime you’re up for it.” Wilbur replied with a shrug.

Later that day, they ventured around the city in search of the knight. L’manberg might be a decently large city, but Wilbur was certain he had to be around somewhere. Of course that remained true, as after thoroughly scanning the cityscape, they encountered them. On the balcony of a small building, stood Sapnap and Tubbo, awaiting their arrival.

“Sapnap, do you want to come over or just hide up there like a coward.” Wilbur glared up at them, but didn’t get a response.

Tommy rolled his eyes. “Fine, be that way.”

A few minutes awkward staring padded before any actions were made. Eventually, the two came down to face them and with it brought an atmosphere of tension.

“Alright listen, Fundy. These guys are in the wrong here. They are trying to collect all the potions in the kingdom for their use. Do you want to see some proof?” Sapnap leaned down to the fox’s level, trying to convince him out of this.

“Don’t listen to them, Fundy. They are just jealous of my Sausage Carriage.” Wilbur put his hands on his son’s shoulders, slowly moving him away from the knight.

“You’re what now?” Tubbo tilted his head in confusement.

“You heard me correctly, my Sausage Carriage. I just want to create an industry selling meat products throughout the Essempi featuring King Dream and Prince George of Kinoko. Is that too much to ask?”

“Yes, because last time I checked that clearly wasn't what you were doing.” Sapnap stated.

“Oh, so you don’t believe us?” Tommy asked, to which both of them shook their heads.

“If anything, making a good decision on a full stomach is better.” Fundy added on.

“That is indeed correct. Now if you two really don’t believe me, how about I show you it myself?” Wilbur offered.

At first, Tubbo and Sapnap were quick to decline, assuming it was some sort of trick to lure them in. And knowing their schemes, it could very much be one. However, their curiosity soon got the better of them. As they wanted to see the “Carmiagevan” once more for investigation purposes, so they eventually obliged and took the offer.

Wilbur led the way as Tommy and Fundy stuck close to his side, idly chatting in a joking manner. Meanwhile, the other two strayed behind with skepticism. Wilbur talked about how his carriage was supposed to be a surprise for the kingdom and how they could eat some sausages once there, but neither seemed convinced by that.

They eventually arrived in a familiar clearing in the back alleyway. The carriage still remained in the center of the clearing. Right away, everyone started to approach it, whether it was with eagerness or cation. It seemed like they all had mixed thoughts.

“Fundy, you can literally see the brewing stands through the window. Look from here.” Tubbo pointed out to the fox, trying to get him to see.

“Don’t listen to him. He has no idea what he’s talking about.” Tommy scoffed before going on ahead. In response, Tubbo just glared at him.

“I don’t notice anything different here.” Sapnap stated.

“Well, you aren’t looking hard enough. Now, would you guys like some sausages or not?” Wilbur asked, beckoning Tommy and Fundy towards the carriage.

So far, everything was going as planned. The next part of their scheme involved luring them into a false sense of security, and making them assume they were just preparing some meat goods behind the scenes. Once they were distracted, Fundy and Tommy would initiate their strike.

However, Sapnap was quick to catch onto this. He observed a lack of change with what little he saw of the interior, and could make a solid guess of what would happen next. Before they could enter the carriage, Sapnap blocked the door with a crossbow at hand.

“I’m sorry I have to do this, but I must place you under arrest for the time being.” He declared, pointing the weapon straight at them.

“Wait, but why?” Tommy questioned, not putting his hands up in fear like Wilbur and Fundy.

“Under arrest? For what charges? You can’t just throw people in jail because you think they are suspicious. We would have to be committing an actual crime here.” Wilbur tried to reason with him, but he didn’t seem to budge.

“Yeah, and you are. You are obscuring justice by hiding all this stuff. Besides, I have all the evidence I need. We can either do this the easy or hard way. It’s your choice.” He gestured his head towards the carriage.

“Hey Shitnap, what does obscuring mean?” Tommy asked with a sly grin.

“It means hiding.”

“No, it doesn’t.”

He immediately knew where this was going, and didn’t have time to deal with this nonsense right now. It was obvious Tommy was just trying to distract him, but Sapnap knew better than that. He unequipped his bow and approached the blonde, to everyone’s confusion and surprise. Sapnap delivered a single focused punch to his stomach, which sent him falling to the ground, bottom-first.

“Tommy! Oh my Prime, are you okay?” Tubbo swiftly rushed to his side just to help him up, showing genuine concern for his friend.

“Tubbo, remember whose side you’re on. You told me that you were past all of this.” Sapnap shot him a warning glare.

“Yeah, you’re right. My mistake.” He was quick to return right beside the knight, but showed some expression of guilt.

“Fine, I guess you want to do this the hard way. Don’t say I didn’t warn you.” Sapnap grinned as he and Tubbo stepped away from the door and towards the entrance of the alleyway, awaiting their back up.

Of course they wouldn’t come unprepared without a plan on their own, or come to this place by themselves. In the past few days, they were able to get a few people on their side. Three figures emerged from the shadows, ready to join in stopping this operation.

Eret, Purpled, and Ponk stood besides Sapnap and Tubbo. This gave the three an opportunity to bolt into the carriage and lock the doors behind them. But that didn’t seem to matter anyways. Their situation was now dire as they remained trapped in the carriage, now completely surrounded.

Wilbur looked out in disbelief that Eret, his trusted knight, would take their side. He did this while closely holding onto Fundy, making sure nothing happened to him, despite his insistence of being let go. Meanwhile, Tommy noticed Ponk and Purpled discussing amongst themselves before the young mercenary looked back at Tommy with a grin.

“Oh fuck…” A sudden realization hit him.

“Yeah, that’s definitely one way to describe our situation.” Fundy commented.

“No, I’m saying fuck because I know why those two dickheads are after us.” Tommy explained.

“Is this going to be worth my time? We have more important things to deal with right now.” Wilbur frantically glanced outside then back towards them.

“So there’s this guy called Ponk, and he’s a bit of a bitch. A few weeks ago, I kind of stole from his tavern because I was fucking broke at the time. Now, I think he sent a mercenary here to kill me.”

“That’s just lovely… You should’ve told me this earlier, like before they are here to arrest us!” He shouted before sighing in disappointment.

“I’m sorry that I didn’t figure this out until now. What else do you want me to say?” Tommy pointed out, showing that was the least of their worries right now.

“You’re right, arguing about this won’t fix anything. But I’ll definitely have a talk with you about this later, assuming we make it. Right now, we gotta think of a way out of this mess.” Wilbur nodded in agreement, while still being a tad bit on edge.

He looked out at the five people surrounding them. Despite their odds, he still thought they had a chance at getting away with it Though for this to work, some risks were necessary. Even one mishap could cost them everything, but that was a gamble Wilbur was willing to make.

It would only be a matter of time before they tried breaking down the doors and shattering the windows to his beloved “Carmiagevan” So, every single second of strategizing had to be of the essence. Wilbur gathered the two boys around, ready to share his impromptu idea with them, discussing their strategy and willing to hear their input. Inevitably, their time soon ran out.

“Are you ready for this?” Wilbur hesitantly propped open the window before glancing back towards Tommy.

“Ready as I’ll fucking ever be.” He grinned, summoning his golden feathered wings. The sight initially surprised Wilbur, but he snapped back to reality, exchanging a nod.

Before anyone could force open the carriage, the side door to it swung open. Out stepped only Wilbur, while Fundy and Tommy remained sheltered within the vehicle. He approached the group of five with his hands up “There’s more need for fighting. We admit defeat and will turn ourselves in.”

While the group was focused discussing the terms of their arrest, Tommy slipped out the opposite window as stealthily as possible. His wings were a bit of an issue to squeeze out with his body, but he somehow made it out unnoticed. Then, he made a run for it. Tommy was able to get a head start, but was quickly found out.

“He’s getting away! After him, Purpled!” Ponk shouted immediately upon noticing Tommy.

The young mercenary gave an affirmative response as they left to pursue him. It was far too late for Sapnap to give an order of objection. They were already long gone chasing after him. So, he had to make due with what they had now.

“Hey, would you guys like to see a magic trick?” Wilbur playfully smiled at the group, putting his hands down. Their immediate response was a unanimous no, having a relative idea where this was going. But, he didn’t seem to care. Wilbur waved goodbye as he used his phantom-hybrid abilities to turn invisible, not giving them the time to process what was happening.

“Prime, I should’ve known they would pull a trick like this on us. But it’s not too late for us to still win. We can still catch Wilbur and Tommy. We just need a different approach. I assume Ponk and Purpled are still after Tommy. Eret, you stay with the carriage and keep an eye on it. Tubbo and I will try and find Wilbur.”

Sapnap explained their final orders, and once he was finished they parted ways. Tubbo and him scurried out of the alleyway and into the city, assuming that was where Wilbur went. Meanwhile, Eret remained with the carriage all by himself.

Notes:

If you enjoyed this fic, make sure to Kudo! It’s free and I really appreciate it. Also please don’t hesitate to comment. I always love hearing what others have to say.

Chapter 16: The Escape (Part 1/3)

Summary:

Tommy makes his grand getaway, which doesn’t exactly go according to plan. With Wilbur and Fundy still missing it’s up to Eret to watch the “Carmiagevan”

Notes:

Hello, and I am back with another update. I know it’s been awhile but I’ve been busy working on other projects too! I can’t wait to reveal them, but for now I must keep them a secret fir those who don’t know.

I also want to try to update this consistently again. I might be busy with school, but I’m still dedicated to working on this fic.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

This definitely wasn’t the first time Tommy had to make an escape on the streets, and probably wouldn’t be the last. Being pursued was a norm for him at this point, whether it be guards after the young thief just trying to survive, a masked king who fought them over the discs. Now someone who once helped him and a mercenary. It all seemed the same to him, no matter who was chasing him. Though, he never got over the thrill that came with it.

Tommy glanced around to notice Purpled aiming a crossbow at him, which was quite the feat given while he was running, Though he should expect no less from a trained mercenary. Especially one currently pursuing him. Purpled swiftly took aim, firing the bolt. However, before it could pierce Tommy’s back, he flapped his golden wings. The light movement from his shimmering feathers sent a small gust, knocking the arrow away from him. It was going to take more than that to capture him.

He was a safe distance ahead of them, dashing through the streets with Purpled behind and Ponk even further back. He knew it wouldn’t remain like that for much longer and he would have to eventually face them. Tommy was confident he could take Ponk, Purpled not so much. He’d rather not deal with the problem in the first place unless he had to. It didn’t help that he was unfamiliar with the city of L’manberg compared to the streets of the capital he grew up in. He was at a disadvantage with this new setting.

Tommy looked for the nearest escape where he could flee too, but there wasn’t anything but shops and market stands. So, he thought of the next best option instead: Find somewhere to hide, lay low, hope his pursuers can’t find him and eventually give up. Luckily, he figured out a decent enough location that this was possible. Attempting to buy himself enough time, Tommy knocked over a crate from a market stand he passed.

“Take that, bitch!” His wings stretched out to push it, inevitability causing the crate to fall over, scattering apples across the road. He glanced back with a grin as the peeved shop owner shouted at him in annoyance. With that, Ponk and Purpled were forced to halt their sprinting not to trip and fall on the round fruit.

It was times like these Tommy truly wished he could’ve been blessed with magic like Tubbo’s, which made always escaping simpler. It just wasn’t fair. Everyone else had at least had a little within them. Yet there he was, the Elytrain-hybrid without a single trace of magic in his blood. In order to make up for this, Tommy was forced to rely on his wit and strength alone for as long as he could remember. It was either that, or he wouldn’t survive in this cruel and unforgiving kingdom.

With this chance, Tommy slipped into a nearby sewer. He immediately felt the sunlight fade, overwhelming claustrophobia hitting him as he entered. However, he had to make do. The further he descended, the narrower the passage became. It eventually got to the point where he had to lean down just to walk, and going deeper he’d probably end up crawling.

Before he was forced to head deeper, Tommy found a hiding place. He laid down, covering his mouth in an attempt to conceal his presence. Dealing with the filth and cramped spaces was just something Tommy had to force himself through, and hoped it would be over before he knew it.

Some time had passed since then. Whether it was minutes or hours, Tommy had no idea, and couldn’t be concerned with it. His pointed ears flickered as he heard the echo of distant footsteps approaching. As they came closer, Tommy slowed his breathing. It looked like they were really insane enough to follow him down here.

“Shit… Shit… Shit…” He clearly didn’t think this all the way through.

The echoing only grew closer, and with it came muttering. Staying here was just asking to be caught, but he didn’t have enough time to formulate a new hiding spot either. His best plan was to get out of here while he still can. But before he could depart, Tommy felt the presence of a crossbow pointing straight at his throat.

He glanced up to notice Sapnap, who seemingly must’ve joined them in pursuing him, aiming the weapon with a fierce glare. “Tommy, you are under arrest.”

“Oh really. For what, bitch?” He spat, but Sapnap continued to affirmatively stand his ground with his weapon pointed.

“We’ve been over this before. What you and Wilbur are doing with your potion business is illegal and against the laws set by King Dream.”

“Nice going, it looks like you found him.” Ponk stepped out from behind the corner and revealed himself, and of course Purpled wasn’t far behind.

Sapnap led the way out of the sewer with everyone else following behind. That meant Tommy was stuck in the middle of this mess. From his rear, Purpled had a vigilant watch with his weapon constantly pointed. He didn’t have much luck fleeing either with both Sapnap and Ponk ahead. So, for now, he had no choice but to surrender.

Eventually, they reached the outside, now standing in the busy streets of L’manberg once more.

“You’ve taken away my human rights.” Tommy sarcastically remarked, desperately attempting to do anything in a last ditch effort.

“You’re not even a human anyways.” Purpled pointed out, rolling his eyes.

“Oh yeah, and what of it? Do you have something against hybrids?” He snapped back.

“Don’t give him what he wants. He’s just trying to start a fight.” Sapnap intervened, swiftly putting the argument down. “Take him to the Court House.”

Once the order left Sapnap’s mouth he departed, assumingly to find Fundy and Wilbur. That left Ponk and Purpled here with him. As much as Tommy wanted to resist, but he didn’t have too much of a choice in the matter. He was grudgingly guided to the Court-House against his will by the two wielding crossbows.


Eret whistled to themself as they paced around the premises. Ponk and Purpled were still out chasing Tommy, and they assumed Sapnap and Tubbo were looking for Wilbur. So, that left them here all alone with the carriage. Their curiosity eventually got the better of them and they decided to step inside the carriage. Since they had yet to check it out for themself.

The interior was just like they assumed, it wasn’t very spacious or stylish but served it’s practical use of holding brewing stands. At least much could be expected from Wilbur’s design choices. There appeared to be no potions properly prepared yet, only glass bottles with water. They proceeded into the back compartment, which had a few ingredients stored although scarce.

There wasn’t much else to see in this place. Eret was about to leave, but before they could walk out the door, a slight rustling could be heard. At first, they thought it must’ve been their imagination, so they opted to ignore it. But it kept coming back, each time louder and louder.

Eventually, they found out the source of the noise. It was one of the chests used for storing ingredients. Eret drew their blade and cautiously approached the chest. Once they got close enough, the movement abruptly stopped. Having no idea what Wilbur was hiding in here, Eret kicked it.

“Oww!” A sound came from inside the chest.

Eret recognized that voice and who it belonged to. They leaned down and opened the clasp. The top flung open to reveal a silhouette with bright orange fur.

“Fundy?” Eret slightly lowered their glasses, opening their mouth in a somewhat profound expression.

“Hi Eret…” He awkwardly smiled. “Do you mind helping me? I'm kind of stuck.” Fundy shook himself around, but didn’t budge from the chest.

“Uh… Sure.” They lifted the fox out with ease, setting him on his feet. In return, Fundy gave Eret a chuckle, although it didn’t seem genuine, like both knew how this situation had to go despite their relationship. “I didn’t expect to find you hiding out here. We all just kind of assumed you ran off like Tommy and Wilbur.”

“Yeah, I guess you could think that. Father just told me to hide in the chest and wait til he got back.” Fundy explained, pointing back at the now opened crate.

Eret just crossed their arms and listened, silently nodding in response; There was a pause, an atmosphere of awkwardness and tension between them. Eventually, Fundy broke this silence, acknowledging the question looming over them.

“Are you going to arrest me too?” He refused to look them in the eye, instead choosing to glance towards the ground to acknowledge the harsh truth.

“No, I am not going to arrest you, Fundy. You are only a kid and with how long I’ve known you for, I don’t think I could bring myself to do that. But given your involvement in this whole mess, I’m going to have to take you in anyways. Not as a prisoner, but an eye-witness.”

After realizing what inevitably must be done, the two reluctantly walked into the main compartment hand and hand. However, before they could leave the carriage and head to the Court-House, somebody stood there, awaiting their arrival and blocking the exit with an unamused expression.

“Eret, I’d like you to step away from my son.” Wilbur seemingly reappeared in front of them, glaring at Eret with all seriousness.

“Dad!” Upon seeing his father, Fundy swiftly ran to Wilbur’s side and hid behind him. In return, he softly patted the fox’s head in comfort, while simultaneously gazing at the knight wearing shades.

“Oh, it looks like you didn’t stray too far after all.” Eret profoundly commented.

“Would you like to explain why you’re working with Sapnap of all people, instead of us?” He questioned in an irked tone, impatiently awaiting a response from his personal guard.

“As a knight of the Essempi, I have a duty to respond to the demands of this kingdom’s higher authorities.” Eret replied with a casual shrug, not taking it personally in the slightest.

“Ahh, I see. Well, have you considered that you are supposed to serve me and the rest of the Soot-Minecraft family above all else? I was the one who provided you with the position as our personal guard in the first place, and gave you everything you could ask for. Yet this is how you repay me?”

“I am truly sorry for that, Lord Wilbur. I truly mean it, but I must follow my orders above all else, even if it means having to go against you. However, if you comply peacefully, we won’t have to make this harder than it has to be.” Eret put a knee to the ground and bowed his head in a gesture of apology.

“I understand how you feel, but it doesn't have to be like this. King Dream and his men shouldn’t have supreme authority over us and the people on this land. It isn’t right of them to want to arrest me for harmlessly starting a business, only because I’m doing something against the traditions of this kingdom.”

“You are right about that, but there is unfortunately nothing we can do about it. That’s just how things are meant to be.” They reluctantly admitted, rising up to face Wilbur once more.

“Why do you think I created the “Carmiagevan” in the first place?” Wilbur rhetorically questioned, curious to their response to the situation.

“Where are you exactly going with this?” Eret raised an eyebrow in intrigue, showing some interest and eventually letting their guard down to listen.

“It’s because I too dislike the way things are in this kingdom and want to change that. Of course, it won’t be easy, seeing how things currently are. But I believe it is possible. But we will never know if we don’t try. That is why I want your help, Eret. Join me in my business, and together we can freely sell all the potions and sausages we want without anyone telling us we can’t.” Wilbur gave a grin and extended his hand to Eret.

At first they were hesitant, but upon seeing the glint of determination in his eyes, they had to indulge. It was almost like every part of their being was telling them that this was the right course of action. Whether it was by their own free will, or some magical unseeable force, Eret agreed to join the operation, shaking Wilbur’s hand.

“It looks like Eret is on our side now.” Fundy stepped out from his hiding place behind Wilbur and approached them. He gave a mischievous grin, but was also relieved that things went surprisingly well at the same time.

“Now what will happen next?” Eret asked their next course of action going forward. For the time being, nobody knew that they were now on the Carmiagevan’s side and could hopefully use that to their advantage. Even then, their current situation was definitely not ideal.

Before Wilbur could scheme and elaborate on a plan, he noticed his Discord Gem pendant started to resonate. It gave off a small and eerie blue glow. When he realized this, he grasped it within his hand, awaiting the response.

“Hey Wilbur, I kind of am in a bit of a situation right now. It seems that Shitnap and the others managed to somehow catch me. Me, the big man, captured? Impossible, I know. Well, I kind of need your help in getting out of here now…” Tommy’s voice projected to them through the gemstone.

Wilbur had no interest in hearing any more of his rambling and put the gemstone away. This was Tommy they were talking about after all. Of course he should’ve predicted something like this happening. Wilbur heaved another sigh and looked to Eret and Fundy. It seemed like the responsibility of saving Tommy and resolving the situation fell to them now. Oh, how inconvenient.

Notes:

Not much to say here. Please take the time to kudo if you haven’t done so already. It is free, only takes a second and will be highly appreciated. Comments are also appreciated on any chapter too! They really mean so much to me and make my day.

Chapter 17: The Escape (Part 2/3)

Summary:

Tommy finds himself in another familiar dilemma. Meanwhile, Wilbur, Fundy, and Eret decide to take action.

Notes:

Sorry for the late update and kinda short chapter. Life hasn’t been very kind to me and my betas, but hopefully things will get better soon.

This chapter was originally meant to be longer, but the word count was too much that I had to split it. I wanted to publish the next two parts back to back, but the discord convinced me to post early.

I want to get the last part and the conclusion to the arc out soon, along with the Legend of Zelda AU Finale. Also keep watch for on my profile a special surprise I have planned for the 19th of this month. It’s been in the making for quite some time and I can’t wait to reveal it.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Jump in the carriage Girl, let’s put some miles on it! Anything you want, just to put a smile on it. You deserve it baby, you deserve it all! And I’m gonna give it to you—“ Tommy sang to himself within the confinement of the cell.

He was imprisoned once again. On the bright side, this cell wasn’t anything like the one he and Tubbo were trapped in when they turned themselves in to free Wilbur- what felt like ages ago. At least this cell gave him more space and a small, barred window leading to the outside world. 

“Oh my Prime , just shut the fuck up!” Purpled let out a groan, covering his ears. Ever since he was forced to guard this cell, Tommy has been repeatedly singing the same song on loop.

“Hey, I gotta entertain myself somehow. It’s not like I wanted to be here to begin with,” Tommy snapped back at him, mildly upset that he now lost his place. 

“Well, can you maybe do something quieter and less annoying?” He suggested with a heavy sigh, resting his face on his hand. 

“My singing is pogchamp and you know it. You’re just fucking jealous.” Tommy gloated with a smirk, only to sing the same song for the hundredth time.

“I swear, if he keeps this up, I might actually stab him. I know Sapnap ordered me not to, but he kinda deserves it...” Purpled unsheathed a dagger from his belt and stared at it, truly considering going through with that temptation. 

 “Gold jewelry shining so bright, strawberry champagne on ice! Lucky for you, that's what I like, that's what I like!” Tommy started to shout obnoxiously. Of course, all of this was intentional for the purpose of aggravating him. It was the most enjoyment he could get out of this less than ideal situation. 

“Okay, that’s it. —I can’t do this anymore. I think I might actually lose it.” Purpled was finally at his limit.

Instead of continuing to tolerate this or attempting to silence Tommy, he decided that he had enough of this nonsense.  He walked out of the room without a comment or second thought. Tommy watched as he slammed the heavy wooden door behind him. Once Purpled was out of sight, he stopped his singing and smirked to himself. Now he finally had the required time to attempt an escape.

Without a moment to waste, Tommy plucked one of the loose feathers off his golden wings and attempted to pick the lock with the quill. To his dismay, that wasn’t going too well, but it’s not like he had ever picked a lock before to begin with. A rule he taught himself was to not get caught in the first place. Of course, that didn’t work out perfectly every time, but at least it kept him out of situations like these. 

“Ah… fuck…” Tommy muttered as the tip of the quill snapped.

One of these days he should learn how to properly pick locks. Hopefully, that will happen when he managed to get out, assuming that was still possible. Tommy hadn’t received any response from Wilbur on his discord gem. He wished it wasn’t so, but he had no idea what he was planning. 

If only he was a Phantom-Hybrid like Wilbur, he thought miserably. 

Maybe then, he wouldn’t have to deal with this right now and could walk right out of the cell. Unfortunately, Tommy had to make do with what he was given, which wasn’t much. Tommy attempted to try picking the lock again, but had no such luck. He ceased all efforts when he heard footsteps approaching from outside.

“How are you able to deal with this all the time? Just listening to his terrible singing nearly made my ears bleed,” a boy, who he assumed to be Purpled, commented.

“That’s just typical Tommy. You’ll get used to it. Besides, you have been standing watch for awhile now. I can take it from here.” Tommy perked up, recognizing that second voice from anywhere.

It wasn’t long before the door swung open to reveal Purpled, and right behind him the Sheep-hybrid Tommy knew very well. Instinctively, he would’ve shouted his name in relief, but had to remind himself they were now on opposing sides.

His impassive gaze met with Tubbo’s piercing one. Beyond the coldness in his eyes were a tinge of regret that was more apparent above all else, no matter how hard he tried to bury it. The sight of his closest friend being held behind bars disheartened him, and he truly wanted to free him. Despite that, he resisted the temptation and pressed forward.

“Uhh.. I think I'll just leave you to it then.” Purpled noticed the tension between the two and quickly dismissed himself, leaving them one on one.

It took another moment of awkward staring before Tommy initiated a conversation. “Hey big man, long time no see. It looks like you’re working with Shitnap now.” He gave a relaxing grin, and leaned against the iron bars. Though, Tubbo didn’t seem to let up. 

“I guess you can say that, but I’d only consider our partnership to be that of business. We aren’t friends by any means.” He gave an apathetic shrug before putting his back against the bars, following Tommy’s lead.

“Then why are you siding with that dickhead over me? I thought we promised to always be by each other’s side because that’s all we truly had. So, why don’t we just stop all of this bullshit right now and you just free me?” Tommy turned his neck and glanced over.

“As much as I want to, I truly do, I just can’t… it just isn’t that simple.” He heaved a sigh, scraping grout around the as an attempt to distract himself.

“Really? What is stopping you from doing so?” He asked with a slightly snarky tone. 

“Trust me, I’m not happy about this either, but you should’ve known the consequences of what you were planning. On top of all that, you were going to manipulate innocent people, and lied to me.” Tubbo looked up at Tommy, his weary eyes meeting his blank stare. 

“Tubbo, I am—” His expression shifted for just a moment to show true remorse.

“Whatever you have to say, I don't want to hear it right now. Unless you and Wilbur prove your innocence, I don’t intend on switching sides. But believe me, it isn’t easy for me to do this to you, my best friend, even if I know this is the right thing.” He heaved another sigh, resting his face on the palm of his hand. “Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’m going to search for Wilbur. Farewell, Tommy.”

Tubbo abruptly stood up, brushing the loose grout off him before exiting the room. As much as Tommy wanted to object, his words were at a loss. All he could do was reach out his hand, hoping Tubbo wouldn’t leave, but the Sheep-hybrid didn’t bother looking back at him. Tommy was once again left alone without a plan of escape or his friend at his side. 


“We’ve done enough stalling. I think it’s about time we rescue Tommy.” Wilbur paced about the small compartments to his carriage. 

Ever since they got the message from him they have just been laying low. Mainly to not stir up trouble and draw unwanted attention, giving them enough time. However, they couldn’t wait much longer. If they wanted to act, it had to be soon.

While Wilbur thought to himself, Fundy and Eret remained seated on the floorboards.  Between them was an unrolled parchment map with two locations circled in ink, their current one and where they assumed Tommy was being held. 

“Unfortunately, I do not have any gold on me at the moment, which eliminates the possibility of brewing an invisibility potion. We have to do the next best thing then...” he pondered to himself out loud.

“And what is that?” Fundy perked up in curiosity, eager to finally take action instead of just lounging around.

“Well, Sapnap and the other’s are unaware that Eret is on our side.  So, we can use that to our advantage. I was thinking he could request to move Tommy to a different location for holding, thus, freeing him in the process.” Wilbur stopped his pace and turned around to explain.

“I can see myself being able to pull this off, but there is one slight problem with your plan. If they figure out my affiliation, the whole operation is ruined.” Eret moved his hand to his chin, thinking the whole thing over. 

“Oh, what if Eret takes me with him as his fake prisoner? That should be enough to make them believe him,” Fundy enthusiastically waved his hand.

“No, I won’t let you do that. As much as I appreciate you wanting to be involved in this, it is far too dangerous. You are my son, and I don’t want you to get hurt.” Wilbur swiftly put his notion down, to which the fox gave a scowl. 

He attempted to comfort Fundy with a gentle pat on the head, but his son batted his hand away, rejecting any affection. His son stormed off to the storage room and slammed the door behind him. Wilbur let out a sigh and rolled his eyes. He assumed Fundy would get over it soon, either that or he’d cause mischief in one way or another.

That left him and Eret to finalize the plan. Once that was over, he wished Eret luck and continued to watch over the “Carmiagevan” where he was most needed. Besides, Wilbur didn’t trust himself to do this, even with his Phantom abilities. He was ill-suited for combat if the case arose. 

“Wait, Eret— there is one last thing I need you to do before you go,” he requested before they were fully out the door. 

“Yes? What is it, my lord?” Eret turned and glanced at his lord from behind his shaded glasses.

Wilbur approached his personal knight with a grin, obviously having something sinister up his sleeve. He leaned over and almost silently whispered something in Eret’s ear. In response, they affirmatively nodded without any other emotions. “I think I should be able to pull that off.”

Notes:

Me: What if Tommy sang “That’s What I Like” because of course he would.

Also me: *realizes this is a medieval AU and nobody would know what a Cadillac is.*

Chapter 18: The Escape (Part 3/3)

Summary:

The escape plan is finally set in motion. Wilbur has a surprising conversation, and Fundy comes in to save the day.

Notes:

Hey, it’s been awhile but this chapter is finally here. This took me forever to write and ended up being longer than I thought. Just consider the longer chapter a special case for concluding this three parter.

I can’t wait to show everyone what I have planned for the next upcoming arc. It’s not very action or conflict focused, but more character based. Still, I’m super excited for it. I finally get to give other minor characters some much needed time in the spotlight too.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Why do you have to be so mean, Tommy?” Ponk inquired with suspicion as he stood watch outside the cell.

“How am I the mean one? You literally imprisoned me!” Tommy shouted in rebuttal, pacing around his confinement.

“Well, you’re probably planning to escape as we speak,” He knew the hybrid was obviously up to something, because when was he not?

“When have I ever planned anything?” Tommy sarcastically remarked.

“Like almost every time we’ve ever spoken to each other,” Ponk leaned against the wall facing Tommy. He thought back to all the instances prior, most of which involved him and Tubbo getting back the Discs from the King.

“I mean, you’re not wrong… I planned a few things, some successful, others not. And I won’t deny I might’ve wronged you in the past, but at least, I didn’t burn your tavern down, twice.”

“You have a point there,” Ponk reluctantly nodded in agreement.

“Exactly, I don’t get why you would fucking work with Shitnap, who you clearly hate for destroying your property, to capture me, who did significantly less towards you. Am I the only one who sees a flaw with this logic?”

“You’re right, I do dislike Sapnap more than you,” Eventually, he came to the same realization.

“So, why don’t we team up to get back at him?” Tommy suggested with a smirk.

“Yeah, and then we can go out for dinner afterwards!” Ponk added on.

“Pog! Does this make us friends now?” He asked, somewhat thrilled about their alliance.

“Maybe? I’m still kinda mad at you for stealing from me though,” he crossed his arms and shot him an agitated glare.

“Oh right, I promise I’ll pay you back after this,” Tommy muttered, almost forgetting that’s what got him in this mess in the first place.

“Yeah, you better!” Ponk snapped back at him, but he was quick to let the grudge go.

More importantly, he two had other matters to deal with. Ponk sorted through the keys as Tommy impatiently waited, grasping at the bars. Eventually, he found the correct one and unlocked the cell. Tommy wanted to bolt out, but instead hesitated. As much as he wanted to leave, he didn’t want Ponk to be punished for his release either. However, neither had the time to elaborate a scheme.

“Greeting gentlemen,” Eret waved his other arm leaning against the doorframe. The two jolted back in surprise by his stealthy entrance.

“How much of our conversation did you overhear?” Tommy skeptically glared at him.

“None of it. I just arrived, but it doesn’t matter to me anyways. I’m just here to follow my orders in moving Tommy to a different holding chamber as a precautionary measure,” They gave an unconcerned shrug before approaching the prison door. Eret was puzzled to see it already unlocked, but thought nothing of it. Without further questions, the door swung open and Eret gestured for Tommy to exit. He begrudgingly followed through, although with apprehension.

“What do you think you’re doing? Tommy is supposed to remain here,” Ponk spoke back in objection in an attempt to protect his ally, both unaware that Eret was secretly on their side.

Tommy glanced between Eret and Ponk until making up his mind to stand with Ponk. Eret let out a frustrated sigh. It looked like it would take more to convince Tommy to willingly go with them. It wasn’t like they could just say their plan out loud either. For all they knew, Ponk was still on Sapnap’s side and could expose them as a traitor.

“Look, I know you might be unsure of this, but I reassure you these were my orders given by sir Sapnap himself,” Eret stated, to which both seemed somewhat convinced at first. However, that wouldn’t last long, seeing as a new problem presented itself.

“Really? Since when have I said that?” The three turned around to see Sapnap and Purpled, who overheard the entire conversation.

“We’re not stupid. Besides, I should’ve expected you to betray us. Since Wilbur is your lord, it’s expected that’s where your loyalties lie,” Upon Purpled saying this, Eret’s expression became blank and unreadable.

“Oh fuck…” He muttered, the realization suddenly hitting him.


“Oh my Prime, you’ve got to be kidding me,” Wilbur rolled his eyes as he noticed Tubbo approaching the carriage.

Of course, the sheep-hybrid instantly spotted him peering from the window. That left him unable to hide or run while he still could. With this little time he was given, Wilbur managed to hide Fundy in the back room, to his son's dismay, and make everything else look presentable. He prayed to Prime that this would actually work.

“Hello Tubbo, long time no see. What brings you here on this fine day?’ Wilbur stepped outside of the “Carmiagevan” with a relaxed demeanor. In response, Tubbo only perplexedly gazed back at him. “Are you just going to keep looking at me like that or what?

“Oh, umm… sorry... I just wanted to make sure you weren’t doing anything else illegal,” He stuttered slightly, not sure how to go about this. Deep down, he knew he had to bring Wilbur back, willingly or not.

“Actually, I’m doing the opposite right now. You guys didn’t like my alchemy stuff. So, I did a bit of renovations,” He explained, gesturing back at the carriage.

“Really, what kind of renovations?” Tubbo questioned, while remaining vigilant.

“Well, I added a bunch of ovens. You know, since this is supposed to be a carriage that sells sausages and all, which you guys don’t like for some reason,” Wilbur explained, entusically gesturing towards his carriage that still looked the same outside. However, Tubbo still didn’t seem to buy it, crossing his arms and giving him an uninterested expression.

“Do you want to check it out or what?” Wilbur gave up in trying to persuade him with words.It was best to just show Tubbo hard evidence in hopes of proving his point.

Obviously, he obliged. Wilbur pulled open the door, letting him step inside first and take a good look around. To Tubbo’s surprise, all the brewing stands were gone, replaced with furnaces and other cooking related materials. Wilbur followed close behind, watching his reaction with a slight grin.

“I don’t know what the problem is. This seems pretty legit to me,” Tubbo attempted to reach out and touch one of the ovens, but was halted by Wilbur before he could.

“Careful, they’re still hot. I don’t want you to get burned,” He warned, “but yes, I’m just trying to start my business of selling meat-goods. I have a son to feed and all. Yet you and the authorities are trying to prevent me from doing that.”

“Oh, I apologize. This must’ve been a misunderstanding. I was under the impression you were trying to manipulate innocent people, but I guess I was wrong. You’re just using the blaze power to cook. Here, how about I give you some gold coins as compensation,” Tubbo reached in his pockets to rummage around. He didn’t have a lot of change to spare, but felt like it was deserved after everything prior.

“No, no. no. It’s fine, you don’t have to give me any-- Wait, did you say gold?” Wilbur asked, to which Tubbo nodded. “Sure, you can give me some and call it even.”

Immediately upon receiving it, Wilbur excused himself and bolted into the carriage. This gold was exactly what he needed to finish an invisibility potion. He went towards an “oven” and touched it, revealing its true form as a brewing stand. Luckily, Eret’s illusion magic deceived Tubbo earlier, but now he had to break the spell in order to finish this potion.

Tommy and Eret should’ve returned a while ago, and it was starting to concern Wilbur that they weren’t back. Although he had no concrete evidence, Wilbur was certain that something happened to throw a wrench in his plan. Atleast, he was given a last resort that he could use.

With no time to waste, he got to brewing a potion right away. He made sure to be discreet to avoid getting the unwanted attention of Tubbo while doing so. Once Wilbur finished creating the night vision potion using the gold, he dropped the fermented spider eye inside and shook it around. The result produced a purple-gray liquid, which signified its transformation into an invisibility potion. Upon Wilbur finishing the brewing process, he stepped into the back compartment.

“Fundy, I have something for you,” He smiled, holding up the invisibility potion and placing it in his hands.

“Wait, are you implying-” He questioned in disbelief after being denied his request earlier.

“Yes, it is up to you, my son. I’ll stay here and distract Tubbo for you, while you rescue Tommy and Eret. Promise me that you will be safe and not get into too much trouble,” Wilbur gave a simple nod of approval.

“You can count on me. I’ll be back with them in no time,” Fundy returned the gesture with a cheeky grin.

He snatched the potion from Wilbur and grasped it. With a simple removal of the cap, Fundy consumed it in no time, turning invisible once upon fully drinking it. Since the effects kicked in, Fundy was unable to wave farewell. Instead, he just announced his departure, opened the door and was on his way.

It didn't take him long to find the location, especially with the aid of his late mother’s compass. When he finally did arrive at the Court-House, Fundy made sure to be stealthy, averting no attention to himself as he opened doors.

As he passed through the halls, he noticed Sapnap and Purpled arguing with Ponk. They seemed to be accusing him of siding with Tommy, but Fundy paid no attention to their problems. There were bigger matters he had to deal with at the moment. After searching around the vicinity, he came across the cell that held Tommy and now Eret.

“Wait, what the fuck? Is it me or did that door just open itself?”Tommy gasped as Eret perked up with intrigue.

“Tommy, it’s me, Fundy. I just took an invisibility potion,” He explained, dangling the keys he snatched from another room.

“Thank prime you came to save us! I was starting to get worried nobody would show up,” Tommy edged closer to the cell bars as Fundy approached.

“What do you think I was trying to do in the first place?” Eret sarcastically replied as they crossed their arms.

“How was I supposed to know Wilbur sent you? Last time I checked, you were on Shitnap’s side?” Tommy pointed out with snark in his tone.

Luckily, the two weren’t trapped for much longer. With some sorting, Fundy managed to find the correct key on the ring. And with a simple twist, the iron door swung open. Both instinctively fled the cell, grateful to finally be released.

“Pog! I’m free at last from that damn cell,” Tommy gleefully embraced the openness of the room beyond bars.

“Thanks for the help, Fundy,” Eret leaned down to his level and gave a nod of approval.

“Oh yeah, I nearly forgot. While looking for the keys, I found these,” He revealed two swords that belonged to Tommy and Eret respectively that were originally confiscated upon their capture.

Upon returning their weapons, Fundy’s invisibility effects wore off. At least it served its purpose in freeing his friends. Besides, there wasn’t much use for invisibility when he had to sneak out Tommy and Eret alongside himself.

Staying here any longer would be more of a risk, so it was best they took action in escaping. Fortunately, Fundy and Eret had a general understanding of the layout, which meant they could plan the easiest way out; and hopefully prevent their capture.

The three stuck close to the wall as they snuck their way out. Progress seemed to be going good, almost too good. As luck would have it, when they were right by exit, Sapnap and Purpled were miraculously watching over the exact same area. Of course nothing ever went easy for them.

“Fuck…” Tommy cursed under his breath.

“Prison break!” Eret shouted as the three bolted without looking back, giving them enough of a head start.

“After them!” Sapnap order after snapping out of the initial shock. Purpled gave a simple nod before they left to pursue them.

With nowhere to hide out, their best course of action was to return to the carriage. The trip back wasn’t the smoothest, especially with the fact they were being chased by two armed men. At least no arrows were fired with the risk of hurting innocent passersby, but that didn’t help with the fact Sapnap and Purpled were quickly catching up.

All the three could do was pick up the pace. It wasn’t enough. It would only be a matter of time before they were caught and history would repeat itself once more. The realization hit Eret, and because of it they started to falter behind. They stopped in their tracks, unsheathing their sword, ready to face Sapnap and Purpled by themself.

“Eret! What are you doing?” Fundy stopped in his tracks as he desperately called out.

“Go! Get out of here. I’ll hold them off,” They shouted in response, not bothering to look back.

Tommy gave a simple nod before grabbing Fundy by the wrist. The fox initially refused, tugging in objection as they didn’t want to abandon Eret, but soon realized it was no use. Even if he did want to help, he’d probably get in the way. After all, Fundy had nowhere near the same amount of training or experience, given his age.

The pair eventually fled ahead, leaving the three behind to fight for themselves. Purpled was ready to chase after them, but Sapnap held out his arm, signaling for him to stay out of it. He approached, holding his sword in one hand, while summoning a small flame in the other. The two faced each other one on one, Sapnap’s dark eyes glaring at Eret’s which remained concealed behind their shades.

“Ignis trahentium,” He waved his left hand, creating a line of fire behind Eret. It was tame enough to not cause any damage to buildings, but enough to prevent them from escaping unscathed.

Sapnap didn’t waste time to dash forward and land a blow. Eret blocked it, pushing their blade back in defense against the weight of Sapnap’s strike. Seeing that they couldn’t overpower him, Eret disengaged, stepping back as Sapnap’s sword swung down, cracking the concrete below.

There was no doubt about it, the Essempi’s head knight fought as relentlessly as the rumors told. It is only natural though, Subpoena dealt with the kingdom’s worst threats on a regular basis. Meanwhile, Eret was tasked with protecting Wilbur and the Soot-Minecraft family, a task that pales in comparison.

Even as a knight, they were outmatched in almost every way. If they wanted to get out of this, they would have to outsmart Sapnap. But Eret at least had an advantage; they knew his fighting style. He fought fiercely, which forced Eret to take the defensive side.

“You're not that bad in skill, but there’s no use fighting against me. You can’t win,” Sapnap smirked, attempting another blow that they blocked.

He used this opening while they were distracted to strike with his fist. Eret was thrown off, stepping back as they noticed blood trickle from their nose. They quickly collected themself, muttering something under their breath before continuing to fight.

This time, Eret charges forward. The two blades swiftly clashed, momentarily pausing in place as they made contact. As Sapnap attempted a strike, Eret jumped back, firmly standing in place. He found this unresponsive behavior odd, glaring with suspicion before making action. Sapnap slashed at Eret, but the silhouette faded away.

“Hmpf, illusion magic,” He scoffed, huffing a sigh.

It was a trick of the eye. The real one definitely ran past Purpled, gone by now. Sure, Eret wasn’t anywhere near his skills, but they were clever. Sapnap could at least give them that.

“Where the hell did they go?!” Purpled stepped forward, glancing around in confusion. “We have to go after them!”

“Isn’t it obvious? They got away. Besides, this issue is out of our hands now. I’ll inform King Dream of what happened. The most we can do is wait for further action,” Sapnap shrugged before sheathing his sword.

He snapped his fingers, quickly extinguishing the flames. He turned to face the other direction with a perplexed yet intrigued look, lost in thought.

The two hardly interacted prior, but he quickly caught onto their behavior. Eret only fought in battles they could win. Judging from this one, they were outmatched, hence their escape. But in a way, they did win. Sapnap was partially willing to admit that.

It was a shame they served Wilbur’s side. They Essempi could use someone resourceful like them.


Tommy and Fundy returned, later followed by Eret not much later. It seemed like they would be left alone for some time, though it might take longer for the issue to resolve itself. Everyone was just grateful that the skirmish was finally over. The two boys caught their breath as Eret wiped away the blood for their nose. Once everyone was finished, they approached the carriage, but were greeted with a surprising sight.

“What the fuck is going on here?” Tommy questioned with disbelief as he witnessed Wilbur and Tubbo idly chatting, while eating sausages.

“Oh, hello Tommy.” Tubbo gave a small wave with an awkward yet polite smile.

“Don’t you dare ‘ello me. A couple hours ago you left me to rot in that cell!” He snapped back in response, still upset.

“Oh right… about that…” His gaze shifted to the side.

“While you were having your grand escape, Tubbo and I had a few choice words and came to a peaceful agreement.” Wilbur interrupted to explain.

“What?!” His head snapped around in shock.

“Yeah, Wilbur’s right. I kinda realized how pointless all fighting was. I joined Sapnap’s side and went against my own friends, and all for what? I didn’t matter in the end,” Tubbo leaned against the carriage as he took another bite into the sausage.

“I’m not buying it. Matter of fact, today has been a shit day for me. I got chased by Shitnap and his goons, put in prison again, had Fundy bail us out and flee once more. Now you show up and I am expected to believe you just magically changed sides?” He let out a sarcastic groan and rolled his eyes.

“Well, what do you want me to do to make it up to you then?” Tubbo asked, showing genuine remorse for his closest friend.

“Apologize,” Tommy bluntly replied.

“Okay, but I deserve one too. Don’t pretend like you’re the only victim here. You weren’t in the right either, you lied to me days prior. I expect an apology for that at least.” Tubbo gave a slight scowl, pointing out the hypocrisy to his request.

“Fine… I’m sorry for lying to you and using you for selfish reasons. You’ve always been there for me no matter what, and I shouldn’t have taken that for granted. I just hope that we can leave that behind us and have things return to the way they used to be.” Tommy heaved a heavy sigh before giving his true thoughts.

“It was wrong of me to do that to you guys. I think I was hurt about what happened before, but I’m over it now. I won't ever switch sides again, just promise me there will be no more lies going forward.” Upon hearing that, Tubbo loosened his sharp expression.

“I’ll make sure to do that going forward, Tubs. Apology accepted?” Tommy tilted his head, awaiting a response.

“Apology accepted,” He gave a slight nod in response, wrapping his arms around Tommy in a hug.

This initially caught the blond off guard, but he didn’t exactly mind it. Instead, he chose to embrace his friend's warmth. Even with their past disputes, they would stay mad forever. That’s just how things were between them. The two were just relieved it was all over.

“Hey, does anyone else want sausages?” Wilbur interrupted the scene by holding out three more sausages on sticks.

“Fuck yeah! Don’t mind if I do,” Tommy immediately snatched one out of his hands.

“Sure, I don’t see why not,” Eret joined in, grabbing one for themself and handing the other to Fundy.

The five ended up going inside the carriage and sitting. All of them either chatted about the previous events, ate the sausages, or just enjoyed one another’s company. After the events of the past few days, everyone needed a well deserved break, and they finally got one.

“Consider this our celebration for making it through this mess, and for whatever is to yet come. For now, let us enjoy our victory,” Wilbur raised up his sausage on a stick in cheer.

The other four followed suit in joining his toast. They collectively held up their sticks, toasting to freedom, glory, and whatever the future might present. For now though, they told the story of tonight.

Notes:

Like usual, I hope everyone enjoyed the chapter. Feel free to comment or Kudo, if you wish. This one took longer than expected, but I’m still going strong.

Also I hope everyone enjoyed the surprise fic I posted on the 19th. That was in the making for a long time and I can’t wait to show off more works. Of course, I still plan on finishing this one.

Chapter 19: Maiden of the Bow

Summary:

The “Carmiagevan” gets a new recruit.

Notes:

Wake up new DLYH fanart just dropped! Today we got a fan made cover inspired by the Disc saga featuring Dream and Tommy made by the amazing Swiss.

Also as some might have noticed, I changed the summary. I started this back in April and thought it was about time for a revamp. I hope nobody minds, but I personally prefer this one much more. Anyways, onto the next chapter

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“With each passing sunrise, I only become more weary of the next.” Wilbur hummed to himself, gently strumming his guitar as Eret sat next to him on a bench.

Both had decided to watch the daybreak from the docks, seeing the dark sky change to lilac as the sun crossed the distant horizon of the sea. Hardly anyone was up at this hour, instead the sound of rushing waves could easily be heard overlapping Wilbur’s soft music.

It has been some time since their skirmish with Sapnap, and nothing significant happened otherwise. There was no message from the knight or King Dream telling them to cease desist, nor were there further attempts to quell them. Instead, the business only gained more traction and support, especially from the citizens of L’manberg.

Much to their surprise, people quickly took interest, buying their potions , some even purchasing sausages. While this success was favorable, Wilbur thought it was too good to be true. Judging from experience, something terrible was going to inevitably befall them. In between now and then, all he could do was prepare.

“Hey, that’s just how life is. The most we can do is live each day to its fullest.” Eret leaned back on the bench, offering advice to his uncertain friend.

“I suppose you are right, Eret. Well, no matter how unpredictable things might get, I at least know you’ll be by my side through it all.”

The two continued to watch the sunrise together in solitude, peacefully enjoying one another’s presence without disturbance. The sparkling reflections started to fade as the morning sky shifted to blue. L’manberg started to wake as its citizens prepared for another day. None of them paid attention to their lord and his knight, who were dressed like anyone else, and went on with their busy lives.

With everyone up and about, Wilbur and Eret took this as their que to start their day. They walked along the boardwalk, passing docked ships, fisherman, traveling merchants from afar, and vendors who set up shop in these parts. Nothing out of the ordinary. What neither expected though, was to run into a familiar face on their way back.

Wilbur turned around as he spotted a young woman with long, blonde hair walk by out of the corner of his eye. Upon noticing him, she stopped in her tracks and turned around, giving a slight smile as her sky blue eyes met with his chocolate ones.

“Hello, Wilbur, and hello to you too, Eret.” She waved to both of them as she approached, walking in the opposite direction as the crowd.

“Long time no see, Niki. It’s been awhile, hasn’t it.” Wilbur remarked. The last time they really spoke one on one was before the Carmiagevan was truly a thing. A lot has changed since then.

“It has. Actually, I’ve been wanting to talk to you about something for some time now,” Niki explained. While her expression was still welcoming, there was more to her smile than perceived.

“Really, is that so?” Wilbur tilted his head, his curiosity perking up.

“Mhm, the shop won’t be opening for a couple more hours, but how about you two join me inside? I can treat you to something nice while we’re there!” She suggested, signaling her head in the direction of her bakery.

“Sure, I don’t mind going!” Wilbur insisted. “What do you think, Eret?” He glanced over at his knight, awaiting an opinion.

“I have no issue with that. It’s not like we have much planned today.” Eret shrugged in response.

“Wonderful, what are we waiting for?” Niki led the way as the two followed behind.

Upon arriving, Niki scurried to the back counter, displaying the baked goods she prepared from the night prior and setting a tray into the oven. Wilbur and Eret curiously glance around before taking a seat at a table. After she finished preparing, Niki came back with pastries and cups of tea, taking the empty seat beside them.

“So, what did you want to tell us?” Wilbur inquired, setting his warm cup down after taking a sip.

“I want to join the Carmiagevan.” Niki stated, to which both him and Eret gave confused glances. “I’m being completely serious. Everyone has been talking about how you stood up to Sapnap for your beliefs. And I think it’s about time that somebody stands up to the Essempi’s rules and shows them they can’t just boss us around and heavily tax us like we're nothing.”

“Niki, while I completely agree with what you are saying, I think that you shouldn’t get involved in our affairs, especially if there is danger along the line.” Wilbur politely informed her. However, she wasn't convinced.

Niki firmly stood up and approached the wall where her bow and short spear were displayed. She took them off, putting the bow and quiver around her back and holding the spear before turning around to face them. “No, you’re mistaken. I want to be there to defend you guys, and offer arms if needed.” She replied, her soft and approachable demeanor quickly changing to a fierce one.

Wilbur and Eret exchanged glances with one another, not exactly sure what to think. Niki, feeling like she wasn’t being taken seriously, stomped over and pointed the spear inches from Wilbur's neck. Instinctively, Eret unsheathed his weapon in response to him being threatened. Though Wilbur held out his hand for him to halt, knowing that she wouldn’t do such a thing, and heard her out.

“Like I said, I want to join. Some might take my kindness for weakness, but I’m not some helpless baker like everyone might think. I want to fight for your cause, for the betterment of everyone in this land.” Her sharp gaze met Wilbur’s unreadable one, neither of them reacting or breaking away until he made his final decision.


“Come on, we don’t have all day. She’s waiting for us!” Fundy paced impatiently around the verdant garden, holding a bouquet full of daisies.

“Hey, we’re trying our best. We can’t go any faster.” Tubbo kneeled on the grass, using his magic to grow flowers from the ground up. Meanwhile, Tommy hurried across the premises, picking any flower that caught his eye.

“Patience, my pup. This is their first time doing this. Besides, she isn’t going anywhere and will be happy to see us regardless.” Kristin leaned over to comfort her squirmish grandson, though it hardly seemed to ease Fundy.

“Okay, I think we’re ready.” Tubbo stood up, ripping the group of stems from the soft soil and approaching the pair. “I grew these violets myself. I hope she likes them.” He showed off the soft purple flowers to her.

“Oh, isn’t that lovely? I’m sure she most certainly will. Now, what kind of flowers did you get, Tommy?” Kristin gave a smile of approval, curiously glancing over at the blond.

“I don’t know. I kinda just got a clusterfuck of whatever looked pog.” He shrugged, holding a bundle of flowers of all different colors and types, there being no consistent pattern with them.

“How creative, I like what you did by mixing them. Both of you did a very good job.” Kristin complimented with a soft look in her chocolate eyes.

“What are we waiting for? Let’s go visit her right away!” Fundy gently tugged at Kristin’s arm as he led the way through the garden.

“Alright, if you insist.” Tommy agreed as he and Tubbo followed side by side, not too far behind.

The four walked through the manor garden, passing trimmed hedges, stone fountains, and plants of all sorts, until arriving at the far end. There, they found themselves by a small pond with blooming lilies and a smooth pebble shore. Right beside it was a willow tree, and beneath a stone marker.

“Mom!” Fundy sprinted ahead and towards the grave, setting down his daisies before sitting in front of it. “Sorry, I was late.”

“I’ve heard about her, but I never would’ve thought I’d finally met her.” Tommy quietly remarked, giving the young fox his peace. Soon after, he set his bouquet down, shortly joined by Tubbo and Kristin as they placed theirs too.

“—Sally “Salmondy" Salmon,” Tubbo read out loud to himself once close enough to see.

“Mhm, that’s our Sally. She wasn’t officially part of our family, but she was very close to us.” Kristin briefly explained.

“Mom and I aren’t related by blood, but she’s still my real mother. She adopted me and gave me a home, along with being the best sailor this land has ever seen.” Fundy added on, sitting crossed legged as he brushed his hand against the stone.

“She sounds like an amazing person. I would’ve loved to meet her.” Tommy muttered, voice filled with respect.

“She truly was. Her and Wilbur were originally going to be wed. The ceremony was already planned and they even had matching golden rings. Unfortunately, her ship was lost at sea and she never returned home.” She informed the two, to which they solemnly nodded while taking this in.

“I miss her everyday.” Fundy fiddled with the compass in his hands which directly pointed at her grave.

“Even if she isn’t with us anymore, she isn’t truly gone and still watches over us. The Goddess of Death is taking care of her until the day she is reunited with us.” Kristin placed her hand on the fox’s shoulder in support.

Kristin, Tommy, and Tubbo stood, while Fundy continued to sit, all surrounding the grave. None of them said a word as they peacefully mourned. It was so silent that the howling summer breeze could be heard, rustling the willow leaves and sending ripples across the pond. After everyone gave their dues, it was time to depart once more, and hopefully return in the near future.

“It looks like Wilbur and Eret are finally back.” Tubbo’s sheep ears flicked, hearing their distant chatting.

“Thank fuck, it feels like they’ve been gone forever!” Tommy shouted in relief, dashing towards them, but halted upon seeing a third person. “Niki? What are you doing here?”

“Oh, hello Tommy. It’s been awhile hasn’t it? I’m surprised you remember me.” She kindly waved in response.

“Who is this?” Fundy suspiciously glared as he caught up, the others following close behind.

“Well, it looks like everyone is here now, and I can finally explain.” Wilbur cleared his throat as the others focused on him and the baker. “Welcome our newest recruit to the Carmiagevan, Niki Nihachu.”

Upon him announcing that, everyone gave mutters of confusion. Fundy, on the other hand, was peeved, slightly grinding his teeth and stifled a growl. The others didn’t understand his reasoning, but could tell the sight of Wilbur and Niki side by side made him upset. In response, Tommy elbowed him to hush as she spoke.

“Thank you, it’s such an honor to be here. Much like you I share the same beliefs and dislike towards those running this kingdom. I know I might not be that strong or skilled, but I want to help in any way I can.”

“And what can you contribute?” Fundy skeptically questioned her.

“Well, I own my own bakery for a living and can provide baked goods to sell if needed. I also know some archery and basic combat skills. While I'm nowhere as skilled as a trained knight, I can offer to teach it to those in need. ” She explained her abilities off the top of her head.

“Actually, when you two were first visiting L’manberg, we got those pastries from her.” Eret added on.

“What? That was really her?” Tubbo tilted his head in surprise. While it has been some time since then, he remembered his tasting good.

“Fuck yeah! Free snacks!” Tommy cheered.

“So, what do you all think? Should Niki officially be allowed to join our group?” Wilbur inquired, awaiting a final decision.

It took a moment of discussion and debating amongst themselves, but in the end she was unanimously invited into the Carmiagevan. Despite Fundy’s initial objections, even he agreed to this decision. In celebration of her recruitment, Niki handed out pastries and baked goods from the basket she packed prior.

“Here you go, Tommy.” She handed him a cookie with a smile. “And you are?” Niki curiously asked the sheep-hybrid as she gave him one too.

“Oh, my name is Tubbo. It’s nice to meet you.” He entuistcally shook her hand while he held the pastry in the other.

“It’s very nice to meet you too, Tubbo.” Niki gave a small laugh and a soft glance. “And who might you be?” She inquired, moving onto Fundy.

“I’m Fundy, Wilbur’s son.” He bluntly replied with snark in his tone.

“Well, Fundy, would you like a cookie too?” She leaned over, extending her hand to him.

Without prior warning, he snatched the cookie from her hand and started nibbling at it. Niki awkwardly smiled at the young fox, until moving on and finally giving Wilbur, Eret, and Kristin baked goods. Once all the eating and idle chatter was done, everyone gathered bows and set up practice targets. Mainly because Tommy wouldn’t stop begging Eret and Niki to finally train him in archery. Of course, Tubbo wanted in too, and dragged Fundy along as well.

“Shit, not again!” Tommy complained as his arrow hit the edge of the target, nearly missing.

“It’s okay, these things just take practice. At least you’re finally hitting the target this time instead of the ground. Not bad for your first time using a bow.” Niki gave him some encouragement.

“Alright, it’s my turn now.” Tubbo enthusiastically grabbed the bow out of Tommy’s hands, much to his discontent.

But since they were training with Niki, they had to borrow her singular bow. He took an arrow from the quiver, pulling back before releasing the string. It managed to hit closer to the center, even if it wasn’t the bullseye.

“Look! I did it!” He cheered, raising his bow as Niki smiled with approval and Tommy sarcastically rolled his eyes.

“Pog, now give it back to me.” Tommy snatched the bow from him, attempting again. Of course, he ended up missing once more.

The two friends bickered, while Niki watched with slight concern. Meanwhile, Fundy was practicing with Eret. Wilbur and Kristin watched from the sidelines, the mother and son showing no interest in combat.

Despite this, Wilbur couldn’t help but smile slightly at the sight of the group under his leadership training together. With the way things were going, progress would be made in no time.

“Is there something bothering you, mom?” Wilbur glanced over at Kristin, easily seeing through her content facade.

“It’s impossible to hide things from you.” She dropped her smile, heaving a sigh. “Don’t get me wrong, I am not against you. It’s just that, I think this is all a bit risky, especially after what happened before.”

“I understand your worry, but believe me, I have this all under control.” He reassured her, but Kristin was hardly relieved by his words.

“You’ve already dealt with trouble from Head Knight Sapnap. What if King Dream threatens to do something worse? I do not want you to get involved in something terrible or get hurt.”

“I still intend to go through with my plans no matter what. If the entire kingdom is against me, so be it. I’d rather die than conform to their Essempi.” Wilbur replied with all seriousness, a sharp glare in his eyes as he looked forward.

“It looks like there is no convincing you otherwise. You’re stubborn, just like your father and brother.” She sighed, smile breaking through, “ If that is truly what you want, to go against this kingdom’s traditions, then I will be here to support you the entire way. Just promise me one thing?” She admitted defeat, her gaze shifting down as her worry became more apparent.

“And what might that be?” He asked, easily noticing her anxious demeanor.

“Promise me you won’t die while doing so. We’ve lost so much, I can’t afford another heartbreak by losing you too.” Kristin snapped her head, looking him dead in the eyes.

He knew exactly what she meant. Back then, their family was complete, but after losing him, Technoblade and his father left shortly after. When Sally and Fundy came into his life, he thought he fully healed from that event, only for tragedy to strike again.

His mother has been there since the beginning, supporting him while silently dealing with her own grief. Their family was already broken from past loss, and Kristin didn’t deserve to lose him too. If not for his sake, then for her’s.

“I promise I’ll live through this entire thing.” Wilbur promised her, internally hoping he could uphold that vow.

It was unlikely that anything terrible would actually befall him or his friends. Maybe it was just his imagination, paranoia or past experiences that made him think so. Despite that, he couldn’t shake the thought that it was still a possibility.

As knowledgeable as Wilbur considered himself, he couldn’t be so sure of that.

Notes:

Fundy: *being a little gremlin*

Niki: May I offer you a cookie in these trying times?

 

I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter! If so don’t forget to show support by giving kudos, commenting, bookmarking, subscribing, etc.

Chapter 20: Why We Build the Wall

Summary:

Tommy and Wilbur have a late night chat. L’manberg makes big plans going forward.

Notes:

Hi, hello! It’s been awhile hasn’t it? Sorry for such a late update. There is no excuse for why this took so long. But I much rather work on this slow and steady and have it be of better quality than rush it and suffer burn out. I really do love this fic and want to keep working on it, even if finishing it might take some time.

That being said, I have a few notes to make before starting this chapter. If you do not care what I have to say and just want to see the chapter, please just skim ahead.

I’ve recently been very busy. As seen on my profile, I’ve posted about 20k words in about the last month alone, which is a lot for me who considers myself a “slow” writer. Though, there were also reasons besides my other wips.

I know some people are probably here for certain characters or pairings. Do not worry, they are all still happening. It’s just I have to wait for the right moment to do so. This is a long fic for a reason. If anybody has any questions as to certain characters' (re)appearances, when they will be relevant to the main plot, and/or relationships, please don’t hesitate to ask.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Tick… Tick… Tick..” The redstone clock repeatingly clicked, even if it was hardly noticeable by most ears, the constant redstone chime was the only sound present in the lifeless night time void, and Tommy loathed that.

The ticking was only part of it. Every attempt of drifting into slumber seemed to fail by one slight inconvenience or another, which kept him restless. Tommy tossed and turned in his red-sheet bed, unable to rest comfortably on his soft, feathery pillow.

Shouldn't he be grateful instead of struggling? For once in his life being guaranteed shelter, food, and even a room he could call his own? Of course he was thankful for everything Wilbur and the Soot-Minecraft family did for him. But still, this room didn’t feel like his own.

There was some truth to that. It originally belonged to Wilbur and his brother in their youth, and was given to him and Tubbo during their first visit to L’manberg. Even after all this time, he still had trouble falling asleep in it. Though, he couldn’t exactly pinpoint the reason for these issues.

Having enough of just blankly staring at the ceiling and turning in his sheets, Tommy finally got up. Glancing over with a tinge of jealousy, he noticed that Tubbo was peacefully asleep in his yellow bed. He didn’t stir in the slightest, his relaxed expression without a single care in the world.

“Tubbo, are you still up?” He whispered, standing by his sleeping friend’s bedside, but as expected received no response.

Still, part of him wished otherwise, hoping that Tubbo could’ve been there to ease his restlessness. It was best to just leave him be; At least one of them would rest peacefully tonight. Seeing no use in staying here longer, Tommy opted to head out. But before he could depart, there was something he couldn’t do without.

He quietly tip-toed to the corner of the room, kneeling down to slowly open the enderchest, which had marked their victory against Dream so long ago. Purple particles danced around him, and with it came a glowing light, though dim enough as to not disturb Tubbo. After reaching inside, he pulled out his two discs, Mellohi and Cat.

Seeing his most cherished items again brought a relieved smile to his face. Of course, he would still listen to them whenever he could, but mostly kept them sealed away for safekeeping. It was times like these that hearing their melody once more would bring him comfort. He picked up the jukebox, carrying it with two hands, and was on his way.

Tommy closed the door behind him with one foot, but did so gently as to not wake Tubbo before stepping out into the manor hallway. Right away, he was greeted by the sound of echoing footsteps, which were fastly approaching. Curiously as to who else was up this late, he turned around and stared into the dark. A dim light got closer, and with it revealed a figure with rounded glasses and a candle in one hand.

“Oh, hello Tommy. I didn’t expect to see you at this hour.” Wilbur casually waved and gave a slight yet awkward smile. Though, tired and sorrowful eyes told a different story.

“Same with you, bitch,” Tommy shrugged back in response, glancing at his jukebox on the ground instead.

“You can’t fall asleep, can you?” He asked, to which the blond quietly nodded. “Neither can I. How about you join me then?”

“Sure, I don’t see the harm in that.” He had nowhere else to go anyways.

“Alright, I know the perfect place to go. Now, if you don’t mind, follow me,” He signaled before continuing on ahead.

Wilbur led the way through with only a candle as a guiding light. Tommy stuck close to his side, too fearful of straying into the night. The darkness faded and was replaced by the moonlight that shimmered through the giant windows. A few steps ahead, Wilbur opened a glass door, taking them to a spacious balcony.

As they stepped outside, the wind howled, bringing with it a chilling breeze that was unlike their recent hot summer days. The entire city of L’manberg was seen from their balcony view, but not a single house had their lights on. Instead, the full-moon shone, bright enough to cast their shadows, long across the ground.

“Do you mind if I…” Tommy set his jukebox down on the ground, holding up his Mellohi disc.

“Of course not, go ahead.” Wilbur insisted, leaning back against the railing.

The quiet of night was replaced with the melody of the disc. Together, they peacefully gazed up at the starry sky, perfectly clear without a single cloud blocking their view of the moon. Truly a sight to behold. For just a breath moment, both gazed in an enamored trance, not muttering a single word. If it wasn’t for the repetitive chirps of the crickets and the jukebox, it would’ve been completely silent.

“So, what’s been up with you?” Wilbur broke the silence in an attempt to make small-talk.

“I dunno, a lot has been on my mind lately. What about you?” Tommy murmured, showing little interest as he continued to stare blankly at the streets laid out in front of him.

“I honestly feel the same way. There’s been a lot of changes around here, and more are planned to come. These days it seems like we've all been busy with our own work.” Wilbur remarked with a slight, although forced chuckle.

“Yeah, I know what you mean.” Tommy indifferently replied.

“It’s funny isn’t it? As much as I constantly worry about the future and what will become of L’manberg and my legacy after I’m gone, part of me still wishes I could change the past. I know, that sounds foolish.” Wilbur started to go on as if talking to himself.

Seeing their conversation was becoming strained, he stopped. After that, there was a brief pause where both distantly looked off into the star-filled sky. They stood side by side as the disc continued to spin on its record. It felt odd, yet strangely peaceful in a way. It truly was a beautiful night.

Wilbur eventually broke the silence again, slightly raising his voice in frustration. “Prime, I was no fucking naïve back then. If only I knew, maybe I could’ve saved them. Sally… My brother… Our family has never been the same since he’s been gone.” He heaved a defeated sigh, cupping his hand on his face as he rested it on the balcony railing.

Hearing this caused Tommy to perk up, his gaze instinctively shifting to meet Wilbur’s. “You’re brother, you’ve talked about him. He moved to the Arctic, didn’t he?” He solemnly muttered.

“Yeah… Technoblade…” He coldly replied, seemingly dissatisfied by his response. “If you don’t mind me asking, what was your family like?”

“Well, Tubbo’s basically my bro, my brother. Sure, we sometimes fight, but I know he’s always got my back. Unlike my real family, they are fucking assholes. I hardly remember them, but they left me to rot in the streets.” Tommy scornfully retorted, his voice full of resentment.

“Oh, I'm sorry… I shouldn't have brought that up.” He felt instant regret shoot through him for asking.

“Nah, you needn’t apologize. It’s not like you were there when it happened,” Tommy reassured him, but Wilbur stayed guiltily silent.

Neither spoke for the rest of the night, the only sound coming from the spinning disc. Instead, they quietly stared off into the dark horizon, until the record’s music faded out. Upon it cutting to silence, Tommy gave a tired yawn, and together they walked back to his room. Once he got tucked in and was quickly asleep, Wilbur stepped out into the hallway. He glanced at the door beside, the one that still remained locked to this day, giving a solemn sigh before departing.


“Good morning everyone! You're probably wondering why I gathered you here today. You see, I was thinking it’s about time we go forward with our operation, making this a more official enterprise.” Wilbur cleared his throat as he stood from his cushioned seat.

They were currently gathered in the manor dining hall, sitting around the enormous rectangular table. The bright rays filtered through the large windows onto their meeting spot. They snacked on baked goods provided by the baker herself.

At the table’s end was Wilbur, currently leading the meeting. On one side Tommy and Tubbo, who shoved their seats closer together. Occasionally, when Wilbur’s eyes were not on them, they would exchange whispers or witty gestures, both trying to contain their laughs so as to not interrupt the meeting.

Across from them was Fundy, Eret, and Niki, who sat spaced out, all of which remained respectfully silent during Wilbur’s speech. Though, Fundy would sometimes give Niki a scornful glare, to which she could only politely smile. Eret would elbow the young-fox to stop upon noticing this. Still, all their ears remained focused on their leader.

“And that starts with this meeting. Here, we can discuss any plans, concerns, and anything relating to the future of L’manberg freely without the interference of the Greater Essempi.” Wilbur continued to explain. “I have nothing to address. So, does anybody have anything they want to say?” He looked out onto his most trusted companions.

“Yes actually, what is your stance on women?” Tommy raised his voice, holding back a laugh.

“Well, I believe women have every right as men do, and should be treated equally. Not that it was an issue before.” He addressed in all seriousness.

“What should we do if the Greater Essempi bothers us again? We don’t have enough resources to defend ourselves in this state, let alone fight back if things get violent.” Eret fixed his posture up-right as he tapped a hand on the table.

“That is a very good point, Eret. I doubt they would just let us do whatever we want and are sure to give us trouble in the future. Until then, it’s best we come up with some sort of plan to counter them. Anybody have any suggestions?” Wilbur nodded in approval before seeking input.

“Kill those fuckers!” Tommy shouted, slamming his fist on the table.

“I feel like that’s a bad idea, and very much illegal,” Fundy worryingly muttered.

“As if that’s ever stopped him before,” Tubbo pointed out, rolling his eyes.

“Hey, don’t act like you literally weren’t involved in crimes.” Tommy snapped back at him.

“I mean you’re not wrong. Somebody had to constantly save your dumbass from getting killed.” He gave an indifferent shrug.

“I think there has to be more peaceful way, one that doesn’t involve murder.” Niki stated.

“I very much agree,” Wilbur butted in, “We don’t win wars through fighting or bloodshed; We win them through our own words.”

“That’s a nice philosophy and all, but what will we do if we have to fight? We can’t just let them walk all over us.” Tubbo remarked.

“He's right, if push comes to shove, we need the means to defend ourselves.” Eret added on.

“I’d rather not have unnecessary violence, especially if matters can be resolved peacefully. But you’re right, we should prepare a line of defense. Though, L’manberg lacks in arms and weaponry compared to the rest of the kingdom.” Wilbur explained.

“I’m sure there’s others out there like me who would be willing to volunteer to take arms. I know not everyone here’s a trained knight, but maybe we can form a private militia?” Niki suggested, to which she received mutters of approval.

“I guess it’s settled then. I shall work on creating a militia and distributing uniforms.” He took some notes with his quill.

“What are we going to do when King Dream finds out about this whole thing?” Fundy asked, showing concern in his voice.

“Prime, I hate the fucking dickhead.” Tommy scoffed, crossing his arms as he glanced to the side.

“I know how you all feel about him, but I assure you Dream isn’t our enemy.” Wilbur stated.

“Yeah right,” Tubbo rolled his eyes, “Don’t you remember that time he arrested you?”

“We might not agree on everything, but King Dream wants what’s best for this kingdom. I’m certain we can come to a peaceful agreement.” He continued, Tommy and Tubbo exchanged glances of disbelief when his back was turned.

“But in the slim chance that you are wrong for some odd reason, and Dream decides to fuck with L’manberg, what do you advise we do?” Tommy raised an eyebrow.

“I say we build a wall around the city. It can protect us from threats and inside we are free to do whatever we want.” Wilbur casually remarked.

“We build a wall?” Fundy tilted his head in confusement.

“I mean the capitol already has a wall. So, what’s stopping us from making our own?” Eret shrugged.

“Exactly, I am saying a wall. One that will keep us free; a wall that can keep our enemies out.” Wilbur went on, “As of right now, that is our best method of defense. This wall will make our city united, both literally and figuratively and bring our people together. And with time, the rest of the Essempi will finally take L’manberg and our beliefs seriously.”


In the following days, citizens worked on gathering resources and constructing the wall that would protect their beloved city. Progress started off slow, but it was progressing. Surprisingly, the people reacted positively to the idea and some were more than willing to help, others remained skeptical, worrying that this would attract unnecessary attention, but Wilbur shrugged it off.

The founders tried to help out wherever they can, “here, I can handle this.” Eret noticed Fundy struggling to pick up a large brick and carried it for him.

“It’s fine, I got this. You don’t have to treat me like some helpless kid,” He scoffed, grabbing a wooden plank instead.

“There is no shame in asking for assistance. Everyone needs it once and awhile.” Eret insisted, setting the brick down on top of the others.

“I know, it’s just I don’t want dad and the others to think I’m weak because I’m younger than them. Plus, L’manberg is my home, and so I want to help too!” Fundy vented, struggling to carry this load.

“Well, I don't think you’re weak, Fundy, quite the opposite really,” He leaned down to his level, giving a proud smile as he placed his hand on the fox’s shoulder, “besides, you’ve done enough for today. I think it’s about time you take a break.”

“Thank you, Eret. It means a lot to me.” Fundy beamed back, showing his teeth as he grinned.

It took him a while, but the fox managed to carry the wooden beam over and all by himself. Once he was finished, he turned towards Eret, exchanging a mutual nod before joining Tommy and Tubbo, who were already having fun. The sheep-hybrid used his ice magic to help cool off on this hot summer day. Together, they ended up practicing archery, sword fighting, and of course causing trouble for those nearby.

“I think it’s about time you take a break too.” Eret looked up to see Niki, who handed him a cold glass of water and a plate of parties.

“You’re probably right, but there’s still a lot of work to do.” He sat down on one of the large bricks, slamming the water down.

“That is no excuse. I’m not letting you overwork yourself.” She replied with a stern look.

“There’s no arguing with that. You never let up, do you, Niki?” Eret heaved a sigh, to which she happily nodded.

“Actually, I wanted to ask you about something. Do you mind helping me learn how to fight? I’m not that good, and since you’re a knight obviously you know a lot.” She shyly questioned, glancing down at her feet.

“Sure, I see no issue with that. Why don’t we start right now.” He stood up with ease.

“Now? You don’t have to unless you want to. I don’t want to force you or anything–” Niki insisted, but Eret already made up his mind. Hesitantly, she followed behind.

Together they headed for a spacious area, not too far from the construction but away from any interference. Without warning, Eret tossed her a wooden sword, which she failed to catch, hitting against the dirt. Niki scurried to pick it up, giving a determined nod upon grasping it. Since she was still an amaterur, Eret started off going easy on her.

She quickly gained her confidence and was able to hold her ground, which made Eret pick up the pace. As fast of a learner she was, Niki was still no match for the knight. Not once could she land a direct blow on Eret, and got knocked down several times. Though, that didn’t shatter her motivation as she eventually got back up. Later on, Wilbur came to watch one of their spars from afar, giving compliments upon them finishing.

“Hey Niki, can I speak to you for a moment?” He approached the two of them.

“May I?” She turned to the knight, requesting to excuse herself.

“Of course, go ahead.” Eret nodded, sheathing his sword away before letting her go.

“Right the way, ” Wilbur guided them to the sausage carriage, offering his as they walked up the stairs. Upon stepping inside, he took out his potion ingredients, recipe books, and glass bottles from the back storage, scattering them across the counter.

“What exactly did you need me for?” She asked, observing him set up.

“I’m going to teach you how to brew potions. Having another alchemist around would be beneficial. Not only for the operation, but also in case anything happens to me. Then, somebody can pass on my knowledge and keep the Carmiagevan going.” He stated, setting bottles on the brewing stands to heat.

“Why me? Wouldn’t it make more sense to teach somebody else like Tommy, Tubbo, or Eret?” Niki pointed out.

“Out of everybody here, I trust you the most with this. You are careful, have a good eye and are already a skilled baker, which is somewhat similar to making potions. You are more than capable of doing this.” Wilbur explained to her with a soft and reassuring smile. “Besides, I am certain that Tommy or Tubbo would fucking destroy the place if they ever tried brewing anything.”

“Is brewing potions really that dangerous?” She curiously tilted her head.

“If you don’t know what you’re doing, then yes. Luckily, I had my father around to teach me. Though, I do have a few “interesting” stories of when Techno and I tried brewing on our own when we were younger.” He stated, flipping open the book to the simplest potion to make in his opinion: swiftness.

“Really? Now that sounds interesting, I’d love to hear them.” Niki jokingly remarked.

“Prime no, good luck finding out about those.” Wilbur chuckled to himself, now slightly flustered

“I’m sure Mrs. Soot-Minecraft wouldn’t mind telling me. If one thing’s for sure, parents love to embarrass their children.” She teased back in return, leaning over his shoulder as she watched.

“How about we just brew the potions.” He insisted, having no further intentions of talking about his youth.

“Right,” She agreed with a determined smile.

Niki adjusted the apron on her brown dress. She tied her hair back in a messy bun, leaving a few stray blonde strands at the front. With her hands on her hips and a bold expression, she got straight to it, approaching the counter. She quickly scanned through the page to study the recipe. Once familiarizing herself, she started the brewing process.

She grounded the nether wart in a mortar bowl, thoroughly crushing it down before scrapping it into the bottle. Upon placing it in the brewing stand, it started to bubble, eventually turning blue to signify its transformation to an awkward potion. She took it out, adding small spoonfuls of sugar, swishing it around to make sure it was all fully dissolved before placing it back.

There was just something about the way she studiously worked that brought a smile to Wilbur’s face. He stood back, choosing to not interfere, for she didn’t need his help and had this covered. Wilbur thought that Niki had never looked more beautiful than in that moment, the way she was in diligent focus. In his opinion, a beauty that could very easily rival the noblewomen of this kingdom. Unlike them, she didn’t need fancy dresses or expensive jewelry to prove it. Her lovely smile yet fierce spirit were already enough to get the point across.

“Okay, I think I’m done!” Niki exclaimed, taking the now pale blue potion and handing it to Wilbur.

To her surprise, he popped open the cork and drank the potion. She instinctively reached out in objection, but it was far too late. He already consumed the whole thing in a matter of seconds. Wilbur clicked his tongue, scrunching his face from the overwhelming sugary sweetness.

“Oh, I’m so sorry. Did I do a bad job?” She worryingly asked with concern.

“You may have added a little too much sugar. But besides that, I think you did an alright job for your first time if I say so myself.” Wilbur commented with approval.

“That’s a relief to hear.” Niki released a sigh, tucking a loose strand behind her ear. “I had fun doing this. I’d be glad if you can teach me again soon.” She turned back to Wilbur with a content expression.

“Teach you? I don’t think you need very much of my help. You read the recipe book and basically had it covered. Brewing gets a lot easier once you memorize everything.” Wilbur shook his head.

“It wouldn’t be the same without you around. I enjoy talking to you and being in your company. You’re doing a lot for everyone here and I’m glad you let me join you guys and hear what I had to say. I can’t express how much it means to me.” Niki reassured him.

“Sure, it was no problem. I’m actually very thankful that you decided to join our cause and have already been a big help. I’m certain that with everyone’s efforts L’manberg will be heading in a good direction.” He crossed his arms, nodding in agreement.

Not having much else to say, the two looked at each other in a fond manner. Niki momentarily glanced down, tucking another loose strand of hair behind her ear, letting out a small giggle and looking up. Her crystal blue eyes met with Wilbur’s chocolate ones. They would have remained like this if it wasn’t for the sudden knocking from the carriage door. Both snapped out of their daze, checking to see who it was.

“Hello Tubbo, what seems to be up?” Wilbur glanced down at the sheep-hybrid, who wore a nervous expression and was heavily breathing. As if he ran here to tell them something.

“I– You– You got–” He started to shutter, clearly panicked.

“It’s going to be okay, just take a moment to breathe.” Niki soothingly told him, putting a hand on his shoulder.

“Wilbur just received a letter addressed to him, and it looks important. The others sent me to tell you this.” Tubbo blurted out upon catching his breath.

“Oh, I see. That isn’t a big deal, I get mail like that all the time, official matters mainly. I’ll get around to reading it later today, like everything else.” He casually remarked, giving an indifferent shrug.

“No, you don’t get it. This one is very important and we think you should see it right away.” Tubbo insisted with a worried look in his eyes, one which neither could say no to.

“Alright, if you insist. Lead the way.” Wilbur heaved a sigh, hoping it wouldn’t take too long.

Still, part of him had a bad feeling about this, and judging by Niki’s expression, she was on edge too. Tubbo took the two of them back to the manor and into his office. Inside stood about everyone else Wilbur considered himself close with Eret, Fundy, Kristin and Tommy, all of which seemed at unease. Eret approached him with a blank expression, handing him an unopened letter and opener.

Upon noticing the emblem, all air immediately left his body. He knew that green wax seal from anywhere. There was no denying who it was from, as seen by the smiley face drawn in the bottom corner. Reluctantly, he took the letter opener and cracked the seal, quickly skimming over the contents within. As he read further down, his composed expression shifted to be more grimm.

“Fuck.” Was all he had to say when finishing it.

“What is it?” Tommy impatiently blurted out.

“Dream just raised taxes on us.”

Notes:

Sorry this took so long to get out. I’ve been really busy with classes, other fics and life in general. Still, this probably has to be one of my best chapters in my opinion. I really hope everyone enjoyed it. Though, it did get on the longer side.

Which brings me to my next point. How does everyone feel about longer chapters? I know in the beginning I said they would be 1.5-3k each, but as the story progresses along with my style, I don’t know if I can do that. Does anyone prefer longer chapters or is against them? Anyways, I have a bunch of cool stuff planned for this fic in the near future and can’t wait to show everyone.

Chapter 21: There’s a New Tariff in Town

Summary:

Before making a decision, the L’manberg crew decides to stop in the capital to have a council with King Dream. Along the way, they are reminded of old times.

Notes:

changed as I’m still working on this fic. Happy DLYH one year anniversary!

Thank you everyone for all the support whether that be commenting, giving kudos, subscribing to the work, sending me support on discord, or even just taking the time to read this fic. I can’t express how much the support means to me and want to thank each one of you for everything up until now.

Going in, I didn’t expect this fic to get this ambitious. I planned for the thing to be around 120k words total, and now I’m around half of that length and not even to the L’manberg war arc yet. Obviously I’m not complaining as there is so much I can’t wait to show in future chapters and even some side stories. I just hope everyone continues to stick around to see them/

I wanted to post something for the occasion. Originally, this chapter was meant to be longer but it got a little too long than I initially planned. So, I had to save the drama for the next chapter. Still, I am very happy with this result as I think it fits the spirit of the anniversary, recalling previous chapters. Once again, happy fic anniversary and I hope everyone enjoys the chapter!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

For just a moment, there was complete silence. The atmosphere was unreadable as everyone was processing the sudden news that they just received. Their expressions were blank, in shock that this could happen.

Well, with their past history of going against King Dream, they obviously expected something like this to eventually happen, but for it to be so soon was still surprising. As the realization hit them, their uneasy looks shifted into abrupt panic.

“We’re all going to fucking die!” Fundy jokingly shouted, to which his Kristin shot him a glare. “What? Dad, Tommy and Tubbo swear all the time, but when I do it there’s problems?” The young fox snorted in response.

“Die? You don’t mean…” Niki worryingly asked.

“Big T and I unfortunately had to fight against that green dickhead. He gave us a hard time and that was just him messing with us for fun. Who knows what he might have planned for traitors of the country.” Tommy heaved an annoyed sigh, his expression showing worry.

“To be fair, we kind of started it by stealing from him…” Tubbo awkwardly muttered, “Not to say that he didn’t deserve it, because he definitely did. And that was all just over petty theft. So, I wouldn’t consider murder out of the picture.” He bluntly remarked.

“Prime, that’s horrible! A good leader is supposed to listen to others with different beliefs, not silence those they disagree with by execution.” Niki bellowed back.

“Well, I wouldn’t put King Dream and good leader in the same sentence.” Tommy sneered in response, rolling his eyes.

The room erupted once more as everyone shouted over one another just to be heard. It didn’t matter what they were talking about. Whether it was complaining about the king, the unfortunate shift of events or proposing solutions, their yells were all drowned out by each other. Having enough of this, Wilbur eventually snapped, directing their attention to him.

“Okay, everyone calm down. King Dream just raised taxes on us. Nobody is getting executed; nobody is going to die.” He attempted to quell the tense atmosphere.

“Wilbur’s right, panicking isn’t going to get us anywhere. The best we can do is think about our current situation and our plan of action going forward.” Eret joined in, calmly nodded in agreement.

“Obviously this is still bad, but not anything that will ruin what we’ve worked for. I have no intention of stopping now. This is just a setback we will have to work with.” Wilbur continued talking as everyone in the room started to relax a little, now shifting their focus onto him.

“What do you think we should do about it?” Fundy tilted his head.

“Well, we have three options to resolve the issue. First one, we officially call off this whole operation and get the tax on L’manberg revoked. This would be the easiest way to end this conflict here and now.” He started to explain, only to be met with sharp mutters of disapproval. “However, I do not wish to do this either, especially after everything we’ve accomplished. Which brings me to our next choice: We continue as things were but give King Dream what he wants so we are left alone.”

“That doesn’t sound fair. Why would we just give him what he wants?” Niki was quick to give criticism, adamantly shaking her head.

“Yeah, doesn’t that just mean we are giving up and admitting defeat.” Tubbo pointed out, giving a shrug.

“I’m not done yet. There is one more choice, but it’s the most risky one. Not that anyone here is afraid of a bit of a challenge. We still do what we are doing now, but just don't pay the tax. Again, this is the most unpredictable option and I’m not sure what it will entail going forward. What do you all think?” Wilbur seeked answers, looking out at his fellow citizens and colleagues.

“Fuck that green bitch, I’m not giving him no money!” Tommy shouted above everyone else.

“I agree with Tommy on this one. We’ve bested King Dream once before, I’m sure we can do it again.” Tubbo crossed his arms, nodding in agreement.

“I mean, wasn’t most of that due to him going easy on you guys and getting lucky?” Fundy asked.

“Sure, we had some luck and the help of friends, but we couldn’t have won without our badass skills. Besides, it isn’t just us against him alone this time; we have the whole L’manberg team.”

“Fair point, and you know what, standing up against the king sounds fun. I want in!” The young fox eagerly agreed.

“That makes three for committing tax evasion, what do the rest of you think we should do?” Wilbur glanced towards the adults in the room who had yet to voice their opinions.

“This all seems a bit dangerous to me…” Kristin muttered concerningly, her gaze shifting to the floor. “But as you know, I’ll always be here to support you no matter what you decide. I trust your judgment and that you’ll pick the best choice.” She cracked a smile, although a bit anxious.

“Thank you, mother.” He nodded back, “What about you, Eret, Niki?” He turned to the knight and the baker, awaiting their responses.

“As much as a risk it might be, I’m with Tommy, Tubbo and Fundy on this one. Any other option would just be giving him exactly what he wants and would be a loss for us.” Eret remarked, readjusting the dark shades that hid their eyes.

“I don’t know, I truly wish we had more options than just these.” Niki anxiously looked aside, tucking a blonde strand behind her ear. “Like the others said, giving in would only hurt our cause in the long run. I too want to stand up for what I believe in, but if we go against Dream and the Essempi, there is no knowing what terrible things he will do to us.”

“I’ve realized it’s too early to make a big decision like this right away. We will need more time to think this over and come to a final choice.” Wilbur shook his head, glancing down at the letter in his hand with the broken green seal. “In the meantime, I plan to visit the capital to have an audience with King Dream in hopes of repealing the tax or coming to some form of compromise. Anyone who wishes to join me is welcome to come along. Until then, the L’manberg council is adjourned.”


“How much longer do we have to wear these blindfolds?” Tubbo complained, accidentally bumping into another local as Fundy did a poor job of leading the way.

“I’m with Big T on this one. Not being able to see in a crowded area is making me feel kinda claustrophobic.” Tommy slowly lifted the cloth to peek from under, but was met with an aggressive slap on the wrist from the fox. “Are we there yet?” He impatiently groaned.

“Like I said already, we’ll get there when we get there. I don’t want to ruin the surprise now, do I?” Wilbur amusingly hummed as he led the way, walking in between Eret and Niki respectively.

“I’m sure it won’t be much longer. You just have to be patient. I don’t know where we’re going, but I think you two will most certainly like it.” The baker optimistically insisted, glancing over her shoulder as she spoke, but her soothing words hardly eased the duo.

“Whatever it is, it better be fucking worth it.” Tommy grumbled under his breath.

It felt like an eternity for the two, but in reality they ventured around the city for only a few minutes. Their walking came to a sudden halt, arriving at their unknown destination. Wilbur signaled for his son to remove their blindfolds and he nodded in compliance, ripping them off. The duo gasped as they came face to face with a familiar building, located next to a tavern they knew very well.

“Oh my Prime, I can’t believe it…” Tubbo put his hand over his mouth, trying to contain a huge smile.

“It’s our old house!” Tommy cheered, quickly processing where they were.

Not wasting another moment, he grabbed Tubbo by the hand and together they dashed to check out the inside. The others followed a distance behind, exchanging content expressions with one another, happy for the two. Being owned by nobody currently, the interior was vacant, surprisingly in better condition from when they last saw it.

“Tommy, look! The floorboards! They’re back!” Tubbo excitedly walked across the creaky wooden planks, remembering the time Dream demolished their floor to find where they hid the discs.

“We even got a new window!” Tommy grinned, pressing his face against the filigree glass to look out at the crowded city streets.

“Hey, a promise is a promise. I told you I’d get it replaced after breaking the glass.” Fundy commented, crossing his arms as he joined them; his mother’s compass that he once lended to them during the Disc Battle hung around his neck, sparkling under the window’s sunlight.

“How are you liking your surprise? Since we were in town, I thought it would be a nice idea to stop by and let you check out the old place.” Wilbur curiously asked, standing next to his son and placing his hand on his shoulder.

“It’s pog, I honestly didn’t think I’d ever be back here. It’s pretty nice actually...” Although their time spent here was short lived, Tommy couldn’t help but give a reminiscing smile.

Before purchasing their house after the Masquerade Ball, he and Tubbo would constantly travel around the capital, laying low in different locations, but never staying too long. There were many nights they couldn’t even find a safe place to sleep, only having each other to huddle for warmth as they took turns keeping watch. This house was special to them because it was the first place they could rest easy and officially call home.

“Yeah, it was fun being here again, even if it’s only for a short while. Unfortunately, we kinda spent all our gold getting Tommy’s discs back and got kicked out because we couldn’t pay the rent.” Tubbo trailed off, his sheep ears twitching in embarrassment.

“There actually is more to the surprise that you should know about.” Wilbur revealed a scroll, handing it over to the duo. “Of course, you are always welcome to stay in L’manberg, but legally this property is now yours. I was thinking, this place could be our sort of embassy. If that’s alright with you, unless you’d rather move back into your old house.”

The two unravel the scroll of ownership, noticing their names written in ink at the bottom of the parchment. They exchanged shared glances, making sure they were on the same page. The duo rolled it back up, nodding amongst themselves before turning back towards Wilbur, who wearily awaited a response.

“You know, I actually like the idea of that. I think this place will make a fucking fantastic embassy for L’manberg. Obviously we’ll get to pick out a cool name for it. How about the Pogchamp L’manberg Embassy or “L’embassy” owned by the Big Man himself and Big T”? Tommy wrapped his arm around his friend’s shoulder, excitedly explaining his idea.

“That’s a bit much, don’t you think? I can work with L'embassy without all the extra titles. Still, I think we should mention that it belongs to us.” Tubbo shook his head in disagreement, while still containing a smile.

Eventually, the two decided on a proper name before eagerly sharing it with the rest of the group. Once their business here was finished, they departed together. As the others stood in the busy capital streets, happily chatting amongst themselves, Tommy and Tubbo momentarily glanced back at their old house, now turned embassy, before joining the others without a second thought.

L’manberg was their home now, and that was where they belonged.

With the detour Wilbur planned out of the way, that left what they originally came here for: The dreaded confrontation with King Dream that could either make or break their operation and everything they’ve been working up to until now.

“Alright, the moment we’ve all been waiting for… Time to talk to King Dream and settle this matter once and for all. Eret, Fundy, are you ready to depart?” Wilbur remarked, turning towards the direction of the palace.

“Hey, wait a minute! We’re coming too! There is no fucking way I’m missing out on this.” Tommy objected, standing in the way of Wilbur, Tubbo still at his side.

“Absoultey fucking not. Out of everybody in the kingdom, you two are probably the people he wants to see the least, given your extensive history.” Wilbur calmly shook his head, gently pushing the blond aside.

“I mean, he has a point. We’ve never really been on good terms with him to begin with. I think us being there would only bring back bad memories.” Tubbo shrugged, slightly nodding.

“Eh, somebody had to challenge his massive ego, and let’s be honest, he deserved everything that was coming to him when he took the discs from us.” Tommy scoffed, crossing his arms.

“Even if I shouldn’t be saying this publicly, you’re right there. King Dream has always had an obsession with maintaining control over everything. Though, I can’t help but feel for the guy. He was crowned at a young age after his parents were assassinated, and had to constantly worry about keeping the entire kingdom in order ever since. It’s not easy, that’s for sure.” Eret sympathetically replied, glancing away with a slight frown.

“I think you’re being too nice to him. His past can’t excuse the things he’s currently done. Might I remind you who got us in this situation again.” Fundy disagreed, rolling his eyes.

“However, Wilbur is unfortunately right. Tommy and Tubbo being at the meeting would only hurt our cause long term.” Eret let out a reluctant sigh, looking directly at the two.

“Gentleman, I think it’s about time we take our leave. We don’t want to keep the king waiting now, do we?” Wilbur reminded them, “We’ll be back before you know it. I’m sure you’ll find a way to entertain yourself in the meantime.” He bid farewell as he, Eret and Fuindy departed into the busy streets, eventually blending in with the rest of the ongoing crowd, leaving the duo to their own devices.

“It’s a shame we couldn’t go… But Wilbur does have a point…” Tubbo disappointedly muttered, sitting on the stairs to their former house.

“Yeah, I would’ve loved to see that green bastard again. Mainly so I could see the stupid look on his face when we walked in there and reminded him of our victory. I guess that’s not happening.” Tommy slouched back.

“Do you mind if I sit here too?” Niki asked, patiently standing in front of them.

“I mean, I don’t see why not.” Tommy shrugged.

“Oh hey, Niki. Did Wilbur not allow to come with him either?” Tubbo asked as she took a seat at the bottom of the stairs.

“No, not at all. He invited me, but I chose to decline the offer. I had other reasons for coming today. Besides, I’m only a baker. I’d just be out of place at the palace with all those nobles and knights.” She quietly shook her head, self consciously running her hand through her long, honey-blonde hair.

“You shouldn’t beat yourself up over that, Niki. The upper class is full of stuffed up, rich assholes, who think they’re above everyone else when they’re actually not. You’re too kind of a person to be with those dickheads.” Tommy commented with bitterness in his tone.

“Well, I don’t think Wilbur is like that and he’s a noble. He does a lot to help improve things around L’manberg for people like us and listens to what we have to say.” Niki remarked, wearing a soft smile.

“Wilbur is an exception, and I guess Miss Puffy is too. We only talked once, but she seemed pretty nice. But most are like what Tommy said; only caring about themselves and nothing else. We've met a lot of selfish people like that growing up here, nobles or not.” Tubbo solemnly looked down.

“I’m sorry you had to go through that by yourselves. It’s a shame that we grew up in different towns and couldn’t become friends sooner, or I would've helped you out.” She apologetically muttered, turning around to place her hands on each one of their shoulders.

“There’s no need to feel bad. Tubbo and I are big men and were able to get by just fine.” Tommy reassured her

“Yeah, we’re tougher than we look. Even if we didn’t know each other back then, we do now, and I think that’s more important.” Tubbo supportively nodded in agreement.

Upon hearing that, Niki cracked a small smile. “It’s nice to hear that you two got around okay. Anyways, I was planning on visiting a dear friend of mine who happens to work in the capital. Would you two be interested in joining me?” She asked, standing up and brushing off her dress.

“Sure, I don’t see why not. It’s not like we got anything better to do.” Tubbo eagerly hopped from the stairs, quickly joining her at her side.

“Wait, I wanna come too! But before we go, there’s somewhere I want to stop by first if you don't mind. To say hi to an old pal and maybe grab a bite to eat. Don’t worry, it’s not far from here.” Tommy explained with a smirk; Knowing exactly where he was talking about, Tubbo couldn’t help but grin too.

“A lunch sounds like a wonderful idea. Where exactly do you have in mind?” Niki curiously tilted her head.

“Right this way, big woman,” Tommy laughed, leading the way as walked next door to a certain and very familiar tavern.

Entering The Lemon Tree, they noticed it was quite crowded, especially for the afternoon. Ever since they moved to L’manberg, there has been an increase in customers. They were partly at fault for the initial decline, scaring away potential customers with their antics, loud chatter, and Tommy’s obsessive cursing. Glancing around the tavern, they noticed the owner, Ponk, standing behind the counter, talking to a certain creeper-hybrid they also knew.

“A table for three please,” Tubbo walked over as he cheekily held up three fingers.

“Hey Ponk, long time no see! Did you miss us?” Tommy leaned over the counter, getting in the owner’s face.

“Oh no, not you again! Business was doing so well without the two of you around.” Seeing them, Ponk’s eyes winded, realizing the tavern’s newfound peace and quiet was doomed.

“It’s great to see you again too, Ponk.” He replied with great emphasis, which caused Tubbo, Niki, and even Sam to slightly chuckle.

“Don’t worry, we’re not staying for long. We only stopped by to get something to eat before heading out.”

“Thank Prime…” Ponk let out a sigh of relief, guiding them to their favorite table in the back corner. “It’s nice to see you two again too. I’ll admit, things haven’t been exciting without you troublemakers here.” He gave a genuine smile, handing them their menus before returning to Sam at the counter.

The three eagerly looked over the options, eventually deciding on something to fill their stomachs. After all, they had an adventure of their own, planning to meet Niki’s friend once done. Some time after placing their order, their warm meals came. They sat down, enjoying their lunches and happily chatting amongst themselves, the three couldn’t help but wonder how the others were doing right now at the palace with the king.

Notes:

Like I said before, happy Don’t lose Your Head one year anniversary! Thank you so much for the support and reading this! If you like the work, be sure to kudo, comment, subscribe, etc, anything you want to do to help me out.

As for the next chapter, there’s going to be some plot to unfold. And as seen by the updated character tags I think you all should have a general idea of Niki’s friend that the duo is going to meet ;)

Chapter 22: New Allies, Old Enemies

Summary:

The L’manberg crew makes one new ally and meets with an old enemy.

Notes:

Hello, and I’m back with another update! I know I took a while with this, but I really wanted to finish up the Zelda AU before working on anything else. Hopefully, I’ll have the next chapter to “No, We Can’t Go Back to Constantinople” out eventually. I should mention I also have some summer classes, so that might affect my uploads.

As for this fic, and my writing in general, I prefer quality over quantity. My updates might take forever, but I really do put tons of effort into my planning and writing, because I want to give everyone my best. I also want to mention something funny.

I have 11k words worth of outline notes for future arcs of this fic and at least 30 more chapters planned as of now. So, we still have a long way to go. As usual, I hope everyone enjoys this chapter! As the few are going to be big.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

They couldn’t pass up the opportunity to playfully tease the tavern owner one last time before the three were off on another adventure. Only after that, did they depart for their next destination. The baker confidentially led the way through the city streets while the two hybrids followed behind, snickering amongst themselves.

“Man, this day has been pretty great if I do say so myself. We got our house back, now our officially L’manberg embassy. We even got to eat out and catch up with Ponk.” Tommy commented, stretching his arms and golden wings behind his back.

“It’s unfortunate that Wilbur didn’t let us come with him. Though, I can see why, not wanting us to ruin any potential negotiations. I really can’t blame him for that.” Tubbo disappointedly muttered.

“You have to admit, it would’ve been fun, rubbing it his stupid fucking face. If only I brought my discs, I could’ve played Mellohi in front of him, like he did that one time to us.” He grinned, imagining the scenario in his head.

“Oh yeah, I remember that! And I agree, that would’ve been very funny, but what if he tried stealing them back?” The sheep hybrid tilted his head in slight concern.

“Easy, we’d just have to kick his ass again.” Tommy smirked, making punching motions with his hands.

“You make it sound way easier than it actually was. Might I remind you that we were very close to losing that fight on several occasions.” Tubbo gave him an unamused glance.

“But we didn’t, and that is what’s more important,”

“I remember you guys telling me that story. I think it’s very brave that you fought him to get your discs back. But I can see why Wilbur didn’t want you to see the king as it would bring back bad memories and ruin what we’re working for.” Niki joined their conversation, slightly glancing aside, “I think we’ve had more fun here than we would’ve at their meeting. Oh, and I’m also excited to introduce you two to my friend. I’m sure guys will get along a lot.”

“Niki’s right, who cares about politics when we have cookies.” Tubbo nodded, reaching over to take a pastry out of the baker’s basket, which she packed as snacks for today’s trip.

“About this friend; you’ve talked about him before, but what’s he like?” Tommy raised an eyebrow in intrigue.

“Well, we’ve pretty much known each other for as long as I can remember, and we grew up in L’manberg together. Recently, his work has taken him to the capital, but we still keep in touch through letters.” She explained, offering the blond a pastry, which he gladly accepted.

“Couldn’t he just work nearby so you don’t have to be apart?” Tubbo questioned.

“Oh, he’s a detective, and let’s just say L’manberg wasn’t the most eventful place until you two showed up. He just moved where there’s more activity for better business.” Niki shook her head in response.

“A detective eh, that sounds pog. Hopefully, what you said is true and we do get along.” Tommy remarked.

Soon, they arrived at the right location. Upon entering, she led the duo around the building, passing by several other office rooms. Eventually, she got to the correct one, opening up the wooden door and stepping inside, followed by the duo. Behind a desk sat a young man with mismatched lens glasses, one red and the other blue.

“I don’t care who it is, but I’m a bit busy now, can’t you see? So, whatever it is, can’t it wait for another time?” He continued to do paperwork, refusing to look up.

“Hello Jack, I hope I wasn't interrupting anything important.” Niki waved.

“Niki?” Upon hearing her, he glanced up with a surprised yet happy expression. “Of course you're not interrupting anything important. I wasn’t expecting you to come by again so soon. What brings you to the capital?” He set down his quill and stood up, walking over and giving her a hug.

She softly smiled, wrapping her arms around him. “I’ll explain more in a minute, but we had some business to do here. So, I wanted to stop by and see you.” Breaking away from the hug, she held up her basket.

“Oh, you know how I love myself some cookies.” Jack smiled, reaching in and taking one.

As this was going on, Tommy and Tubbo observed the two from afar. As they started to interact, their expressions quickly shifted to confusion. Though, for very different reasons. Tommy stared bewildered, while Tubbo was more skeptical.

“What the hell Niki?! Why didn’t you tell us you have a boyfriend?” As Tommy said that, the two simultaneously burst into laughter.

“It’s nothing like that, Tommy. Jack and I are just friends and have known each other for a very long time, nothing more than that.” Niki explained, composing herself after she stopped laughing.

“This guy you brought is funny. I like him,” Jack playfully nudged the baker.

“Wait, I know you!” Tubbo shouted, taking a step back.

“You gotta be a little more specific, partner. I talk to a bunch of different people everyday for my job. They don’t call me the best detective for nothing.” He pointed out, crossing his arms.

“I remember seeing you there at the Minecraft manor with Sir Sapnap when Wilbur was arrested over stealing the discs, which he actually didn’t do.” Tubbo explained with an uneasy expression

“Oh that, I swear it wasn’t anything personal. I was just trying to solve a case. King Dream does pay a fucking lot, obviously I'm not complaining about that. But I must admit, I don’t really like the guy.” Jack pointed out.

“You don’t?” Tommy tilted his head.

“Hell no! There’s a lot of his policies I disagree with along with the way he runs this country. I get that running a nation can be pretty hard, but he’s never had the interest of us common people in mind.” He shook his head, to which the duo let out a sigh of relief.

“Oh about that… that’s part of the reason we stopped by the capital today. There has been a problem back at home, which Wilbur is trying to hopefully resolve with King Dream about right now.” Niki informed him.

“Problems, back at L’manberg? Like what kind?” Jack narrowed his eyes.

“Lately there have been big changes to our territory for the better, but our methods aren't the most “traditional” and we have been doing this behind the king’s back. Recently he’s found this out and orders that we stop or else he will raise taxes on us.”

“When the fuck did this happen?” He profoundly asked.

“Just yesterday actually, but we’re keeping this news on the downlow until we can figure this out.” Tubbo explained.

“No, I meant when did you join them, Niki?”

“Not that long ago. Wilbur invited me, though I more so intimidated him into letting me join his council, but you get the point. We’ve been helping him out, and he really respects our opinions, even if we aren’t of noble birth.” She glanced at Tommy and Tubbo with a smile.

“What we've been doing is pog, and Niki is an amazing addition to the group if I do say so myself. She makes the best snakes and is teaching us archery. So, we can shoot that green dickhead or Shitnap if they ever terrorize us again!” Tommy enthusiastically added on.

“I’m not surprised by that. Niki has always been good at those things. As kids she would always beat me at bow and arrow.” Jack chuckled, contently crossing his arms.

“Since we are on this topic, there was something I actually wanted to ask you. How about you join us back at L’manberg? I’m sure Wilbur wouldn’t mind letting you on the operation if I asked since he trusts my judgment. We could really use somebody with your skills, and that way we wouldn’t have to be apart all the time.” Niki suggested, putting a hand on his shoulder.

“It sounds like a nice idea, but I’m not so sure. All this business stuff seems kind of shady to me.” He skeptically replaced, glancing aside.

“You’re right, our methods might not be the most conventional, but we really want to improve things in L’manberg for everyone. I believe in their ideas and think we can bring about change, one that benefits people like us, and I’m willing to fight for that future.” She gave a fierce glare with determination in her eyes.

“I guess you’re serious about this?” Jack asked, to which she nodded. “You never change, Niki. Once you have your heart set on something, you stick to it until the bitter end.”

“You’re right about that. Like how I convinced my parents I wanted to be a baker when they wanted to send me to the knight’s academy.” She giggled, recalling the memory.

“Or when we were able to save those brownies after I ruined them by adding way too much flour. Then that one time as kids you wanted to climb that one giant oak tree. You fell off it so many times and I swore you were that fucking close to breaking a bone, but you somehow did it.” He excitedly added on.

“I remember that! We called it the L’mantree, because it was the biggest tree in L’manberg. I remember how much fun we had together and how we saw each other almost everyday. I really miss that time, and seeing you. I mean, we do write letters, but it isn’t the same as before”

“Those were the days…” Jack wistfully muttered, “I have to admit, it’s not the same here in the capital. The pay is fair in these parts but I also miss my hometown. Besides, I’ve been needing a change of pace.”

“So, you are officially joining us?” Tubbo asked.

“Possibly, I’m still thinking about it…” He trailed off, looking over at Niki who softly smiled, “You know what, I am inclined to join. Sure, I don’t exactly trust Lord Wilbur and everything he does, but L’manberg is my home too and I want what’s best for it and for my friends and family.”

“The big man is in!” Tommy cheered, running up to him and giving him a hug. “Between me and you Jack, can you maybe teach me how to become a detective too? I want to stop the big crime.” He eagerly whispered.

Tubbo’s sheep ears flickered as he picked that up, “That’s pretty ironic coming from you of all people, but if he does, you have to include me too.” He huffed, approaching Jack’s other side and grabbing onto his arm.

Niki laughed at the sight of him being fought over. “Don’t worry, you’ll get used to it. They’re actually quite fun to be around. Oh, and you’ll have to meet the others once they are done at the palace. In the meantime, you’re stuck with us.”

“I think I might be starting to regret this.” Jack said, heaving a sigh, rolling his eyes amusedly.


The three stood in front of the looming palace, staring with uneasy expressions. Wilbur built up the strength to step forward, heaving a sigh as he did so. The knight and fox anxiously followed behind. Once they arrived at the gates, they were greeted by Alyssa, who silently glared at them before giving an order.

On her command, the metal gates retracted, allowing them inside. The female knight escorted them through the palace halls until they eventually arrived at the gardens. Off in the distance was a girl with blonde hair in a green dress. She was practicing her sword skills by striking at a tree, but quickly noticed the group and sprinted over.

“Fundy! What are you even doing here?” Drista ordered Alyssa to halt as she addressed the fox.

“Hello Drisa, it’s been awhile hasn’t it? My father is here for business with King Dream if you want to know.”

“Yeah, it has. I’m still mad you weren’t at the masquerade ball. It was so boring without you there and I was forced to befriend two idiots, who turned out to be party crashers and thieves. They were still fun to be around though.” The princess crossed her arms.

“I think I know who you’re talking about…” He trailed off with a slightly smug expression.

“Why don’t you join me? I promise it will be fun,” Drista eagerly suggested.

“Ahem,” Alyssa cleared her throat. “I’m sorry Princess Drista, but they have an audience with your brother, so we must be on our way.” She informed her, kneeling down to her level.

Before they could continue on their way, a certain dark haired knight casually approached them, “Don’t worry about that, Alyssa, I can take over from here. You can watch over our princess and Lord Wilbur’s son and make sure nothing happens to them, while I take these two to Dream.”

“Of course, Sir Sapnap.” She nodded, looking over at the two gleeful kids before leading them to the garden as they eagerly followed.

That left the three behind to do their own bidding. Remembering the past events with the Carmiagevan, Wilbur and Eret were on guard, giving bitter and tense stares. Meanwhile, Sapnap remained unphased. He shrugged his shoulders before turning around and guiding them through the palace. The entire rest of the walk was eerily quiet. It felt like an eternity before they arrived at the throne room.

Upon noticing Sapnap, two guards gave a salute before opening the wide, dark oak doors. Inside the enormous hall were shimmering stained glass windows, filtering in gentle rays of sunlight. On every carved pillar rested a banner of the Essempi’s crest, in green for the kingdom’s colors. They walked along the velvet lined carpet that extended across the center of the room, eventually reaching its end.

And there, sitting on his throne was the King of the Essempi, Dream, awaiting their arrival. His emerald eyes remained piercing and showed little emotion, and the scar stretching across the bridge of his nose was still as visible as ever. He wore mostly simple clothing not akin for a royal and no jewelry whatsoever, not even wearing a crown, which wasn’t too unusual as he was never seen with it on.

“Greetings, Lord Wilbur, Sir Eret,” At the sound of the king’s voice, the head knight bowed his head before joining him at his side.

“Your majesty,” Eret quickly followed suit in showing respect.

Reluctantly, Wilbur bowed down too, “Thank you for making the time to have an audience with us today, King Dream. Although, I wonder, if this was such an issue, why didn’t you meet with us sooner?” He raised his head, giving a respectful, but forced smile.

“At the time, I had more important matters to deal with in my kingdom than your silly little rebellion. In short, after receiving various concerning reports, I demand you stop whatever operation you’re doing at L’manberg.” He crossed his arms, sitting back on the green, velvet throne, while maintaining a sharp gaze.

Hearing him condescending everything they’ve worked for made his eye slightly twitch, but Wilbur maintained a calm expression, “I just want to give my people more rights and liberties, and for the territory of L’manberg to receive better treatment from the rest of the kingdom. Is that really too much to request?”

“It is when it’s disrupting the peace I work so hard to maintain. Besides, don’t your people have enough rights already? How much more do they need?”

“Clearly more since you’re punishing us with more taxes,” He coldly retorted.

“I’ve considered myself pretty merciful when dealing with you and your family’s territory in the past. I suggest stopping any plans that are in motion and scrapping any future ones, or there might be worse consequences. We wouldn’t want some sort of invasion to happen now, do we?” The king narrowed his gaze, looking down on the lord.

“That’s not how kingdoms work. I think you of all people should know that especially,” Wilbur replied in a mocking tone.

“I’m just doing what is necessary to maintain order and safety for all my citizens, which include the people of L’manberg, might I remind you.” Dream shrugged off his insulting comment, maintaining his harsh emerald gaze.

“I actually believe that we are well equipped enough to defend ourselves. We have all the resources we will ever need within the walls we are building for our protection. And if there ever is a conflict, I believe most of them can be solved through peaceful and diplomatic means, rather than resorting to savage, violent ways.”

Dream struggled to maintain a straight face, smirking before he started to laugh, “Prime, are you really that naive, Wilbur? I expected more from somebody as smart and distinguished as yourself, but I guess I was wrong.” He shook his head in disappointment “I actually disagree. I think if it came down to it, you wouldn't be able to do it. Your family has always needed the aid of the Greater Essempi for conflicts prior. Hiding inside your walls won’t be enough to protect you from a war.”

Wilbur struggled to keep a calm facade, but finally had enough. “We did not come here to debate hypothetical situations. I have no desire to drag L’manberg into unnecessary conflict. I just want my people to have their freedoms without any imposed taxes. Is that really too much to ask?”

“Like I said before, unless you stop what you are doing, I refuse to drop them.”

“Is there any possible way we could negotiate an agreement? I’m willing to come to some sort of middle ground,” Wilbur pleaded, but was only met with dead silence and a stubborn glare,
“Alright, so be it then. Don’t say I didn’t try to reason with you. Come on Eret, let’s go. I think we’ve heard enough today.” He turned to his knight, beckoning them to depart.

Before Sapnap could escort them, the two took their leave. As the dark oak doors to the throne room slammed shut, the head knight looked at his king with a somewhat concerned expression. Wilbur and Eret walked through the palace halls before finding Fundy, who was still practicing sword fighting with Drista.

“Dad! Eret!” The young fox waved farewell to the princess before rushing towards them,
“How did your meeting with King Dream go?” He curiously asked, looking up.

“Let’s just say I never liked Dream that much to begin with. There are some things we’ll have to discuss as a group back at L’manberg, but let’s return to the other first. Besides, I think it’s about time we head home.” Wilbur forced a smile, kneeling down to his son’s level and placing a hand on his shoulder.

Together, the three left the palace, watching as Alyssa closed the gates behind them. They returned to their new embassy, but were met with a peculiar sight. Tommy was sitting on top of a giant wolf as a Creeper-hybrid and tavern owner amusingly watched. Meanwhile Tubbo, Niki and a new individual sat on the house stairs as the sheep-hybrid showed off his ice magic. It seems like the others had a much more enjoyable experience than them while away.

Noticing their return, Niki quickly got to her feet and approached them, “I wasn’t expecting you guys to return so soon. As you can see you missed a lot. Sam is letting Tommy ride Fran.” She softly smiled, turning her head to him and the wolf.

Seeing the baker happy lightened Wilbur’s mood, but he realized he’d have to address the issue soon. Noticing that they were finally back, Tommy jumped off Fran, followed by Tubbo and the other young man, which he recognized as Detective Manifold. Wilbur gave him a skeptical glare, which Niki quickly caught on to.

“Oh, Jack and I are really good friends, and actually grew up in L’manberg together. I was told you two don’t have the best past, but I promise it wasn’t anything personal. So, I hope don’t mind that he will be returning with us.” She worriedly glanced between him and the detective.

“It’s okay Niki, I trust you and your judgment that he is alright. I’m just thankful we were able to gain at least one new ally after everything that happened today.” He reassured her, reaching over and tucking a strand of hair out of her face.

Jack stepped forward, extending a hand to Wilbur, “I know we didn’t exactly get off on the best foot, but let’s leave that behind us. I’m here to help out with anything around L’manberg, or if you ever need a detective.”

“I agree, let’s leave any bad blood behind us, and I'm glad to have another member on the council.” He returned the gesture by shaking his hand.

“Well, are you finally going to tell us what happened with you and Dream?” Tubbo prompted.

“Yeah, I want to know too! Was there any sort of ass kicking?” Tommy excitedly asked.

“Unfortunately not,” Eret shook their head, to which the blond let out an annoyed sigh.

“How about I tell you guys all about what happened on the way back? We have quite the journey home ahead of us.” Wilbur suggested as the others eagerly muttered amongst themselves.

At the first given opportunity, Tommy, Tubbo, and Fundy rushed back to the carriage. They insisted the others hurry up because they wanted to hear the story, Tommy being convinced there was some interesting drama.

Meanwhile, Jack and Niki followed behind, happily chatting amongst themselves as Wilbur and Eret remained quiet at the back. No matter what decision they end up making, one thing is more sure. With the now seven of them, the carriage was getting crowded as they had to make room for one more.

Notes:

I know Jack and Niki weren’t there for the L’manberg independence war in canon, but this is also a slightly canon divergence AU. So, I didn’t want to pass up the opportunity to include them.

Like usual, be sure to kudo, comment, subscribe, bookmark etc if you enjoy the fic! Of course that’s completely optional, but it means a lot to me.

Next chapter: L’manberg declares independence!

Chapter 23: The Story of Tonight

Summary:

The L’manberg crew is left with only two decisions and are forced to make a choice. Comply with King Dream’s request, or the much more risky option, to rebel.

Notes:

At last, the moment you’ve all been waiting for. It’s finally time! Jeez, it took you long enough Wilbur. To be fair, it took me even longer to write this work than for them to do it in universe. Before we get started, I just wanted to thank everyone for 150+ kudos on this fic and almost 500 on my account total. I know this is a more niche work and I don’t update as often as I should, but all the support really means a lot to me.

I genuinely can’t express how much it truly does in words. I am also very excited for the upcoming arc, like super hyped. I know you all missed the fight scenes, seeing certain characters, and I’ve been holding off on writing any big angst, until this point. So, keep your eyes opened for that. Like usual, I hope you all enjoy this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The next few days were relatively eventful in L’manberg. Not that anyone was complaining after the recent news. Jack had some time to properly move back in and adjust to being around the others. He quickly fit in with the group and contributed new ideas, like he was always meant to be there.

Niki couldn’t be more happy. Tommy, Tubbo and Fundy were just ecstatic to have a new acquaintance. Although Wilbur and Eret were more skeptical of him joining at first, the detective’s presence quickly grew on them.

Overall, they were thrilled to have somebody else on their side. Yet, they knew these carefree fleeting moments couldn’t last much longer. They had stalled enough; it was time they made a decision on the pressing matter and determined the fate and future of L’manberg.

“I think you all know why I gathered you here today.” Wilbur cleared this throat, standing at the far end of their meeting room table.

“To teach us how to get women?” Tommy joked, to which Tubbo, Fundy and Jack quietly snickered in response.

“Ideally, I’d rather we talk about literally anything else, even Tommy’s idea, as unfortunate as it sounds.” He sarcastically commented, “Though, we’ve been putting this issue off for far too long.” Wilbur continued.

“I assume this is about your meeting with King Dream a few days ago?” Niki tilted her head, a slightly worried expression crossing her features.

“What else would it be about? It’s not like any other big stuff is happening in L’manberg right now.” Fundy remarked.

“I was there with Lord Wilbur during the meeting, so I can speak first hand. The meeting with King Dream didn’t go exactly as planned, and we weren’t able to negotiate.” Eret explained.

“This is Dream we are talking about. So, that was expected. He wasn’t exactly the lenient type when Tommy and I were getting the discs back.” Tubbo crossed his arms.

“From my understanding, didn’t you also steal the discs from him and frame Wilbur?” Jack reminded them.

“I guess that’s one way to put it…” The blond rolled his eyes, “That dickhead honestly deserved everything he had coming. Besides, I love and cherish my discs more than he ever will. But I swear to Prime the Wilbur thing was a fucking accident. Tubbo and I can tell you the full story later.”

“Anyways, getting back to the topic at hand. Like Eret said, we couldn’t find a common ground. He refuses to lift our imposed taxes unless we stop completely. So, we aren’t left with many options.” Wilbur took a deep breath, “I think it’s time we finally made a decision once and for all. One option is we listen to Dream’s request, put an end to the Carmiagevan and return to the way things were before. Or, we can break away, ignore the taxes entirely, and never listen to anything he has to say ever again.”

“Break away? Are you implying that…” Eret narrowed his gaze, obscured by his shades.

“I say we declare L’manberg independent from the rest of the Essempi and create our own nation. One where we can do whatever we want, like brewing potions and selling sausages without the fear of taxes and tyranny.” Wilbur announced, causing the room to go quiet as everyone stared at him in shock.

There was a mix of mutters and gasps, until Tommy broke the silence, rising from his seat, “Count me in. Who's with us?”

“I’m not letting you do this alone. So, of course I’m with you!” Tubbo soon followed suit.

“Screw taxes! I want to make a country!” Fundy eagerly shouted.

“That’s my boy!” Wilbur beamed, “Come here!” He approached him, ruffling the orange fur on his head.

“Dad, stop! You’re embarrassing me!” Fundy let out a growl, attempted to escape his father’s affection, while the others watched laughing.

“Tax evasion! Pog!” The blond grinned.

“Have you ever made a country, Tommy?” Wilbur asked, letting out a chuckle.

“I have not, but I could ask you the same thing.” Tommy shook his head, forming a grin.

“You are indeed correct about that. Though, I suppose this will be a first time experience for us all.” Wilbur looked around at the others with a smile.

“Where do you live? I live in the country of L’manberg.” He pridefully said, “Prime, it feels great saying that.”

“It really does,” Tubbo nodded in agreement.

Wilbur, Tommy, Tubbo and Fundy continued to make light-hearted jokes, laughing amongst themselves. All four were already very invested in the idea of declaring L’manberg independent and creating a nation with their own visions. Meanwhile, there was a sense of uncertainty among Eret, Jack and Niki, which their leader quickly picked up on.

Fundy turned his gaze towards them, “It’s three against four. Even if they are all against us, we already out vote them. So, I don’t see why this matters.” He gave a shrug.

“In any other scenario I’d consider that to be enough, but declaring independence is no small feat. I want to make sure everyone agrees before we go through with such a major decision. I want to hear what they have to say” Wilbur explained, turning their focus towards them.

“It’s not that I don’t agree with you guys; I actually think it’s the best choice going forward. I’m just worried that we won’t have the resources to survive on our own.” Niki remarked, messing with her long, blonde hair.

“That is a very understandable concern, Niki, and I am glad you brought it up. We are fortunate that L’manberg is in a good location, being a port city with surrounding forests and crop fields. Still, there are resources we don't have.” He shook his head, “As a solution, I believe we could set up more trades with those who are willing to.”

“Either way, my vote is a yes for independence. Like you said, I have faith we can figure it out.” She confidently told him.

“Like Niki said, I don’t think it’s a bad idea in theory. I’m more concerned about how everyone else will react to us suddenly declaring independence, especially those loyal to the Greater Essempi.” Jack stated.

“He has a point. When we first started the Carmiagevan, they threatened Wilbur for selling potions at a cheaper price, and literally imprisoned Tommy.” Tubbo commented.

“Hey, weren’t you and Eret originally on their side during that conflict anyways?” Fundy crossed his arms.

“I was mad at Tommy during that time, but we can both agree we were in the wrong that day.” He shook his head, flicking his sheep ears.

“Yeah, even I could admit that. What's more important is that it all worked out in the end and we’re still best buds!” Tommy grinned, giving Tubbo a nudge as he laughed.

“I am worried we won't be able to defend ourselves if it really comes down to it. In the past, we always had the aid of the rest of the kingdom, and breaking away, we’d lose that. Other lands could also see this as an opportunity to invade us. L’manberg is a peaceful territory that isn’t suited for a war.” Eret explained, his gaze full of skepticism.

“We are starting a revolution, not a war. There doesn’t need to be violence involved, and I’d rather it not come to that. King Dream doesn’t have to be our enemy; Ideally, he could be our neighbor. We even have an embassy in the capital already.” Wilbur remarked.

“Yeah right, you're stupider than I thought if you really think that asshole wants to be allies with us. I’m surprised he’s been keeping quiet and hasn’t sent anyone against us yet after your meeting.” Tommy rolled his eyes.

“Well, maybe not King Dream himself per se, but there are definitely other people we can get on our side. I’m certain my brother Technoblade would join in a heartbeat. There is also Lord Bad of the Badlands, Lord Schlatt of the Nether Colony, King Karl of Kinoko and other minor lords and nobles we could possibly convince.” He returned to the moment at hand, “So, what is your final decision?”

“I’m in,” Tommy, Tubbo, Fundy and Niki all declared in descending order.

Everyone’s gazes turned towards the two people undecided, “This is L’manberg, my home, we’re talking about, and I won’t stand by letting everyone else trample over it. So, of course I’m in too. Besides, what would you guys even do without me.” Jack grinned.

“It’s definitely a risk, but despite all the odds, I know we can overcome it like we’ve done in the past. Independence won’t be easy, but whatever happens, I’m sure we can figure it out.” Eret assuringly nodded with a confident smile.

“Well, I guess that settles it then. From this day forward, L’manberg will no longer be just a territory of the Greater Essempi Kingdom, but instead an independent nation. This will be no small task, but I have full faith we can work towards a brighter future unlike anything seen before. Expect plenty more big changes in the following days as we make more preparations and draft our declaration of independence. Until then, our meeting is dismissed.”

Upon finishing his speech, the room erupted into loud cheer. Everyone jumped from their seats to relish in the celebrations. Jack and Niki dashed over to give each other a hug, happily embracing one another. Tommy wrapped his arm and wing around Tubbo, pulling him closer as they excitedly shouted from the top of their lungs.

Fundy affectionately nudged his father with his fox snout, giving a purr. He glanced down with a soft smile, gently stroking his head. Eret gave him another nod of approval, soon joining along with the laughter and cheers. Witnessing all this, Wilbur was confident they made the right decision.

He was willing to deal with the consequences, whatever they might turn out to be. Though, that was discussion for later as right now was a time of celebration. A content smile formed across his face as he overlooked everyone, knowing the world will never be the same.


In the following days, Wilbur made a formal announcement of L’manberg’s break away from the rest of the kingdom to his citizens. The people’s reaction to this was overwhelmingly, way more than expected. News quickly spread of this around the city, and was sure to reach beyond the stretches of their territory in no time.

Everyone came together to give their support to the new nation, whether it be helping with the construction of the wall, gathering resources, or just showing appreciation for everything they were doing for them. Business for the Carmiagevan was booming like never before since potions were being sold at even cheaper prices. For the first time, they actually ran out of stock, and were forced to brew more.

“No offense, Niki, but I think this might be your worst idea yet. I trust Eret, and maybe Jack and Fundy, but teaching Tommy and Tubbo? This is going to end horribly. ” Wilbur remarked as they worked from inside the sausage carriage.

“I actually disagree. Everyone has to start somewhere and there’s only one way to get better.” She shook her head, straightened her white apron as she tied her hair back.

“Alright, you have a point there, but these two must be under strict supervision.” He turned a sharp gaze towards the duo.

“Come on, why are you so worried about us? This isn’t fucking fair.” Tommy spat in response.

“Yeah, it’s not like we are trying to destroy the place on purpose.” Tubbo added on, “But I have to admit, creating explosions does sound pretty cool though.”

“My point exactly. Something is always bound to happen with the two of you. Brewing potions can get very dangerous. I don’t want anything bad to happen to the carriage, or even worse, for you to get hurt.” Wilbur placed his hand on Tommy’s shoulder.

“I think it would be better than if you work with Tommy and Tubbo, while I teach Fundy.” Niki suggested.

“Why do I have to be with Niki? I don’t even like her that much. I’d rather be with you.” The young fox objected, causing her to slightly lower her head.

Noticing her behavior, Wilbur budded in, “I think that’s a great idea, Niki. Your brewing skills have definitely improved a lot since I first taught you, and I know you'll do great with my son.” He gently nudged his son towards her.

As Wilbur and Niki exchanged soft smiles, Fundy let out a low growl, clinging close to his father as he glared at the baker. Eventually, they broke away, working on opposite ends of the carriage. The water started to bubble as they activated the brewing stands.

Niki and Fundy started off simple, making awkward potions as a base, then using those to eventually branch off and make various other potions like healing, swiftness and regeneration. Despite the fox’s initial complaining, they made decent progress. Though, he couldn’t say his opinion of Niki changed much.

The three, on the other hand, weren't having such a smooth time. Wilbur insisted they start off brewing something simple, but Tommy really wanted to make a strength potion, and of course, he was forced to oblige. The awkward potion stage showed no issues, but when adding the blaze powder, Wilbur had to make sure they didn’t start a fire. Somehow, they managed to do it without any issue.

“Look, Tubbo! We made a strength potion!” Tommy cheered, watching as Wilbur left to check for more blaze rods in the back. “I think I’m going to use it now and see how good this actually is.”

“Wait,” Tubbo held out his arm to stop him, “You might want to save it for later. Besides, I thought of a better idea of how we can use it. Want to hear it?”

“I’m listening,” He raised his eyebrows in intrigue.

“So, I was reading up on this book, and it says right here if we add gunpowder, we can turn it into a splash potion. Basically this makes the potion so that if the liquid touches your skin, it will be absorbed into it, still giving you the effect. This can also work on multiple people at once, so I can get strength too then.” Tubbo explained.

“Hell yeah, sounds pog! Let’s do it!” A mischievous grin formed across Tommy’s face.

When Wilbur wasn’t looking they started to sprinkle in gunpowder, “Do you think this is enough?” The sheep-hybrid asked, to which Tommy shook his head, “How about now?” Noticing it starting to bubble more, Tubbo glanced over his shoulder at him.

“More,” The blond demanded.

“Tommy…” Tubbo worryingly muttered, seeing it start to smoke as he sprinkled in more gunpowder.

“More. Wait, I actually think–” Before he could finish his sentence, the potion erupted right before their eyes.

It bursted out of the glass container, exploding in front of them as liquid splattered across the room. Luckily, neither got cut from the glass shards, but they were now soaked in maroon red. Smoke billowed from the brewing stand and soot coated the nearby walls.

“Woah…” Tubbo gasped in wide-eyed amazement at the explosion.

Hearing the eruption, Wilbur snapped his head towards them. He stomped over, wearing an aggravated expression. The duo gulped, realizing they had messed up big time, and both were certain that this wasn’t going to end well.

“Before Wilbur yells at us, I want to see if this strength potion really does work.” Tommy raised his fist, punching the window and shattering it with one blow, “I promise I will replace that,” He turned to Wilbur with a cheeky grin.

Wilbur fiercely glared at them, his gaze turning to disappointment as he heaved a long sigh, “Dear Prime, please help me. I can’t leave these two alone for even five minutes…”


“Hello mom, it’s me again.” Fundy kneeled before a stone marker, this time placing tulips in front of it. “Unfortunately, Dad has been very busy lately. So, I’m here with Eret instead.”

“Long time no see, Sally. A lot has happened since we last saw each other, but I think you’d rather hear the news from your son.” The knight stood next to him, giving a supportive nod.

“Dad finally stood up to King Dream and declared L’manberg independent. This actually happened a few days ago, but we’ve all been busy, Dad especially. I’m sorry I didn’t visit you sooner. If you were still around, I know you would’ve been happy too.” Fundy excitedly explained, giving her a soft smile.

The two remained in front of the gravestone for a while. It was completely silent with the exception of the singing birds, sweeping of a gentle breeze, and rustling of the shady willow tree’s leaves. Both wished they could stay longer, but knew duties relating to their newfound country would soon call. They said their farewells before going on their way, leaving the shaded and secluded part of the garden.

“I’m certain Sally is very proud of you.” Eret commented as they passed various budding bushes.

“Do you really think so?” The fox asked, to which he gave a nod.

The two eventually reunited with the rest of the group. They saw Jack and Niki together, happily chatting as they sat in front of a fountain. Meanwhile, Tommy and Tubbo were making flower crowns. Wilbur had been out since this morning, but regardless Fundy and Eret joined the others.

“Hey Jack, there's something I want to show you!” Tubbo playfully shouted.

“What is it, my friend?” He turned his head, curiously glancing over.

Flos verno,” He muttered a spell, waving his hand over a patching of grass. From it sprouted various tiny flowers and a single, large toadstool mushroom.”“I call it a Manishroom!” He laughed, digging his hands into the ground as he pulled out the chunk of dirt.

“Thanks…” Jack amusingly rolled his eyes as Tubbo placed it into his hands.

“It’s a very pretty mushroom, Tubbo. Why don’t we put it in a pot?” Niki suggested.

“I want to eat it,” Tommy remarked, licking his lips as he eyed it up.

“You shall not eat the Manishroom! Have Tubbo get you your own.” Jack lifted the plant away from him.

“We also have no idea if it’s poisonous or not.” Eret added on.

As the group playfully bickered over what to do with the fungus, Wilbur returned with Kristin. “Greetings,” He casually waved.

“Wilbur!” They all shouted at once, dropping everything to rush over and see him.

He was slightly overwhelmed by the sight of everyone circling him at once, but was just as happy to see them. “I see you all really missed me. Luckily, I have some good news for you. So you all know how I took your measurements a while back? I was actually talking to that seamstress about the uniforms and–”

“They’re here, and they look absolutely amazing!” Kristin cheered.

“Wow, that was a lot quicker than I expected.” Tubbo shook his head in disbelief.

“I’m honestly just as surprised as you are. But, what can I say, we've been getting a lot of support lately and I guess everyone is just eager to help out.” Wilbur crossed his arms.

“What are we waiting for? I want to try it on right now!” Tommy excitedly demanded, to which the others gave mutters of agreement.

Everyone rushed into the manor to be greeted by the sight of seven uniforms on a rack. Wilbur handed each of them their own, fitted to the proper sizes along with a tricorn hat. Tommy, Tubbo, Wilbur and Eret’s were navy blue, red, gold and black, the colors of their country's flag. Niki wore the female uniform, which was similar in design, but was lighter and tone and had blue in place of red. Fundy’s uniform, however, was uniquely pastel colored.

“I understand Niki since she’s a girl, but why is my uniform different from the rest of yours?” The fox complained.

“Oh, I requested the seamstress to make yours crayon colored. I thought you would like it, being a kid and all.” Wilbur told him.

“I wanted my uniform to look like the rest of yours. I’m not even that much younger than Tommy and Tubbo, I don’t see how this is fair.” He frustratedly twitched his ears.

“Come on, I think it looks great on you.” Jack playfully teased.

“You get a cool uniform, it’s not like you would understand.” Fundy rolled his eyes, pulling his hat over his face as he sulked.

“Are you not getting a uniform?” Niki asked Kristin, who still wore her purple dress.

“I am not, but that’s perfectly fine with me. Besides, you are the ones who're doing all the work around here. Of course, I'll try to help out in every way I can, but Wilbur is the lord around here. I stepped down from my position years ago.” She explained.

“It’s president now, actually.” Wilbur replied as everyone snapped their heads towards him.“Lord was my title when we were still under the essempi’s rule as a monarchy. Since that’s no longer the case, I vanquished my title as lord, but am your president since L’manberg is a constitutional republic.”

“And what the hell does that mean?” Tommy tilted his head.

“In the past, whoever ruled was determined by inheritance. Kristin governed L’manberg before me and it would’ve gone to Fundy next had we not broken away. Same rule applies with other nobles and royals, but now anyone can take the role of president after me regardless of lineage or status.”

“So anyone can become L’manberg’s next leader, even a commoner?” Tubbo questioned, to which he nodded. “That’s fucking awesome! Maybe I’ll have to run for the position myself.”

“Not if I beat you to it first!” Tommy playfully nudged him.

“I wouldn’t go that far yet, you two. We still have a long way to go with creating this country.” Niki giggled.

“Speaking of which, don’t we still have to write a declaration of independence?” Eret reminded them.

“Right, we’ve been putting that off for a while now, and I think it’s about time we do. How about tonight, we all meet at the sausage carriage to draft up and officially sign our declaration.” Wilbur announced with a confident grin.


Later into the evening, they all meet up inside the Carmiagevan. Unsurprisingly, Tommy and Tubbo were running behind. In the meantime, Niki quietly brewed some potions with assistance from Eret. Wilbur leaned against the wall, strumming his guitar as he sang a tune, filling the compartment with gentle music as Fundy watched with a soft smile.

“Someday, someday. Yeah, you’ll blow us all away. Someday, someday…” He continued to sing, looking directly at his son with adoring eyes.

The door of the carriage abruptly swung open. Everyone stopped what they were doing to turn heads. Tommy and Tubbo entered, both carrying woven baskets. They quickly made themselves welcome as everyone returned to what they were doing.

“What’s up bitches! It’s independence night, pretty pog if I do say so myself. Tubbo and I decided to go out and fetch a surprise for you all in celebration.” Tommy loudly cheered, slamming his basket on the table.

“Sorry we took so long, we had to stop by the butchery. Though, I have to admit, our surprise does suit tonight’s occasion.” Tubbo followed suit in setting down his basket.

Curiously, the others glanced into the baskets, revealing a bunch of cooked sausages. Seeing this they let out an amused sigh, because of course that’s expected from Tommy and Tubbo. Though, they had to admit, it was fitting for the occasion. Everyone grabbed a sausage and munched on it, gathering around Wilbur, who stood in front of a table housing brewing stands and a sheet of parchment.

“Look how lucky we are to be alive right now.” He took a deep breath, raising his crow-feathered quill, “For years, no millennia…” He pondered.

“I don’t think L’manberg or the Essempi is even that old.” Eret pointed out.

“Alright,” Wilbur started to write, “Forever has the kingdom of the Essempi casted sins upon our great land and our sausage carriage. They have robbed us, imprisoned us, threatened us, and killed many of our men.”

“I know Dream is a dickhead and all, but I don’t remember him committing murder. Not yet at least.” Tommy remarked, wearing a concerned expression.

“To be fair, he did try to kill us, several times in fact. I’m not sure if that actually counts though.” Tubbo reminded him.

“I think father is just saying that for dramatic effect.” Fundy rolled his eyes, letting out a sigh.

“This time of tyranny ends with us. This scroll of parchment declares that the nation of L’manberg shall be henceforth separate, emancipated and independent from the kingdom of the Essempi. The union of the masters of men, together we are one. When in the course of human and hybrid events it becomes necessary for one to dissolve the bonds which dissolve us. Disregarding this truth is nothing short of tyranny. We hold these truths to be self-evident that all men are created equal. The right of the people exists above the right of the king, right of the government, and right of the economy. From the Carmiagevan we shall prevail. Life, liberty, and the pursuit of victory.”

Wilbur continued to write, dripping drops of ink onto the paper. Once he was finished, he held it up to dry. There were a couple revisions done to the draft, but overall the final result was fairly similar. They all read over it, continuing to snack on their sausages while checking to make sure they agreed with the contents.

“Since nobody has any other suggestions to make, I think it’s about time we all sign this.” Wilbur wrote his name, handing Tommy his dipped quill first upon finishing.

“I understand,” The blond nodded before signing his name.

One by one, they each signed their names at the bottom of the sheet. The atmosphere around them was eerily silent as they did so, nobody muttering a single word. If there was one thing for sure, there was officially no going back after this. Whatever the consequences may be for declaring independence, they were ready to deal with it.

As Wilbur framed and hung the declaration on the carriage wall, Niki noticed something with her sharp eyes, “Hey Wilbur…”

“Yeah, what is it?”

“You misspelled independence. On the top of the scroll, it says 'independance,' like in dance.” She pointed out.

“Holy shit, you’re right!” Tubbo looked over his shoulder to see it too.

“Prime damnit…” Wilbur muttered under his breath, “You know what, it 's fine. We already put too much work into writing it, and I refuse to do it over again. So, it can stay like that. You know, I actually quite like it. The Declaration of Independance.” He crossed his arms, smiling as he admired the document framed in glass.

Notes:

I want to mention I don’t support tax evasion irl, this is all for the fic. Anyways, happy belated L’manberg day! I know I posted this a little late, but it’s funny that I did it for the occasion. Also if you wish, be sure to kudo, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you enjoyed the fic!

Chapter 24: You'll Be Back

Summary:

After hearing news of L’manberg’s independence, the Essempi decides to retaliate.

Notes:

Hello everyone and I’m back with another update. As a heads up this is going to be a very long chapter. I put a lot of work into this and it was so nice to get a chance to write some fight scenes for this fic again. Of course, be prepared for more of those in the future!

I also wanted to mention that I have a big announcement and a special surprise, both I’ve been planning for a very long time now, at the start of the next chapter. So, stay tuned for that, and I hope everyone enjoys this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

To say Dream was displeased with the recent news of L’manberg would be an understatement. Pissed was a better way to put it. Ever since L’manberg, or L’manchildberg as he liked to call them now, declared independence, it’s all people have been talking about. Everyone was curious about what his reaction would be to this all. So far, he has kept quiet to the public, but has already made up his mind.

If a revolution is what they want, then he will give them just that. Dream sat in the office that overlooked the courtyard, drafting a declaration of his own. The tip of the quill dug into the parchment as he etched words into it. He was so intently focused on his writing that a simple knock caused him to perk up, when he was normally on high alert throughout the day.

Looking up, he noticed his head knight, standing in the doorway, “Can’t you see I’m busy right now, Sapnap? Surely you must have a good reason for disturbing me. So, what is it?”

“Actually, I do have a good reason. Some guests just arrived after quite the journey here, and are eager to see you.” He said with a grin, and just as he finished two brown haired figures entered the room, which Dream recognized within a heartbeat.

“George!” Upon seeing the Kinokian prince, he got up from his seat, dashing towards him.

“Dream!” The two embraced in a hug as they put their foreheads together, “How I missed you…” He softly smiled as their fingers interlocked.

“I’m just thankful that you’re here with me again. It just isn’t the same having to write letters or use our Discord Gems. At least one good thing came out of this mess.” Dream slightly laughed, contently gazing into his eyes for a blissful moment, until they were forced to break apart.

“I came as soon as I heard! Is it true that you are actually going to war?” Karl, King of Kinoko, stepped in, asking in concern.

“Wait, what war? I thought we were visiting the Essempi for fun. Well, there goes my plans of going on a date with Dream and maybe bringing Sapnap along for a round of manhunt.” George let out a disappointed sigh.

“Sorry, maybe some other time. We currently have more pressing matters like L’manberg to deal with.” The knight shook his head.

Karl heaved a sign, “Were you really not paying attention to any of this when I told you? Please don’t tell me you were actually sleeping during that.” He worryingly glanced towards his twin.

“You are probably right, but I need my beauty sleep.” George amusingly rolled his eyes.

“You sleep in till, like, noon. I don’t get how you could need even more rest? I’m just glad that I’m the older one, because Prime knows what would happen with you as king. Well, not the king of Kinoko at least…” He turned towards Dream with a slight smirk.

“As I was saying, L’manberg, or L’manchildberg, has pretty much “declared” independence from the rest of my nation. I have given them many chances in the past and tried to be reasonable, but they won’t listen. So, I think it’s time we take matters into our own hands and remind them who is in charge.” Dream explained.

“I remember now! You were recently complaining to me about this and Wilbur in our letters.” George pointed out.

“Seems about right to me. Trust me, I witnessed it first hand. They’ve been nothing but a pain since they started that little drug carriage of theirs, and now this.” Sapnap remarked in an annoyed manner.

“Now that you mention it, L’manberg actually did reach out to me about forming a potential alliance. Of course, I declined since my brother and I would never betray you.” Karl reassured him, “We wish to help out in any way possible. Oh, and don’t worry about us being away from Kinoko to be here. My advisor Tina has things under control back home.”

“We will attack L’manberg at sunrise tomorrow as a declaration of war. I have already made the preparations. I hired the renowned mercenary Punz to help us in our efforts. His younger brother Purpled has also shown promising skills.” Dream told them.

“Is that really necessary though? It’s not like they put up much of a fight anyways. From what I understand, they would much rather use their words than actually try and defend themselves.” Sapnap rolled his eyes.

“You can’t be serious? Wilbur is more naive and foolish than I thought if he thinks that would be enough to stop us.” George laughed.

“They should’ve known what was coming when they decided to ignore my laws and declare independence. This is a clear act of treason, and must be dealt with accordingly. We could easily destroy them right away, but this is about setting an example.”

“Still, there should be no mercy for the traitors.” Sapnap narrowed his gaze.

“You’re not actually going out there to fight them yourselves, are you? Karl questioned in an uneasy tone. “I don’t want to see you guys get hurt, or potentially worse.There must be some other way.”

“I’ve given them plenty of chances before, and we are long past that now. This is the only way to get them to listen.” Dream crossed his arms, head shaking in disagreement.

“Besides, I think we are more than capable of handling ourselves out there. Don’t worry, Karl, I promise you that we will come back alive.” Sapnap reassured Karl, taking his hand and grasping onto it.

“Prime, I sure hope so. I don’t know what I would do without my favorite knight in all of the Essempi.” He smiled, slightly blushing in response before turning towards Dream, “But what about Drista? She was so young when your parents died, and you're her only family. Your sister shouldn’t have to go through what you did at that age if something were to happen to you.”

“You’re right, she shouldn’t. Drista deserves a better life than having to deal with the struggles of being queen. I believe I will be just fine, but if anything were to happen, I can trust that you will take care of her in my place.” He told Karl.

“Dream is one of the best fighters in the kingdom, probably only beaten out by Technoblade.” Sapnap stated, to which his king shot him a glare, “No offense, but it’s factually true because of that one duel. George is also the best marksman I know. And with me there, we are sure to win.”

“Didn’t our parents like to joke that you were the heir while I was the spare? So, it’s not like me fighting in this war will endanger Kinoko. Plus, I have to look after my boyfriend and your favorite knight.” George grinned, wrapping his arm around Dream as he pulled him closer, leaning on his shoulder.

“I guess there’s no convincing you guys otherwise. I just wish there was something else I could do since I’m no good at fighting. Just promise me you will come back, all of you. Sapnap especially since I know how reckless he can be.” Karl walked over to him and gave him an affectionate hug, not wanting to let go.

“Don’t worry, I’ll be just fine. We’ll be back before you know it. Then maybe, we can go out and burn something down in celebration, just you and me. That’s a promise.” Sapnap smiled in return, while gazing into his bright hazel eyes.

“That sounds like fun to me, but I’m counting on you to keep your word.” He said right after they broke away, “I’ll just be looking after things over here in the meantime. Tomorrow will be here before you know it, so I think it’s best you start preparing for the upcoming war.”


Four figures, all armed with weapons and donned in netherite, overlooked the walled city of L’manberg as the sun started to rise. Dream pulled his white smiley mask over his face as the green cloak he wore over his armor ruffled in the wind. He turned to the others, George with his goggles, bow and quiver. Then, Sapnap, who pulled his bangs out of his face with his signature white bandana. And finally, Punz, who was currently counting the gold given to him to be here today.

“It’s a shame Eret sided with the enemy. He could’ve been with us today, and we would’ve had more of an advantage since he knows L’manberg well. Though it’s not like that matters since we’ll crush them anyways.” Sapnap thought back to the Carmiagevan incident, secretly hoping there was still a way to recruit him.

“You guys told me they would much rather use their words. So, it doesn’t seem like they’re much of a fight to me. We could probably take them on in our sleep.” George laughed, playfully nuding Dream in response.

The mercenary looked up from counting coins and at the sky, “It looks like dawn is approaching. What are our orders, your majesty?” He took out his trident in one hand and shield in the other.

“Sapnap, you know what to do.” Dream turned to his top knight with a smirk.

“Wait, are you being serious?” Upon hearing that his face lit up, his normally dark brown eyes changed into amber as he created a small flame in his hand.

“Yes, but just the nearby forests and fields, not the inside city itself. We want enough to intimidate them. Don’t make me regret my decision.” He nodded, crossing his arms.

“Yes, this is literally the best day of my life! I finally get to legally burn stuff down.” Sapnap darted away, casting his fire magic on the trees and letting the flames spread themselves.

“Punz, I request that you join him in spreading the fire.” Dream handed him a torch along with a flint and steel.

“Understood, King Dream,” He bowed his head before quickly joining the knight.

“You do realize this place is going to be a barren wasteland by the end of the day. This is Sapnap the pyromaniac we’re talking about. So, of course he’s going to burn everything.” George pointed out, turning to face Dream with his hands on his hips.

“Good, it’s better that way. Who’d want to live in L’manchildberg after we ruin their crops and forests. Though, this is only the beginning of what I have planned.” He laughed, shaking his head.

“Oh really, what else do you want planned?” He hummed, amused, head resting on Dream’s shoulder as he ignored the far-away flames and focused on him.

“We’ll just have to wait and see how they react. What we’re doing now is like a warning. If they agree to all of my terms and rejoin the Essempi, I will stop the attacks. But if they don’t, there will be an all out war.” Dream explained, wrapping an arm around and bringing him closer.

“I don’t think they will listen. They’ve already proven themselves to be stubborn before by ignoring the many chances you've given them.” George worriedly mentioned.

“I know, that’s why I’m determined to stop them. By declaring independence, they've distrubed the peace and order in this kingdom I’ve worked so hard to maintain. If they can do it, who knows what other territories might also decide to rebel. So, we have to stop them.” He narrowed his gaze, looking down on the city.

“I completely understand.” George nodded, removing his goggles to face at him, “No matter what happens, even if everyone else is against you, I’ll always be on your side, because I really care about you and couldn’t imagine being with anyone else,” He held onto his hand, using the other to block the rising sun from his vision.

“Look George,” Dream slid his mask to the side of his face as he softly smiled, “Everything the light touches is our kingdom. A king’s time as ruler rises and falls like the sun. One day, George, the sun will set on my time here, and will rise with you as the new king. That’s why we must take my land back.” Dream grasped onto his hand tighter as they watched the sun fully rise and smoke rise from the treelines.


“Hey, are you doing alright, Big T? You’ve been awfully quiet this morning. We can go back to the manor if you’re not feeling well.” Tommy noticed his friend’s uneasiness as they sat on the newly-fortified wall, dangling their feet off the edge.

Tubbo looked away from the sun crossing the ocean’s horizon to face him, “It’s nothing, don’t worry about it. My hybrid instincts have just been acting up a lot as of lately.” He shook his head, while his sheep ears flickered.

“I know what you mean. Honestly, I’ve been feeling the same, and I think the others are worried too. I trust Wilbur’s judgment and know he will make sure everything works out.” Tommy reassured him, wrapping one of his golden wings around him.

“I do too, but I just can’t shake this feeling. It’s like I know something really fucking bad is going to happen and it’s only a matter of when.” He shook his head, glancing downwards.

“Hey, I know what will make you feel better.” Tommy stood up, opening the enderchest besides them and taking out a green-labeled disc and jukebox. “I know how much you love Cat.”

“Now that brings back memories. Oh, wait! There is actually something I wanted to show you.” Tubbo reached within the enderchest, holding two glass bottles in each hand, “I’ve been following Wilbur and Niki’s teachings and have been brewing some potions myself.”

“Pog! That’s fucking sick man! Don’t tell me you’ve been blowing stuff up without me.” Tommy cheered.

Tubbo grinned, gently tossing one in his hand, “Nope, there have been no explosions since that one time we tried making a splash potion of strength. I’ve actually been thinking of giving these away. You know, as a way to bring others to our side.” The smell of something burning flooded his nose, causing him to lose focus and accidentally drop the potion off the wall.

“What the hell was that for? We could’ve used that!” Tommy replied, slightly aggravated before noticing his friend frozen in place, “Hey, Tubbo, are you alright?” He turned the direction he was looking, his eyes widening as he noticed rising smoke coming from the crop fields and forests outside the city.

“Tommy, is it normal for people to start campfires at this hour? Or maybe, somebody was smoking meat, and it somehow went wrong.” He worriedly asked, glancing back and forth between his friend and outside the wall.

“We’ve stolen meat before. They usually cook it in ovens, not in the middle of the fucking woods. I also doubt it’s a campfire since it’s awfully large to be one.” He narrowed his gaze, watching ever-growing bright flames burn in the distance.

“Do you think we could be under attack? Should we warn Wilbur or Eret about this?” Tubbo jumped to his feet.

“They’re back at the manor, which is on the other side of town. By the time we get there, who knows how much of the crops and trees will be destroyed.” Tommy stood up, taking Cat off the jukebox and putting them back in the enderchest.

“So, you’re thinking we should try and put it out ourselves? I don’t know, running straight into a burning forest doesn’t sound like a good idea to me.” He shook his head, while crossing his arms.

“If it gets too bad, we will just leave and tell Wilbur about what happened. Besides, you have your ice magic to help us.” Tommy reassured him, standing up and stretching his wings.

“Yeah, but you don’t have any magic. So, what will you do? I’m not letting you just walk into a forest fire like an idiot.” Tubbo pointed out.

“Alright, I’ll go fetch us some pails then. This isn’t a big fire yet, so I think we can put it out.” Tommy remarked, “I’ll meet you down there!” Fully opening his golden wings, he jumped off the wall, using them to glide down. Once on the ground, he waved at him with a gloating grin.

Tubbo rolled his eyes in response, “Don’t do anything too stupid without me! I’ll be down there in a minute!” He shouted before climbing down the ladder to join him.


Unsure of what to expect out there, Tommy equipped a shield to go along with his Big Man Sword. He tossed Tubbo a mace, but was certain he could just defend himself with magic. Still, it was better to be safe by giving him a weapon. Tubbo tied a few splash potions to his belt while Tommy fetched a pail. The two exchanged nods before heading outside of the city.

They were lucky to have spotted the fire in its beginning stages. Ignoring the overwhelming heat and the fact the smoke made their eyes water, not much significant damage was done yet. Though, they didn’t have a lot of time before conditions worsened and it became hard to breathe.

Tommy rushed to fill his bucket in a nearby stream before splashing it on burning crops. The water turned to steam, leaving behind charred straw. It extinguished the flames around the area, but didn’t stop them from spreading. There was no way Tommy could keep up with the pace they burned at. Yet he didn’t give up, rushing to fill his pail once more.

“Glacies!” Tubbo shouted, casting his ice magic on a burning tree. The spell didn’t do anything, instead fizzling out like it did in the Nether.

He tried once more, but the same happened. His magic wasn’t strong enough against the heat. This time, he froze the untouched part of the tree. It wasn’t a permanent solution, but seemed to slow it down for the time being. Tubbo took a moment to catch his breath in the heat. There was no way he could freeze everything in the area as his magic would eventually tire him out. Still, he decided to push himself for the sake of L’manberg.

Hearing the sound of clanking footsteps, Tommy dropped his bucket, turning around as an axe dug into his wooden shield, “Dream!” He shouted, instantly recognizing that mask and green cloak from anywhere.

“Long time no see, Tommy. Do you like what we’ve done to the area?” The masked king amusingly laughed, pulling Nightmare out of the shield and approaching him as he took a few steps back.

“Dream, you bastard! I should’ve known this was your doing.” Tommy quickly unsheathed his iron sword, rushing to charge him.

He swiftly stepped out of the way as Tommy’s blade stabbed the tree behind instead, “Actually, you brought this on yourselves when you decided to rebel with the rest of L’manchildberg,” Dream raised his axe, striking down.

Tommy managed to narrowly pull out his sword in time, his hand shaking as he struggled to push back in a standstill. Unable to overpower him, Tommy jumped back as he watched Nightmare dig into the ground, wincing as realized that would've been his flesh. Tommy heaved an unsteady sigh, before engaging once more.

He continued to strike with his sword, hoping to land at least one blow. Though all his attacks were either thwarted by Dream’s shield or axe. Growing bored of his petty attempts, Dream swung at him once more as Tommy raised his shield just in time. Seeing an opening, Tommy switched his sword to the other hand, managing to land a hit on Dream’s stomach, only for it to be deflected by his netherite armor.

“Fuck,” Tommy muttered, realizing he didn’t even leave a scratch in it.

The leather armor he and Tubbo put on before coming out here was no match against the most valuable resource in the kingdom. Though, when fighting Dream, he realized his armor slowed his moments, meaning Tommy had the one advantage of speed. His physical attacks might not be able to get through the armor, but he knew what can: magic. He needed to find Tubbo, and quickly.

Noticing his right side was now left completely open, he planned to strike him there. It was impossible to read his gaze behind the mask, but Tommy caught onto his movement, changing his sword back to his right hand as he deflected the attack. Realizing there was no way he could win this fight, Tommy disengaged, turning around and running deeper into the burning forests.

The smoke made it harder to breathe and clouded his vision. Still, Tommy knew he needed to press on and find his best friend. Without looking back, he knew Dream was not far behind. Hearing the sound of a crossbow loading, he kept changing directions so as to not get hit. Among the burning heat, he felt a small but distinct chilling wind, choosing to follow that.

Seeing the sheep-hybrid in the distance, he shouted, “Tubbo!”

Dropping everything, he bolted to his friend's side, helping him catch his breath as he heavily panted, “Tommy! What’s wrong, did something happen–” His expression turned blank as he noticed Dream emerge from the forest, “Oh, shit!”

Without second thought, he hastily tossed one of his splash potions, only for it to fall short at his feet. Dream pointed his crossbow at Tubbo, who gulped in response. As he pulled the trigger, Tommy stepped in front of him, catching the arrow in his shield.

“Hey, that's no way to treat the second in command of L’manberg and his best bud!” The blond stomped his foot, pointing his sword at the king.

“Since when was that decided? I don’t remember Wilbur ever saying that.” Tubbo whispered to him.

“Just roll with it, Big T. It sounds badass and intimidating.” He muttered, glancing at his friend then their opponent.

“Really, he literally couldn’t find anyone better?” Dream mockingly said, approaching Tommy as he readied his sword.

Tubbo’s ears twitched, hearing something from the nearby treelines, “Tommy, watch out!” He pushed him out of the way as an arrow grazed his cheek.

“Consider that a warning shot,” A man with brown hair and goggles revealed himself, stepping out of the forest with a bow at hand, “Don’t worry Dream, I am here to help.” He smiled, joining him at his side.

“George! I’m glad that you could join me.” He smiled behind the mask, placing a hand on his shoulder.

“You’re telling me these are the guys that gave you so much trouble over some stupid discs.” He scoffed, glaring at the duo as they stood in defense.

“Yeah, that’s them. I can’t believe I was bested by two child thieves. It sounds pathetic, doesn’t it?” Dream disappointedly shook his head.

“Hey, we’re not children!” Tommy shouted in annoyance.

Ignoring him, George turned to Dream, “Eh, just a bit, but unlike before, I’m here with you to stop them.”

“Couldn't have said it better myself.” He amusingly hummed, gripping his axe as the pair slowly approached the duo

Tubbo gulped, starting to back away, “This really isn’t going how we planned it would.”

“Did we even have one to begin with?” Tommy worriedly turned to him.

“Not really, but I’d rather not fucking die today. How does that sound?” He stopped in his tracks and raised up his mace in one hand.

“I like how that sounds. Survive this and head back to L’manberg to hold up the fort.” Tommy grinned, following suit by reading his sword.

Hearing the drawback on George’s bow, Tubbo shouted “Glacies Spica!” A small barrier of ice appeared in front of them, freezing the arrow mere inches from hitting them.

The two exchanged nods before running around opposite sides of the barrier and engaging Dream at the same time. Though, he managed to block both at once, Tommy’s sword with his shield and Tubbo’s mace with Nightmare. The two continued taking turns striking at him, but had no success. Meanwhile, George took the opportunity to swap out his bow for a netherite sword.

Noticing him approaching them, Tubbo took one of the potions off his belt and tossed it at him. George jumped back to avoid the splash, buying them more time, but in the process Tubbo’s guard was left open, and Dream swung at him. Tommy pushed Tubbo aside, struggling to hold Dream back with only his sword alone.

Taken by surprise, Tubbo lost his balance and was knocked to the ground, watching as Tommy defended him. He slowly got to his feet, but not quick enough before George kicked him back down. He grinned at the sheep-hybrid, raising his sword above him. Before he could land the blow, an arrow lodged into his upper arm, causing George to yelp out in pain and drop his weapon.

“George!” Dream immediately disengaged with Tommy, rushing to his boyfriend’s side.

“I’m fine,” The prince winced as he pulled out the blood arrow, tossing it on the ground before picking up his sword. “I’ve dealt with much worse. Even then, he got my right hand, not my dominant one. I can still fight.” He looked down at the gash before glaring into the forest.

A laugh could be heard from behind the trees, “Veritas revelare,” A familiar figure with brown hair and shades dispelled the illusion magic used to hide their presence before stepping into the clearing.

“Eret!” Tommy and Tubbo cheered, rushing to their side and hiding behind their back.

“Don’t worry gentlemen, I’m here to protect you.” They smiled at the duo, “King Dream and Prince George didn’t hurt you, did they?”

“Maybe just a few scratches, but we’re mostly alright.” Tubbo pointed to the cut on his cheek.

“Yeah, we handled that fight like big men!” Tommy added on, ignoring the fact he was actually pretty fucking scared.

“That’s good to hear. I’m glad I made it in time.” Eret nodded in approval. “Well, now it’s two against three.”

“I wouldn’t exactly say that.” A new blond figure with blue eyes and golden jewelry emerged from the woods.

“Step aside peasants,” Sapnap followed not far behind, wearing a huge grin as his eyes were a fiery amber.

The mercenary tossed his trident, only for Eret to block it with their shield. “Don’t worry, your majesty. We can handle them.” He held out his empty hand as his weapon magically came back to him.

“Wait, this guy looks kind of familiar.” Tommy narrowed his gaze.

“Oh, you must be the Elytrian Purpled told me about. I’m Punz, his older brother.” Noticing his golden wings, a smirk formed across his face, “You know, those wings could fetch for a good price. I’m sure King Dream wouldn’t mind if I took them from you. Though it’s not like that matters since we’ll destroy you anyways.”

“Like hell you will, bitch!” Tommy flipped him off, desummoning them from his back.

“Purpled? Don’t tell me he’s here too…” Tubbo muttered, thinking back to the fun times he had with the young mercenary.

“No, I didn’t want him to fight in a war. I’m sure Sir Sapnap could say the same about his brother Eryn, and for Princess Drista.” Punz shook his head.

The knight nodded in agreement before facing Eret, “You know, it isn’t too late to join our side. We worked well together in the past against the Carmiagevan, and you’re better off serving us over these idiots. There won’t be any punishment if you join our side.”

They narrowed their gaze, remaining silent unil Tommy stepped in, “Shut up, Shitnap! Eret would never join you dickheads! He’s a proud citizen of L’manberg!” Eret slightly smiled at his response.

“Well, the offer still stands, but don’t say we didn’t warn you. It’s obvious we’re gonna win.” Sapnap created a small flame in his hand as he grasped his sword in the other.

The two groups stared at one another, the tense silence only interrupted by the nearby sound of cackling flames. The L’manberg group got closer to one another, surrounded by their four enemies. Everyone readied their weapons, raising their blades and preparing their spells. Before they could charge at one another, a new person rushed into the clearing.

“Wait, don’t start the fight without me!” Fundy shouted, running to their side while holding two small hatchets.

“Fundy, what are you doing here? It’s not safe, go back to Wilbur.” Eret whispered in a snappy tone.

“I want to fight too! Besides, Tommy and Tubbo are both kids too and they’re allowed to fight. So, why can’t I?” He pointed out, stomping his foot down.

“This isn’t the same. They have more experience with this kind of stuff. Plus, It’s my job to protect you and Wilbur, and I won’t allow you to get hurt.” They bluntly said, shaking their head.

“I’m not going to sit and watch while my home is destroyed. I want to defend it too!” Fundy snarled, flicking his fox ears, but Eret refused to budge.

As time went on, the flames started to dwindle, leaving behind soot and ash from the charred logs. Yet neither party stepped down, giving cold, piercing glares at one another. Eret protectively stood in front of Fundy, ready to defend, as everyone else prepared once more. Before anyone could land the first strike, they heard shouting from the forest.

“Fundy! Fundy, my boy, where are you?” Wilbur entered the clearing, heaving a sigh of relief when he saw him with the others, “There you are! Don’t ever scare me like that again. You could’ve– Oh my fucking Prime…” His smile quickly faded upon noticing the Essempi army.

“Wilbur, get behind!” Tommy took his hand, pulling him behind them as he, Tubbo and Eret stood their ground.

“I’m a writer, not a fighter, I’m not prepared to deal with these sorts of things.” He let out a nervous chuckle.

Dream slid his mask to the side of his head before raising a hand, “Weapons down, everyone,” At his cue, his men lowered theirs. “Ah, Lord Wilbur, or should I say “President” Wilbur, exactly the person I wanted to see.” He amusingly laughed, approaching them as they still pointed their weapons.

“What the hell do you want with us now? Haven’t you ruined enough already?” Tommy snapped.

“We’re independent now and want nothing to do with your kingdom in case you haven’t heard.” Tubbo crossed his arms.

“I see no use in idle chatter, so I'll get straight to the point.” Dream handed Wilbur a scroll titled Declaration of War, “Stop whatever you’re doing in L’manchildberg and rejoin the Essempi. If you agree to my terms, we will stop our attacks immediately, and things can go back to the way they used to, before you started this silly rebellion. How does that sound?”

Skimming through it, he wore a serious expression, closing his eyes and heaving a sigh before looking up at the king, “Independence or Death. We would rather die than than join your Essempi.” The others gave nods and mutters of agreement as Wilbur stood proud.

“So you have chosen death.” Dream darkly smiled, “You have one week. I want to see white flags outside your city to signify your surrender. If not, we will attack and L’manberg will fall.”

Upon finishing, he turned around and headed back into the woods, leaving them to take in the news in a panic. Dream couldn’t help but amusingly grin hearing their reactions. Seeing him depart, his allies soon followed. At this rate, the forest fire had completely died out, leaving behind its destruction. Sapnap was tempted to rekindle the flames, but was stopped by everyone else.

“Hey, how are you holding up?” Dream grasped onto George’s hand as they continued to walk back.

“I’m doing just fine. It’s just a scratch, I’ve dealt with worse.” He glanced down at his arm before meeting his emerald gaze, “You know, you could’ve just killed them right there. It would make things a lot easier than waiting longer.”

“You’re right, I could’ve ended them right there, but I wanted to give L’manberg a fighting chance. They can believe they’ll have the slightest chance of winning against us, which will make their defeat more satisfying.” He explained, with a sly smirk.

“I like the sound of that, but what are we supposed to do in the meantime?” George asked.

“Prepare for a war. You know, that kind of stuff. Though, I was thinking we could go out somewhere to celebrate today, just the two of us.” Dream shrugged in response before playfully elbowing him.

“You mean like a celebration date?” His face lit up as his boyfriend nodded, “I never thought you would ask, but I’d love to.” They both laughed, soon departing from L’manberg to revel in today’s victory and plan the upcoming war.

Notes:

I had a blast writing this chapter and hope you all enjoyed it too. Make sure to kudos, comment, subscribe, bookmark, etc if you haven’t done so already and would like to show your support. Obviously no pressure though.

Also get excited for the following chapters in the upcoming L’manberg independence war arc. I’ve been planning this part for a very long time now and I’m so excited to finally show it all to you all! I’ll see you in the next update, until next time.

Chapter 25: “Did someone say revolution?”

Summary:

With an upcoming war on their hands, Wilbur decides he needs all the help they can get. Meanwhile, Tommy and Tubbo have suspicions about their new allies and decide to investigate.

Notes:

First off, I just wanted to mention I changed the previous chapter’s title. Mainly because I wasn't too keen on the old one and I have to use my musical references while I still can . Next, I just wanted to say the chapter ahead is a long one full of lots of content. As this arc is progressing I’m really getting into it more and have tons of stuff I’ve been planning for a long time and am excited to finally share.

As I said at the start of the last chapter I have an announcement and surprise for you all. The announcement is that Don’t Lose Your Head is officially a series! I have a few side stories planned and can’t wait to reveal more along the lines. All of it is set in the same universe as this fic, but reading it is completely optional and will not affect the reading of this fic. So, check that out if you wish. The one I published earlier today is related to this chapter. As for the surprise, you have to read the fic to find out.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The walk back to L’manberg was long and dreadful. The complete silence was only broken by the crackles of a few leftover flames soon to diminish, or the sniffles of Fundy, who started to cry shortly after hearing the news. None of them expected for a war to be declared upon L’manberg. Well they did, but not this soon. It was inevitable the Essempi would oppose them, but they assumed they had at least some time before that happened.

Nobody dared to even speak of the news, or even mutter a word for the rest of the trip. Though, this wasn’t the type of thing they could keep a secret. It would only be a matter of time before the people found out. As Wilbur and the others returned to the Soot-Minecraft manor, Kristin, Jack and Niki were anxiously awaiting their arrival.

“Oh my Prime! I was so worried that something might’ve happened to you or Fundy after you rushed after him. Never scare me like that again, songbird.” Kristin ran over to give her son a hug, resting her head on his shoulder.

“I need to know, did anything happen in L’manberg while we were away? Tell me that the city is safe.” Wilbur impatiently asked the others in a snappy tone.

“No, nothing really happened inside L’manberg if that’s what you’re wondering. We’re just glad that you’re okay.” Niki shook her head before giving a relieved smile.

“We saw smoke rising from outside the city. Plus, you guys kind of look like shit, no offense.” Jack pointed to the five, most of which had cuts and bruises, and Fundy’s eyes still wet from earlier. “Did something happen that we should know about?” He questioned, only to be met with silence.

Hearing the young fox sniffle, Kristin approached her grandson, kneeling down to his level. “Oh, it’s okay, cub. Whatever went down in those scary woods is over now. You’re safe here in L’manberg.” She comforted him, gently running her fingers through his fur.

“—I’m scared, grandma…” Fundy lowered his ears as the four, who were with him, frowned.

“Don’t be scared. Everyone here will protect you. Whatever it is, it can’t be that bad.” She reassured him.

“No, it’s actually that bad.” Tubbo quietly muttered with a dreaded expression.

The three who stayed in L’manberg during this morning’s incident, snapped their heads towards him with concerned expressions. Realizing what he must do, Wilbur unraveled the scroll Dream gave them this morning, letting them read over it. Tommy, Tubbo and Fundy looked away as they started to skim through it, all widening their eyes at once. Jack raised his eyebrows, while Niki and Kristin gasped, covering their mouths.

Eventually, Jack broke the silence by shouting, “What the absolute fuck?! Please tell me this isn’t real. This has to be some sort of joke!”

“Unfortunately it is very much real, signed by King Dream himself and marked with the symbol of the Essempi.” Wilbur heaved a sigh, pointing to the bottom of the paper.

“What are we going to do? L’manberg isn’t able to fight against the Essempi, but we also can’t surrender...” Niki clenched her fist, glancing downwards.

“Well, whatever it is, we have to make a decision pretty fucking fast. The green dickhead only gave us a week before he destroys L’manberg.” Tommy muttered, crossing his arms.

“Tommy’s right, we don’t have a lot of time to prepare if we do try and fight back.” Fundy lowered his ears, while his tail hung lowly.

“Plus, Dream and his friends are way more powerful than us. At this rate, it’s impossible to match them in items or skills.” Tubbo shook his head, slightly wincing.

“Come on, they can’t be that better than us. I’m sure if we get everyone’s help, there’s a chance we can beat them. The Carmiagevan has been creating a lot more potions too.” Jack stated.

“Tubbo and I fought them head on. They were decked with fucking netherite, while all we have here is shitty iron tools! They burned down our forests, so who knows what they'll do to the city!” Tommy snapped, clenching his fists.

“Look, you can describe what makes a man strong, but you can’t describe what makes one wise. Sure, King Dream might have better gear and more power, but we have something that he doesn’t.” Wilbur looked up from the scroll and the people surrounding him.

Each one of them was brilliant and courageous in their own way, all standing united with one single goal in mind.

“We have comradery, are fighting for a righteous cause and have an area to defend. Do you know what he is driven by? Greed. Do you know what we’re driven by? The desire to protect our home. No matter what happens, even if he destroys everything, L’manberg won’t fall until we let it. The moment we give up on our dream of a self-emancipated nation is when he has truly won. Now, are we going to give up on that?”

“No, never!” Tommy shouted, giving a salute, “We ain't pussies. Even if there is no chance of winning, we still have to fight. We can’t just give the green bastard what he wants.”

“Yeah, we’ve come this far, and we can't give up now. We’ve bested Dream before, so I am certain we can do it again. We just have to work together.” Tubbo stepped forward.

“I want to help and fight for what is right, and that is the future of L’manberg and its people.” Niki gave a determined expression, her blue eyes burning with fierceness.

“This is our home and we have to defend it. We can’t just let it fall.” Fundy ran in between Tubbo and Tommy, standing right next to his father.

“A war is obviously something we would’ve expected when declaring independence. I might not be good at fighting, but I want to help out in any way possible.” Jack joined Niki at her side.

“Our chances of winning seem pretty slim. Even if it’s a losing battle, I will gladly join you at your side if that is what you want, my president.” Eret took Wilbur’s other side, though there was a bit of hesitation in his voice.

Wilbur gave an anxious smile, petting behind his son’s ear before addressing them all, “Alright men, I want you to start preparing. Reinforce the walls, brew potions, gather materials, rally citizens, do whatever you deem fit. Time is of the essence and we don’t have much to waste. Now go, and remember to never let go of that dream.”

Upon him giving the command, everyone went their separate ways. As everyone split to do their own tasks in preparation for the upcoming fight, Wilbur headed to his office right away. Sitting down in his desk hair, he pulled out a sheet of parchment, taking out a black feathered quill, dipping it in ink before getting straight to writing.

“You seemed very focused. Who might you be writing to, my songbird?” Kristin amusingly hummed, watching him from the doorway.

“I think you of all people should know, mother. If we want to have a fighting chance against Dream, we are going to need all the help we can get, and I know exactly the right person for the job. I’m just worried he will say no.” He didn’t look up at her, continuing to quickly write.

“Of course he will say yes, Wilbur. He cares about you more than anything, and there isn’t anything that he wouldn’t do for you.” She shook her head, still wearing a smile.

“You really think so? I guess that makes one of us. Sure he’s a man of his word, but my brother hasn’t exactly been there for us recently, more focused on his animals and potato farm over his family.” Upon finishing, Wilbur stood up, rolling the paper up before leaving the room.

Kristin followed him, stepping out to the balcony, “You know he has his reasons for leaving L’manberg, and you can’t blame him for that. What happened was hard on all of us, him especially. You can’t blame him for that. Still, I’m certain he will want to help out.” Kristin held out her arm,

A crow landed on it within mere moments as if it was awaiting this moment. It gave an affectionate squawk at each of them. Kristin happily giggled in response, gently stroking the bird’s wings, while calling it handsome. Meanwhile, Wilbur tied the scroll to the it’s leg with some twine before sending it on its way. The two watched the bird take off, soaring into the clear blue sky and heading north, as if it already knew the way.

“I suppose you’re right. Let us just hope they receive this message in time.” Wilbur heaved a sigh, while Kristin grasped onto his hand, praying the news would reach them before it’s too late.


The following morning, two soaring silhouettes could be seen off in the clear blue sky. Their shadows casted as they flew over the walled city, causing anyone passing by to look up in awe. Wilbur woke up early, going about his day making preparations when he heard pecking at his window. He opened it as a crow fluttered inside, landing on his shoulder, giving a squawk as it nipped at his hair.

Wilbur knew what this meant right away, “They’re here…” He muttered in a mix between disbelief and relief before rushing to get his mother.

Without a moment to waste, the two headed to the manor courtyard as they saw the two winged figures slowly ascend. Wilbur watched with a smile, while Kristin barely contained her excitement. This first was of a man with shoulder-length blond hair, icy blue eyes, who wore a green kimono and striped hat decorated with deer antlers. Most notably were his large black feathery wings that carried him here.

The second was of a beautiful chestnut Pegasus with two people mounting it. The rider they were very familiar with, a Piglin-hybrid man with crimson red eyes, tusk-like teeth, and pointy ears with multiple golden piercings. His golden crown along with the rest of his many pieces of jewelry shimmered under the morning sun as his long pink hair and velvet cape ruffled in the wind.

However, the hybrid on the back of the horse, they didn’t recognize. Despite his tall appearance, he looked to be relatively young. One half of his body was black while the other was white. His mismatched green and red eyes matched the jewels on his crown and earrings. He had pointed ears, claw-like nails, horns, a long tail, and he wore mostly black and white, including a mask that covered the lower half of his face.

“Did someone say revolution?” The Piglin-hybrid hopped off his Pegasus, wearing a huge grin as his long hair flowed with the wind.

“Technoblade! Thank Prime you made it!” Wilbur cheered, running out to greet him with Kristin following close behind.

“It’s about time someone in this kingdom rebelled. Monarchy is overrated, y’know. Still, Dream didn’t make it easy for you guys, but I know we can beat him.” Technoblade looked up at his brother, grinning in response.

“Yeah, and now we have The Blade and Angel of Death on our side. That should even our odds against the Essempi.” As Wilbur said that, the crow sitting on his shoulder flew away and landed on the winged man’s head.

“Even our odds? Don’t be so pessimistic, Wil. We came here for one reason and one reason alone, to make sure you win this war.” Phil ruffled his oldest son’s hair before giving him a hug, wrapping his wings around him. “Your Uncle Grian would be proud.”

“It’s nice to finally see you again too, dad.” He smiled, embracing the warm feeling before they broke away.

“Family reunion! Took you guys long enough!” The crow on his head squawked, flapping its wings.

“Over a year if we’re being exact.” Another one landed on his shoulder.

“I have a feeling we are going to get 4/4 SBI very soon!” A third one chirped, landing on his other shoulder.

“Okay, that’s enough guys. I swear, sometimes it’s a fucking curse knowing what they are saying all the time.” Phil shooed them away as they flocked to the Enderman-hybrid boy, who happily laughed as they perched on him. “Now, where were we?” He turned to Kristin.

The two kissed, giving soft expressions at each other, “Hello dear, it’s nice to finally get to see you again after all this time. If only we reunited under better circumstances…” She bittersweetly smiled, closing her eyes as her husband cupped his hand on her cheek.

Phil hummed, tucking a strand of her hair behind her slightly-pointed ear, “I couldn’t agree more, my love. It feels like we were a part for an eternity, but now don’t have to worry about being apart. Even if it’s not the best situation, I’m still glad we’re now here together.”

“I know, and am thankful for that myself. No matter how far apart we may be, and through life and death, I will always love you.” Kristin looked at him with adoring eyes as their fingers interlocked before facing her Technoblade. “Oh, and I could never forget about you, my warrior.” She pulled him in for a hug.

“Kristin, Kristin please, you know how I feel physical affection.” He repeatedly murmured, talking as if the weight of the hug was crushing him.

“Right, my bad. It’s been so long, I almost forgot about that. Still, I’m glad to see you again.” She quickly let go, opting to just place a hand on his shoulder. “And hello, Carl.” Kristin petted the stallion, who let out a delighted neigh in response.

“Well, I’m just happy everything worked out in the end. It’s a miracle how fast you came here, especially on such a short notice.” Wilbur let out a sigh of relief.

“As a wise man once said, quickness is the essence of war.” Technoblade quoted.

“The crows told us what’s been happening in L’manberg. We were so excited when we found out you declared independence, and you could only imagine the chaos when we heard what happened yesterday.” Phil held out his arm as they all flocked away from the Enderman-hybrid boy and towards him.

“Yeah, it was horrible. They all came into the house at once and wouldn’t stop screaming and flying all over the place. Once we figured out what was going on, we knew we had to come here right away.” The Enderman-hybrid, who was quietly watching them the whole time, finally spoke.

“Oh, and who might this be?” Kristin curiously faced the newcomer.

“Ranboo is Techno’s personal knight, and my personal baby zombie slayer. He insisted on coming with us, and wouldn’t take no for an answer. So, I hope you don’t mind him being here today.” Phil explained, wrapping a wing around his shoulder.

Wilbur raised an eyebrow, “Of course not, the more the merrier. Honestly, we need all the help we can get.” He turned to his brother with a smirk, “A personal knight you say? Don’t tell me you're really losing your edge this soon.”

“It’s nothing like that! I’m nowhere near Technoblade’s level.” Ranboo objected, “He just keeps me around the place or whenever there’s occasionally a threat. I’m actually not that good when it comes to fighting…” He lowered his ears.

“Oh come on, Ranboo. Don’t be so hard on yourself. I mean, you’re not allowed to be better than your own sensei, but bein’ second place isn’t all that bad.” The Piglin-hybrid nudged him.

“Techno’s right, y’know. He wouldn’t have taken you on as his apprentice if he didn’t think you had potential. Besides, you’re quite talented for your age, and are better at magic than Techno and I will ever be.” Phil told him.

“Well, it’s a pleasure to meet you, Ranboo.” Kristin beamed, shaking his hand with an eager expression.

“Yeah, I’m glad to finally get the chance to meet you and Wilbur too after all this time. D—I mean, Phil and Techno have told me all about you.” He returned the gesture, his tail moving back and forth.

“It looks like you have a soft spot for orphans after all.” Wilbur grinned, to which Technoblade playfully punched him, “Now, I’m curious, if you are all here in L’manberg, then who is watching over your animals and potato farm then? You can’t just leave them alone for that long.”

“Don’t worry about Steve, the hounds, and the rest of my animals. I got my dear old friend Squid-Kid to watch over them. Right now, our priority is makin’ sure you guys get out of this war alive.” He explained, casually shrugging.

“Wow, you boys packed light. I was expecting at least some luggage and weapons, but it looks like you only brought yourselves.” Kristin said.

“Do you really think we came unprepared, dear?” Phil let out an amused chuckle, “Ranboo, you know what to do!”

“On it!” He nodded before holding out his hands.

As he focused his gaze, a chest appeared within his hands. He set it down and opened it to reveal some emeralds and golden apples, causing Wilbur and Kristin’s eyes to widen.

“Ranboo over here’s magic, pretty much lets him function as his own personal Enderchest. Which is pretty useful because we don’t have to carry a bunch of stuff, and never have to worry about runnin’ out of weapons.” While Technoblade explained, Ranboo picked up the chest and made it vanish.

“I guess that saves us some time without having to haul luggages. I’ll show you where your rooms are so you can unpack. In the meantime, I was hoping we could catch up.” Wilbur led the manor as they four walked behind.

“Pog! I can’t wait.” Technoblade grinned, flipping his long hair over his shoulder.

“Why didn’t you want to join them? It’s been quite some time since you last saw your uncle and grandfather, and I’m sure they’d like to see you.” Eret remarked, watching the new arrivals from afar with the rest of the L’manberg group.

“Eh, I have no interest in seeing them right now, and can always talk to them later. I mean, we aren't even that close and they never really liked me that much anyways. I would rather stay with you.” Fundy shook his head, clinging to Eret’s side.

“Who the fuck are these rich assholes?” Tommy scoffed, narrowing his gaze at the strangers with Wilbur.

“Wait, you mean you really don’t know?” Niki raised her eyebrows, slightly shocked.

“Nope, we literally have no idea who these people are supposed to be.” Tubbo shook his head, focusing his healing magic on Tommy’s bruises instead of looking up.

“How could you have not heard of The Blade or The Angel of Death?! Almost everyone in the kingdom knows of them?” Jack asked in disbelief.

“Might I remind you that Tubbo and I grew up in the streets. We had bigger issues to deal with. You know, like making sure we didn’t fucking starve, instead of rich people's politics.” Tommy snarkily remarked.

“Since it looks like we’re the only ones in the dark, and nobody wants to give us answers, I think we should find out about them for ourselves. What do you say, Tommy?” Tubbo nudged his friend, mischief in his eyes.

“Hell yeah! Investigation time!”

“We can be detectives. I can call myself Tubbo Noir and you can be Tommy Noir.” He took out a magnifying glass and put it to his eye.

“Hey wait a minute, that’s mine! Where did you even get that from?” Jack felt around in his pocket, realizing his magnifying glass was gone.

“We pickpocketed it when you weren’t looking. Our days of theft might be over, but we still learned a thing or two from doing it all these years.” Tommy explained with a smug smirk, “We’re the detectives now, bitch!”

Tubbo laughed, “And we will find every secret these guys are hiding. Though, I feel like we’ve met these people before.”

“Now that you mention it, they do look kind of familiar…” Tommy narrowed his gaze, finding himself focusing on the pink-haired hybrid.

“Come on, what are we waiting for? Let’s go!” Tubbo stood up, taking his friend’s hand.

“Right,” He happily nodded, following as they rushed away.

“Hey, you two better not fucking break my magnifying glass!” Jack shouted as it was already difficult for them to hear.

“I think it would’ve been easier if you just told them who Technoblade and Philza are.” Niki giggled at her friend.

“You’re probably right, but I’m curious to see where this goes. Knowing those two, it will certainly be interesting.” He sat back, watching them run off with an amused smile.


“And that was pretty much everything that happened since the last time we saw each other in person.” Wilbur finished explaining as he led the way down the manor hallway.

“Wow, it looks like we missed a fucking lot in such a short amount of time.” Phil raised his eyebrows.

“Heh, I guess you could say there’s never a dull moment with you incharge of L’manberg.” Technoblade amusingly chuckled.

“Well, what have you two been up to in the meantime? I bet my husband and brave warrior went on some epic quest and slayed many monsters.” Kristin asked, holding onto Phil’s hand with an eager smile.

Phil let out an amused huff, “Not exactly, my dear. We haven’t done anything that exciting recently, or at least compared to what we’ve done before.”

“Y’know, the usual,” Technoblade shrugged, “Mainly just workin’ on my potato farm and tendin’ to the animals.”

“As much as I hate to admit it, I have a feeling that might change very soon.” Wilbur replied to his father, “Now about rooming, I assume mom and dad are just going to share a room like always. And for Technoblade…”

“I’ll just use our old bedroom since that’s what we usually do whenever Phil and I visit. If we’re tight on space, I don’t mind Ranboo bunkin’ with me.” Passing right by it, Technoblade opened the door, revealing two twin-sized beds, one with yellow covers and the other red.

“You see, that’s what I’d normally do, but here’s the thing. It’s currently being used by someone else since I didn’t expect you to come back so soon…” Wilbur peeked into Tommy and Tubbo’s room before facing his brother.

“Oh, what about this room right next to it?” Ranboo put his hand on the doorknob, attempting to twist it, but wouldn’t budge, “It’s locked.”

“Don’t worry about that. We haven’t used that room for many years. So, we just keep it locked instead.” Phil placed a hand on his shoulder.

“But why?”

It was a harmless and innocent question, but quickly made the others go silent. Wilbur froze in place, forming a small frown. Kristin’s smile faded as she glanced aside. Technoblade’s expression went blank, his hands slightly trembling, and Phil let out an awkward cough.

“I’m sorry… Did I do something to upset you guys?” Ranboo flattened his ears, tail hanging low.

“Don’t worry about it, Ranboo. You just asked a harmless question and there’s no way you could’ve known.” Technoblade reassured him, “As I was sayin, do whatever you need to, Wilbur. Put me outside for all I care. I can sleep about anywhere.”

“I would never do such a thing, especially to my own brother. Come on, let me show you and Ranboo to your rooms then.” Wilbur snapped back to his normal demeanor, continuing down the hall.

Phil turned his head, noticing the Enderman-hybrid still standing in place as the rest of them kept walking, “Hey, are you coming with us or not?”

“–Oh, yeah. Don’t worry about me. I’ll just catch up with you guys later. I was thinking of exploring the rest of the manor by myself.” Ranboo shook his head, breaking his trance.

“It’s nice and all that you’re feeling adventurous, and I’m not gonna stop you. But Phil and I will need our stuff then. We can’t unpack with nothing.” Technoblade remarked.

“Mhm, right,” He nodded, summoning two luggages in each hand before giving them to Technoblade and Phil.

They picked them up, bidding Ranboo a brief farewell before heading on their way. As they continued down the hall, he noticed how happy the four looked together, contently chatting as they caught up. Phil and Kristin tightly held hands, their fingers intertwined as the two brothers teased one another. Meanwhile, Ranboo watched with longing in his eyes before quietly heading the opposite direction.

His travels took him to the garden, finding some alliums among an array of flora. Reaching out his clawed hand, he gently touched the purple flowering bulbs, his smile hidden by the mask on the lower half of his face. These flowers were always his favorite. It was a shame they struggled to grow naturally in the arctic, even during the warmer seasons. His older brother was generous enough to keep some in his greenhouse because he knew how much he liked them.

His older brother Technoblade, currently he was with his father as they chatted with Wilbur and Kristin. Technically, they were his family too, even if they didn’t know he was only a Soot-Minecraft by adoption. Ranboo couldn’t exactly remember why they kept this a secret, but something about them getting the wrong idea of him. Yet he feared that it was already happening, and that they wouldn’t accept him as a brother or son. So, it was for the best he let them be since they were better off without him getting in the way.


“Hey Tubbo, what do you think the deal is with this guy?” Tommy whispered, watching the Enderman boy as he hid behind a tree.

“Honestly, I have no idea. That’s what I’m trying to figure out,” Tubbo replied, looking through the magnifying glass as he hid inside a bush. “Currently, he’s just looking at the flowers. Doesn’t seem out of the ordinary.”

“I don’t know, sounds kind of suspicious to me. What if he’s secretly an assassin sent by Dream and is studying the plants so he can poison us all in our sleep. Plus, you see those two swords on his belt, my point exactly.” He narrowed his gaze on the hybrid.

“Tommy, literally almost everyone here has some sort of weapon. Besides, I think Wilbur would’ve known right away if he was going to kill us. We’re going to need more evidence before we jump to any conclusions.” Tubbo shook his head.

“Just look at him, Tubbo. Everything about him looks fucking weird, not to mention he hasn’t even blinked once this whole time. That’s not fucking normal.” Tommy pointed out.

“I don’t think it’s right to judge someone by appearance, especially when it’s not something they can control about themselves.” He glared, scowling.

As the two kept bickering among themselves, the Enderman-hybrid’s ears started to twitch, facing their direction. Once they noticed the pair of eyes lay upon them, they went silent. The Enderman boy eventually turned his gaze away from them. As he held out his arm, a crow landed on it, giving an affection squawk as he stroked its feathers.

This caused the duo to perk up with wide eyes. Tubbo stood up, trying to get a better look, but accidentally tripped, revealing himself in the process. The thud startled the bird, causing it to fly away as the Enderman-hybrid directly faced him. The two looked at each other in shock as Tommy muttered in a panic from his hiding spot.

“Hello!” Tubbo gulped before putting on a smile.

“–Umm… hi?” The Enderman boy continued to stare at him astonished, but never made eye contact, “Are you alright?” He asked, leaning over to extend a hand.

“Oh yeah, don’t worry about me. I’m perfectly fine.” He repeatedly nodded, taking his hand as he got to his feet. “Thanks for helping me. I’m Tubbo by the way. What’s your name?”

“Well, I guess it’s very nice to meet you, Tubbo. My name is Ranboo.”

The crow from earlier flew back, perching Ranboo’s arm as Tubbo stared in amazement, “Woah… Do you mind if I pet it?” Ranboo nodded in response, lowering his arm Tubbo petted the bird, “How do you even do that? It’s so cool!”

“My dad is really good with crows. He pretty much has this natural connection with them and can even hear what they’re saying. He taught me how to get them to like me.” Ranboo explained, his tail swaying back and forth.

“Having an army of birds sounds exciting. That way if someone is bothering you, you can just make them attack. Do you think you can teach me how to befriend them too?” He asked, watching as the crow ruffled its feathers.

“Sure, if that’s what you really want. Though, I don’t think I’m that good.” He lowered his head.

“Well, I think you’re amazing at it. Actually, I know a thing or two about feathers from my friend, who also has wings.” Tubbo looked over at the tree, giving Tommy a smirk as he glared in response.

Ranboo’s ear twitched as he perked up, “Really? I had no idea there were more in the kingdom. My d–I mean Phil is the only elytrian I know of.”

“I was wondering why you wear that mask. Do you use it to cover up scars, or is it just to look badass? Tubbo pointed to the mask covering the lower half of his face, matching his split halves. “Sorry if it was rude of me to ask.”

“No, it’s nothing like that… I don’t have any scars, at least not there. It’s just that my appearance scares a lot of people, so it’s for the best that I hide some of my features around others.” Ranboo shook his head, glancing downwards.

“I want to see what you look like without it.”

“Huh?”

“You heard me right. I promise I won’t be scared or judge you. If it makes you feel better, I’m not exactly human either.” Tubbo pointed to his horns and ears with a supportive smile.

“Are you really sure?” He asked, to which the sheep-hybrid nodded. “Okay…” Ranboo lowered the mask as he gave an awkward smile, showing off his sharp and pointy teeth.

“That’s fucking amazing. I kind of want to know what would happen if you bit someone now,” Tubbo got closer, looking at them with an excited expression, “Personally, I like you a lot better this way.”

“Thanks,” Ranboo smiled once more, this time his expression was soft and genuine.

More crows started to gather around them as they continued to chat. Tubbo was beyond thrilled when one eventually landed on him, attempting to nest in his hair. Ranboo couldn’t help but playfully laugh at the sight, showing off his pointy teeth once more. For minutes, they talked about anything and everything, given Tubbo’s desire to bring up random topics. By the looks of it, they were quickly becoming friends.

Tommy unamusingly rolled his eyes as he stuck out his tongue in disgust, “Oh my Prime, you’ve got to be kidding me…” Having enough, he stepped out from behind the tree.

The moment he made his presence known, all of the crows instantly flocked towards him, loudly squawking as they fought for Tommy’s affection. They kept trying to land on him, only to be gently swatted away by him. The entire time, Ranboo and Tubbo couldn’t help but stare in awe.

“Is it normal for them to do that?” Tubbo turned to him in concern.

Ranboo’s eyes widened in surprise as he shook his head, “Nope, they're never usually this friendly to strangers. The only person I’ve seen them act like this around is Phil. They’re not even that friendly around me and Techno.”

“Fuck off you feral winged bastards!” He eventually managed to shoo all the crows away, who landed in the nearby trees instead. Their gazes still fixated on him with intrigue as they occasionally tilted their heads.

“Hi Tommy!” Tubbo waved as he approached them.

“You two know each other?” Ranboo looked at the blond, still avoiding eye contact.

“Yeah, Tubbo is my best friend. So, don’t get any ideas, boob boy.” Tommy fiercely glared, standing right next to the sheep-hybrid.

“Oh, I remember Tubbo mentioning you. Sorry, I don’t have a good memory. I should probably jot your names down in my memory book before I forget.” Ranboo summoned a leather covered journal and black feathered quill in his hands.

“Hey Ranboo, do you mind if Tommy and I speak alone for a moment.” Tubbo asked, pulling Tommy aside.

“Sure, go right ahead. I still have some notes I have to finish up.” He didn’t even bother glancing up from his page as he kept writing.

Once they were far enough away, Tommy finally spoke, “Okay, this Ranboo guy is suspicious as hell. I don’t trust him one bit.”

“I don’t know, he seemed pretty nice to me. Ranboo just seems shy and probably hasn’t talked to many people because they’re afraid of his looks. I’m sure you would like him if you gave him a chance.” Tubbo shook his head as he glanced towards the Enderman-hybrid.

“He could be just playing you for all you know. Once he gains your trust, he will drop the act and back-stab us all.” Tommy pointed out.

“You’re right, this is war, so we can’t be certain about anything. Eret could betray us for all we know. Though, I think I figured out what Ranboo actually is.” Tubbo took out the magnifying glass, watching as a crow landed on Ranboo’s shoulder.

“An assassin? A spy sent by Dream?”

“No, not at all. Can’t you see it? The fact the animals love him like in those fairytale books, not to mention his crown. I think Ranboo is a prince, specifically Prince of the End.”

“Wow, isn’t that fucking great,” Tommy sarcastically spat, “Might I remind you how our past interactions with royalty went, and it’s because of one we are in this war to begin with.”

“Dream has always been an asshole, but Ranboo isn’t like that. If we are nice to him, then maybe he will give us stuff in return. What do you think of that?” Tubbo mischievously smirked.

“I think you might be onto something…”

Ranboo’s ears flickered, “Oh, you’re talking about my crown? Actually, I was a gift from someone very dear to me. Sorry if that might sound a little weird.” He took off the gold, ruby and emerald jeweled crown, staring at it with a soft smile before putting it back on. “I should mention that I’m not a–”

“Wait, how much of our conversation did you overhear?!” Tommy shouted.

“Not everything, nope not at all…” Ranboo muttered, glancing aside.

“I don’t think it’s weird at all,” Tubbo took off the red bandana around his neck, which he wore all the time, even with his uniform. “This was actually a gift from Tommy. He gave it to me when we were younger.”

“Hey, don’t tell boob boy about that!” He slightly blushed in embarrassment, clinging onto his matching green one around his neck that was from Tubbo. “Alright your Endness, nice you are new here in L’manberg how about we give you a tour?” Changing the subject, Tommy put a hand on Ranboo’s shoulder, leading the way.

“That’s an excellent idea, and I love the title too!” Tubbo quickly joined them.

“Ummm… Okay? I guess I’m down with that. I’ve been meaning to explore the manor anyways.” He awkwardly nodded, still unsure how to break the news that he wasn’t actually a prince. So, Ranboo just rolled with it instead.


“I can’t express how grateful I am that you guys are here now. I don’t know what I would’ve done without you,” Wilbur let out a sigh of relief, watching as they unpacked, “I’d never outright admit this to the others, but I’m worried about the fate of L’manberg.”

“I know you think you have to be tough for everyone else because you’re their leader, but it’s okay to feel that way. We are all worried about this war in different ways.” Kristin reassured him, leaning on her husband’s shoulder as they sat on the bedside.

“You should give yourself more credit, Wil. You’re a great leader and have many loyal people at your side. It’s unlike anything I’ve seen in all my days of traveling across kingdoms.” Phil said, while wrapping his wing around Kristin.

“Pretend inferiority and encourage his arrogance.” Technoblade quoted, “Let Dream believe he has the advantage and no chance at losin’. Then, we can surprise him when he least expects it to gain the upperhand.”

As they continued talking, Tommy ran by peeking his head in the room to wave, “Hey, Wilbur!”

Technoblade and Phil turned their heads towards the doorway, their eyes both widened in shock as they saw him. His father jumped to his feet and his brother dropped what he was doing. It was unlike anything Wilbur had seen before, especially from two people as composed as them. It was almost like they just saw a ghost. Wilbur should’ve expected such a reaction and felt bad for not telling them prior.

Phil was the first to break the silence, slowly walking towards him, “You’re– You’re an elytrain.”

“Umm… Yeah?” Tommy skeptically stepped inside the room, summoning his golden wings, which he kept hidden since Punz’ comment yesterday.

“Gold!!!” Technoblade shouted, his piglin instincts taking over as his eyes sparkled.

“How did you even know? My wings weren’t even visible.” Tommy pointed out,

“Call it instincts or a gut feeling. We elytrains and avians have our ways of sensing one another,” Phil explained, “I’m surprised to see that you’re a passerine. Honestly, I was expecting they would be red.”

“I’m a fucking what now?” Tommy defensively snapped, ruffling his wings that now appeared small in comparison to Phil’s fully grown ones.

“Your wings, they’re that of a canary’s.” He looked at his golden feathers that lightly shimmered under the sun, in contrast to his own midnight ones.

“Oh…” Tommy blinked in surprise, “I literally had no idea that’s what they were. I always just referred to them by color instead. I guess thanks for telling me that, birdman.”

“No problem, kid. It’s nice to finally get to meet another one of our kind after so long,” Phil beamed in return.

“There you are! We’ve been looking all over for you since you ran off.” Tubbo bolted the room, joining Tommy at his side, “Oh, hi Wilbur, Kristin, random strangers I don't know.” He waved to them as Ranboo followed not far behind.

“Well, if it isn’t the one and only your Endness, or as I like to call him boob boy.” Tommy smirked.

“Please stop using the nickname…” He muttered under his breath.

“Your Endness?” Technoblade tilted his head, facing the Enderman-hybrid.

“Yeah, like your highness, but because he’s a prince of The End. It’s important that we have good relationships with Wilbur’s allies, especially royal ones that aren’t mean like Dream.” Tubbo explained, smiling at Ranboo.

Upon hearing that Phil and Technoblade burst into laughter, loudly cackling among themselves. Ranboo couldn’t help but force an awkward smile as his ears repeatedly twitched. Meanwhile, everyone else in the room witnessed this sight completely dumbfounded.

“What’s so funny?” Tommy asked, narrowing his gaze.

Technoblade composed himself after laughing, “Now that’s just hilarious. You see, Ranboo here ain’t royalty, which are monarchies that are governments. Technically speakin’ his title would be sir because he’s a knight.”

“What?!” Tommy and Tubbo both shouted at once, to which Ranboo nodded.

“He was actually knighted not that long ago, like at the beginning of this year. Though, Ranboo certainly isn’t like most in his field since he specializes more in magic. Y’know, brewing, enchanting and stuff of that sort.” Phil added on.

“Wait, isn’t it the job of the king to do knighting ceremonies?” Wilbur pointed out.

“I mean yeah, but I did this one myself. If Dream really had a problem with that, he would have to take it up with me. Of course, after beating him in that duel, he’s too afraid to do so.” Technoblade shrugged.

“Why didn’t you tell us this, Ranboo? Uhh– I mean Sir Ranboo,” Tubbo asked.

“Sorry, I guess I was just afraid of disappointing you guys. I’ve never really had friends my age before. But please, just use my name. I’ve never really been a big fan of the title.” He glanced aside, scratching his head.

“Oh, okay!” Tubbo happily nodded.

“Wait, you managed to defeat Dream in a duel?” Tommy faced Technoblade.

“Yeah, why do you think I’m here?” He smugly grinned.

“That’s fucking pog, man!”

“I don’t think I’ve properly introduced you guys yet. As you two already know, this is my mother Kristin, but I’d like you to meet my father Philza and brother Technoblade.” Wilbur pointed to the Piglin-hybrid and elytrain, “Dad, Techno, this is Tommy and Tubbo. They are friends of mine that have been helping me around L’manberg.”

As the pair stared directly at Tommy, he couldn’t help but shudder from their unreadable fixed gazes, but Tubbo seemed more excited to say the least, “It’s nice to get to meet you, Wilbur's brother and Mr. Minecraft!” He happily shook hands with them both.

“Please, we’re all fighting together here. Just call me Philza or Phil, whenever you prefer.”

“Really, Wilbur? You’re lettin’ kids fight in a war. You’re telling me L’manberg has child soldiers now?” Technoblade gave his brother an unamused glare.

“Hey, they choose to fight and trust me, they’re more than capable of defending themselves.” Wilbur retorted, “Besides, you’re letting Ranboo fight and he can’t be much older than Tommy and Tubbo.”

“Fair point, but Ranboo was trained.” He pointed out.

Before the two brothers could bicker further, Kristin intervened, “Okay boys, that’s enough.” She then turned to Tommy, Tubbo and Ranboo, “As you three can see, we still have a lot of packing up to do and catching up to do as a family. We have a long week ahead of us, and I’m sure you’d rather spend your time elsewhere than listen to my sons fight.”

“Well, Tommy and I promised to show Ranboo around until Tommy ran off on us.” Tubbo playfully nudged his friend, snapping him out of his trance with Wilbur’s other family.

“Yeah, we should probably finish up that. Come on, boob boy!” He let the two run off together ahead of him.

Tommy glanced over his shoulder as he left the room slowly following behind. His eyes remained on Phil and Technoblade the entire time. Neither spoke a word, but their expressions said everything, both looking out with a mix of suspicion and awe.

Tommy had never met them before, but there was just something about these strangers that felt strangely nostalgic. As if he knew them from somewhere. Though, he wasn’t allowed to dwell on the thought as Tubbo and Ranboo eventually dragged him along.

Notes:

Like always I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Be sure to kudos, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you did and want to show your support. Also check off the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series and the spin off fic Apricity. Of course, there’s no pressure though.

It only took me like nineteen chapters, but Boreal trio is finally here! Now it will only take eleven more chapters before Quackity is plot relevant, and no I’m not joking about that. I thought it would make sense for them to show up now of all times, and would be a nice surprise for everyone. Also due to popular demand Phil wears horns.

I’ve been planning this chapter since spring/summer of 2021, for over a year now. I cannot express how excited I am to finally get to show everyone this. I know it took a long time to get to this point in the story, but I really wanted to make this set up matter and not come out of left field. I don’t know if I say it enough, but I really appreciate everyone who reads and supports this fic so much. It really means a lot to me, and I hope I’m doing a good job of making this an enjoyable and worthwhile story.

Chapter 26: Regrets of Yesterday

Summary:

Preparations for the war are made. Tommy and Tubbo train with the newcomers. Two brothers think about the past and have a much needed talk.

Notes:

Not exactly how I wanted to start off this chapter since I usually like my notes being positive, but I think this is something I must say based on things going on in the fandom. I do not wish to get into it, but a lot of other fic authors must adjust to this event. Regardless of everyone’s choices, I believe whatever decision people make should be respected.

As for me, I made a promise to myself when starting this fic that I will see it through to the end. I am still keeping this promise and plan to continue my fic as intended. The same goes with all my other works. I understand if anyone feels uncomfortable following this fic or my works anymore because of this, and I in no way blame anyone for thinking that or if they want to stop reading my stuff or dsmp content as a whole.

Still, I am very excited for the upcoming L’manberg war arc and will not let this ruin everything I’ve spent so long planning. I should also mention again that this and all of my other works are based solely on the roleplay characters and not the creators. I am very excited to show what I have planned for them when the time comes, and hopefully that is reassuring for some people. Anyways, on a lighter note, I hope everyone enjoys this chapter.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“You seem lost in thought. What are you thinking about now, darling?” Kristin smiled as she remained under her parasol that protected her from the hot morning sun.

“Nothing really, just thinking about yesterday and how all of this might turn out.” Phil continued to draw in his sketchbook, paying little attention to what was happening below as the couple stood on the balcony.

“Ah, I understand what you mean…” She muttered, “Do you mind if I take a look at what you’re drawing currently? You always make the most lovely pictures.”

“Anything for you, my dear, but I should mention I haven’t been doing any backgrounds,” Without hesitation, he handed her his sketchbook with a heart-symbol on the cover.

Holding back her excitement, Kristin eagerly flipped through it, admiring every single page. Starting from the front, there were a lot of her and their boys from when they were younger. Seeing the sight caused her to giggle as she smiled bittersweetly. Going on, there were ones of a familiar Piglin and Enderman-hybrid. Then, there was a drawing of Wilbur in a fox mask and Technoblade wearing a boar skull, which she assumed was from the night of the kingdom’s anniversary.

A more recent one was of Wilbur in his L’manberg uniform. As she flipped to the last page, she noticed the drawing was of Phil smiling with his black wings wrapped around two other Elytrians. One had light brown hair, colorful parrot wings, and glasses. While the other had blond hair, wore blue and had yellow wings, which resembled that of a canary’s.

“It’s your brothers…” Kristin gently placed her hand on paper before glancing at her husband.

“You’re right about that. Seeing our sons together yesterday with Tommy reminded me a lot of them, and how I missed the way things used to be in our family. Sometimes I wonder what things would be like if it were different…” Phil flipped the page to one of his older sketches of a very little Wilbur and Technoblade.

Noticing his slight sorrow, she placed a hand on his shoulder, “Oh darling, you shouldn’t beat yourself up over that. It wasn’t any of our fault’s and we can’t change what happened. Instead, we must focus on the present.”

“Indeed, and making sure they get out of this alive and well. I can’t afford to let either of them down, Kristin, not again.” He returned to his current sketch, coloring in his youngest brother’s golden wings.

“And you won’t, I have faith we can make it through this,” She reassured him, “Everyone has been hard at work and putting lots of effort into preparations. Let us hope that will be enough.”

“Well, it’s nice to see that Ranboo is fitting in quickly,” Phil smiled, looking down from the balcony at the young Enderman-hybrid.

He was currently sparring with Tubbo as they both used wooden weapons. Though, at this rate it was more messing around that it was practice fighting. The two laughed as they clashed blades, Ranboo’s twin swords against Tubbo’s singular one. Although they had a lot of burdens to worry about, it was nice to see them acting their age for a change.

“Man, you hit kind of heavy. I’ll give you credit, you’re a lot stronger than you look.” Ranboo grinned, taking a step back while gripping his weapons.

“Umm… Thanks, but I’m nowhere near as good a swordsman as Tommy.” Tubbo modestly replied, scratching his head.

“Yeah, I get what you mean... I’m not even close to Techno’s level. That’s why I mainly have to rely on my speed, agility and magic instead since I’m terrible when it comes to physical strength.

“Your magic?” Tubbo eyes lit up.

“Here, I can show you,” Setting the wooden swords down, he summoned a chain-scythe in his hands, “This is either Ran-Scythe or Chain-Boo, still haven’t decided yet.”

“Do you name all of your weapons?”

“Mhm… This is Knife-Boo.” Ranboo nodded, storing the chain scythe away before taking out a dagger, “This is another Knife-Boo. Here’s a third, and a fourth.”

“How many knives do you even have?” Tubbo asked, a mix of concerned and impressed.”

“A lot…” He muttered, “You’d be surprised how many knives we go through, so I keep a lot on me. I used to carry tons of arrows around for Technoblade, but he doesn’t use them as much ever since he got that upgrade to Orphan Obliterator. You should see it sometime, it’s really cool.”

“I can’t magically summon weapons at will, but I can do this,” Tubbo summoned a snowflake crystal in the palm of his hands, “Wait, that’s not all!” He took Ranboo by the arm, dragging him away from the courtyard and towards the garden, “Flos Vernos,” Waving his hand, a bunch of purple flowers started to grow.

Ranboo’s gaze widened in surprise, “Are your family by chance sorcerers? Sorry if that’s rude of me to ask. It’s just you seem pretty versatile in magic compared to a lot of others I see.”

“How the fuck should I know? I never met either of my parents,” Tubbo shrugged indifferently, “If you really want to know, I was told my mum died of sickness shortly after I was born, and I never met my dad. When I was very young, I ran away since the people at the orphanage were all very shitty to me.” He frowned, looking slightly downwards.

“Oh, I’m sorry for bringing it up… I had no idea…” Ranboo apologetically muttered.

Tubbo placed a hand on his shoulder, “Hey, it’s no big deal. Besides, I wasn’t alone, I had Tommy with me. We actually first met when I found him passed out in the dump and in pretty bad condition, but I healed him and we’ve been close ever since! Don’t tell him I told you that, or else he’ll get upset.”

“Okay, I promise I won’t,” He nodded, “If you want I can teach you how to enchant later. I think you’d be good at it, but obviously it’s your choice.”

“Sure, I’d love to! Ever since we blew up the Carmiagevan that once time, Wilbur doesn’t trust me brewing alone anymore, so maybe I can help out with this instead. While we’re at it do you think you can teach me End Crystal Magic? I want to make things explode!”

“Woah, settle down there! Let’s worry about one thing at a time.” Ranboo laughed, his gaze softening.

As the two continued happily chatting, Tommy watched from afar. He rolled his eyes, crossing his arms heaving an amused sigh at the sight. Hearing the sound of harsh, approaching footsteps, Tommy raised his head to be greeted by a Piglin-hybrid with long, pink hair, his crimson glare fixed on him.

“Well, are you just gonna stand and do nothin’ or what? We have a war to win and little time to waste. At least try sparrin’ with me.” Technoblade tossed him a wooden sword, which he caught.

“Fine,” Tommy grumbled before walking out the courtyard, taking a fighting position, gripping his sword and focusing his gaze.

Technoblade soon joined him, not even preparing himself before saying, “First off, I should mention your stance is all wrong. You lack balance and can easily be knocked off your feet in your current stance.” Without any warning, he swiftly swung at him with his sword.

Taken by surprise, Tommy was pushed down, “Oww… Fuck.. You could’ve at least warned me before doing that!”

“There are no certainties in war. The difference between life and death could be mere seconds. You must be prepared for anything. Now, get up,” He ordered.

Tommy groaned, rising to his feet and taking his stance once more, “Happy now? Are you going to knock me down again?”

Technoblade circled around him, putting his hand to his chin as he analyzed, “Feet should be shoulder length apart and your back straight. Make sure to keep your weight in your center,” He swung at him once more, but this time Tommy was ready, firmly remaining on his feet as he blocked his attack, “One cannot win a battle by only defense alone, show what you got.”

“You mean like right now?” He confusingly asked.

“Yeah, when else were you expectin’? We don’t got all day and I’m not getting any younger by waitin’ here.” He nodded

Tommy nodded before raising his weapon and charging at him, “Take that, bitch!”

Barley moving a muscle, Technoblade knocked the sword out of his hand. As it fell to the side, crashing against the group, Tommy took a step back gulping as he awkwardly smiled. Technoblade let out a disappointed sigh as he walked over and retrieved his sword.

Technoblade shoved the weapon at him, “Your style is sloppy and reckless. If this were a real battle, you’d be dead. It’s a miracle you managed to survive this far against Dream. Who the heck even taught you?”

“Me, dumbass,” Tommy scoffed.

“That actually explains a lot.” He muttered under his breath.

Hearing that, he replied, offended, “Hey, I’ll have you know I’m actually a lot smarter than I look. Tubbo and I had to do a lot of strategizing in order to get my discs back. Sure, there were lots of risks and not everything worked out according to plan, but I’d still consider it a win.”

“I am a man of actions not words. So, if you want to get your point across, you’ll have to prove it to be instead of blabberin’ about it,” Technoblade stated, to which Tommy charged at him again only to be beaten down once more, "Bravery without forethought, causes a man to fight blindly and desperately like a mad bull. Such an opponent must not be encountered with brute force, but may be lured into an ambush and slain.”

“What the hell is that supposed to mean?” Tommy asked, groaning as stood up.

“It means use your head unless you want to lose it. Try thinkin’ of something to either overpower your opponent or throw them off-guard. Now try again.” He readied his stance.

Tommy thought for a moment before attempting his next attack. Lunging at Technoblade, he attempted to get in his blind spot, but the warrior was sharp-witted, quickly turning. Realizing that wasn’t going to work, Tommy switched his sword to the opposite hand, causing Technoblade’s eyes to go wide and his mouth slightly open. It was the most surprised he’d seen him yet. Tommy managed to push him back slightly, but was nowhere near close to knocking him down. Still, he considered it a win to him.

“I did it! How do you think I did?” He excitedly cheered, jumping up and down, only to realize Technoblade remained silent, profoundly staring at him, “Hey, what’s wrong, Technoblade?” He approached him, concerned.

Technoblade shook his head, breaking out of his trance, “Don’t worry, it’s nothin’. I just let my emotions get the better of me, which is rare in my case and somethin’ you shouldn’t do in battle. It’s just that your trick reminded me of somethin’ similar someone I knew used to do, someone who is no longer with us…”

Noticing his solemn expression, Tommy approached and put a hand on his shoulder, “Oh… I’m sorry, big man. I had no idea… If it makes you feel better you can talk about them.”

The Piglin-hybrid took a breath and quickly broke away, knocking Tommy’s weapon out of his hand, “What did I say about my first lesson? Always be prepared. Again!”

“Fuck you, I was trying to be nice!” Tommy shouted before picking up his weapon, ready to train more.


Wilbur decided he needed a break from all the preparations and war planning, even if it would be short-lasted. Though deep down, he knew it was impossible to truly clear his head as the looming thought of war lingered. After all, this was the path they all collectively decided on instead of surrendering peacefully, and whatever the future consequences might be they’d have to face them. Still, Wilbur wanted to enjoy the few peaceful moments he had left.

He found himself painting again. It was a skill he liked to say he inherited from his father, even if Phil would always be leagues above him in art. To distract from the thought of future bloodshed, he decided to paint something peaceful, reminding him of simpler times of when he visited the white-sand beaches of L’manberg. Yet he couldn’t remain away from the thought long enough.

Hearing the approaching sound of footsteps, Wilbur could already tell who it was, “Hello Eret, what seems to be troubling you?” He didn’t even need to look away from his painting to know who it was or what was going on.

He and Eret knew each other so long that he could easily read their worry at this point. Though, they weren’t the only one as he considered himself to have a way with people. It was in his magic after all. Even if their relationship started out as purely business, Wilbur liked to consider them as close friends. He hoped Eret felt the same way, and could trust them with anything.

“I wanted to talk to you about my recent concerns in regards to this upcoming war.” They shifted where they stood.

“Right, I understand what you mean. A lot of people have been nervous lately and you’re probably no exception. I’ll admit, I’m scared too, but I’ll be sure to keep whatever your concern may be in mind.” He continued, focusing his gaze on his brush strokes.

“That’s the thing, I do not think we should be going to war anymore–”

“What?” Wilbur halted his painting, setting his brush down and turning in his stool to face Eret, “You can’t be serious right now. We all collectively agreed together that fighting back was the best choice for L’manberg’s future. What made you change your mind?”

Eret cleared their throat before speaking, “I agreed with you originally, but in hindsight, I think we should’ve taken more time before rushing to decide. I’m starting to have second thoughts about this and am uncertain if we can even win this.”

“Well, if one thing is for sure, there are no certainties in war, and your worries are completely valid. But we now have my brother and father on my side, two of the best warriors in the land. I wouldn’t have called them here if I believed we didn’t have a chance.” He stated with complete seriousness in his tone.

“There is no doubting The Blade’s and the Angel of Death’s skills, but are two people really enough to change the tide of this battle? King Dream matches your brother in skill, not to mention the other warriors he has on his side compared to us.” They pointed out.

“You are right about that, most of us don’t have the years of training and experience compared to them, but that doesn’t mean we can’t win. If you disagree with me, you have every right to step down. No one will blame you for not wanting to fight this.” Wilbur insisted, shaking his head.

“I don’t agree with this war and your current plans. I just want what is best for L’manberg and its people. If that involves me fighting, then I will continue to loyally stay by your side. But if that isn’t the case–”

“Hey Wilbur!” Before Eret could finish, they were cut off by Tommy entering the room.

“We will continue this conversation later, Eret. Right now, I must talk to Tommy.” Wilbur ordered.

“I understand, Mr. President.” He nodded before taking his leave.

Immediately after Eret departed, Wilbur turned his focus towards the blond, “It isn’t like you to come here and watch me paint, so what’s bothering you?”

“I just want to mention, your brother fucking sucks. All day he has been training me non-stop and pushing me past exhaustion. I just needed somewhere to hide out.” Tommy groaned.

“And of everywhere in L’manberg you decided to visit me, how kind. Well, hopefully my painting won’t be too boring for you. Usually, I only do landscape, but I decided to change it up a bit.” He amusingly laughed, showing off his piece of a mermaid with pink hair and a blue tail sitting on a beach.

“Hey, that woman shares a keen resemblance to a certain baker we know.” Tommy grinned, putting his hand on his chin.

“Oh, I guess you’re right. I swear that wasn’t intentional.” Wilbur slightly blushed, “Anyways, I understand what you mean about Technoblade. I relate to that feeling way too well.”

“You do?” He tilted his head, somewhat surprised.

“Yes, I should know. He is my brother after all. If there is one thing I know for certain, Technoblade tends to be harsher on those he cares about most.” Wilbur stood up, approaching a rapier on display.

“Are you sure that’s just not just an excuse for him to be a dick?” Tommy asked.

He took the sword off its stand, and raised it, “When we were younger, Technoblade always wanted to spar and practice sword fighting with me. He pushed me, insisting it was for my own good at protection,” Wilbur glanced at the blade in his hands before gently returning it, “But you can see why that didn’t work out for me. I am a writer, not a fighter. My hands were meant to create things like art, music, L’manberg’s future, not destroy.”

“Okay, I can understand that, but you have to admit, he does have a point when it comes to self defense. You are a total pushover, Wilbur, always relying on me and the others to save your ass.” Tommy pointed out.

“See, now you’re starting to sound more like him. I always thought you two were very alike from the moment we first met.” He smirked, walking towards the window.

Tommy rolled his eyes in response, following him, “Why I don’t get is why you didn’t at least try to get better with fighting.”

“Not everyone has your courage or determination, Tommy. Most people know when to quit and don’t challenge kings over music discs. You, Techno, Tubbo and Niki are all very brave, something I could never be.” Wilbur heaved a sigh.

“I don’t think you’re a coward at all, Wilbur. Sure, you might be pretty useless on the battlefield, but look at everything you’ve done for the people of L’manberg and us. Your leagues above what Dream could ever hope to be.” He insistently shook his head.

“Thanks Tommy, that means a lot coming from you,” Wilbur smiled wistfully, “You know, after I gave up on sword fighting, Technoblade wanted another sibling to teach instead. It was a fun idea at the time, but didn’t work out in the end.”

“Why not?” Tommy asked, meeting his gaze.

“Oh, no reason.” He looked away from Tommy, glancing out the window instead.

Outside stood Phil, Technoblade, Ranboo and Niki in the courtyard. The baker reached in her basket, handing the Enderman-hybrid a cookie, to which his tail happily swayed upon receiving it. Phil laughed as he amusingly watched. Glancing up, Niki noticed the two looking out and waved, soon everyone turned their gaze too. Wilbur waved back at her, while Tommy remained silent, noticing Technoblade giving him a slight smile and nod of approval.

Wilbur turned back to the blond, “You see Tommy, my brother doesn’t hate you. Actually, it’s quite the contrary. He is hard on you and pushes because he can see your potential. Him and I both see your potential and believe you can do great things.”

“Hmm…” Tommy shrugged in response as he continued to blankly stare at the Piglin-hybrid.


“Come on Ranboo, I want to see you do the enchanting!” Tubbo eagerly led the way as he ran into the manor’s spacious library.

“Yeah, this better be fucking good, or else I’m calling bullshit,” Tommy stated, running right by his side and Ranboo lagged behind.

“Okay, I get that you two are excited, but I’m going to have to do some preparations first.” He summoned an enchantment table in his hands before glancing around the library,

“It looks like Wilbur doesn’t have an enchanting area set up, so it looks like we’ll have to make one ourselves. I’m sure he won’t mind since this is for his cause and all. We will need to surround the enchantment table with stacks of books.”

“Are there certain kinds of books you need, like ones about magic?” Tubbo asked, scanning the shelves.

“Nope, any kind will do. My setup back at home is actually in the same area Techno keeps all his books about potatoes.” Ranboo shook his head.

“Oh, I get it! So, the book doesn’t matter since we are using knowledge as a source of energy for the spell.” He said, setting down a stack of books on the floor.

“Well, I could still do it with just the table alone, but it would be weaker. Besides, the contents of the book and the language it’s written in don’t matter as long as it’s written text,” Ranboo explained, “Enchanting was actually written in galactic, which is now a dead language. The way we sometimes cast spells is actually a version of it similar to common.”

“Woah… I had no idea that I was technically speaking another language when I did magic. You know, I didn’t even memorize the words or even learn them. They just kind of came to me…” Tubbo muttered, summoning a snowflake in his hand.

“Yeah, that makes sense. Even if two people were born with very similar kinds of magic, how they do magic and what they might do will never be exactly the same.” He pointed out.

“Alright, I get it. That’s enough you magic nerds.” Tommy rolled his eyes as he set some books down.

“Hey, this is the first time I actually get to learn about magic from someone else since I had to teach myself pretty much everything. You’re just jealous because you can’t do any.” Tubbo shot him an unamused glare.

“Wait, Tommy can’t do magic?” Ranboo glanced over at him, surprise.

“Yeah, and what are you going to fucking say about it? With my big-man sword skills and Tubbo, I have no need for it,” He defensively snapped in response.

“Nothing, if it makes you feel better, Techno can’t do any magic and he is very strong. Maybe your ability is something you haven’t discovered yet or didn’t realize you had this whole time?” Ranboo insisted with a smile.

“Don’t you think I haven’t tried before. There’s no use, I don't have any; can we just start enchanting now?” Tommy asked, changing the subject.

“Sure, we can do your weapon first if you want.” He said, twitching his ears.

“I don’t see why not. Let’s get this over with.” Tommy shrugged, unsheathing his sword and placing it on the table.

“I’ll do it this first time to show how it’s done. Unlike spell casting, brewing and enchanting can pretty much be done by anyone. You just kinda need to know the words though or else you’ll end up with a random enchantment.” Ranboo explained, holding up the sword, “Acuminatus unus.”

Upon citing the command, the levitating book in the center of the table started to flip through pages all by itself. Particles of ancient alphabetic symbols surrounded Ranboo, spiraling around him before being absorbed into the sword itself. The entire time the duo couldn’t help but stare in awe, even Tommy, who wanted to act unimpressed. As the ritual finished, there was a faint but visible glow that reflected from the enchanted blade.

“Here, you can have this back. I added the most simple enchantment for a sword since I wasn’t sure what you wanted. I can always remove it or add more if you like.” Ranboo grinned, returning him his blade, to which he gave it a swing.

“What did you even do?” Tubbo asked, glancing at Tommy who was now entranced by its glow.

“Well, it roughly translates to “sharpness one” in galactic, and pretty much does exactly what it says. Tommy’s sword will be as sharp as the day he first got it, and he doesn’t ever have to worry about ever going dull again as long as he keeps this enchantment.”

“I guess I’ll just have to see if that statement holds true or not,” Tommy smirked, running his index finger along the blade of the sword, “Ow!” He shouted, dropping the weapon as he winced, clenching his teeth, “Fuck… It looks like Ranboo wasn’t lying, that’s a sharp son of a bitch…”

“Tommy! You idiot! What the hell were you trying to accomplish by doing that?!” Tubbo shouted, rushing to his side before doing healing magic on his bleeding finger, “You’re lucky you didn’t accidently cut off a finger by doing that.”

“Yeah, it was a pretty fucking stupid idea, I’ll give you that. But there’s no need for you to be so worried over me. Besides, even if I did lose a finger, it wouldn’t be a big deal. I know how to fight with both hands after all.” He awkwardly chuckled, looking away.

“Don’t say things like that! You’re my best friend, so of course I’m worried about you. It’s my job to make sure nothing happens to you, and vice versa. Promise me you won’t do anything else stupid during this war, I can’t have you dying on me.” Tubbo continued focusing on the magic as there was a soft yellow glow coming from his hands.

“You’re asking a lot from me, Big T,” Tommy looked into his teal eyes that were filled with complete seriousness before heaving a sigh, “Fine, I promise I won’t do anything stupid during this war, but I can’t guarantee anything after though.”

“That’s alright with me. This is us we’re talking about, I’m sure we’ll do something majorly stupid once this is all over. Right now, we just have to focus on getting through this alive and together.” He let up, exchanging smiles with Tommy as he finished.

“Hey, is everything okay?” Ranboo asked, watching from a slight distance.

“Yeah, don’t worry about us! This actually happens quite a lot actually. Tubbo is basically my personal healer at this rate.” Tommy reassured him, waving his hand with his now healed finger.

“We couldn’t afford going to a doctor growing up, so I was the best we got.” Tubbo explained with a bittersweet smile, “But it was far from perfect. I was in a lot of pain when my horns grew in, luckily Tommy was there to help me. Plus, we have a bunch of other minor injuries from stealing stuff. This is my most recent one from when we got Tommy’s discs back. Dream attacked me with a bladed whip.” He rolled up his pant leg to reveal a scar that wrapped around his shin.

Ranboo raised his eyebrows in awe at the sight, while Tommy glanced away with guilt, “Oh, I actually have something kind of similar,” He pushed back his bangs to reveal a scar across his forehead, “When Techno and I first met, he thought I was a wolf that was going to hurt his dogs. It was snowy and hard to see, so he attacked me, but soon realized his mistake. He ended up taking me back home where I met Phil and was taken in.”

“Wow, that’s surprisingly nice, especially coming from someone like Technoblade.” Tommy remarked.

“He might not be that upfront about it, but he’s very protective of those he cares about. I know he’s always looking after me, and I think he’s starting to care about you guys too.” Ranboo stated, glancing at the blond.

“Yeah, right,” Tommy rolled his eyes, “Well, if we are showing off scars, I think I take the win for the worst one,” He rolled up his shirt to reveal a scar stretching all the way across his stomach.

“Yep, you definitely won that competition.” Tubbo nodded, muttering.

“Ouch,” Ranboo gritted his teeth, but couldn’t help but keep looking out of curiosity, “That looks really bad… How did you even get it?”

“The thing is, I was like super young when it happened. So, I don’t exactly remember all of the details. It’s probably for the best, but mainly that it fucking hurt and whoever stabbed me is a bitch.” Tommy explained, pulling his shirt back down.

“It looks like we all have at least one thing in common.” Tubbo remarked, glancing down at his scarred leg.

“That we had all had shitty childhoods, and are now all fighting a war together?” Tommy crossed his arms.

“I guess you’re right about that. Even though it sucks, I don’t regret doing this one bit. At least I can say I was able to meet two amazing people such as yourselves,” Ranboo softly smiled, looking at the duo, who smiled back in return.


In the stillness of the night, the Soot-Minecraft manor remained quiet. Yet Technoblade found himself roaming the desolate halls alone, growing bored without a partner to spar with. Stepping outside onto the balcony, the warm, summer breeze swept through his long rosy hair, free from its braid. He looked up at the waning moon, heaving a sigh before glancing down at the gardens.

Their rag-tag team of what he wouldn’t exactly call fighters were currently enjoying themselves for the little time they had left. After all, this could be their last with the approaching war in a few days. In the crowd he noticed his younger brother Ranboo, running with the sheep-boy as they attempted to catch fireflies and put them in jars. Technoblade was happy for him that he finally found a friend his age. The kid deserved it.

Technoblade continued to watch the L’manberg group from afar. Ranboo and Tubbo kept chasing fireflies, but soon he joined in. His blond hair, his icy-blue eyes, his stupid attitude and those golden wings brought back memories he never wanted to think about again. Just being around him reminded him of his worst failure, worse than any battle he could ever lose. Technoblade didn’t want to look at him any longer.

“Heh,” Letting his feet do the wandering, he found himself outside his and Wilbur’s old bedroom.

The manor was big enough for him to get his own, but he wanted to bunk with his “twin” as they called each other back then when they were still inseparable. He knew how ironic that was now, but part of him missed it. Opening the door just a crack, he saw Wilbur’s old bed sheets were still yellow and his red, just how they were before he left, surprised to see something remained in this ever-changing world.

A frown formed across his face as he turned to the door right next to his old bedroom. After all these years he couldn’t bring himself to set foot inside since the incident, and if he remembered correctly the door was kept locked ever since then. Yet the voices called out, ringing in his ear and flooding his brain once more, wanting to know what was inside and how it changed.

“Do it.”

“me when door”

“go inside, it won’t hurt”

“GO INSIDE”

“Maybe don’t go in-“

“ENTER I beg”

“ignore the non-believers. Open the door!”

“The suspense is killing me.”

Technoblade closed his eyes, trying to push them back as best as he could, but it overwhelmed him. His twitching hand moved to the doorknob. Slowly grasping onto it, he turned, only for it to not budge. The voices would want him to kick it down next, but his thoughts were soon interrupted by the sound of approaching footsteps.

“NOISE”

“What was that.”

“danger.”

“threat.”

“kill it.”

“Blood for the Blood God!”

“technoblade never dies.”

“whatever it is, it’s gonna wish it never existed”

“That jumpscared me.”

“let us see! What is it?”

The voices demanded blood, and he would give them just that. Pulling his hand away from the doorknob, he put it on the hilt of his sword. As the footsteps grew louder, he was ready to unsheathe and strike within a moment. Taking a deep breath, he prepared himself for a fight. Technoblade spun around to face his enemy, only to be met by his brother.

“I didn’t expect to find you here. I was looking for you in the training grounds earlier, but couldn’t find you anywhere.” Wilbur softly smiled, joining him in standing at his side.

“I got bored without anyone to spar since everyone else is out partyin’ at the hour. So, I thought I might do a bit of wanderin’ and think back to old times instead.” Technoblade slowly let go of the handle of his sword to face him.

“Ah, I see,” Wilbur chuckled, “I hope that you don’t mind that I let Tommy and Tubbo use our old room. I think it was about time to put it to some good use since it was only collecting dust ever since you left.”

“Nah, I don’t mind,” Technoblade shook his head, his gaze focusing on the locked door in front of him.

“Oh, you’re thinking about that again.” Noticing what he was looking at, Wilbur’s smile faded, “I know what you think. You believe that incident broke our family, and I can’t say that you're wrong. But we never blamed you for what happened. You didn’t have to punish yourself by running away to the Arctic.”

“It wasn’t punishment. You know I never really belonged in L’manberg. It’s a government after all. In the Arctic we don’t have to worry about so-called kings or taxes.” He adamantly shook his head.

“Of course you wouldn’t think of it that way, because you believe you're never wrong. Well, have you ever once considered how all of this affected me?” Wilbur snapped, defensively crossing his arms, “I had to grow up alone with mom after you left. We were inseparable as kids, and now only see each other a few times a year. Prime, what the hell happened to us? You must’ve felt so alone too.” He let out a self deprecating laugh.

“You shouldn’t feel bad. I have Steve, Carl, my hounds, Ranboo, and Phil up there with me.” Technoblade shrugged in response, allowing his brother to get it all out, because deep down he knew it was true.

“You know you can just call him dad. I think he would like that. You’re not his son by blood, but he’s always considered you one just as much as me.” Wilbur slightly smiled, his tone going quiet.

“You know it’s impossible for me to do that.” Technoblade muttered, his pointed ears twitching.

“I understand, but even if you can't, just know we'll always be your real family.” Wilbur reminded him.

His crimson gaze narrowed, “I know, that’s why I must protect the only brother I have left. I’m only gettin’ involved in this war because I don’t want you to die, and to also fight a government, but that’s second.”

“Only brother?! Why don’t you tell that to Ranboo? I’m not naive, I’ve seen how close you two really are. You’ve basically trying to replace what we lost!” Wilbur snapped, his brown eyes filled with fury as he clenched his fists.

“Yeah, like you’re much better with that Tommy kid. I’d argue you’re even worse given their similarities.” Technoblade rolled his eyes, pointing at him with a bitter expression.

Just for a moment Wilbur went silent, before heaving a shaky sigh, “You don’t understand, Techno. I’ve lost so fucking much…” He ran his hand through his hair, “You and dad when you moved away, Sally, my beloved fiancee, and him too. After creating the Carmiagevan, I felt the happiest I’ve been in a long time, but I’m afraid I now might lose that too. If anything happens to my friends, son or country, I don’t know if I could live with myself. I can’t take another heartbreak, Techno, and unlike you, this isn’t a problem I can run away from.”

Technoblade processed what he said, before snorting a laugh, “Really, that’s ironic comin’ from Mister I can just solve everything usin’ words. Well, let me tell you something, Wilbur. The only universal language in this world is violence, and an ideal like yours is bound to get yourself killed. You talk like Phil and I abandoned you, but that couldn’t be further from the truth.”

“Well, that’s one way of twisting it,” He muttered, rolling his eyes.

“Anyways, you do realize that I was affected by what happened to our family as much as you were. I left to protect you, unlike how I failed with T–” His ears twitched, hearing the sound of tapping footsteps from down the hall. “Show yourself,” Technoblade unsheathed his sword, only to see no one and be met with silence.

“Great, now somebody over heard us,” Wilbur scoffed.

“How about we stop all this stupid fightin’ anyways. There’s no use in dwellin’ on the past.” He put his sword back away, turning to face his brother.

Wilbur nodded, crossing his arms “Agreed, we have more pressing matters to deal with and this won’t get us anywhere. What is done is done, and we can’t go back and change it. That’s why we must protect what we have.”

“Couldn’t have said it better myself. I have a feelin’ we’ll get through this alive mainly since I’m here now to keep you safe.” Technoblade smirked, placing a hand on his shoulder.

“Hey, that doesn’t sound right. I’m older, even if only by a year. So, I’m supposed to be the one to watch over you, not the other way around.” Wilbur laughed, shaking his head.

“We don’t know who’s older for sure since we don’t actually know my exact age. Phil just assumed I was younger based on size.” The piglin-hybrid pointed out.

“Whatever you say, but dad’s statement still holds up,” He smugly smiled, gesturing to the fact he was still taller after all these years.

“It doesn’t matter who is older or not. No matter what happens, I promise to protect you, Wilbur. I won’t repeat my past mistake, and am not gonna let this end like those tragedies I read about.” Technoblade looked him directly in the eyes.

Wilbur let out an amused sigh before meeting his gaze, “I’m counting on you to keep your word, not only for my sake, but for all of L’manberg’s.”

Notes:

Sorry if this chapter came out later than expected. My beta and I have been very busy lately. Though, I should probably pick up the pace if I want to update more often.

I had a scene centered around Jack, Niki, Fundy and Eret planned for this chapter, but I felt like it took away from the focus of this chapter and it was already long already. So, I moved it to the next, which is focused on everyone. Also one more chapter before the start of the war so get excited for that!

Like always I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Be sure to kudos, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you did and want to show your support. It isn’t required, but it is greatly appreciated. Also check off the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series if you want to see more works set in the same universe as this fic.

Chapter 27: Fears of Tomorrow

Summary:

It’s the final days before L’manberg goes to war. Everyone tries to resolve their unfinished business, whether it be doing some last minute training, getting closure, or possibly saying goodbye.

Notes:

First off, we’ve made it to 5k hits! A lot has happened since I first started this fic, which feels like forever ago. I just want to thank everyone for the support up until now. It really means a lot to me, and I hope you will continue with me on this journey since we are far from over.

In celebration, I wanted to give something back to all of you. So, I decided to get an art commission! You can check it out here drawn by the amazing Elk/Solace. The unwatermarked version can be checked out at chapter 1.

I also want to apologize for not getting this chapter out sooner. Between irl stuff and managing other fics, I’ve really had my hands full. Though, I care much more about the quality of the chapters than getting them out sooner, not to mention the fact they are getting longer. Also I’m sorry if this might seem like a “filler” chapter, but I wanted to give some last character moments/closure before things will be entirely serious for this next arc.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“I heard there was a special place, where men can go emancipate, the brutality and tyranny of their rulers,” Wilbur sang, strumming his guitar as sat beneath the shade of an oak, “Well, this place is real, you needn’t fret. With Wilbur, Tommy, Tubbo and Eret– Uggh… That last part still doesn’t sound right!” He groaned before setting his instrument aside.

“I’m sure you’ll figure it out. You’re a great composer, Wilbur, one of the best I know. Maybe you just need more time to think this over?” Eret reassured him.

“This is a draft of L’manberg’s national anthem. I want it to be done in time before the war, but also want it to truly be something special that represents our country and people.” He explained, taking out a book with the written lyrics.

“You know, if that last line is too awkward, you can always cut me out. I won’t be offended.” Eret averted his gaze, glancing downwards.

Wilbur raised his eyebrows in surprise, “Why in Prime’s name would I do that?! You’re one of the five original founding members of the Carmiagevan, and an important part of this group. After everything you’ve done, the least I can do is include you in the anthem.”

“Thanks, Mr. President, I apologize if I offended you.” He said, bowing his head.

“Please, just call me Wilbur. There is no need for formalities after we’ve known each other for how many years now?” He insisted.

“Alright, thank you Wilbur. If you still want to include me in your anthem, I’d be honored.” Eret gave a small smile, but there was worry in the tone of his voice.

Meanwhile, Tommy, Tubbo and Fundy were practicing their archery. Niki eagerly watched over them, ready to swoop in and offer guidance when needed. The sight brought a smile to Wilbur’s face, seeing her guide them and how far the others have come since they started training. It gave him a hint of hope they could actually win this.

Tubbo fired an arrow, shooting a bullseye and cheering as he did so, “Tommy, Niki, look! I did it! I hit the target!”

“Good job, big man!” Tommy walked over to give him a high five as they exchanged grins.

“Wonderfully done, Tubbo! Here, how about I give you this as a reward.” Niki handed him a chocolate-chip cookie, which the sheep-hybrid started to munch on.

“Hey, what about us? We’ve been training all fucking morning and deserve something for our hard work” Tommy shot a slightly jealous glance.

“You’re right, you all have been training a lot. It’s the least I can do after everything you’ve done,” She reached in her basket and handed Tommy one too, “And I couldn’t forget about you either, Fundy.” She leaned down to his level, giving a supportive smile.

“Fine, I’ll take it…” The young fox grumbled before snatching the cookie.

Once everyone returned to practice, Jack decided to approach, keeping his distance so as to not accidentally get shot, “Hey Niki, how is the archery training going? It looks like you got your work cut out for you these past few days.

“Oh hello, Jack. Would you like to join us in practicing?” She asked.

“No, I’m good just watching. You’ve always been much better at combat anyways, even when we were kids. Besides, I think my skills are better suited elsewhere.” He quickly shook his head in response.

“Even if you won’t be on the front lines, it’s still a good skill to have in case you need to defend yourself.” Niki insisted.

Before he could speak out in objection, Phil approached, putting a hand on his shoulder, “She’s right, you know. It doesn’t hurt to have something. How about this, I’ll let you pick anything you want from our weapon collection.”

“I’ll admit, the offer does sound tempting. An item from the one and only Philza Soot-Minecraft.” Jack raised an eyebrow.

“Can I have something too since I was never allowed to have a proper weapon?” Fundy begged his grandfather, his tail wagging.

“I want something too if that’s alright, Mr. Phil?” Upon hearing Fundy mention that, Tubbo soon joined him.

“Sure, I have nothing against that. I’m the grandpa, so if Wilbur has an issue with it, that’s his problem. And Tubbo doesn’t even have parents that can complain to me. Let’s get you all something to stab people with.”

At the mention of violence, Technoblade immediately joined the conversation, “I heard somebody needed to be stabbed. Who must I go after? One of the enemies I assume.”

“No Techno, we aren’t killing anybody. At least not today,” Phil heaved an amused sigh before turning to the three, “These guys need weapons, so let them pick something out from your collection. We’ll worry about fitting armor some other time.”

Upon saying that, Technoblade nodded, going inside to retrieve the items before setting them down. He did this in multiple trips, which started out as impressive from the weight he could carry without breaking a sweat. Though, it soon turned into concern from the amount of weapons at their disposal, unsure what to even pick.

“Why do you want a weapon all of a sudden? I would’ve gotten you one too years ago if you just said so.” Tommy joined Tubbo as he watched this go on.

“I never saw a need for it before to be honest. I had my magic to protect us, and getting another weapon would’ve been too dangerous. Remember how we almost got caught that day we stole your Big Man Sword? But now with the war, I want to be prepared for anything.”

“Unfortunately, I couldn't bring everything out, and Ranboo is currently busy. So, this will have to do. It should hopefully be enough.” Technoblade finished, throwing another sword onto the pile.

“Wow, this is a lot of weapons. Way more than we have at home since Wilbur would only ever let me borrow Eret’s.” Fundy didn’t waste any time and started to dig around.

“I have a bit of a... hobby we’ll call it, of collectin’ shiny things,” Technoblade smirked, rolling up his sleeves to show off his many golden bracelets in addition to what he already wore. “A lot of them were just collecting dust these days. So, I might as well put them to good use by helpin’ my brother’s cause.”

Jack examined the large pile, searching for anything of interest, “Damn, you nobles must have way too much money to spend.”

“Oh please, I only married into the family. If anything, I’m just as much of a commoner as you are,” Phil shook his head, “Besides, my son and I forged most of these weapons. Getting some Netherite upgrades would’ve been useful, but we’re short on time and resources.”

“Still, it fucking sucks that we couldn’t get those upgrades but our enemy has them. Oh well, at least we’ve got good man Ranboo to enchant our stuff for us.” Tommy sighed, glancing down at his sword with a dim purple glow.

“Thank Prime we have Ranboo. I’ll need him to enchant this when he gets the chance.” Tubbo pulled out a single-handed axe, giving it a swing, “I think I will call it Bane o’ Bees!”

“Go for it, kid! It’s all yours!” Phil amusingly chuckled, crossing his arms in approval.

“Out of all things, why bees?” Fundy tilted his head.

“Well, they’re my favorite bug, and I want to name it after something I like! I know a lot of other people name weapons, and I want to pick something that reflects me.” He smiled, already thinking of ideas of how to customize it.

Jack grinned to himself, raising up a trident, “Thanks Mr. Minecraft, I think I will take this one. I'll call it the Manifork, for my last name and because it looks like a giant fork.”

“That’s a lovely name, and it’s very fitting. Why don’t we see what it can do?” Niki laughed before giving a determined expression.

Before Jack could answer, she took the hand of her childhood friend and dragged him to the clearing. She swapped out her bow for her short spear. The two exchanged nods, getting right to it. Their weapons clashed, the Manifork trapped Niki’s spear within its points. In response, she pulled back, swooping her spears below and knocking the trident out of his hand.

“Oh my Prime, I’m so sorry, Jack. I didn’t mean to go that hard on you.” She gasped, shaking her head in regret.

“Hey, it’s no big deal. You have always been the one better at fighting anyways. Like I said, I’m better off elsewhere, not that I’m planning to go on the front lines.” He reassured her, picking the trident up and putting it on his back.

“And nobody is forcing you to. These kinds of things just take time and practice. Should we try again?”

“Sure, just try not to wreck me instantly,” Jack agreed, reaching to take his weapon out, only to realize it was missing, “Hey, where the fuck did it go?!”

“This is a pretty nice trident, don’t you think so too, Tommy? Maybe we should try it out for ourselves?” Tubbo laughed, holding onto the Manifork, as the blonde played along.

“You’ve got to be kidding me. First my magnifying glass and now this? And here I thought your days of thievery were officially over.” Jack rolled his eyes, stomping over to get his trident back.

“We still get to mess with people as long as we give them back, eventually,” Tommy grinned, looking through the magnifying glass, only for that to get snatched too.

“It was fun while it lasted,” Tubbo told his friend before glancing at his weapon, “Though, on a more serious note, I really want to try out this bad boy, mainly to get used to it. Do you mind helping me out?”

“Of course, anything for you, big man. But I should let you know, I’m totally winning this fight.” He said, eagerly rushing to the clearing, sword at hand.

“We’ll see about that…” Tubbo playfully smiled, following close behind.

Seeing the others spar, Fundy approached the knight, holding onto two sai-daggers that he chose, “Hey Eret, do you want to train with me? I want to learn how to use these.”

He glanced aside remorsefully, “Sorry Fundy, but there is something I must do. I’ll be gone for the rest of the day, so you should probably ask someone else.” Then without warning, Eret stood up and walked away, leaving the young fox-cub.

“If it makes you feel better, I’ll do it with you. You know, your grandpa still has it in, even after all these years.” Phil offered, smiling as he placed a hand on his shoulder.

“No, it’s not the same. I want to spar with Eret,” Fundy stubbornly shook his head, watching Eret leave as his ears remained low, “He’s been awfully distant lately. Maybe the war is just getting to him. I just hope that he’s okay…”


“I appreciate the gesture, Ranboo, but you know we have servants for this exact purpose. You didn’t have to do this for me.” Kristin watched as Ranboo set two hot tea cups down in front of her.

“Hey, it’s no big deal, I insist. Besides, I make Phil and Techno tea all the time back at home. I’m surprised that I still remember their favorite flavors.” Ranboo remarked before taking a seat across from here.

“It seems more like you’re more their servant than their personal knight if you’re normally doing things like this for them.” She laughed.

“I guess you could say that. I mean, they trust me more with this stuff compared to some paid stranger, since we’re practically family.” He muttered that last part under his breath, “Wait!” He stopped Kristin before she could even take the first sip.

“What?” She tilted her head in confusion.

“Here, let me get your hair out of your face while you drink.” Ranboo stood up, walked around the table, and stood behind her seat before he started making a braid.

“Wow, you’re pretty good at this. You must do this for Technoblade a lot.” Kristin smiled as she pulled the braid over her shoulder.

“Yeah, I’ve gotten a lot of practice over the years.” He quietly nodded in response, “Plus, it keeps it back when Techno is fighting. I know he likes to keep his hair long and it would be unfortunate if it got cut during combat.”

She took a sip before saying, “This is more bitter than I imagined.”

“Sorry, I had no idea what type of tea you liked. So, I just gave you Phil’s favorite, which is the Antarctic Empire blend. You can have mine instead. It’s sweeter.” Ranboo pushed his untouched cup towards her.

“It’s no big deal, you had no idea and were just being nice,” Kristin slid it back towards him. “Now if only we had one of Niki’s pastries to sweeten this up.”

Before Kristin could call one of the servants Ranboo stood up once more, “Don’t worry, I got us covered.”

He held out his hands and focused, summoning a vanilla frosted cake topped with strawberries. He set it down on the table, taking out one of his daggers to cut a slice before handing it to Kristin. The entire time, she stared at him in wide-eyed awe, before snapping out of her trance and taking the plate.

“Mmm… This is really good...” Kristin let out an amused hum after taking a bite with a fork, “I was wondering, with your magic, do you bake these cakes to store in your pocket dimension like this often?”

“Not exactly… We actually have no idea where these cakes come from. Maybe some other dimension, who knows? It’s just something I could always do. Technoblade likes to call it the “Infinite Cake” ability. But no, I don’t bake these cakes. I’ve been banned from kitchen duty ever since Techno and I accidentally burned the cabin down.” Ranboo explained, taking a bite on his cake.

She nearly choked on her tea, forcing herself to swallow before speaking, “What?! Phil never told me about this! What happened?”

“Oh umm… I don’t exactly remember…” Ranboo glanced aside before summoning his memory book.

He flipped through the dated pages, skimming through to find the correct one. Upon opening the book fully, a few loose sheets of paper fell out and landed on the floor. Ranboo leaned over to pick them up, a frown forming across his face as it realized what it was.

“Is something wrong?” Kristin asked in concern.

“Oh, it’s nothing!” Ranboo insisted, faking a smile.

It was probably for the best that Kristin, Phil, Technoblade or Wilbur didn’t see these. He was afraid that doing so would only bring back sad memories, ones that were of a time long before he was adopted into the family. Ranboo slid them back into his memory book before opening to the correct page and reading his notes.

“Apparently, Techno was trying to teach me how to cook, but decided to turn the furnace up full blast, which started a fire. I had to evacuate the animals as he put out the fire, which I felt bad for not helping but couldn’t since Enderman and water don’t exactly go together… Da– I mean Phil, returned to see us all standing in the snow. Obviously he was mad that we burnt down the house, but was glad we were okay. After that, he decided it was about time we got a bigger home, and moved into our manor.”

“Wow… That’s a lot to take in, but I’m glad that neither of you or the animals got hurt,” She reached over and placed a hand on Ranboo's shoulder, “That sounds a lot like Techno. He always tried to make everything about combat, including cooking. That’s probably why my husband favored teaching Wilbur about potion brewing since he didn’t always cause explosions.”

“Reminds me of some other people I know…” He let out a small chuckle, thinking back to a recent story he heard about a certain sheep-hybrid and elytrian, which reminded him of something, “Oh, I wanted to ask you. How did you and Phil meet?”

“Right, I bet he never told you that story.” Kristin asked as Ranboo nodded, “It’s a bit embarrassing to him, but I still think it’s very sweet. Before settling down here in L’manberg, Phil spent most of his life traveling, going to different countries and meeting new people.”

“I remember him mentioning that. I don’t know if it’s my bad memory, or him not ever saying, but where was he originally from?” Ranboo remarked.

“Phil doesn’t like to talk about his past that much, but he mentioned living in the Arctic before we met. We actually met here in L’manberg, in this city’s very docks. He was just traveling through and I was the current lord of this territory. I still remember the look on his face when he first saw me. It was like I scared the life right out of him, and couldn’t speak for minutes. I was afraid that he might’ve actually died right there. Then, he said that I looked just like the Goddess of Death.”

“I don’t know much about the Goddess of Death, but apparently she was worshiped in the Antarctic Empire before it fell and the Essempi was founded. I heard stories that she had huge golden wings and was very beautiful.” He beamed in response as he imagined the similarities.

“I was initially surprised when Phil said that. It was the strangest yet most romantic thing anyone has ever told me. And the rest is history. I think you know how that goes.” She looked down at her emerald jeweled ring with a smile.

“What about Techno? How was he adopted into your family?” Ranboo asked.

“I wasn’t there when it first happened, but Phil found him on one of his Nether trips and decided to bring him back home. We were talking about having another child, and Wilbur wouldn’t stop begging us for a sibling. Unfortunately, Billiam gave Phil a lot of trouble that day.”

“Billiam? Who is that?” He twitched his ear, unsure if it was him forgetting or had actually never heard of him.

“Officially, it’s Sir Billiam the Third, he was knighted like you and would always insist people used that title,” Kristin let out an annoyed huff, “He used to be the lord of the Nether Colony until his death. Since he had no heirs, Lord Schlatt ended up taking his place. Billiam kept insisting that we get married for political reasons and wouldn’t back off, but then he met a certain angel.” She smirked at the last statement.

“Wow, he sounds like a huge jerk. I’m glad that Wilbur isn’t that kind of lord and actually cares about the people of L’manberg.” Ranboo slightly winced.

“Even after Phil and I got married he continued to give our family trouble for years, up until the very end. I’ll spare you the details, but all you need to know is that he was a bad person who did unforgivable things.” She said with a sorrowful seriousness in her tone.

Noticing her regretful expression, he tried conforming her, “I know I wasn’t around when it happened, but I want to be here for you too from now on. I prefer to choose people over sides, and I’m choosing you, Techno, Phil and Wilbur since you’re like my family. I promise I’ll do everything in my power to protect you guys and never hurt you.”

“I know you won’t. You are very kind and brave, Ranboo. I’m glad that my husband and son have you to watch over them, and I’m happy we got the chance to meet, even if it wasn’t under the best circumstances.” Kristin looked down at her half-eaten cake with a wistful smile.

Ranboo fidgeted in his seat. There was something on his mind that he couldn’t avoid anymore. He wanted to tell her the truth about him, their family and how he truly thought of her. There wasn’t much time left before the war, so he wanted her to know in case anything happened. That way he wouldn’t live on in regret or secret.

“–Can I call you mom? Sorry if that sounds weird and kind of random. It’s just I never remembered having a mother, and always wanted one, and Phil lets me call him dad and sorta unofficially adopted me, so–”

“Of course you can, dear,” Kristin cut him off, getting up to embrace him in a hug, “I know we haven’t known each other very long, but if you wish to call me that, you’re more than welcome to. I’m proud to have you as a son.”

It felt warm, similar to the ones Phil gave him a lot when he was younger. Though, it wasn’t identical as she had no wings to protectively wrap around him. Yet he could sense that same paternal love, which internally filled him with a soothing ease.

Ranboo leaned onto her sounder, letting out a quiet and content hum, “Thanks, mom.”


There was one more day left before the official start of the war. Everyone made all the preparations they could, including gathering resources, reinforcing the walls, providing weaponry and equipment, and getting training, even if it was limited. It’s not like anything they do in these short, few hours would miraculously change the outcome. All they could do was wait for the inevitable and see what happened.

Growing tired of being cramped in his office and constantly fretting over the war, Wilbur decided to clear his head, even if doing so felt impossible. He ended up visiting his late fiancee’s grave, wanting to see it one last time in case anything were to happen in the near future.

Wilbur heaved a long and shaky sigh before sitting down in front of her headstone. “Hello, my love. I know it’s been a long time since we talked like this, and I apologize. I’ve just been so busy. I don’t know if you’ve heard yet, but we’re going to war with Dream and his Essempi.” He slightly winced, admitting that last part.

He looked down at the golden ring on his left hand, reminding him of something that was never meant to be. It was impossible to know what things would’ve been like if she were still around. They probably would’ve got married, maybe adopted another kid and lived out a peaceful life free from this war.

“Oh yeah, I forgot to mention. I brought some flowers. They’re with chrysanthemums, our favorite flower.” Wilbur reached into his uniform coat, taking out a bouquet of yellow flowers.

At the same time, he had a feeling he would still be in this exact position currently, even if she was still around. Sally would’ve definitely helped with the war effort, and he cursed himself for not having her confidence, or swordsman skills. Maybe then they would’ve been at more of an advantage. Yet, Wilbur was at least thankful for the others who were with them, yet still afraid.

“I’m afraid this might be my last time visiting you. I don’t know what will happen tomorrow, the day after that, or however long this war might be, but I’m sorry if you don’t see me again soon or ever, my love.” He set down the bouquet of flowers in front of the grave, wiping away forming tears as he did so.

“Please watch over us. I’m counting on you to do so. Our boy especially, he’s grown so much and I’m very proud of him, so I bet you are too. I don’t want anything to happen to him, or anyone here for that matter.” He cracked a slight smile between the sniffles, “I pray that no such tragedies happen to us, but if one were to happen, I want you to welcome whoever it is with open arms in wherever the next life may be.”

Despite not being the religious type or an avid follower of Church Prime, Wilbur found himself praying to Prime, or whoever might be listening. In the silence, he could hear the wind russell through the leaves of the willow tree, and the chirping of canaries. He opened his eyes to see the nearby ripples in the pond and swaying of the chrysanthemum flowers. Wilbur continued to sit in front of the grave in silence, wishing that tomorrow didn’t have to come.

“Umm… Wilbur? Are you alright?” He turned around to see Niki standing from afar, “Sorry if I’m bothering you, but I wanted to check in.”

“Yeah, I’m fine, don’t worry about me. And, no, you could never bother me, Niki. What seems to be the trouble?” Wilbur formed a slight smile upon seeing her.

“Oh, it’s nothing bad if that’s what you’re worried about. I just came here to tell you our final war strategy meeting will be soon.” She said, tucking a strand of her blonde hair behind her ear.

“Right, that thought nearly crossed my mind. I’ll join you in a minute.” After sitting for so long, he struggled to get to his feet.

“Here, let me help you.” Niki walked over, reaching out her hand as she slightly giggled.

“Thanks,” Wilbur got to his feet, looking at her with a soft smile that soon faded, “Hey Niki, there was something I wanted to ask you. Are you worried about tomorrow?”

Her happy expression went away as she looked slightly downwards, “I am, a lot actually… I know the odds are against us, but we have to fight for our home and freedom.”

“You are most certainly right about that. They are relying on me, so I have to remain strong for their sake. If not, I fear they will surely fall because of me.” He heaved a sigh in agreement.

“If I’ve learned anything from being here, it’s that everyone here is not willing to go down so easily. I believe in us all that we can win this. We’ve only gotten this far because of your leadership, and I have faith you can get us through this too.”

“Thank you Niki, but you shouldn’t give me all the credit. You are very strong, smart, and talented. And I couldn’t have done this without your help. I believe you will do amazing out there.” Wilbur gently lifted her head with his hand.

The two meet gazes for a mere moment, sharing kind expressions. It was short last due to their looming worries about tomorrow, even if neither showed it externally. Yet, they enjoyed their little moment while they still could, not worrying about the future for once.

“I think we should head over to the meeting. They’re probably waiting for us.” She glanced away, her cheeks a slight pink.

“Right,” Wilbur nodded, leading the way as the two walked there together, close side by side.

Along the way, Wilbur couldn’t help but think to himself that despite everything going on, he was fortunate to get the chance to meet someone remarkable like Niki. If the L’manberg effort never happened, they would've never become as close as they are now. As terrible as events were now, he was happy at least one good thing came out of it.


As the sun started to set, Tommy and Tubbo walked together along the top of the wall, dragging a wagon with a jukebox behind them. The sky behind them turned pink as the clouds darkened. Their long shadow stretched beyond to the city below. It would’ve been a beautiful evening if it weren’t for the looming threat of war.

It was one of those nights where they would watch the sky together, talking about nothing and everything. Yet neither choose to say a word, instead deciding to enjoy their possible last moments how it all started, with just them. Eventually arriving at their destination, the two sat down and dangled their feet on the wall.

As Tubbo looked off into the horizon at the sunset, Tommy put Mellohi into the jukebox, which started to play music. Tommy wrapped his arm around his best friend, and Tubbo did the same, bringing them close together. They both watched the sunset together as the disc continued to spin. It was one of those nights where they would watch the sky together, and they wanted it to end just like it started, with just them.

Finally breaking the silence, Tubbo spoke, “–So, I guess this is really it. When the sun rises tomorrow, L’manberg will officially be at war. I wish it didn’t have to be like this, because I enjoyed spending time with everyone, and don’t want it to end.”

“I feel the same way, but all we can do now is be ready for what’s next. Still, I want to spend the rest of today here with you, my best friend in the entire world, listening to my discs, and wouldn’t want it any other way.” Tommy glanced away from the sunset and towards his friend.

“I suppose some things never change. To think this all started over us stealing that invitation, and how much things have changed since then. Despite everything we’ve been through, I’m glad things turned out this way for us, and it was fun while it lasted. I want to know the plan for what’s next.”

Tommy shook his head, “You’re asking the wrong guy. Wilbur and Technoblade are the ones who know all the strategy details. If you ask me, it’s don't fucking die tomorrow.”

“I like that plan! Though, what I meant was, what’s the plan for if everything will be okay? You know, assuming we win the war and stay independent.” Tubbo asked, giving an anxious yet hopeful expression.

“I’m not exactly sure myself to be honest. Let’s just worry about now, and if any shit comes up in the future, we’ll deal with that together, like we’ve always have. For now, I just want to enjoy this moment.” He watched the sunset as the disc’s melody played in the background.

Tubbo followed suit, facing the pink sky as he dangled his feet over the wall’s edge, “Yeah! Whatever happens, I promise to be by your side, like things have always been. For you, Tommy, I will follow you to the ends of the earth.”

“Let’s just hope that whatever is next will be simpler. Once all of this fighting is officially over, do you want to do this again? Watch the sunset as we listen to my discs?” Tommy held out his pinky.

“You know what, that sounds like a plan to me.” Tubbo nodded, looking over at his best friend with the biggest smile.

The two crossed pinkies, hoping that they would live to see that far-off day together. A day where L’manberg is free from war, as impossible as that sounded. Tommy and Tubbo leaned on each other’s shoulder, watching the sunset as the disc continued to play. That was until they heard footsteps, glancing over their shoulders to see Wilbur.

“Oh hey, Wilbur.” Tubbo happily waved.

“Hello, do you mind if I join you both on this fine evening?” He smiled, watching them from where he stood.

“No, not at all. It’s not like we’re short on space on this wall.” Tommy scooted over to make room for him.

“Thanks,” Wilbur sat down right next to him, glancing over at the jukebox, “I would’ve brought my guitar and played you two something, but it looks like Tommy has us covered with his disc.”

“Yeah, I wanted to listen to them again for old times sake, possibly the last, but I’m hoping not. Tubbo and I did go through a whole fucking battle against Dream to get them back. So, I might as well use them.”

Wilbur shook his head, turning towards the sunset, “I’m not complaining in the slightest. I can sing another time anyways. Hopefully the anthem will be finished by then, and I can perform it if everything turns out okay.”

Tommy and Tubbo exchanged excited glances, giving eager nods. They looked forward to the day they could hear it in full glory, assuming that ever happened. Wilbur smiled in return, quietly humming along to the melody of the music discs. Just as they thought the calmness finally returned, another person came running up the stairs to join them.

“Hey, I’m here too! I want to be included in this!” Fundy’s tail wagged as he took a seat.

“Don’t forget about the best detective and baker in the country! There was no way we could miss out on this.” Jack wasn’t too far behind, followed by Niki.

“The sunset is beautiful tonight, and I heard this was the best view to watch it in the city, which is made better with friends.” She softly smiled, joining them in sitting down.

Finally, the last person showed up minutes later, “Sorry I’m late. I had to do some last minute patrols outside the city, and more planned later tonight.” Eret explained, to which Jack shot him a skeptical glare.

“Well, it looks like all the original founding members showed up. How funny is that?” Wilbur amusingly chuckled, looking at all of them.

“It’s strangely fitting in a way. That we all came here together to do the exact same thing.” Fundy rested his head on his father’s shoulder, his ears twitching.

“Shouldn’t we all be doing something more productive right now? Like you know, prepare for that war we got going tomorrow.” Jack concerningly mentioned.

“We did everything we could with our limited time. All we can do now is wait for tomorrow, and hope the worst won’t happen to us.” Eret nervously laughed, appearing as if he was worried about something in particular.

“I guess you’re right. Everybody has done so much for this moment. We can’t let them down.” Niki muttered, her blonde hair slowly swaying with the wind.

“We’ll make it through this. I know it.” Tubbo said, putting on a hopeful smile.

“We have to win this war of independence, for L’manberg.” Tommy looked off into the sunset with a determined glare.

The seven original founding members of L’manberg stayed like that, watching a sunset that was possibly their last. Eventually, the sun fully crossed beneath the horizon, and the pink sky turned dark, revealing the dimly sparkling stars on this summer’s night.

It was getting late, and they knew they should return to prepare for tomorrow’s war. Yet none of them wanted to leave, remaining on the wall together long after the record stopped spinning. And the entire time, they couldn’t help but be afraid; what will happen next?

Notes:

With this chapter concluded, we officially start the war arc! I have been planning it for so long and am very excited to share it! I’m also pretty sure you all have been waiting for this very moment for a long time now. And now we’re finally here!

First off, I should admit that I actually teared up a little when writing that Wilbur and Sally scene. Also headcanon that Techno cooks like Undyne from Undertale. Hence why he and Ranboo burnt down the cabin from Apricity (rip) and now live in their current manor. As cool as it would be for Tubbo to later obtain Nightmare like he does in canon, I don’t see that reasonably happening in this fic. So, I gave him his own that he can personalize.

Like always I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Be sure to kudos, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you did and want to show your support. It isn’t required, but it is greatly appreciated. Also check off the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series if you want to see more works set in the same universe as this fic.

Chapter 28: Dawn of Independence

Summary:

The start of the Independence War between the Kingdom of the Essempi and the Nation of L’manberg.

Notes:

First things first, happy belated two year anniversary to this fic! The real one was on April 16th, but was unfortunately around the same time as my finals. I want to thank everyone who was there to celebrate with me. Also a shout out to those who drew art for the occasion. We have this by Geek, and this by Ash. And a shout out to Star for being my honorary beta for this chapter.

Apologies that this chapter took so long to write. Between life stuff and having to write fight scenes again, this one took me a while. This one is on the shorter side due to the heavier amount of action. Still, I hope everyone enjoys it like usual.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

The dreaded sunrise crossed the ocean horizon and onto L’manberg, marking the official start of the war. Its warm rays reflected off the iron armour the founders wore over their uniforms. Nobody got a good night's sleep, either from being restless from preparations or simply being anxious in general. Despite that, they pushed their tiredness aside, gathered around the Sausage Carriage at dawn, ready to fight for their country.

“Alright gentlemen, there is no beating around the bush. Everybody knows what is going on here, so let’s get to it. Today is the day Dream said the Essempi army would attack L’manberg,” Wilbur paced back and forth from on top the Carmiagevan.

Unlike the other members present, he wore no armor whatsoever. However, Wilbur had no plans of fighting on the front lines. He was needed on the sidelines for strategy and in safety as their leader, for there were huge risks if the enemy captured him.

“I’ll admit, the odds aren’t exactly in our favor. We are outgeared, outmanned, outnumbered, and outplanned, but we got to make an all out stand. For we have something the enemy doesn't, true teamwork and resolve. You all have come a long way, and all of you are truly remarkable. I wouldn’t want anybody else here with me today.”

There were mixed mutters among the crowd. Everyone’s worry was more apparent than ever, especially as the sun had finally risen. Yet at the same time, there was a feeling of accomplishment and companionship in each other. They all turned shoulders, sharing glances. Fundy looked at Eret, Jack and Niki shared nods, and Tommy and Tubbo exchanged anxious smiles.

“I believe that victory is truly possible, and you all know it too. We started Carmiagevan and this country, believing that we could truly be something different from the rest of the kingdom. If you didn’t think that, you wouldn’t be fighting here today,” As Wilbur spoke, Eret’s gaze shifted in the audience.

Jack seemed to be the only one who noticed it, but didn’t comment, instead focusing on the speech. As Wilbur stopped his pacing once more, he turned to face the crowd. Niki gave a supportive smile and thumbs up, with new found confidence Wilbur returned the smile before continuing his speech.

“Remember that there isn’t only strength in our actions, but also in our words. We will win through strategy and comradeship. L’manberg is more than just a place, it’s a symphony. As long as we hold onto our belief, L’manberg will never fall. If we lose faith, only then will the Essempi have won. We must not let them take away our freedom from us, not today or ever. Now who’s with me?”

As he finished his speech, the audience burst into cheer. Wilbur raised up their country’s official flag. It had blue, white and red stripes, with black and gold on the left side and three X’s across the center. It was hastily made in preparation for the war, now fully shown on display, swaying with the wind and behind the sunrise.

“Fuck yeah! You killed it out there, Wilbur! Hey everybody, look at our president, president of L’manberg!” Tommy screamed above all the clapping.

“That’s my dad!” Fundy excitedly shouted.

“Niki, look! Wilbur actually used your design for the flag.” Tubbo gripped her shoulder, remembering how she put it together in the past week with help from them.

Realizing that, a soft smile formed across her face, “He really did. I wasn’t expecting him to use it, but it looks beautiful. Jack, look–” She turned to him, noticing his gaze was turned somewhere else, “Jack, is everything alright?”

He shook his head, looking back towards her, “Yeah, everything is fine. Congrats about your design being used as the official country’s flag.”

Once Wilbur was finished, he turned to Technoblade, who stood on his right, “Hey, is there anything you want to say to them? I bet they would like to hear some words of encouragement from the blade.”

“Nah, public speakin’ ain’t my thing. You’ve always been more of a people-person and better at this stuff anyways.” The Piglin-hybrid shook his head.

Technoblade’s gaze turned to the crowd. He saw his parents, Phil wrapped a wing around Kristin as she leaned on his shoulder, both looking at him supportively. Then his brother Ranboo, who was as anxious as ever. And finally, Tommy that despite everything, found it in himself to smile today. They all wanted him to say something, and Technoblade couldn’t find it in himself to deny them that.

“Fine, I guess I’ll say something,” He sighed, taking the center carriage roof, “Eh, I don’t feel like talkin’ that much, so I’ll keep this short. As a wise man once said, appear weak when you are strong, and strong when you are weak. Remember we win by usin’ not just strength, but strategy. Most importantly, don’t die out there.”

After everybody gave a round of applause to Technoblade, Wilbur peered into the crowd, smiling, “Hey Tommy, is there anything you want to say while we’re at it?”

“Hell yeah!” He flapped his wings and joined them on top of the Carmiagevan, “Dream can’t handle our independence! He can’t handle that we want to be something more than just a part of his fucking stupid Essempi! L’manberg shall rise, my friends!” He gave a small, but proud, salute as the audience cheered.

“Yeah, way to tell them, bossman!” Tubbo cheered before starting to climb up there himself.

Tommy offered him a hand as he lifted him up on the roof. The two friends stood side by side, exchanging smiles. The two brothers, Tecchnoblade and Wilbur, couldn’t help but do the same. Then, a crow flew overhead, casting a shadow in the sunrise before landing on Phil’s arm. The Elytrian’s smile faded quickly as the crow cawed to him.

Wilbur let out a sigh, knowing that meant one thing, “It looks like we are out of time. They should be here any minute now. Go to your assigned post. Everybody should know their orders,” He looked up at the sunrise before turning to Tommy, “I’ll see you on the other side of the war.”


“I get that there’s a war going on, but I expected Wilbur to let us do more than just wait.” Bored, Tommy paced back and forth in front of the L’manberg Nether portal.

“Wilbur put us in charge of the central city for a reason. He doesn’t want us to get hurt on the front lines.” Tubbo reminded him.

“Seems like a way to keep us out of trouble if you ask me…” He mumbled.

In preparation for the invasion, Wilbur and Technoblade had made orders to reinforce the walls and to trap the gates. They predicted that a siege would start on the outside of the country, and they would have a defense to try and keep them out of the city. But Wilbur and Technoblade were wrong.

That wasn’t the Essempi’s plan of attack.

Flaming arrows shot out of the Nether Portal, catching the duo by surprise. Tommy instinctively tackled Tubbo, preventing them both from being hurt as arrows fired overhead. Still laying flat on the ground, they looked up in fear as four figures in full netherite emerged from the portal.

“If it isn’t my favorite two hybrids in all of L’manberg. I’m not surprised that I’d run into you first.” Dream sarcastically said, walking towards them, mask on and with Nightmare at hand, Tommy could only imagine the smug bastard’s smirk underneath his mask.

“Shit,” Tommy muttered, scrambling to his feet, helping up Tubbo, before he readied his sword and shield.

Dream swung Nightmare at Tommy, who used his sword to block. Tommy struggled to push back, being overpowered in strength. He resorted to using his shield as a last defense. Tubbo noticed George draw his bow on Tommy, while still distracted in his fight. So, with his free hand, Tubbo created an ice pillar to catch the arrow.

Using this opening, Sapnap swiped at Tubbo with his sword. Having only his small, bee decorated axe to defend himself with, Tubbo had no choice but to flee to Tommy for cover. The duo stood back to back, watching over each other. They exchanged slight smiles, knowing they would protect one another, no matter what.

As they were slowly surrounded, Tommy swung his sword and used his shield to guard them against Dream and Sapnap’s attacks. Meanwhile, Tubbo made sure Punz’ trident or George’s arrows hit them.

Despite being at odds and numbered, they were somehow still alive. When it became too close of a call, Tubbo took out a splash potion of harming and tossed it at the Essempi. This caused them to scatter, giving the duo an opening to escape.

“Come on, hurry!” Tubbo shouted at his friend, bolting away from the fight.

“Right.” Tommy quickly nodded and joined him in running.

There wasn’t much time before the Essempi followed behind. Tubbo tried using his ice magic to freeze the ground, but it wasn’t much use with Sapnap’s fire magic canceling him out. So, he resorted to chucking more harming potions until he eventually ran out.

Upon eventually being cornered in a dead end of an alleyway, the duo thought they were done for.

As the enemy approached, they saw a watch tower on the wall. Exchanging nods, the duo took out their only Enderpearls, throwing them up there. Tommy stuck out his tongue, while Tubbo happily waved before the pearls shattered and teleported them on the watchtower. Though, it wasn’t long after the Essempi ran up the stairs and caught up, cornering them on the edge.

“We’ve got you now. Surrender or we won’t hesitate to shoot.” George pointed his bow at them as the rest of his colleagues held aim.

Trying to ignore the four arrows pointed at him, each by a skilled marksman, Tommy nervously glanced over his shoulder. He saw an opportunity to escape. Sure, it was a drop, but nothing he couldn’t handle. Tommy summoned his golden wings, picked up Tubbo and leapt off the ledge.

“Oh, I forgot he could do that.” Sapnap muttered, aiming his bow as he watched them descend.

During the fall, flaming arrows were shot at them. Tommy was lucky none hit his wings, which would’ve caused them to plummet. Even after they landed, the Essempi was still relentless. It was only until the duo ran out of sight that they were safe.

“This is bad. None of this was part of Wilbur and Technoblade’s plan.” Tubbo hastily commented, continuing to dash through the streets.

“I know right,” Tommy replied, not even knowing what the original strategy had been, “Who do those bastards think they are? Coming onto our land uninvited then threatening to shoot and stab us!”

“We need to get help, and fast. The best place to go is the wall. If that doesn’t work, it’s up to us to fight the enemy and–” Not looking where he was going, Tubbo crashed into someone.

Instinctively, Tommy drew his sword, ready to protect his friend against the enemy before them, until he realized, “Fundy? Eret? What the fuck are you doing here?”

“Well, Dad gave me permission to be here, as long as Eret was with me. I could ask the same about you.” Fundy asked, noticing their panicked expressions and their out of breath panting.

“We might have a little bit of a problem. Dream and his men are here, in L’manberg, and are now after us.” Tubbo explained with a worried smile.

“Oh, that is certainly a problem…” Eret was stunned into silence, “It’s dangerous for all of you to be on front lines, so let me escort you to the manor.”

“But Eret, I’ve been training and can defend myself.” The fox begged, lowering his ears and looking with his best puppy-eyes.

“No buts, the battlefield is no place for a kid. President Wilbur wouldn’t want his son to be out here in these conditions.”

No further discussions, Eret started to lead them towards the manor. Tommy and Tubbo felt a sense of dread and tried warning the knight. Yet they wouldn’t listen, saying it was for their own safety, too lost in thought. In the process, Eret had accidentally led them towards Dream once more.

“My apologies, this wasn’t part of the plan. I didn’t expect this to happen so soon.” Eret stepped in front of the three to face Dream, not drawing their weapon for some odd reason.

What was even stranger was that the Essempi didn’t approach or even point bows in contrast to their purist earlier. Instead Eret and the enemy stared each other down. It was odd, but Eret’s intimidation seemed to work as they didn’t get closer.

Before either party could approach, a cloaked figure jumped out of the alleyway. He tossed a splash potion of slowness at the Essempi’s feet. The cloaked man then swung his rapier which created a line of flames, startling the enemy back, even if it was just temporary. Taking off his hood, the figure revealed himself, his brown, wavy hair and chocolate eyes.

“For a minute, it almost looked like you guys were done for. I’m glad I made it just in time.” Wilbur panted with a bit of a smile, waving his rapier that glowed orange with galactic runes, “I really need to thank Ranboo later for that fire aspect enchantment he added.”

“Wilbur! Thank Prime you’re here!” Tommy shouted in relief, running over to hug him before stopping in his tracks, “Wait, what the fuck are you doing here?!”

“Yeah, aren’t you supposed to be with Technoblade? This isn’t safe!” Tubbo noticed that he still wore no armor, only having his rapier to defend himself.

He scratched the back of his head nervously, “Actually, I separated from him when I heard you guys were in danger.”

“This reckless behavior is the stuff you’d normally scold us for. You do realize how hypocritical you're being, right? Nevertheless, I’m glad you’re with us now.” The sheep-hybrid’s stern gaze quickly lightened up.

Eret wore a worried expression as they approached Wilbur, “They do have a point, you know. You really shouldn’t be here, but what’s done is done. I guess we’ll just have to deal with the consequences later.”

“Dad! What you did was dumb, and you really are an idiot. Thanks for saving us.” Fundy ran over to Wilbur and gave a hug.

He looked down, petting his son’s head in comfort, a smile rested gently on his face as he looked around at his family and friends, “There was no way I could stand to the side as he hurt my friends, family and country. I won’t allow it, not if there is something I can do about it, even if it means risking my life.”

“You know, you were wrong about what you told me before, Wilbur. You might think of yourself as a no-good coward, but I reckon you’re pretty fucking brave for doing that.” Tommy admitted, giving a soft smile.

Wilbur beamed in response, “Thanks, it really means a lot,” Suddenly he was reminded of something, he glanced over his shoulder, “But you shouldn’t thank me so soon. That potion effect won’t last for long. Everybody, get the fuck out of here!”


They ran as fast as they could, but it would only be a matter of time before Dream’s army caught up to them. They needed somewhere to temporarily hide out and regroup, and fast. As they ran, they noticed the Carmiagevan, and quickly retreated there.

One by one, every member of L’manberg ran up the stairs. Once everybody was inside, they hastily barcaded the entrance and carriage windows with whatever they could find. Though, this solution was only temporary as the Essempi army would be banging at their doorstep any moment.

“Don’t worry this is fine. Not exactly ideal, but let’s make do with what we got.” Tommy kicked a table, usually used for brewing potions on its side, reinforcing the barriers.

“I mean, as long as we are together, everything always works out. That’s what it’s always been like before.” Fundy nervously mumbled, hiding behind Wilbur and Eret.

“That’s nice and all, but does anyone here have an actual plan? Because right now we are so screwed.” Tubbo worriedly admitted, looking at the boarded off window.

An arrow was fired at from where Tubbo stood, cracking the glass and nearly piercing him if it weren’t for their defenses. The sheep-hybrid fumbled back in surprise as Tommy helped him stay upright. From the outside, they noticed George and Punz firing arrows at the carriage, which was followed by the sound of banging at the door.

“We all have weapons, potions, and armor, at least for the most part. But that isn’t enough to protect ourselves against them. What should we do, President Wilbur?” Eret turned to their leader for an order.

“You’re right, we can’t defeat them in this state. We need to find some kind of advantage, whether it’s gaining the element of surprise, or luring them into a false sense of security.”

While the others discussed in a panic, Tommy noticed Tubbo standing by himself. He covered his ears as the banging grew louder and arrows continued to hit the carriage. Tommy moved towards his best friend, tackling him in a hug.

“I didn’t think it would be over this soon.” Tubbo anxiously looked up at him, hands still over his ears, hesitant to admit the reality of their situation.

Tommy heaved a shaky sighand wore a nervous smile, “You’re right, they’ve surrounded us, but we’ve dealt with worse. Hey, I know what will make you feel better.”

He broke away and reached into the Enderchest, which was stored in their carriage, pulling out a familiar green-labeled disc. Tommy put Cat into the jukebox, its soothing melody drowning out the loud knocking outside. The music caused the others to go silent, turning towards the duo, and in that strange moment the Carmiagevan felt at peace.

“Remember how we stole this from Dream and forever won?” Tommy said, to which Tubbo quietly nodded, “We did that ourselves, and now we have Wilbur, Fundy and Eret here too. Sure, maybe we aren’t as good of fighters and have shitter stuff than them, but what matters is that we have each other and–”

He was cut off by a loud bang against the wood, which only grew louder by the second.

“Fuck off, I’m trying to give a speech here!” After he said that, Nightmare broke through the carriage door, “Uhh– any last words?” Tommy instantly switched into panic, rushing to put his jukebox and disc away.

“Nobody is dying here today.” Wilbur stated, walking towards a familiar sheet of parchment behind a glass frame and gazing at it, “Normally, I’d give a motivational speech and read the Declaration of Independance for all of you, but we don’t have time.”

He started to move the table in the center of the carriage. Wilbur struggled to do so alone, instead the friction created a screech against the wood, which caused Fundy and Tubbo to wince and cover their ears. Tommy and Eret joined in to help. A hidden trap door was revealed once pushed aside.

“Luckily I had this installed recently,” Wilbur opened the hatch, “We leave now.”

“Now?!” Tommy shouted.

“Yeah now, unless you’d rather stay here and die.” He said, stepping into it foot by foot.

One by one, they followed him, crawling on the dirty, stone paved floor underneath the carriage. Once they all stood up, they were greeted by the firing of arrows at them once more. Upon seeing Dream and Sapnap with weapons at hand, the L’manberg crew made a run for it.

“I’m too old to be dealing with this shit.” Wilbur heaved a sigh, running behind the rest of the group.

“Aren’t you only like in your twenties?” Eret pointed out, keeping up their pace and refusing to slow down pace, even to defend their leader.

“You’re right, but since I’m not suited for commanding in battle. I was thinking of putting Tommy temporarily in charge.”

“No offense, Wilbur, but I think that might be your worst idea yet.” Tubbo admitted.

“Wait, I’m in charge now? Tommy, the Commander of Men, Fuck yeah!” He cheered as the realization hit him, only for an arrow to fly by, nearly missing him, “–Oh shit, we should probably meet up with Technoblade and the others.”

Everyone quickly nodded in agreement before bolting in that direction, but the Essempi predicted their plan of action, blocking their clear path. The L’manberg crew made a sharp turn and tried cutting through another street, only for a similar outcome to happen. There was no way they could run, a fight was inevitable.

As they were being surrounded, Tommy noticed a bell tower under construction nearby, “Quick! Follow me!”

The L’manberg crew ran inside the tower, barricading the exit behind them and running up the spiral staircase. It wasn’t much of a solution, retreating to hide in one place to another, but it was better than being captured or worse. Upon reaching the top floor, they looked out the openings, only for more arrows to be fired at them from below.

“Umm… This is bad. We're being surrounded.” Fundy said, noticing the Essempi slowly getting closer.

“Tommy has wings, but it’s only enough to support either me or Fundy too. There is still a small chance the rest of us could outrun them if we’re fast.” Tubbo suggested.

Before they could head down the stairs, Wilbur stopped them, “Get back here, we’ve only just begun. We can’t give up on this fight so easily. You have bows, use them. Board up the windows for cover. Fire at them!”

They all nodded before getting to work. Fundy and Eret started using slabs of wood from construction as protection. At the same time, Tommy and Tubbo started firing arrows.

The duo quickly peered out from behind cover to take aim before retreating behind coverFlaming arrows lodged themselves into the wooden planks. To prevent a fire, the L’manberg had to reveal themselves to pull them out. Tommy and Tubbo ducked as arrows fired overhead.

“Take that, bitch!” The blond flipped them off as he stole their ammo, putting it in his bow.

Tubbo exchanged a slight smile before firing his, “Tommy! Look! I shot one!” He cheered as his arrow hit the enemy.

“Way to go, big man!” Tommy gave him a high-five, then resumed fighting.

Even if their arrows didn’t do much against the Essempi’s netherite armor, their shots were enough to scare them from entering the tower. It looked like their archery practice finally paid off. Once they were finished with the support, Fundy and Eret joined as reinforcement with their bows.

The coverage blocked out what could’ve been lethal shots from their enemy. As time went by, they noticed less arrows from the Essempi were hitting them compared to their shots. A majority of them fell short of even reaching the tower.

L’manberg had the high ground, which proved enough of an advantage to drive back the Essempi, even if a little. It was enough of an opening for them to make an escape.

As they ran down the stairs, Tommy gloatingly cheered, “Take that you green bastard! We won this battle!” He turned to his best friend, “You were amazing out there, Tubbo.”

“Thanks, Tommy,” The sheep-hybrid beamed in response, taking two carrots out of his coat pocket, “Want a victory carrot? I grew them in the garden with my magic.”

Tommy nodded, taking a crunching bite into it. The two kept celebrating as they ran down the spiral stairs. Eret remained quiet and focused, and Fundy stuck close to his father in the back.

Wilbur glanced down at the young fox then over at the rest of his men with a smile, “I’m proud of you, all of you.”

And in that moment, he thought everything might turn out alright.

Notes:

This is only the beginning of what’s to come for the war arc. Up next is an iconic moment a lot of you must be waiting for, or not depending on how you feel about it. Regardless, a fate is still a fate. And I believe in the next chapter this fic will pass the 100k word mark. Hopefully, perfect timing on my part.

Like usual, I am still slowly but surely working on this fic. Though, I’ll admit life, summer classes and now the Tears of the Kingdom release might slow the process. So, the updates will still come, it just might take a while.

Like always I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Be sure to kudos, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you did and want to show your support. It isn’t required, but it is greatly appreciated. Also check off the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series if you want to see more works set in the same universe as this fic.

Chapter 29: The King and His Crown

Summary:

Some things were just never meant to be.

Notes:

I'm finally back and with a long overdue update! Based on the summary and events of the fic, I think you all know it's that time. If not, be prepared.

If I did my math correctly, this chapter will get this fic to 100k words! This is the perfect chapter to reach this milestone at. I know I'm not the best when it comes to updating, but thank you all for following me on this journey up until this point. Here's too probably another 100k words, and more!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Taking the opportunity, the L’manberg founders fled from the belltower and into the streets. None of them bothered to look behind them, running as fast as they could. It was only until they covered some distance that they decided to check.

“I think we might’ve lost them.” Fundy panted, yet his tone was optimistic.

“I wouldn’t be so sure yet. With the Essempi, you never know what schemes they could have up their sleeves.” Eret replied.

Since they were all focused on being chased, they failed to focus on what was in front of them. That’s when they ran into trouble once again. Seeing the black and purple shimmer of Netherite, they skidded to a stop and drew their blades, prepared for another fight.

Wilbur let out a sigh of relief upon realizing who it was, “Thank Prime it’s you, Technoblade. I’ve never been so happy to see you.”

At the sight of his brother, the piglin-hybrid sheathed his sword. A sense of relief and security came over all of them. Dream would be an idiot to have his forces attack them right now. After all, they were in the presence of the Essempi's greatest warrior.

“I suppose the same could be said,” Technoblade then furrowed his eyebrows, tusks on full display, “But what were you thinkin’ runnin’ off like that, Wilbur?! Kristin and Phil were worried something happened to you!”

“My apologies,” Wilbur bowed his head, “I didn’t mean to scare you, but my men needed me.”

“I never said I was scared.”

“You can hide it from others, Techno, but not from me. We’re brothers after all.”

“Fine, maybe I was a little bit worried,” Technoblade crossed his arms, raising his chin, “But as president, people are dependin’ on you, so you shouldn’t be so reckless and throw yourself on front lines for the sake of others.”

“That’s pretty ironic coming from my overprotective little brother.” Wilbur teased.

“Eh, leadin’ really isn’t my thing, but at least one of us knows how to defend ourselves.” Technoblade snorted back with a shrug, “All I’m askin’ is for you not to purposely endanger yourself goin’ forward. I need you to stay alive.”

“I promise you won’t lose me too.” Wilbur gripped his brother’s shoulder before glancing at Tommy.

“Sorry to break up this touching moment, but you two do realize that we’re at war and have been here the whole time?” Tubbo mentioned.

“He’s right, let’s stop wastin’ time. It’s not safe for you guys here.” Technoblade started to lead the way through the city.

The piglin-hybrid took them through many twists and turns through the city. Technoblade knew the layout of L’manberg like the back of his hand. Whether it was because he grew up in it, or was a natural navigator was irrelevant. What did matter was that they did not encounter danger, and even if they did, they had Technoblade to defend them.

He took them back to the Sausage Carriage, where they encountered some familiar faces. Kristin held the reins of a certain Pegasus. Phil stuck close to his wife’s side, katana at hand. Not that anyone would dare harm the Angel of Death’s beloved.

“Techno! Wilbur! I’m so glad my boys are okay!” At the sight of them emerging, Kristin ran over to her sons, “Of course, the same goes to the rest of you.”

“Thanks for watchin’ over Carl when I was gone,” Technoblade took the reins to his Pegasus, gently stroking his mane, “I don’t know what I would do if somethin’ happened to him. Heh, maybe I’d surrender.”

“Dad knows how to defend himself, but Mom, it’s not safe for you here. You need to get out of L’manberg right now.” Wilbur worriedly mentioned, though his tone was stern.

“It’s good to see you too, Wilbur, especially after the scare you gave us.” Phil chuckled.

“You’re my son and this is my home. I want to help out, even if it’s not on the front lines. Besides, You already have enough to worry about, songbird. I’ll be okay.” Kristin reassured him, giving a determined smile.

“The battlefield is a dangerous place. I don’t want anything happening to you because of me.”

“Nothing is going to happen to Kristin,” Phil stated, “If it makes you feel better, we were planning on setting up camp in the woods for the injured and those affected by the war.”

This hardly eased Wilbur’s worries. Before the matter could be further discussed, he saw more familiar faces return. Jack, Niki, and Ranboo returned from their patrol, stepping into the clearing with the Carmiagevan to join everyone.

Jack approached Phil and Technoblade, carrying his trident, but it was clear he still needed to get used to it, “The other side of the city seems pretty clear. There’s nothing major to report there, at least compared to…”

“They’re back!” Niki excitedly smiled, immediately pulling the nearby Wilbur in for a hug.

“We were worried about you guys..” Ranboo admitted, “Phil said the crows told him you had a run-in with King Dream himself. We’re glad you’re safe now.”

“Damn, that must’ve been super stressful. How about you all try to rest, we don’t mind taking over for now.” Jack told the first founders.

“If we are all here, that means Dream is still somewhere in L’manberg. So, please be careful.” Tubbo said, his ears anxiously flicking.

“Prime knows what that dickhead is up to…” Tommy grumbled, annoyed.

“I can go look for him,” Technoblade volunteered, “No offense to everyone here, but doubt many of you could take him in a fight if it came to it.”

After everyone agreed to let him go, Technoblade decided to take Carl. It would be easier to find the Essempi from a sky view instead of searching all of L’manberg by foot. He took Ranbowith him, who steered the reins to the pegasus, while Technoblade had his bow drawn just in case. As they took off, Technoblade chanted “Techno-plane” quietly to himself.

“What’s a plane?” Fundy asked.

Jack and Niki soon departed to patrol the outer walls. Then, Phil and Kristin left not too long after to set up camp in the surrounding forest. This left the original founders alone, who took this time to recover in the Sausage Carriage.

Tubbo did his best to patch people’s wounds, using his healing magic. If that wasn’t enough, they had a few health potions that were brewed in preparation. For the most part, everyone was on guard. Even if they tried, getting rest was difficult in a time like this.

After some time passed, a crow fluttered outside the carriage. Wilbur opened the window to let it in, extending an arm to let it perch. Tied on its leg was a slip of parchment. When he opened the note, he saw it was written in blood-red ink and bold letters.

To most, the intimidating formatting would be seen as a threat. But to Wilbur, he knew that’s how his brother wrote to signify it was him.

“What does it say?” Tommy asked, early peering over Wilbur’s shoulder.

“–It says that Technoblade searched the entire city, but couldn’t find Dream or his forces anywhere,” He put a hand to his chin, “It’s odd. If anyone would be able to find them, it would be him.”

“This is great news! I bet those cowards ran away after we beat them!” Tommy cheered.

“I wouldn’t be so sure of that…” Tubbo muttered, “I have a feeling this war is far from over.”

Eret, who remained eerily quiet this entire time, decided to finally speak up, “I think it’s time I mention that I have been gathering resources for a secret weapon.”

“A secret weapon? Why didn’t you tell me about this before?” Wilbur asked, intrigued.

“It’s the element of surprise. I’ve hidden it somewhere no one can find it. I’m going to need all of you to follow me so we can get it.” He said in all seriousness.

“Please take us to it! The suspense is killing me!” Tommy

“Watch Eret surprise us by pulling out a firework-launching crossbow.” Fundy jested.

“But what if Dream is still out there?” Tubbo mentioned.

“If he isn’t here, is there no better time to get it then?”

Wilbur nodded in agreement, “He has a point. I trust Eret’s judgment. He’s never let me down before. I think we should go get it.”

Everyone else agreed, and Eret was obliged to take them to it. He seemed reluctant for some reason, when he should’ve been excited to show them the weapon he’d been preparing all this time. Together, the five founders left the Sausage Carriage.

Eret guided them through the city. Still no sign of Dream and his men. Arriving at a metal grate in the ground, he lifted it, revealing an entrance to the sewers. Eret went first, climbing down the latter. The others exchanged puzzled looks but decided to follow him.

It was Eret after all. He was their friend and helped them found this country. Why wouldn’t they trust him?

One by one, they climbed down the latter, descending into darkness.


Jack and Niki walked on top of the wall, side by side. They scanned inside the city, searching for signs of danger. It seemed calmer compared to this morning’s skirmishes, maybe even too calm. They passed a familiar part on the west end of the wall. Just yesterday the seven of them sat here, watching the sunset and listening to Tommy’s discs. How quickly times have changed.

“Hey Niki, are you alright?” Jack asked, noticing his friend’s forlorn expression.

“I’m okay,” She quietly shook her head, “I should really be asking the same of you.”

Niki knew her childhood friend wasn’t exactly the fighter type. Yet L’manberg’s forces were outskilled and outnumbered compared to the Essempi’s. Jack was originally going to do reconnaissance from the sidelines only, but they needed all the extra help they could get.

“Don’t worry about me. I’ve been fine so far, and if anything happens to me, I know you’ll have my back,” His grin faded, “Honestly, I’m more worried about everyone else.”

“Me too…” She muttered, glancing downwards, “I really hope Wilbur and the others are doing okay…”

Jack cautiously looked over both of their shoulders, to ensure they weren’t being watched, “Niki, there is something important I need to tell you. It’s about Eret.”

“What about them?” Niki slowly turned around to face him.

He heaved a deep sigh before cutting straight to the point, “I’ve noticed he has been acting pretty strange as of late. I think he might’ve sold us out for Dream.”

“Jack, this isn’t funny. You shouldn’t joke about something like this.”

“I’m not joking about this. What kind of detective would I be if I didn’t pick up on these things? You’re not one, but you’re smart and observant, surely you’ve noticed too?”

“No,” Niki covered her mouth, taking a step back, “Why would Eret do that? They are our friend!”

“I can’t explain his motive, but you have to trust me on this.” Jack placed a hand on her shoulder.

Niki went silent, returning to glancing downwards. In truth, she noticed something about Eret’s behavior too, but actively chose to ignore it. Everyone in the Carmiagevan was her friend, and she was happy there. Yet at the same time, Jack was somebody she had known for a long time and had full faith in.

“I trust you.” She looked up, meeting his gaze, “We need to tell Wilbur or Technoblade about this, and fast.”

“Right. We shouldn’t waste any more time here. Let’s go!” Jack found the nearest stairwell down from the wall, and Niki wasn’t too far behind.

If what he said was true, then her friends could be in danger. Who knew what Eret was planning? Whatever it was, she knew she needed to stop it. She wasn’t going to let her friends get hurt, not if she could help it. As the two bolted through the city, Niki only hoped that it wasn’t too late.


Eret led the way deeper into the sewer. The light from the tunnel’s entrance only grew dimmer as they descended further into darkness. With nothing but the flame of Eret’s torchlight to guide them, they stuck together, determined to keep going.

“I have to know, why did you hide your secret weapon here of all places?” Wilbur curiously asked, keeping a keen eye on his surroundings.

“Yeah, you know how I feel about tight spaces, Eret. Couldn’t you have hidden it somewhere else?” Tommy uncomfortably shifted, desummoning his wings.

“Well, it wouldn’t be a secret if it was easy to find, now would it? I put it here because this is the last place anyone would think to check. They would never suspect a thing.” He marched forward, his gaze focused ahead.

“He has a point. There’s no way the Essempi will find us down here.” Fundy slyly smirked.

“Or our allies for that matter. Maybe we should’ve left them a note,” Tubbo mentioned before noticing his friend’s discomfort, “I think Tommy and I should turn back to tell someone where we are in case something happens.”

Before they could turn back, Eret snapped his head, the torch’s flame reflecting brightly off his shades, “No, we are almost there. I promise it won’t be much longer.”

Everyone quietly agreed, and they fell into silence. To lighten the mood, they joked and cheered amongst themselves for most of the trip. Mainly about how cool this secret weapon could be, and victory for L’manberg. They also speculated what this secret weapon could be, but Eret refused to say, which only raised their excitement.

There was a light at the end of the tunnel. Not of natural sunlight, but dimly illuminated by torches. They walked under a raised metallic gate, entering a simple, small, square room deep within the sewers. The room was entirely empty with two expectations, five chests towards the surrounding walls.

And most notably, a single stand with a button stood in the center of the room.

Before anyone could press it, Eret stepped in front of it, “Gentlemen, this the final room. The Final Control Room.” He held out both arms, widely smiling.

He stepped back to let them look around the room in awe. They let out excited gasps and cheers, impressed that he could put this together so fast. Eret smiled in response, but there was a vague look of sadness to his expression.

“I had no idea a place like this existed under the city.” Wilbur ran his hand along the cracked, blackstone wall, lifting his fingers to notice them painted wet with ink.

Above each chest was a sign with one of their names written in black ink. It was dripping down the wall, showing it must’ve been created very recently. Eret was with them the entire day. When did he have the time to even make this?

Nobody considered questioning it because they were too invested in the chests and the secret weapon to even think about it. With the exception of Eret, each rushed over to their labeled chest. Upon opening it, their eyes sparkled in awe, blinded by shining light from gold coins, weapons, and armor.

“This is fucking sick, man!” Tommy cheered at the sight.

“Thank you for getting us all this stuff, Eret.” Fundy grinned.

When Tubbo reached into the chest to grab something, it phased right through his hand.

Wilbur quickly noticed the same thing, coming to a realization, “There’s nothing in the chest.”

The others caught on, giving confused and concerned mutters. When Wilbur caught wind of what was truly going on, he tried to warn them. Yell for them to get out of the room and flee from here as fast as they could. But it was already too late. This was all just a trick, a trap created by Eret.

And they fell for it.

Dispelling the illusion, the brilliant light vanished in an instant, darkness settling in its place. By then, everyone realized what was going on. There was not enough time to run or fight. All they could do was turn their heads in horror towards the center of the room. Eret wasn’t by his chest. He never was.

Eret stood behind the button, without his shades. In the darkness, they could all see his glowing eyes. Pure white, without pupils or anything else, absolutely horrifying. Over their panicked and desperate pleas, the traitor let out a deep chuckle, smiling wickedly.

“Down with the revolution boys, it was never meant to be.” Eret pressed the button.

He gave them a salute, stepping back to enjoy the show. An iron gate came crashing down, blocking their only exit. Four points in the stone brick wall slid open, each creating an individual doorway. Out of it stepped Dream, George, Sapnap, and Punz, armed and ready.

They barely had enough time to react to the ambush. George threw a splash potion of harming onto the ground. Upon shattering, the maroon liquid stung their skin, and the fumes burned their lungs. Then, without warning, the Essempi attacked.

Tommy and Tubbo tried their best to fight back against swift strike after strike but struggled in their current state. Wilbur never stood a chance to begin with. Unable to match them, he put everything into protecting Fundy, hoping they’d be more merciful to his son. Eret watched the whole thing from afar, taking in the war cries and panicked yells.

In the Final Control Room, there was no true battle. Only the chaos of clashing blades and bloodshed.

Tubbo was backed into the corner by Dream. He shakily held up Bane o’ Bees but knew he stood no real chance. Tubbo winced in anticipation, hoping it would at least be fast. But before the axe swung down, Tommy jumped in the way.

He let out a screech as Nightmare dug into his shoulder, right between the armor plates. His scream filled the entire room. His wings weren’t out, but if they were, the damage would’ve been even more consequential. Tommy dropped his sword, hitting the ground. He tried to pick it up, but the pain was too much. When he clenched his shoulder, he noticed his hand painted red with blood.

“Tommy!” Tubbo screamed, instinctively reaching out.

He tried rushing to his side to heal him but was blocked by a blade. Sapnap and George held swords to Tubbo and Fundy’s throats. And Tommy and Wilbur were powerless to save them.

“Drop your weapons, or else they die.” Dream ordered.

Not wanting to see the ones they cared about get hurt, Wilbur and Tommy reluctantly agreed. Their blades fell, clanging against the cold, stone floor as they held their hands up. Punz pointed his axe at them in warning to not try anything.

With the fight over, Eret strode to the center of the room. All eyes were on him, but he couldn’t bring himself to face the friends he just betrayed. Whether it was because he was above them, or something else. Instead, he only looked forward and made his way toward Dream.

Wearing a neutral expression, he politely bowed, “Your Majesty.”

“You did well, Eret. We were starting to think you might’ve backed out on our deal, but you’ve proved your loyalty today. As promised, here is your reward.” Reaching into his green cloak, he took out a wooden box.

“Thank you, King Dream.” He smiled in return, grasping it with both hands.

Opening the box revealed a golden crown with emerald jewels, green like the Essempi. It was meant to be Dream’s crown, which he refused to wear. Now the king’s crown belonged to Eret. As Dream placed the crown in the traitor’s head, his new allies cheered, and those he betrayed watched with pure disgust.

“Eret, how could you?” Wilbur muttered, still in disbelief.

Tubbo couldn’t meet the traitor’s gaze, instead sorrowfully looking at the ground, “Eret, I thought you were our–”

Before he could finish, Tommy protectively stepped in front of him, gripping his bloody shoulder and glaring fiercely, “Eret, listen to me. I mean this in the nicest way possible. You fucked up.”

“I hate you!” Fundy screamed at his former knight and caretaker.

Hearing this caused him to frown and turn away. Regret breaking through, even if just slightly, since his betrayal. In a time like this, Eret turned to the Essempi in reassurance.

“I know it wasn’t easy, but you did the right thing. If not for your actions, this rebellion would’ve kept going and more people would have gotten hurt.” Sapnap said.

“Plus, King Dream offered him land, wealth, and power. A fair deal if I do say so myself.” Punz added on.

“A much better reward than L’manberg’s silly idea of “freedom” by selling sausages and drugs.” George scoffed, laughing.

The rest of the Essempi joined him, cheering in victory. Eret remained silent but put on a small smile to go along. All four of L’manberg’s founders exchanged horrified looks, knowing there was no way out of this.

“Okay guys, that’s enough messing around,” Dream silenced them, “It’s time to put an end to this war. Tomorrow morning, L’manberg’s founders will be executed.” He coldly turned his emerald gaze to his enemies, who were stunned into silence.

“Wait, that wasn’t part of our compromise,” Eret said, taken aback.

“I gave you what you wanted, and in exchange, you handed over L’manberg’s founders. There was never anything mentioning what we’d do afterward. If you have a problem with that, you’re more than welcome to join them.”

“No thank you, Your Majesty,” He lowered his head in submission, “Since my business here is finished then, I’ll be taking my leave.”

“You bastard! We trusted you!” Tommy hatefully shouted but was ignored.

“Farewell, gentlemen.”

Eret looked to the side, still avoiding eye contact before giving one last wave. The gate opened and lowered behind him. The only thing they could see as he descended further into darkness was the shimmer of his crown and his blinding white eyes, as he glanced back for a fleeting moment.

“Wait,” Wilbur stepped forward, getting dangerously close to Punz’ axe, “I’m the leader of L’manberg and this revolution. It’s me who you’re after. If I hand myself over peacefully, can you spare them?”

“Fine,” Dream spat, “I will let your son and Tubbo live, but you and Tommy must die.”

“Why Tommy? He’s just a kid!” Wilbur objected.

“Because he’s your right hand, a criminal and a cause for this rebellion. I consider my agreement quite merciful. Would you rather I kill them too?”

“Don’t listen to him! It’s an unfair deal. Think about L’manberg!” The sheep-hybrid tried squirming his way out, but it was no use.

Tommy looked at Tubbo then Wilbur, and finally faced Dream, “What matters is that Tubbo is safe.”

His statement broke his friend’s heart, who only stared in distraught, “Tommy, please don’t do this! What about the promise we made to make it through this war together?”

He knew he couldn’t trust Dream’s word. But at the same time, he couldn’t bear the thought of Tubbo being killed.

“Don’t worry, I’ll figure a way out of this. I mean, we’ve gotten out of worse situations before. And when I do, and this is all over, we can go to the bench and listen to my discs.” Tommy forced a grin, but his friend only frowned.

Dream turned to Wilbur, “Eret informed me about your Phantom powers. If you use them to try and escape, expect to see Fundy and Tubbo dead, Got it?”

“I understand.”

“No Dad, you can’t! I lost Mom, I can’t lose you too!” Fundy snarled, trying to break free but was restrained.

Wilbur got down on one knee to Fundy’s level. He reached out his right hand to gently touch his cheek, wiping his son’s tears away. He then took off the golden band on his left ring finger, placing it in Fundy’s paw.

“I promised her that I’d always protect you,” He tearfully smiled, wrapping Fundy’s clawed fingers around the ring, “I know I haven’t been the best father around, but I’ve tried. I hope you can find it in yourself to forgive me for leaving you one day. Farewell, my son. I love you.”

With their final goodbyes out of the way, Tubbo and Fundy were forced out. They kicked and screamed the entire time, but neither were a match against the Essempi’s strength. Once their friends were taken away, Wilbur and Tommy exchanged somber looks, left alone together in the empty Final Control Room.

Notes:

Me: Oh boy, I can’t wait to traumatize my readers with this chapter!

Also me: Immediately traumatizes myself while writing this.

Like always I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. Be sure to kudos, comment, bookmark, subscribe, etc if you did and want to show your support. It isn’t required, but it is greatly appreciated. Also check off the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series if you want to see more works set in the same universe as this fic.

Chapter 30: Ain’t No Crying til the War’s Done

Summary:

The eventful aftermath of Eret’s betrayal.

Notes:

This is not how I wanted to start off things, but I feel like this needs to be said. I am extremely disgusted by William Gold’s actions and support Shelby all the way. I wish her, along with all those affected, all the love and support.

I had this chapter fully written and sitting in my docs since February, but for the sake of everyone’s mental well being, I decided to delay it. I stand by what I said in chapter 26 and still wish to continue this fic.

Don’t Lose Your Head and all my mcyt fics had and will always be only about the fictional dsmp characters and not the creators. In my eyes, the characters truly belong to the fandom, who have done and continue to create so much for them when their creators have forgotten about them. For any further concerns, check out my disclaimer at the start of chapter one.

For those who wish to stop reading this fic, thank you for the support you have given me and I wish you the best. For those of those who wish to continue, I hope you enjoy this chapter. It’s something I’ve had planned out for about 2 years and am excited to finally show you. It’s the longest one yet (nearly 9k words). Chapter 32 might beat it in length. I guess we’ll have to wait and see how that statement holds up.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Tommy paced back and forth in the final control room, running his hand along the cold, stone brick. Mold started to form some parts, and their names that were written in ink dropped further down the wall. It was the most he could do to distract himself from this familiar scenario.

The first time was when he and Tubbo turned themselves in with the discs. The second was when the Carmiagevan was started out, and now after Eret betrayed them. This was what now, only the third time he got locked up in the past few months? All by the same people.

Ironically, when he finally learned to pick locks, it didn’t even matter. As his claustrophobia only got worse, Tommy approached the metal gate and attempted to lift it with no success. He tried again and again, but it wouldn’t budge.

“It’s no use. You’ll hurt yourself more by doing that. You might as well give it a rest.” Wilbur stood on the other side of the, back slumped against the wall.

“No, I’m not giving up so fucking easily! Tubbo and Fundy are being kept captive somewhere, and are probably worried about us. We have to go find them and save them!” Tommy dismissed him, continuing to pull with all his might.

“Normally, I would just use my phantom powers to get us out of here, but my hands are tied. I don’t want Fundy to get killed, and the same goes with you and Tubbo. Also, no offense, but I assume you can’t take on all four of them, especially in your current condition.” He pointed to the unhealed wound on Tommy’s side.

“Bitch please, this is nothing compared to that stab wound I got in my stomach when I was a kid. I’m a big man. I can handle a–” He let out a screech and dropped the gate, gripping his shoulder in pain.

Tommy looked at the red stained lightly across the palm of his hand. Blood flowed freely from the wound, but compared to when Dream struck him, this was nothing. Prime, if only Tubbo was here to heal him. But thinking about that only made him miss his best friend more, and worry weighed heavy on him.

Wilbur rushed to his side to give him the little health potion he had left. “Here, drink this. It probably won’t do much, but I’m not going to sit around and watch you bleed out.”

Tommy shook his head, pushing it away. “I can’t, it’s the last one you have on you. If something worse happens you’ll be all out.”

“Please, you need more than me right now,” He insisted, to which Tommy begrudgingly obliged, “I should’ve known this would happen…”

“Last time I checked you don’t have future vision. So, it’s not like you knew Eret was going to betray us.” Tommy replied upon finishing the potion.

“Still, I should’ve expected something like this. If you remember, Eret did betray us during the Carmiagevan opening, and I might’ve used my magic to convince him to join our side. So, it’s not like he was the only one tricking people around here.”

“That doesn’t make the situation we are in any better. Not to mention that we might die tomorrow.” He averted eye contact and started pacing once more.

“I’m just relieved that Fundy will be safe. Even if I’m not around anymore, his grandparents can watch over him. He had a godfather, but that is definitely off the table now.” Wilbur heaved a sigh.

“Had? What the hell happened to him?” Tommy paused, turning towards him.

Wilbur glared at him directly, scorn in his voice hatred in his eyes, “His name is Eret and he’s a fucking traitor.”

“Oh… that’s unfortunate…”

“As if I'd let him take care of my son after what he did. He’s much safer with Technoblade, and my brother hates orphans,” Wilbur scornfully scoffed, “Puffy, a friend of Sally's, is his godmother, so he would be much safer with her in that case.”

“Honestly, I’m afraid of how Tubbo will manage without me. We’ve pretty much known each other for most of our lives, so it’s going to be hard for him. I don’t know if he can forgive me for breaking our promise of getting out of this war alive.” Tommy faked a laugh, but it only sounded forced.

“You know, I’ve always been jealous of how close you and Tubbo are, your trust in one another. My brother and I used to be like that, but things fell apart. I really miss it.” Wilbur admitted, a hint of wistful sorrow in his eyes.

“Hey, we’re friends too, you know! I mean, you can’t beat Tubbo since he’s like my best bro, but I’d consider you second if that means anything.”

“Thanks, Tommy. I'm glad you think of me that way. I just wish that we were able to spend time together before it ends like this.” A bittersweet smile formed on his face; it was the first time he’d shown any signs of happiness since they ended up here.

Tommy glanced aside, unable to meet his eyes without feeling guilt, “Hey Wilbur, there is something I want to say before tomorrow. You know, assuming Dream is going to cut off our heads and all.”

“Prime, don’t remind me of that, but go on.”

“I wanted to say that I am truly sorry about everything.” He finally built up the courage to meet his gaze.

Wilbur opened his mouth in surprise. “What? You don’t need to apologize, Tommy. You had no idea that things would end up like this.”

“No, you don’t get it, Wilbur! Everything that has happened leading up to this moment has been entirely my fucking fault. I was the one that pushed you with starting the Carmiagevan and making L’manberg declare independence.”

Tommy paced around the Final Control Room, a frantic energy buzzing through him.. The entire time, Wilbur watched in silence with a neutral expression, wanting to hear what he had to say. Tommy took a deep breath, pausing for a moment, before letting it all out.

“That’s not all! The night we first met at Dream’s stupid ball, I tried to frame you for stealing the discs. I thought you were another one of those nobles with their head up their own ass. I wanted to hate you, I truly fucking did, but then you started being nice to me, and I wanted to be your friend. Maybe I would’ve been better off just hating you. That way you still would’ve been living a happy, rich life with your family and not wasting your last moments here with me instead. I’m so fucking sorry for ruining everything!”

Wilbur waited for Tommy to finish before finally speaking up, “I’ll admit, I had somewhat of an idea what from the start. From your mannerisms alone, I could tell you weren’t really a noble, or at least not a proper one, and your Business Bay cover story was idiotic at best. But I played along with it for your and Tubbo’s sake because I didn’t want to lose you too.”

“Wait, so you’re not mad at me?”

Wilbur shook his head, before looking away, “No, Tommy, I’m not. You don’t need to apologize, because I was the one using you this entire time.”

“What? How?” He snapped his head towards Wilbur in a mix of disbelief and confusion.

“There has been something I’ve been meaning to tell you for some time now, and should’ve done this long ago. I wanted to tell you the day we got interrupted by Niki, and avoided the topic ever since. I was afraid of telling you the truth because I thought you might hate me forever, and I don’t blame you if you do,” He took a deep breath, still unable to meet his gaze, “I had another younger brother besides Technoblade.”

“Oh, you mean Ranboo, right? It was kind of obvious from the way he acted around you guys. But that’s not really a secret and I don’t get how that would make me mad?” Tommy shrugged in response, unsure how this affected him.

After all, it was Wilbur’s family, not his.

“No, I’m not talking about Ranboo, even if my dad adopted him into the family. What I’m saying is that I had another younger brother, one who is no longer with us,” Wilbur explained and Tommy froze, “I was there when he died. After that, our family was never the same. Techno and Phil moved to the Arctic, and I think you know how the rest goes.”

“Oh, I’m sorry…” He muttered, struggling to give comfort.

In hindsight, the whole dead sibling thing was kind of obvious, and he should’ve figured it out sooner. It explained why his family was so fractured, even if it wasn’t Tommy’s business to pry. This shouldn’t affect him since it wasn’t his family, as much as he wished they could’ve been.

“That night we first met, I thought you were a ghost. I held out hope that maybe after all these years he came back to me, but I knew that was impossible. My real brother is gone, but you reminded me so much of him. I convinced you to like me, to trust me, all to try and replace what I lost. As a result, I dragged you into this whole mess that was never your problem to begin with.”

Wilbur continued to avoid his gaze, running a hand through his hair. Tommy didn’t even know where to begin with processing that. He felt betrayed that Wilbur was just using him, and upset that their friendship all along was a lie. Tommy wanted to curse at him in fury more than anything right now, but the words wouldn’t form.

What right did a thief like him have to call Wilbur out on his behavior? Tommy was no better for what he did to him. And honestly, he didn’t have it in him to get mad at the only person he had left, not in his possible last moments. Instead, he watched Wilbur on the verge of a breakdown with a frown, both for his friend and himself.

“I’ve wasted too much fucking time grieving on the past, instead of focusing on what I got. I was blessed with an amazing friend and truly took that for granted. So please, let me fix this mistake while I still have time. I am so sorry for using you and treating you like someone you aren't, and I’ll understand if you never forgive me for that.”

Tommy hesitated for a moment, deciding if he wanted to forgive Wilbur or not, “We’ve both done shitty things to each other. So, I guess that makes us even?” He sat down next to Wilbur, struggling to form a smile.

“Yeah, you’re right. We really are fucking terrible people…” He looked up before nodding in agreement, this time meeting his gaze.

“I don’t think it was your intention to hurt me on purpose. The same could be said about all the times Tubbo and I stole from people to get by. We did what we had to for ourselves.” Tommy let out a sigh.

“Even if it started out as a lie, I’d like to think of our friendship as true. Do you think we can start over?”

“Yeah, I’d very much like a do over. I don’t hate you for what you did, Wilbur. If anything it was nice to know what it was like to have a real family for a while, even if it will be short lived.” Tommy nodded, giving a bittersweet smile.

“Even if things turned out the way they did, I don’t regret anything, least of all meeting you. I am happier now than I have ever been before.” He let out a content hum in response.

“I don’t regret anything either. I am glad I was able to meet you, Wilbur. Even if tomorrow will be the end, I wouldn’t want to spend it any other way.” Tommy leaned on Wilbur’s shoulder and wrapped a wing around him, remaining like that for the rest of the night.


“Tommy, wake up!”

“What?” The blond opened his tired eyes, slowly getting up. “What’s going on?”

“I think they’re here.” Wilbur said, panicked.

“Oh shit!” Tommy jumped to his feet, reaching for his sword he no longer had.

The two stared in silence into the hallway of emptiness. A line of sweat dripped from Wilbur’s face and Tommy narrowed his gaze to try and see further. It was no use. Echoing footsteps off in the distance, getting closer with each step, causing the two to tense.

“Well, I guess this is it. It was nice knowing you, Wilbur.” Tommy forced a smile, trying to make light of the situation. It convinced no one.

“Don’t worry, they will have to get through me first before I let them do anything to you.” Wilbur protectively stood in front of him.

“Thanks, but I don’t think that’s going to help. We’ll both be dead either way.”

The two started to lightly bicker, prioritizing protecting the other over themselves. They got so caught up in it that the glow from their discord gem pendants startled them. They admitted a blue and red glow respectively, illuminating the dark room.

“Wilbur? Tommy? You’re still alive, right?”

“Hold on a second, I know that voice.” Before Wilbur could finish his thought, he and Tommy notice a tall figure standing on the other side of the gate, catching them off guard for the second time.

“Ranboo!” Tommy rushed over to the iron barred doorway. “Prime, you can be terrifying.”

“Sorry, I try not to be.” He smiled, putting the red jeweled earring that he was speaking through back on.

“I knew Techno had a discord gem, and didn’t know why I couldn’t contact him. Nice to know where it went.” Wilbur said.

Tommy noticed Ranboo didn’t have a torch. “How can you even see down here? Outside this room, it’s pitch black for fucking miles.”

“Oh, my kind is actually nocturnal, so I pretty much have night vision.”

“How did you even find us?” Tommy asked.

“The crows told us where they saw you enter. Dad was actually supposed to accompany me, but the tunnels made him feel claustrophobic.” The ceilings were so short that Ranboo almost had to duck. “It must be an elytrian thing. So, he’s back with mom.”

“Were you the only one who came here to save us?” It was Wilbur’s turn to ask.

“Questions can wait. Let’s try to get you out of here.” The enderman-hybrid warped into the control room, leaving purple particles where he was.

Ranboo searched the wall for any kind of hidden contraption, Tommy and Wilbur joining him. They already tried pressing the button again, but it did nothing. Teleporting back to the otherside, Ranboo was able to find a level that raised the iron gate.

“Thanks Ranboo, you’re the best! Now let's get the hell out of here!” Tommy rushed out of the room, stretching his wings.

Wilbur followed not far behind, “Don’t get me wrong, I’m glad to be out of there too, but what if Dream still comes after us? We took our weapons, so we have nothing to fight back with.”

“Oh, I think I can help.” Ranboo used his magic to summon two swords, handing them one each. “I know they’re not a replacement for your real ones, but it should be enough to protect you.”

“I can see why Technoblade likes keeping you around. I’ll admit, I had my uncertainties at first, but you’ve really grown on me, Ranboo.” Wilbur said, to which the Enderman-hybrid beamed, “Now, let’s get the hell out of here, for real this time.”

The three dashed for the tunnel’s entrance. Wilbur and Tommy ran ahead, while Ranboo lagged behind, mainly out of fear of getting splashed by sewer water. They quickly reached the ladder and climbed it, returning to the city’s surface.

Feeling the summer’s heat and the touch of the warm sun was relieving; Especially after being trapped in the cold and damp control room, fearing they’d never see it again. Though, the sun was also blinding, giving their eyes trouble to adjust.

So, they weren’t expected to be greeted with a spear pointed in their face upon re-entering L’manberg. Still being half blinded, they were unable to properly fight back. So much for their miraculous escape.

“Wilbur? Tommy?” Niki lowered her weapon. “Thank Prime it’s you. I almost mistook you three for the Essempi.”

She desperately wanted to hug them, previously fearing that she’d never see them again, but stopped herself. They were at war, now wasn’t the time. Standing next to her was Jack with his trusty “Manifork” trident at hand. Then, behind them were no other than Tubbo and Fundy.

They looked tired, just as beat up as Tommy and Wilbur, but couldn’t look more happy to see them. The two ran up to them, embracing them in a group hug. The L’manberg’s original founding members were together again. All except one.

When they broke away, Fundy reached into his uniform pocket and pulled out a golden ring, “Since you’re still alive and well, I should give this back to you.”

Wilbur smiled, closing his son’s paw around it. “I have no idea what will happen to me during this war or after, so you should keep it. Besides, I think she would’ve wanted you to have it.”

“Thanks, dad. I’m glad that I didn’t lose you too.” His father affectionately ruffled the top of his furry head, and for once, he didn’t complain.

“Tommy…”

The blond noticed his friend sternly staring at him, hands on his hips. “Oh, hey Tubbo, Big T, my man. Sorry for giving you the fright of your life. Also my shoulder hurts from where Dream attacked me, will you heal it?

He let out a sigh, before letting up, “Alright, I’ll do it. But I have some choice words when we get back to camp about your reckless behavior.”

“Oh boy, I can’t wait!” Tommy sarcastically said. “Where did they take you anyways? I hope it was better than that shitty final control room.” Just thinking back being back in that dark place gave him shudders.

“We were held in the same place they imprisoned you when we started the Carmiagevan.” Fundy replied. “Jack and Niki rescued us. It was pretty easy since Jack had the keys to the cell from his work.”

“So much for avoiding the front lines, huh?” Wilbur teased, and Jack glared at him, unamused..

“He has a point, you’re the last person I expected to see out here.” Tommy added.

“You’re making a much bigger deal out of it than needed. After finding out about Eret’s betrayal, I just wanted to help my friends.”

Before they could react to the mention of the traitor, an arrow flew by. They were so distracted with their reunion that they failed to notice the four Essempi members who had approached them. And they didn’t look pleased to say the least. At the moment, everyone on L’maberg’s side had the exact same thought: to escape and fast.

Jack, Niki and Ranboo had the others go first, while they guarded from behind. Not before Tubbo used his ice magic on the ground. It bought them just enough time to give them a running start. The time was quickly lost as they all began to feel the strain of their injuries, struggling to navigate the windy streets. The Essempi were swiftly gaining on them.

“Guys, it isn’t looking good for us.” Ranboo quickly glanced over his shoulder and gulped.

“What do you think our odds are of taking them in a fight?” Wilbur asked.

“Not too hot in my opinion.” Jack bluntly stated. “Half of us here, myself included, have minimal combat experience. And those of us who can fight have to go up against four highly trained people.”

“Not to mention some of us got injured.” Tubbo glared directly at Tommy.

“That just makes things worse…” Fundy muttered, clinging close to his father.

“Well, shit.” Wilbur said.

“Shit, indeed.” Tommy agreed.

“Don’t be so pessimistic.” Niki put on a smile. “We’re not dead yet. I know we’ll be okay if we make it to–”

She was cut off by the firing of another arrow. This one barely missed her head, cutting a few strands of her blonde hair. She quickly turned around, spear ready at hand.

She parried Sapnap and Punz’ attacks with the pole of her weapon, keeping her ground. But when George struck with her sword, she was knocked back. Before Dream could land the lethal blow on her, Wilbur lept in.

His strength, nor his rapier, weren’t any match against Dream. Still though, it gave Niki enough time to regain her strength and defend them both. Wilbur muttered a quiet ‘thanks’ and they fought together to keep their attackers at bay.

Jack had little idea what he was doing, let alone how to fight. All he wanted was to make it out of this alive. So, in the midst of the chaos, he managed to do so. Fundy was upset he lost his swords, unable to fight back. Before Sapnap could strike the defenseless fox, Ranboo intervened with his dual blades.

Ranboo quickly summoned two daggers, reminiscent of Fundy’s swords, and handed them to him. Then, protectively pulled his nephew towards him. The fox smirked in response, and from afar, Wilbur took notice.

Tubbo used his ice magic to cast spells, whether it be tossing ice shards or trying to make the enemy slip up. On occasion, he would worriedly glance over his shoulder to check on Tommy, but for the most part managed. On the contrary, Tommy has seen better days fighting.

It didn’t help that he had no shield, and the green bastard currently tormenting him injured his right arm. And sure, the sword Ranboo lent him was functional, but it didn’t have the same feel as the weapon he’s grown used to. Still, Tommy put his entire focus into getting out of this.

Stumbling as he took a step back, Dream swung Nightmare down, full force at him. Tubbo managed to quickly pull Tommy out of the way as the axe broke the stone floor beneath them. When distracted, George took the opportunity to attack, grazing Tubbo’s arm before Tommy struck back with his sword. After that, they decided it was best to look out for each other.

The members of L’manberg were getting tired from fighting, and the Essempi still had plenty of stamina. If they kept up, it was inevitable that they would exhaust themselves. They were also surrounded. They could try to escape, but it also gave Essempi the opportune chance to land a lethal strike when their backs were turned.

“A smart strategy on the enemies' part, I’m afraid to admit. I don’t know how much longer we’ll last.” Wilbur panted, having no choice but to press forward.

“Any ideas on how to get out of this one?” In the fray, Tommy nervously glanced around at the others for guidance

“I got nothing.” Tubbo admitted, trying to keep his focus on fighting. “Well I do but– not without us getting hurt.”

“I might have something.” Ranboo quietly spoke up, barely audible over the sound of clashing blades.

“You have something? What is it, Ranboo? Tell us!” Tommy pleaded.

“I really don’t like doing it–” He opened his mouth, only to silence himself.

Ranboo frantically looked amongst the crowd at his friends and family struggling to keep up fighting. This was something he’d rather not do. He’s seen it cause harm, whether it be by accident or self-defense. But if it was for them, Ranboo would do it.

“–Just don’t look at me, okay? Oh, and maybe cover your ears.”

The normally timid Ranboo, who normally kept his head towards the ground, looked up. He made unwavering eye-contact, never once breaking away. His jaw went off its hinges, showing off his sharp teeth, and with came a low growl.

Tubbo and Fundy were the first to notice it, flinching as they quickly covered their ears. Not long after, everyone else heard the growl ring throughout, becoming more static and warped. It caused everyone to be stunned and frozen in place.

“Go, hurry!” It wasn’t like Ranboo to raise his voice.

Getting over the shocking site, the people of L’manberg uncovered their ears. They ran past the Essempi, who were still stunned in place, with Ranboo leaving last. There wasn’t much time. They needed to find a way to escape. But in their panicked efforts to flee, they found themselves in the dead end of a street.

“Shit.” Tommy said as he found himself cornered, turning around only to realize the Essempi caught up to them.

Ranboo, being at the back, was their first target. Arrows were shot at him, but he teleported out of the way of them. When four blades came crashing down on them, Niki stepped in the way to protect Ranboo. She was repeatedly struck at, having only her spear to defend herself.

Niki was no match against the strength of the four men, finding herself beaten back and knocked to the ground. Her hat was knocked off her head and her hair fell from its bun. A thin line of blood trickled from her forehead. She found herself struggling to get up, but used her spear’s pole to help her.

“Give it up, there is no way you can win against us.” Dream said as he looked down on the baker girl.

“I never expected to win.” Niki smiled, wiping the blood off with her hand. She slowly reached for her hat, putting it on her head. “I just needed to buy enough time.”

“Wait…” George turned around as he felt another presence.

Standing behind the four Essempi members, was a familiar Piglin-Hybrid. His hair was kept in a long braid that swayed with the wind with his red cape. His golden piercings and jeweled crown shimmered under the afternoon sun. And beneath the boar-skull that covered half his face, his crimson eyes burned with fury as he pointed his Netherite sword.

“Technoblade!” Wilbur shouted, never sounding more relieved.

The Piglin-hybrid turned to his brother, grinning, “What did I say, Wilbur? I promised that I would always protect you.”

“Hey, I didn’t get myself captured on purpose!”

Technoblade wasted no time in starting the fight. He was light on his feet, evading attacks with grace. Technoblade only fought back when he deemed necessary. Yet when he did, there was strength in the way he swung his sword.

George, Sapnap and Punz eagerly tried to strike him where he stood. In the short time frame he had to react, Technoblade managed to parry the seemingly endless onslaught of attacks. If he was feeling it, he sometimes stepped out of the way, letting the three fumble amongst themselves.

They were by no means incompetent, quite the contrary. Though, they were no match against the greatest warrior in all the land. And at the moment, the rebellion of L’manberg couldn’t be more grateful to have him on their side.

Dream waited on the sidelines, observing the battle. If it was out of fear of being bested again, or excitement of finally facing a strong opponent, it was impossible to tell behind the smiley mask. When the perfect opening came, he attacked.

Technoblade let out an annoyed huff as he held his sword against the masked man’s axe. The Piglin-hybrid swiftly struck with his sword, grazing his opponent’s shield. Dream let out an amused hum, swinging his axe full force. Technoblade spun out of the way, the Netherite blade nearly slicing the tip of his long braid.

They made a frenzy of attacks against each other, somehow easily avoiding them relatively unscathed. For those observing, it was difficult to keep track of their fast paced movements. The green accents and Eye of Ender on Nightmare flashed against the blood red design of Orphan Obliterator. Their cloak and cape of the same respective colors flowed with their rapid movements. .

Dream took the opportunity to fire an arrow from his loaded crossbow at him. Narrowly avoiding it, it left a thin gash on his upper cheek. Technoblade rubbed the wound with finger, licking the blood. His crimson eyes sharply narrowed as he pointed his blade.

“You know, this is the most fun I had fightin’ in a long time, not that I’m happy with what you threatenin’ my brother.” Technonblade said as they clashed blades, but Dream remained silent. “I recently made an upgrade to Orphan Oblidator, and think you’re the perfect person to try it out on. You know, since…”

Ranboo’s eyes widened with panic, realizing what his brother was doing, “You should all step back.”

A grin crept across Technoblade’s face as he gracefully waved the blood-red accented sword. Pressing a button on the handle, the blade extended, changing into a form akin to a whip with many, small, sharp blades running all the way across it.

Already sensing something, Dream jumped back. Technoblade swung his wrist, able to make fast attacks from range. His repetitive attacks left deep scratches on the shield Dream hid behind, not letting him get close.

Seeing what was going on, Sapnap raised his weapon with intent to join the fight. Technoblade swung his whip in his direction, wrapping around Sapnap’s sword. With the flick of a button, Orphan Obliterator reacted to its original form, causing the knight's weapon to go flying.

Technoblade then swung his whip in Dream’s direction, wrapping around the handle of Nightmare. Dream put up a fight, keeping his feet firmly in the ground and not allowing Technoblade to take the weapon from his hand or knock him over. In a stalemate, the rest of the Essempi went to their king’s aid.

With all of the Essempi engaged in fighting Technoblade, this left those in L’manberg with the perfect opening to escape. Wilbur turned to Technoblade, who gave a small nod of approval. As if to tell him he would be alright. Wilbur didn’t need to anymore, ordering his men to hurry. They never ran faster in their lives.

Technoblade proudly smiled as he watched them depart, quietly muttering. “I’ll see you nerds in a bit.”


The city they swore to protect was no longer safe, so they fled beyond the walls and into the forest. There were still scorches from where Essempi started the fire when they first declared war. As they went deeper into the woods, the greenery became less damaged and more dense , making them harder to track.

It bought them enough time to regroup and recover. But it wasn’t a permanent solution – the Essempi wouldn’t let them go so easily.After what felt like hours of dragging themselves through the forest, they arrived at a small camp for the injured and refugees where Phil and Kristin were setting up tents. Technoblade joined them not much later, his skull face covering tucked away.. Upon seeing Wilbur return, Kristin dropped everything and dashed towards him, embracing in a hug.

“I’m so glad you’re safe, songbird. You really had me worried after hearing about your capture. Never scare me like that again!” She hugged onto him tighter, refusing to let go.

“Sorry, mom. I’ll try not to do it again.” Wilbur smiled tiredly, closing his eyes as he rested his head on her shoulder.

“I had faith that Techno and Ranboo could do it. They’re both Minecrafts too after all.” Phil said, to which his wife shot him a stern glare, “But you should listen to your mother, Wil, and try not to get yourself killed.”

Kristin’s gaze softened as she saw her other two sons and grandson, “Come here, I’m so proud of you, all four of you.” She tightly pulled them into the hug.

“Kristin! Kristin, please! I don’t like physical contact and can’t breathe!” Technoblade shouted as he gasped for air.

In contrast, Ranboo cherished the affection, tail swaying as he hummed, “Thanks mom…”

Seeing his family all together, Phil decided to join them. He protectively wrapped his black, large feather wings around them all as they happily remained like that. Tommy smiled, watching them together, but had a yearning feeling. Tubbo, noticing this behavior, gave his friend a playful nudge as they exchanged comforting looks.

“Well, I’m just glad everything worked out and everybody is alright. We couldn’t have done it without Techno’s masterful tactician skills.” Phil smiled, looking towards his second son.

The Piglin-hybrid noticed everybody’s gazes shifting towards him, “Heh, why are you all lookin’ at me? I wasn't the one who planned all this. I was just helpin’ out.”

“Then who was?” Tommy asked.

“It was us.” Jack declared right beside Niki, “I had my suspicions there was a traitor, but didn’t want it to be true. Niki and I were able to figure out what happened and quickly formed a plan. I’m just glad that we were able to do so in time, or else they could’ve been goners.”

Technoblade proudly smiled, placing a hand on each of their shoulders. “Thank you for saving my brother. You’re both stronger than you realize.”

“What should we do next? Since we are all here, the Essempi probably has control over L’manberg right now.” Fundy said, his ears anxiously flickering.

“Eret knows our plans, and he most likely shared those with them. So, that screws us over.” Wilbur let out a deep sigh, “Our declaration is signed by a traitor.”

There was a look of scorn and bitterness in his tone as he said that. At the mention of that name, an awkward silence fell over the camp. Some quietly shifted gazes, while others gave infuriating expressions. Then there was, Fundy, who let out a low growl and gritted his teeth, not wanting that traitor to ever be mentioned again.

“I want a stock report. Tommy, tell me what you have. Any extra weapons or armor?”

“My discs! They never got those!” He exclaimed, only for Wilbur to heave a disappointed sigh.

“Tubbo?”

“Absolutely nothing, did you not remember that Tommy and I are poor?”

“Fundy?”

“I’m wearing a pastel colored uniform. What do you want from me?”

“I’ll be honest with you all,” Tommy glanced around at everyone, “fuck.”

“Bruh.” Technoblade said as everyone fell to silence.

Niki stepped forward, “It’s not too late. We still can readjust our strategies. We can’t give up over this. We still have a war to fight and people who are depending on us.”

“It was Eret’s choice to betray us. We shouldn’t let this one set back get the better of us. We’re better off without that traitor on our side anyways.” Jack added, and soon everyone joined in agreement.

“I understand everybody is still upset over the events of today and yesterday, but we still have a long fight ahead of us,” Wilbur took a deep breath, forcing back his resentment for composure, “I recommend using this time to rest and heal any injuries. There will be a new revised plan for us to take back the city tomorrow morning for anyone still capable of fighting.”


While others were taking time to relax and recover, Ranboo kept watch over camp. He was one who sustained the least amount of injuries during the battles, so naturally the duty fell to him. Plus, Technoblade asked him to watch over everyone in his stead while he strategized. He wouldn’t let his brother down.

As he patrolled the area, people gave him waves, smiles and thanked him for his efforts. Ranboo could only give an awkward sharp-toothed grin in response. Based on past experiences, he expected more people to be frightened of his appearance, but it didn’t seem to be the case in L’manberg. Still, the praise was a bit intimidating.

When talking around, he noticed Fundy all by his lonesome. “Hello, Fundy.”

“Oh hey, Uncle Ranboo.” The young fox looked up at him.

“Uncle Ranboo?” The enderman-hybrid tilted his head.

“Well, grandma told me you were adopted into the family, so that makes you my uncle.”

“Technically I am, but I’m only a few years older than you. There’s really no need for the title, just use my name.” Ranboo insisted, waving out his hands.

“Okay, Ranboo.” The enderman-hybrid smiled at the use of his name, but Fundy didn’t do the same.

The young fox sulked, staring off into the seemingly endless forest with a tired expression. Ranboo already knew why he felt this way. It was obvious, even for someone as forgetful as himself. They all were still affected by the betrayal of him in some way. Some just did a better job at hiding it than others.

Choosing not to pry into the matter, Ranboo silently sat next to him. He didn’t know Eret that well, especially compared to Fundy, but understood how hard this must be for those that were close to him.
The most he could do was offer support during this difficult time.

“Here, why don’t wear this for a while.” Ranboo took off his blue and white fur-lined cloak, wrapping it around Fundy as he buttoned the clasp.

He would admit, it was a bit warm for summer. Though, his kind were never really affected by temperature, so, it did little to keep him warm in the arctic. The fact that he still wore it had to do with looking up to a certain piglin-hybrid, the same reason he wore a crown.

“Thanks Ranboo, but I don’t really need it.” Fundy shook his head, but wrapped himself in the cloak.

“It’s okay, you can borrow it. Just try to be careful with it. It’s a gift from someone dear to me.” He said, subconsciously messing with his jeweled earrings. “I know something that can help! I’ll go find you something to eat. If we’re lucky, there might be a few of Niki’s pastries left over.

Ranboo walked through camp, only to notice Wilbur exiting the tent where he and Technoblade were strategizing. “Oh, hi Wilbur.”

He slowly approached the Enderman-hybrid, causing him to feel skeptical. “Hey Ranboo, I wanted to ask you something.”

“Sure, what’s up?”

“What is your opinion on orphans?”

“What?” Ranboo went quiet, until realizing he was serious. “Well, I was one at one point, or at least I think so? I don’t remember much about my life before Techno found me and dad took me in.”

“Would you ever hurt an orphan?”

“No! I don’t like hurting anyone, and really don’t like it when I have to. But I’d never hurt anyone innocent, let alone a child.” He immediately protested, gripping his clawed hands.

Wilbur placed a hand on his shoulder. “Congratulations, you are now Fundy’s new godfather.”

“Huh?” Ranboo stared in wide-eyed confusion before snapping to reality. “Thanks? I’ll try to not let you down, Wilbur.”

“Good. I trust you to keep your word, or else I’ll never forgive you.” He gave an intimidating smile, leaving a timid Ranboo to his own thoughts.

Tommy watched as Wilbur walked off by himself. There was something he so desperately wanted to say to him. He was about to call his name, but hesitated. Wilbur looked to be in a bad mood, so now wasn’t the right time. He would have his opportunity later.

Tubbo took notice of his behavior, narrowing his troubled gaze. “What are you thinking about?”

“Oh it’s nothing.” Tommy shook his head, but his friend didn’t buy it. “–It’s just that Wilbur… He told me I couldn’t fight tomorrow because of my injuries.”

“He has a point, you know. He’s just looking out for you and after what happened, I honestly can’t blame him…” Tubbo went quiet.

He didn’t even realize he stopped using his healing magic until Tommy spoke, “Hey, are you alright?”

His friend reached out, but he jolted away, “No!”

“Tubbo, what’s wrong–”

“I’m fucking tired of your reckless behavior! It feels like our whole lives, it's always up to me to look after you! I can’t even trust you to look out for yourself without getting hurt! If you keep this up, you’re going to get yourself killed!”

Tommy placed a hand on Tubbo, who was starting to hyperventilate. “Shit… I didn’t mean to scare you like that.”

“Your actions affect other people too. I was so afraid of losing you in the Final Control Room. After all we’ve been through, I don’t want to lose you now. We still have a promise to uphold, remember?” Tubbo looked up at him with watery eyes.

“I’m sorry. I thought I was being selfless, but I didn’t think how it impacted you. I’ll try my best to uphold my promise.”

“Tommy…”

“Fine…” The blond heaved a defeated sigh. “I will do my best to make sure we both make it out of this war alive. And when this is all done, we’ll find somewhere to relax and listen to my discs.”

“That’s more like it. I’m trusting you to keep your word.” Tubbo formed a shaky smile

“On the bright side, we at least got out of it alive.” Tommy grinned, but it soon faded as he looked down and felt the lack of a certain presence on his hip. “I still miss my Big Man Sword. It’s a shame we couldn’t get it back.”

“Oh wait, that reminds me!” Tubbo leaned over to get something. “I wanted to give you this back during the fight, but a lot happened and I forgot.”

Tommy’s eyes widened in awe as held the sheathed sword his friend placed in his hands. “But how?! I thought it was lost forever.”

“We’ve spent our whole lives as thieves, Tommy. You really think I don’t know how to pickpocket somebody?”

“Wait, why didn’t you take back Bane o’ Bees instead? It’s your weapon after all.”

“I only had enough time to get one weapon back, and I knew how much that sword meant to you. Besides, I can defend myself just fine.” Tubbo winked, summoning an ice crystal in his palm.

Tommy smiled as he returned his sword to its rightful spot on his belt. “Thanks, for getting it back, Tubbo. You’re the best.” Then without warning, he pulled his friend into a tight hug.

“Of course, anytime…” Tubbo quietly hummed as he closed his eyes, enjoying this single tranquil moment during a hectic war as long as he could.


In celebration of nobody dying, everyone decided to throw a celebratory feast. Even with limited resources, they all did their best to chip in. Anyone who wasn’t preoccupied did their best to help set up, with the exception of one. Niki found Wilbur sitting alone under the shade of a single tree.

Unlike the others, who were thrilled they got to live another day, he didn’t look happy in the slightest. Wilbur scribbled in a leather-covered notebook before tearing out a page, tossing it to the side with the other discarded sheets. Then, he got back to frantically writing. The wind blew, scattering the loose pages.

Niki managed to catch one, reading out loud, “I heard there was a special place…” She didn’t read the rest, putting it in her uniform pocket before approaching, “I take it you’re not going to join the others?”

“No, sorry, I’m not really in the mood right now. You guys can celebrate without me.” Wilbur briefly glanced up at her before returning to writing.

“It’s okay. I’ll keep you company then. You seem lonely.” She took a seat next to him under the tree.

He was a lot quieter than usual, she admitted to herself. It wasn’t unlike him to be like that if he was focused, or upset, but she wasn’t sure which it was, if not both.

“What are you writing about? Is it the new strategies you and Technoblade talked about?”

“With recent developments, I thought it would be best to change the anthem. The original aged poorly in my opinion.” Wilbur didn’t look up from the page, handing her his notebook.

Well, this place is real, you needn’t fret.

With Wilbur, Tommy, Tubbo,

Fuck Eret

Niki noticed the ink was still wet, and that the last line was written with bold, heavy strokes. “I liked the first version better, but I understand why you changed it.”

“It’s for the best. Besides, the original lyrics didn’t flow well together in my opinion. Not that I would want that traitor in after what he’s done.” Wilbur said scornfully before taking on a sadder tone. “He was a good friend of mine. I trusted him enough around my family, and with my son. Did our friendship really mean nothing to him? Was it all just a lie? Regardless, it was foolish of me to ever put faith in him.”

“Wilbur— I am so sorry…” That was the most she could muster out of herself for being at a loss of words. As much as she seeked to give comfort, she found herself unable to provide any.

“It’s fine. There’s no need to apologize. It wasn’t your fault.” He reassured her, but his attempt hardly eased her.

“No. It’s not okay. Eret was your friend and he hurt you. It's okay to feel upset.” Niki tried her best to comfort him, despite being unable to relate.

She couldn’t even begin to fathom his situation. For somebody she trusted to turn their back on her and harm those she cares about was beyond tragic. Niki wouldn’t have just been heart broken, she would've been furious, wanting to seek revenge. Unlike her, Wilbur showed no intentions of wanting that, only feeling distraught. That would’ve made one of them.

“Eret was a close friend of mine, if he betrayed me, I’m unsure who I can trust anymore. Let alone trust my own abilities as their president.” Wilbur solemnly glanced down at the newly written anthem.

“I can’t speak for others, but I think you’re a good leader. The people of L’manberg follow you because they choose to. Even if you lost Eret, you still have them.” She watched Ranboo and Fundy gather firewood, softly smiling at the sight.

“You’re right, I couldn’t do it without their support, yours especially.” He finally closed his notebook, setting it aside before facing her, “I can’t thank you enough Niki for saving my life today. You truly are kind, brilliant, and beautiful, and I’m glad to have you in L’manberg and at my side.”

Niki looked down and noticed their hands were resting on top of each other. Wilbur was taken aback by this as much as her, his mouth slightly agape. Yet instead of parting, they gave each other gentle smiles. They held hands, while resting under the shade of the summer oak.

“Hey, Wilbur and Niki. We’re having a "we didn't die today” feast.” Tubbo approached, “Sorry, I didn’t mean to interrupt anything. I’ll–” He quickly turned around and left.

“It’s okay, you weren’t interrupting anything!”

“We’ll go to the feast!”

Upon standing up, Niki mischievously smiled. “I’m glad you finally changed your mind. Let’s go, they’re waiting for us.” She took his hand, Wilbur, now in a better mood, happily obliged. And together, they went to the feast, side by side.


The so-called feast was more akin to a bonfire party. Everybody sat on logs, gathered around a small open flame, surrounded by the woods. It was no festival– such celebrations would have to wait till the end of the war. Assuming they even win. Still, everybody was happy for what it was: a simple “we didn’t die today” feast.

Jack walked into the clearing, carrying a picnic basket, “Hey guys, I know we’re short on resources right now, but it wouldn’t be a feast without proper food. Consider this a call back to simpler times,” He opened the basket, revealing, “Sausages!”

“Oh Jack, you’ve really outdone yourself!” Niki smiled and clapped.

Everyone cheered as he walked around the circle, handing everyone a sausage and stick to cook over the campfire. It was a simple meal for a simple feast, but also a reminder of their founding roots and the reason they were fighting. Not to mention that they were all hungry after a long and tiring day. Fundy the most, begging for food in an almost dog-like nature.

“Hey Technoblade, can I interest you in a sausage?” He asked, holding up his trident with a bunch of them skewered into it.

“Nah, I can’t eat pork. I’m a Piglin-hybrid, remember? Eatin’ that would be cannibalism.” He shook his head in slight disgust.

“Wait, if Technoblade can’t eat pork, does that mean Tommy and Phil can’t eat chicken since they’re Elytrains? Tommy and I have stolen and eaten chicken before, does that make him a…” Tubbo’s sheep ears worriedly flicked as the thought entered his mind.

Phil let out an amusingly chuckled, “It doesn’t work like that, mate. Lots of birds are predators to each other. It would only be cannibalism if we started eating our own species.”

“So, it would only count if you started eating crows and I–” Tommy trailed off, glancing over his shoulder at his golden wings, “What am I again? I swear to Prime I better not be a fucking chicken.”

“You’re a canary, Tommy,” Phil corrected him, holding out his hand as a crow landed on it.

“How does Phil know what you are, but you didn’t know yourself. They’re your wings,” Jack mentioned before taking a bite out of his sausage, “Plus, you have Tubbo with you, and he’s smart. I bet he could’ve figured it out.”

“Nope, I had absolutely no idea either,” Tubbo shook his head, “I guess if we really wanted, we could’ve stolen a book on animals to find out. But we were more focused on surviving at the time.”

“Nobody ever told me. How was I supposed to know? Honestly, it doesn't matter what type of bird I am, as long as my wings work and look badass, that’s fine with me.” Tommy shrugged in response.

“I still think chicken suits you much better, if I say so myself.” Wilbur playfully smirked as Fundy and Niki laughed in agreement.

“Fuck you, Wilbur! You’re just jealous you didn’t get any like me or Phil!”

“Wilbur is perfect just the way he is. He just happens to be a momma’s boy and takes more after me than his father.” Kristin giggled, playfully ruffling her son’s brown curls.

“I think we get it, mom. There’s no need for you to dote in front of everyone. I get that I almost died today, but you have two other sons here too.”

“Now you know how I feel when you do it to me.” Fundy snickered to himself.

A crow landed on Ranboo as he quietly gazed into the fire, “Dad is a crow and Tommy is a canary. Isn’t it odd how they are both birds for omens, specifically death?”

“There is somebody else I knew with wings just like his, but making such a comparison seems outlandish.” Phil hummed, glancing at the boy’s golden wings before facing his wife.

The evening turned to nightfall, and the festivities started to slow. The pink sky turned dark, bringing out the twinkling stars above. The crickets started to chirp their melody, and fireflies danced around them. The campfire continued to burn brightly, casting long shadows.

As everyone still sat around the flame, Wilbur played his guitar and started to sing, “Ain’t no crying til the war’s done.”

His smooth singing was melodic and it was a beautiful song. Yet there was melancholy in his voice. Perhaps from the events of today, or knowing this fleeting moment wouldn’t last. Ahead of them was another full day of grueling fighting.

“Ain’t no crying cause the fighting’s just begun.”

Everyone silently gazed into the red, crackling flames, watching as the embers rose into the midnight sky. Jack continued to cook his sausage on a trident over the open fire. Ranboo watched over his new god-son, who curled up asleep in his lap. Phil had a wing lazily wrapped around his wife.

Niki rested her head on Wilbur’s shoulder as he sang. Technoblade diligently guarded the camp from the shadows, but enjoyed the performance from afar. Tommy and Tubbo started tiredly adrift, huddling close to each other.

It was best if they got lots of rest. Tomorrow was going to be a long day, and they had to be ready for anything.

“No crying til the sun comes up. Til the sun comes up.”

Notes:

I hope everyone enjoyed this chapter. I really can’t express how grateful I am to everyone who supported me through this tough time, friends, my amazing betas, regular comments, and those who have been quietly giving their support.

The three year anniversary of this fic is April 16th. It’s really been that long. I find it ironic the day I first posted this fic was the 16th as that’s an important date in dsmp lore. And it was completely unintentional as I was still new to the series at the time, but my timing couldn’t have been better.

With finals and the pace I write I, it’s unlikely one will be posted the actual day. So, consider this an early anniversary gift to you all! For those who already somewhat know what’s coming next chapter, have fun >:) and for those who don’t, also have fun!

Chapter 31: Warriors

Summary:

In which something crashes and burns. Tommy makes his most reckless decision yet and suffers the consequences.

Notes:

First off, I want to give thanks to all of those who wished me the best of travels on my trip. It was everything I dreamed of and more, and now I’m back to deliver you all another chapter. It is the moment you’ve all been waiting for. Let’s not waste anymore time and get to it, shall we?

Enjoy :)

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

With the little time they were given, it was a miracle Wilbur and Technoblade came up with a plan. However, nothing less was expected from their president and great warrior. Many stayed behind in the forest camp, but those who were able to fight were rounded up to take back the city.

Despite Wilbur and Tubbo’s insistence not to because of his injuries, Tommy still wanted to fight, and he was annoyingly stubborn in his pursuit. Begrudgingly, they agreed to let him go, but only under the supervision of Tubbo.

As they passed through, they noticed the once busy streets full of people were now completely desolate. All that remained was damage and debris– a consequence of this war. The sight of L’manberg in this state made the founders wince. Once this was all over, they had to repair this, and make it even better. Just more the reason to win this war.

“No matter what happens during this war. no matter who wins or loses, just remember that we’re on the right side of history.” That was the last thing Wilbur told them before the confrontation.

This would be their last battle, the one to decide the fate of their country. The warriors of L’manberg entered the town square to see the carriage. Dream and his men stood in front of it, waiting for them. The traitor was nowhere in sight.

The two sides glared at each other, both preparing for all out combat. Wilbur held up a hand to signal them to lower their weapons, and Dream did the same. Both sides reluctantly agreed, but nobody let their guard down.

“Dream, we’ve come to negotiate.” Wilbur strided up to the king, keeping Technoblade at his side. “I’ve come for peace, but don’t get me wrong. I'll never forgive you for what you did to my men and turning one of my own against me.”

Dream wasn’t phased by his glare in the slightest. “All is fair in love and war.”

“It looks like he was too cowardly to even show up.” He noticed the lack of Eret’s presence with the rest of his men. “We don’t wish for bloodshed. We don’t wish for war. We don’t wish to show our power. We just want freedom. Both sides have suffered losses, more than others, but I’m willing to call this war off if you give us what we want.”

“Do you want to know what I want?” Dream asked, receiving only scowls from the L’manberg members. “I want surrender. I want to see you hang white flags in place of the ones for your so-called “independent” nation.”

“Never!” Tommy shouted.

Wilbur heaved a sigh, fully expecting this outcome. “Men, prepare to fight!”

On his cue, they readied their weapons, the Essempi doing the same. Technoblade protectively stepped in front of his older brother. The clearing quickly erupted into chaos as both sides relentlessly went at each other, both out for blood. It was quite the contrast of the strategized battles of previous battles.

It was peculiar how Dream, someone who always fought on the front lines, didn’t even have Nightmare equipped. “Sapnap, you remember your orders?”

“Of course, your majesty.” The knight took out an arrow, and using his magic, he ignited the tip.He aimed for Wilbur, only to turn around and shoot inside the carriage, shattering a window in the process.

“How could you fuck up so badly? Even my aim is better!” Tommy snickered.

Yet all the Essempi members looked unusually smug over a missed shot. Then, Wilbur realized. Potion ingredients are highly reactive, especially to heat. It’s why they used brewing stands to create them and not fire, which was dangerous and uncontrollable.

Fire.

Sapnap had set the carriage on fire. The carriage was made of wood, an easily combustible material. And with all the potion ingredients in there, all within close proximity…

Oh no.

“Everybody, run! Now!” Wilbur screamed, turning around to dart in the opposite direction.

Everybody scattered in different directions. The Carmiagevan quickly went up in flames. Seconds later, there was silence as everybody waited. It was by the hissing sound of gunpowder. Smoke clouds and smarks of various colors burst from the windows like fireworks.

It would’ve been beautiful if it weren’t for the total destruction.

Glass shattered and flew across the clearing. Thank Prime it didn’t greatly injure anyone aside from a few scratches. As flames consumed the carriage, the roof collapsed in on itself. The impact caused the wheels to fall off and the carriage to hit the ground. It split into wooden planks and scorched the world around it.

In the end, the Carmiagevan, the one they found their nation in, the same one they drafted the Declaration of Independance, and created so many fond memories in, was now nothing but dying embers and debris.

The members of L’manberg could only watch helplessly as their beloved carriage was destroyed. Even the men of the Essempi were taken aback, halting the fighting entirely. For just a brief moment in time, everybody paused as the embers slowly died out.

“We can at least stop the spread. I’ll fetch a pail–” Ranboo tried desperately to run off, only for Technoblade to stop him.

“I don’t want you to hurt yourself over water. The damage is already done, and there’s no use fixin’ it.” The flames reflected in his crimson eyes as he quietly turned to his other brother.

Wilbur stood in silence, his lip quivering as he watched his first symphony burn right before his eyes. Jack and Niki had an arm wrapped around the other, neither daring to mutter a word. They used each other for support, both taking hits from the glass shards. Fundy started to tear up, and Phil protectively wrapped a wing around him. His icy eyes were ablaze, glaring at the Essempi with only hatred for the pain they caused his family.

Like most times, Tommy and Tubbo stuck by one another. Tubbo looked to Tommy to crack a light-hearted joke or lift his spirits, as he did during most of their rough times. There was nothing. Even someone as loud and talkative as Tommy, remained silent. Without warning, he bolted straight towards the carriage’s ruins.

“Tommy, wait! It’s not safe!” Tubbo shouted, frantically running after him.

But he didn’t listen. Tommy quickly knelt down, digging through debris. The weight of the planks and his current state made it more of a struggle. He unburied the Enderchest, letting out a sigh of relief as it appeared unharmed. Despite everything that happened today, Tommy found solace knowing the jukebox, Cat and Mellohi were safe.

Tubbo stood next to him, watching as he unraveled the debris. His mouth was slightly parted. As if he wanted to scold him for his reckless behavior, but found himself unable to at a time like this. Tubbo silently kneeled down to join him.

They both uncovered a giant plank of wood. Together, they fought to lift it, grunting. Tossing it over, the declaration was revealed beneath. The glass frame was shattered, reflecting their heartbroken expressions. Aside from a few scorch marks and burnt edges, it was still legible.

“Thank Prime…” Tommy pushed the glass shards aside that left small cuts on his hands, picking it up.

“Umm… Tommy?” Tubbo’s ears twitched, worriedly, as he heard footsteps from behind.

Swiftly, both stood up and jumped out of the way as Nightmare came crashing down. It sliced the large plank between them perfectly in half. The duo exchanged panicked looks. Tubbo glanced at the Enderchest. Tommy quietly nodded and tossed Tubbo his sword, knowing exactly what he was planning.

Tubbo ran up to Dream and the two clashed blades. Tommy’s Big Man Sword was no match for Nightmare, and he was quickly pushed back. Oh, how he wished he had Bane o’ Bees right now, but was only able to retrieve one weapon yesterday. Yet with all his might, Tubbo pressed on.

While they fought, Tommy rushed over, opened the Enderchest, shoved the Declaration of Independance inside, and quickly shut it. “You’re not taking our freedom away that easily, bitch!”

Despite not being able to see his face under the mask, they could tell that infuriated Dream. Tubbo quickly returned Tommy’s weapon, and the two prepared for combat. A second battle broke out, somehow more bloody and unorganized than the first.

In the midst of chaos, Tommy and Tubbo watched each other’s backs as they fought against the king. Technoblade did his best to look out for his brother and everyone else. Given his range and the close proximity of his allies, he resorted to only using Orphan Obliterator’s sword form. Though in his scattered attentiveness, he failed to protect a strike to Wilbur’s face from George.

“Don’t worry, brother. I’m quite alright.” Wilbur wiped his bloody-nose with his white glove, staining it red.

Out of the corner of his eye, he saw Tommy being beaten down by Dream. Just as Nightmare was about to come crashing down, Wilbur leapt in front of him. The axe stopped mere inches from slicing his head off, leaving him at a standstill. Technoblade’s crimson eyes burned fiercely as he clenched his sword. As he was ready to attack Dream moved the axe a mere centimeters to Wilbur’s throat.

At the sight of his helpless brother, Technoblade froze. His normally stoic eyes turned glossy as he remained in place. His rosy hair, stained with blood, swayed with the gentle wind. Too gentle for a day such as this. Tommy looked at Technoblade. He silently hoped, pleaded, begged him to do something.

This was Technoblade, the best warrior in all the land. Surely, he had some genius plan to save the day.

Yet the Piglin-hybrid could only turn to his older brother for guidance as they fleetingly met gazes. Wilbur closed his eyes and lowered his head, marking his acceptance of his end. But Technoblade refused to have it this way. His hand shook as he repeatedly muttered to himself, clenching his Netherite sword.

Not having as good of ears as Tubbo, Tommy struggled to hear what he was saying. He could vaguely make out “the voices” and “blood” then with clarity, heard “I can’t.”

Not wanting any harm to come to Wilbur, Technoblade dropped his weapon. It landed to the ground with a loud clank, echoing throughout the square. Everyone, L’manberg and Essempi alike, fell silent as they turned to witness the shocking sight.

Technoblade held up his hands in defeat, wearing a saddened grin. “Sorry, Wilbur, but I already lost one brother. I am not about to lose you too.”

The smiley mask, painted with smudges of blood, reflected the afternoon's sun. There was an aura of pride and smugness that came from the king, reveling in his victory over the one and only Technoblade and all of L’manberg. And Tommy and Tubbo could only look on in horror.

Wilbur was fully prepared to die then and there. But seeing the never-before defeated expression of his brother and a distraught Tommy still laying in the dirt, he quietly muttered. “I surrender.”

Upon him saying that, Dream released Nightmare from his throat. Wilbur’s friends and family rushed towards him, relieved that he was alive. He however, didn't appear so in the slightest, disheartened. Sure, he was alive, but at the cost of L’manberg losing the war. Part of him wished Dream sliced his throat, just so they’d have the desire to keep fighting. Even if they had the slimmest chance of victory.

“Dad, this is the part where you reveal your one last trick up your sleeve for us to win.” Fundy desperately tugged at his father’s coat, but there was no response. “Please…”

“Fundy, there is no hidden trick or last move.” Wilbur kneeled to his level, unable to meet his gaze. “Our opportunity of winning this war is impossible, all we can do now is accept the conditions of surrender to avoid further bloodshed.”

“But dad–”

“We’ve lost so much. I don’t want to see more people get hurt.” Wilbur stood up, turning towards their king, blood still dripping from his nose. “Dream, I’m ready to negotiate surrender with you.”

“Meet me in the forest outside the city, where we can discuss this privately. Don’t keep me waiting.” He threatened from behind his mask, his green cloak swaying with the wind as he departed.

As Wilbur started to follow, Niki grabbed his hand. “Wilbur, don’t go with him. It’s not safe! What if Dream tries doing something to you?! Please, have me, Phil, Techno or anyone come with you!”

“Don’t worry, Niki. I’ll be okay.” Wilbur smiled, but his voice was filled with uncertainty, which did nothing to reassure her.

Her grip was strong, and he could practically feel her shaking. As hard as it was, physically and emotionally, Wilbur found a way to break free. The look of utter distraught from Niki as he let go brought pain to him too.

“I’m doing what’s best for our people. I couldn’t live with myself if Dream and his men harmed you, or anyone here because my pride got in the way.” Wilbur gently caressed her cheek. “If anything happens to me, I trust you to take care of L’manberg and everyone in my stead.”

Wilbur looked at all his friends and family one last time before turning his back and leaving the city. Niki tried to run after them, but found herself frozen in place. She turned towards the people she was ordered to protect. Her first instinct was to console the tearful Fundy, who for once didn’t complain.

Jack ran over to Niki’s side to comfort her and Ranboo wasn’t far behind. Phil stood perched on top of a roof, whispering something to the crow on his arm, most likely about the safety of his eldest son. Technoblade stood slumped against a wall, never once lowering his guard. It was impossible to tell what was going on behind those crimson eyes, but Tommy knew he must not feel good about failing to protect his brother.

Tommy and Tubbo sat in the ruins of the carriage, watching as the surrounding embers died out. In the end, nothing but a pile of wooden debris and ash remained. Tommy instead tried to focus on Tubbo, who was treating the gash on his shoulder that remained from days prior.

He tried everything to distract himself, but the thought consumed his mind. “I’m worried about Wilbur, man. We have no idea what is going on with him and Dream, but it can’t be good.”

Sensing his anxiousness, Tubbo paused his magic to place a hand on his not-injured shoulder. “Look, I understand how you feel–”

“It’s not fucking fair, Tubbo! We spent all this effort planning and fighting for this war, only for it to mean absolutely nothing!”

“Life isn’t fair. Trust me, you and I get that better than most, but–”

Ignoring Tubbo, he continued to yell. “Maybe Dream won’t kill us, but who knows what he will do to Wilbur! He has friends, family, a son and a nation that would lose him! Not to mention how this screws us over–”

“Oh my Prime, will you shut up and listen to me for a second!” Tubbo shouted, causing everybody to briefly glance in his direction.

“Okay…” Tommy muttered as they both calmed down.

He quickly glanced around, seeing everybody stopped paying attention to them, then leaned over to whisper, “Since we’re both curious, why don’t we just follow Dream and Wilbur to see what they’re up to?”

Tommy slowly blinked in surprise, “Tubbo, I can’t believe you are suggesting that.”

“Think about it. If anything were to happen to Wilbur, we could be there to protect him. But if he’s safe, we must stay quiet, or else we might make things worse.”

“Stay quiet while Dream is there? You know how hard that is going to be for me.” He said and the sheep-hybrid shot him an unamused expression. “I’ll try my best to stay quiet.”

“That’s more like it.” Tubbo managed to form a shaky smile, letting out a small cackle. “At least all our years of sneaking around will finally pay off for something.”

Tommy grinned at his best friend. “Tubbo, I think this might be your dumbest idea yet. Count me in.”


Together, the two snuck into the forest. They followed the trail Dream and Wilbur left behind until coming across the clearing where the two stood midconversation. Tubbo placed a finger over his mouth before the two crawled into a bush to listen in. The breaking of a twig caused Dream to snap his head in their direction. They let out a quiet sigh as he slowly put Nightmare down and Wilbur continued.

“Before we negotiate surrender, I want to say we fought well. I’m proud of each and every one of my men, even if it proved not to be enough in the end. And as much as I hate to admit this, you had some good strategies too.”

“You can say that you fought well.” Despite the fact he was wearing his mask, the tone in his voice made it obvious he was smiling.

“What do you mean you can say that?” Wilbur narrowed his gaze.

“With how much you were against, I’d say you fought well. You were at a big disadvantage–”

He was interrupted by Tommy jumping out of the bush, shouting, “Dream, how dare you say that!”

“Tommy, what did I say?!” Tubbo whispered and tried to pull him back down, but it was already too late. Seeing no use in hiding his presence anymore, the sheep-hybrid let out a defeated sigh, slowly walking over to join them.

Ignoring their presence entirely, Dream continued as normal, “As I was saying, you fought well, but we just fought better.”

“Don’t say that, we fought incredibly. Alright, you egotistical, green–” Tommy was silenced by Tubbo covering his mouth, who pushed his best friend away.

“Sorry, he’s just shaken up over everything that happened over the past few days. We’ll get going, you guys keep going from where you left off.” Tubbo forced a smile, trying to get them to walk away. He leaned over to whisper to his friend. “I hate him too, but you’re making this worse for everyone.”

“You fought incredibly well. We just fought a little bit better.”

Hearing this and seeing the way Dream gloatingly held up his fingers caused Tommy to fall totally silent. He stared with a blank expression, his eye continuously twitching. Then, something inside him just snapped, causing him to grit his teeth and shout furiously.

“Dream!” Tommy pointed, getting right up in his face, “Yeah, you know what! Why don’t we fight?! Why don’t we fight right now?!”

“Tommy, calm.” Wilbur placed a hand on his shoulder, but was immediately swatted away.

“Why don’t we have a one versus one?! A little bow duel! A one man show down, you little son of a bitch–”

“Tommy, your passion will get you nowhere.” Wilbur said with firmness in his tone.

“Tommy, stop please!” Tubbo pleaded, but he kept going.

“You egotistical, son of a bitch! You self obsessed green bastard–”

Getting it all out of his system, Tommy went quiet as he breathed heavily. Wilbur and Tubbo placed their hands on his back to help him catch his breath. They both wore expressions of agitation from his sudden outburst, but looked relieved it was finally over. With that over, the two teens were ready to leave, and Wilbur walked over to return to negotiations.

“I apologize about that. I mean it when I say he doesn’t speak for me.” Wilbur gave Tommy the side-eye. “Now, let us resume, shall we?”

The entire time, Dream stood in silence, never once taking his gaze off Tommy, until speaking up, intrigued, “I like an interesting game. What are the conditions of this duel?”

The three turned towards the king with wide-eyed shock.

“Uhh– Uhh–” Taken aback, the blonde stuttered before putting on a grin. “A bow duel, ten paces, we shoot at each other.”

“Tommy, no. You don’t have to do this! You’re still injured and in no condition to fight!” Tubbo desperately grabbed onto his right arm, which admittedly still hurt from days prior.

“He’s right. Your life is worth more than the revolution. We’ve already lost so much, I won’t let you do this.” Wilbur said.

“What choice do we have? It’s our only chance of winning. Who knows what they will do to us after we surrender.” He looked at his two friends and slowly turned towards Dream. “What will we get if I win?”

“If you win, L’manberg can have its independence and you can have your “happy” ending. However, if I win, L’manberg must agree to my terms of surrender and I get my discs back.” He extended a hand.

Tommy stared dead-on at the sinister smile on Dream’s mask, heaving a deep sigh. He loved his discs, he really did, but he also loved his friends and L’manberg. And he wasn’t going to let all their fighting be for nothing. The choice was obvious.

“Deal.” Tommy shook his hand, blue eyes glaring fiercely.

“Meet me at the bridge at sundown, and don’t be late.” And just like that, Dream left.

The three waited until the masked figure fully departed. His green cloak eventually faded with the forest surroundings. Then, Tubbo and Wilbur silently faced Tommy. He had never seen them look more horrified in his entire life. And in that moment, it finally sunk what he had got himself into.


An arrow was fired.

It landed on the ground, next to a bunch of other ones. There were some that were pierced into a pine tree, but none ever hitting the bullseye he etched into it. Tommy peered up at the sky, realizing it was sunset, cursing to himself. He couldn’t bring himself to look at the other side of the river.

Tommy took out another arrow from his quiver, and drew his bow. Feeling a sudden, sharp pain in his shoulder from where he was struck prior, he quickly let go. The arrow hit a different tree entirely. He heaved a sigh, picking up a nearby arrow on the ground. Tommy narrowed his weary gaze, pulling the bow strings once more, only to be interrupted.

“You’ve been at this for hours. Don’t you think it’s time to give it a rest?”

Startled, Tommy swiftly turned around and released the arrow. Fortunately, his aim was off once again as it landed in the river, carried away by the current.

He let out a sigh of relief, noticing it was only Tubbo. “Prime, you scared me, man.”

Tommy expected a quip or a light-hearted apology. But Tubbo didn’t reply, instead silently staring at him with a blank expression. There was no need to ask, he already knew what his friend was thinking.

“Look Tubbo, I know how you feel about all this–”

“What about what you said yesterday about not doing anything else reckless?! Was it all just a lie?! Does our friendship not mean anything to you?!” Tubbo crossed his arms, his normally soft, teal eyes burning with resentment.

“Of course it does, and you know that! Look, I didn’t have a choice.” Tommy said sincerely, but the sheep-hybrid remained silent, unapologetically turning his head away.

Wilbur did little to break the tension upon his arrival. “Tommy, it’s almost time. Are you ready?”

The blond gripped his bow, looking over at the other side of the wooden bridge to see him eagerly waiting. “As close to ready as I'll ever be…”

As Tubbo looked over too, he had a change of heart. “Tommy is still hurt, he shouldn’t have to do this. Let me do it for him instead.”

“No Tubbo, I won’t allow you to endanger yourself like that.” Wilbur quickly put the notion down.

“But you would allow Tommy to do the same? It’s not fair!”

“I know it’s not. I’m sorry... I’m truly sorry…” Wilbur ran a hand through his hair. “But what other choice do we have?”

“I have more experience when it comes to duelin’. I can take his place.” Technoblade joined his brother at his side, a tinge of guilt still visible on his face.

“As good an idea as that is, I can’t allow it. Dream’s agreement was with Tommy, and Tommy alone. If anybody else were to win against him, Dream could easily claim our victory is invalid.”

“It’s not too late to back out. You don’t need to prove anythin’ to anyone. There’s nothin’ cowardly in thinkin’ logically and valuin’ one’s life.” Technoblade placed his hand on Tommy’s shoulder, intently staring into his blue eyes.

Tommy winced and glanced downward. “I can’t back out now. Doing that would be the same as saying we lost, and we can’t afford to lose.”

The blond took Technoblade’s hand off him. And in a rare moment, the piglin-hybrid showed genuine worry. He, Wilbur and Tubbo silently wore similar expressions. Tommy could tell they all wanted the same thing, for him to back out of the duel. Yet he never faltered. The three became disappointed upon realizing there was no way of swaying him.

“Come on, Tubbo. Let’s go. We don’t want to keep the others waitin’.” Technoblade put a hand on the sheep-hybrid’s back, as if trying to guide him.

“Fine.” He huffed, reluctantly agreeing. As he started to walk away, he turned his head over his shoulder, quietly saying to Tommy. “I’ll talk to you after the duel then. Stay safe.”

Tommy and Wilbur were left by themselves. His leader looked up at the sunset, heaving a heavy sigh. “Tommy, this is for the revolution, for our independence. This duel is important, don’t take it lightly.”

He made his way to the end of the bridge, seeing Dream straight across from him. “What if I miss, Wilbur?”

“This was your condition. You can still back out if you wish.” Wilbur stated, his tone begging him to do so. His sorrow remained as Tommy was unswayed. “The passion in your heart burns brilliantly, but I’m afraid it might also be your downfall. Prime, you’ve really gotten yourself in a mess this time.”

“I think this might be my biggest one yet.” Tommy chuckled slightly.

“From what you’ve told me, I know you had it tough growing up, but you got through it. Knowing you, I am certain you will make your way out of this.” He could see Wilbur start to tremble. “Please, you must. I can’t lose you too.”

“But what if I don’t make it?”

“Don’t think like that! You will make it!”

Realizing his time is short, Tommy thought back to their conversation in the Final Control Room. He wanted to speak to him at camp, but was never able to approach him privately. “So about yesterday and how you mentioned your brother…”

A look of guilt and regret overcame Wilbur. “I’ll admit, I was self-projecting. Please, forgive my previous behavior. You are my friend and it wasn’t right to drag you into my personal problems.”

“Wilbur, there is something important I want to tell you. Something I really think you should know.”

“Whatever it is, can’t it wait until after the duel?”

“It’s important!”

“More important than this?!”

Tommy went quiet, knowing now wasn’t the time right to tell him. He looked down at his bow, tightly gripping it. “Do I shoot him, Wil? Or do I aim for the sky?”

Wilbur placed a hand on his shoulder, mustering the strength to smile. “Tommy, I want you to do whatever your heart says.”


By the time they met on the bridge, the sun hung low. The sky was a warm orange and rosy red. It would’ve been a beautiful evening, if it weren’t for the situation they found themselves in. Tommy and Dream were standing face to face. The bridge was a bit too narrow for his liking, but served its purpose. Tommy tried not to peek between the wooden planks at the rushing current beneath them. It wasn’t a large river, but the water was deep.

On one side of the river stood Tommy’s friends and the people he fought alongside. Some members like Niki tried to remain positive, wearing slight smiles, even if forced. Others like Tubbo, did not. His dread came off him in waves. Regardless of how clearly they expressed it, Tommy could sense they were all worried, for their country and for him. He really had a lot of pressure riding on this one duel.

On the other side, stood Dream’s men along with the traitor. They didn’t appear worried in the slightest, instead impatient to watch the duel or just plain bored. Even without their shades, it was impossible to tell what Eret was thinking behind those pure-white eyes. Tommy couldn’t care less right now. All he knew was that he could never forgive them.

“Now, I want a fair, clean fight.” Wilbur stood between them as their meditator.

Before the duel, they were forced to shake hands. For the fight, Dream went without his mask. Forced to stare upon his emerald eyes, Tommy found himself reluctant to do so. At least the mask hid the ugly scar going across the bridge of Dream’s nose, those piercing eyes, and his actual smile, somehow more menacing than the one on his mask. The grip around Tommy’s bow tightened. He put up a brave front, shaking Dream’s hand.

“I will count ten paces. When I say the word “fire” you may turn around and fire upon each other. Do you understand?” Wilbur said in a neutral tone, his gaze fixed on Tommy.

Both of them nodded, Dream in an instant, and Tommy with reluctance. And in that moment, as the sun finally crossed the horizon, and the sky turned to night, time felt like it gradually slowed.

“Ready,” He slowly raised his arm to count. “One.”

Tommy and Dream start out standing back to back. A calm wind passed by, too calm for a day like this. It swayed his golden, feathery wings and his opponent’s green cloak. In the silence, there was nothing but the sound of the rushing current, until Wilbur spoke.

“Two.”

Tommy was the first to take a step. It was so slow, he could feel his ankle rolling. He forced himself to keep looking forward and tried to ignore the creaking of plank beneath him.

“Three.”

Dream took his next step. In the pause between counting, Tommy heard his boot step on the bridge. Although they disagreed about everything, he sensed this must’ve felt like an eternity to him too, but for different reasons.

“Four.”

Facing this direction, Tommy saw all his friends. Fundy was the first to catch his attention. The fox couldn’t bring himself to open his eyes, crossing his fingers. All of them looked pained, but now wasn’t the time to think about that. He had to focus on winning for them.

“Five.”

Out of the corner of his eye, he saw the men of the Essempi watching them. With the actual duel taking place, Tommy was able to get a better tell on their true feelings. Punz looked like he didn’t want to be here, Sapnap was displeased with the whole situation and George was concerned for his partner. He could’ve sworn Eret appeared a little regretful.

“Six.”

Tommy slowed the pace of his steps. His sweaty hand was trembling as gripped his bow. No matter how he tried to remain calm, his heart was pounding. Wanting to get the first shot, he took a deep breath and raised his bow up early, pulling back.

“Seven.”

With his back turned, Tommy was unable to see Dream playfully spin an arrow in his hand. He only knew he drew his bow by the sound of pulling strings. He was unable to witness Dream starting to smile and the flicker of excitement in his emerald eyes.

“Eight.”

In desperation, he faced Tubbo. No matter how much it pained the both of them, Tubbo couldn’t turn away. He was unable to tell what he said exactly, but he knew Tubbo was whispering a prayer to Prime. It was unlike him to do so.

As they locked gazes, the tears in the corner of Tubbo’s eyes broke and started to run down his face.

“Nine.”

This caused Tommy’s blue eyes to water up too.

Without his friend anybody else in the world to hear, he muttered, “Please forgive me for breaking our promise.”

As he sensed Wilbur’s mouth starting to part, he broke eye contact with Tubbo, frantically readying himself.

“Ten paces fire!”

Swiftly turning around, Tommy let go of his bowstring. The arrow grazed Dream’s upper cheek, went flying past him and hit a tree on the other side of the river. As a thin line of blood ran down the king’s face, Tommy gulped. He just threw away his shot.

Out of the corner of his eye, he saw Wilbur’s expression turn into despair. Tommy couldn’t bring himself to glance over his shoulder to see his friends' reactions, Tubbo’s especially. If he somehow made it out of this alive, Tubbo was going to kill him. Not really, but he much preferred that to the alternative.

A voice in his head quietly whispered that it wasn’t too late to run away. Technoblade’s message that there was no cowardice in valuing his own life echoed in his mind. Technoblade was right, he always was. All his friends disagreed with him putting his life on the line for this duel, all for the sake of L’manberg independence.

If he had to choose between winning the war or saving the life of any one of his friends, he’d choose the latter in a heartbeat. He knew they’d do the same. They didn’t want him to die, and Tommy didn’t want to die either. Despite everything telling him to run, he refused to back down.

Tommy watched dreadfully as Dream held up his bow. He wore a smile as he took an agonizing long time drawing back his arrow. That moment felt like an eternity as Tommy stood frozen in place. The next came in an instant. Dream let go of the string of his bow, and the arrow flew.

It pierced Tommy’s chest and remained there. He initially felt nothing but the arrow lodged inside him. Then, Tommy gasped, clutched his chest, coiling over in sharp pain. Unable to maintain his balance, he plummeted off the bridge and into the river below.

He found himself unable to swim and struggling to keep his eyes open, slowly sinking into the watery abyss. The last thing Tommy heard was Wilbur’s scream and saw his silhouette reaching out for him as his world turned to black.

Notes:

I hope you all enjoyed the chapter :)

I want to mention I wrote that entire duel scene while trapped on a 13 hour flight. Next chapter might take a while as it’s going to be long (possibly longer than Ain’t no Crying, but only time will tell). So, I hope you all will be patient with me. I am really looking forward to it as it’s been something long in the works, and can’t wait to show everyone.

Chapter 32: Brothers

Summary:

Tommy recalls his past between his three brothers, a musician, a warrior and a thief.

Notes:

I had this written sooner, but wanted to post it when the fandom was a bit calmer.

I really mean it when I say none of you are ready for this chapter. But I think out of everyone, I am the most not ready, and I was the one who wrote this.

I am actually a bit anxious to post this, as this is an idea I’ve had since spring of 2021 and hold dear to my heart. But at the same time, I am beyond thrilled to finally share it. That being said, there is also something I wanted to mention.

This chapter is heavier in angst and topic coverage than my usual content. I want to mention warnings for references to survivor’s guilt and suicidal thoughts. At one point of the chapter, there is talk of a past suicide attempt. It is nothing gorey/graphic, but for those uncomfortable I have marked the scene’s start and end with *** for those who need to skip it. I can give a summary of the scene in the end notes if anyone asks me to.

Please take lots of breaks when reading this chapter, as it is a lot to get through both plot and word count wise since is 12k words. I am so excited to finally share this, and I hope everyone enjoys.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Blue waves lapped against the white sandy shore of a peaceful L’manberg from long ago. On this beautiful summer day, all five of the Soot-Minecraft’s decided to visit the beach as a family. The sea breeze flowed through Phil and Kristin’s long hair as they joyfully watched their three boys play. Wilbur was occupied playing in the sand, while Technoblade tried sparing with his youngest brother.

They did not use training swords, but slim pieces of wood that drifted to ashore. The waves came across their bare feet as they practiced close to the shore. It was a fond memory the family shared of a simpler time, one they wished they could return to.

“You’re holdin’ it wrong. You’re supposed to hold it like this.” A younger Technoblade told his brother, switching it in his right hand.

“I want to fight like you!” The little blond boy shouted, staying put in his way.

His wavy golden hair shone under the summer’s sun, and his blue eyes were reminiscent of the sky. In many ways, Technoblade’s youngest brother reminded them so much of their father, stubbornness and all.

“But you’re right handed. Holdin’ it my way would only put you at a disadvantage.” He tried to correct his grip, but the boy refused.

“But I want to fight like you!”

The piglin-hybrid grumbled under his breath before returning to their sparring match. The blond boy’s strength was no match for Technoblade, even at this age. It took a few blocks before his stick cracked, and he was knocked bottom first into the water. It wasn’t long until he got up again.

“Technoblade, be gentle with him!” Kristin scolded him from the birch chair she sat at. “Why don’t you ask Wilbur to spar with you instead?”

“What?” He looked up, his mouth and hands covered in white sand. “Oh, I don’t want to.”

“Come on, it will be fun!” The boy ran towards his oldest brother and plopped down next to him.

“You’re already better than me at fighting. I would only get in your guy’s way. We can go swimming later, me and you.” Wilbur playfully ruffled his blond hair.

Phil only then noticed the sand all across his oldest. “Wilbur, what the fuck did I say about eating the sand?”

Kristin faced her husband, smiling politely. “Darling, what did we say about swearing in front of the kids? They’re going to pick it up.”

“Fuck!” Their youngest shouted at the top of his lungs.

Kristin immediately turned to Phil with a stern glare. This caused Phil to burst into laughter, holding his stomach. His wife eventually let up, sighing disappointedly before returning to her content mood spurred by the beautiful day. They turned to each other with smiles, proudly watching as their youngest returned to spar with Technoblade. That was certainly their son alright.

The blond boy grabbed a new piece of driftwood, gripping it in his left hand. He took his stance and Technoblade resumed the fight again. The boy managed to block a few hits and landed a single blow to Technoblade before being knocked into the water once again.

“That’s the best I’ve ever done! Again!” He playfully splashed around in the clear summer blue water.

Phil, Kristin, and Wilbur excitedly ran from the shore to join them in the water. Kristin picked up her youngest and spun him around, before handing him to Phil who raised him above his wings. Technoblade couldn’t help but grin at his brother, and give a simple nod of approval. This was enough to make the young boy beam. The five of them together used to be so carefree and happy, when everything used to be much simpler. How they all missed that distant time.


“You’re going to have to make a decision eventually. You can’t delay this war forever.” As the rain fell outside, Kristin watched worriedly as her eldest paced around the tent.

“I know, it’s just that I want him to be there with me while I make the surrender agreements.” Wilbur slowly turned to glance at the comatose Tommy.

He laid resting in a cot, his chest wrapped in bandages. It had been days since the duel ended. During that time, never once did Tommy flinch or move a muscle. At most, his breathing was shallow and agitated, a sign he was alive but not a promising one. Given the arrow's position, the doctor said it was a miracle he didn’t die when it pierced him, but told them not to get their hopes up of his survival. Despite this, the L’manberg crew still held out hope.

“I understand how you feel, but you must think of everyone else, too. We are all getting tired and can’t keep fighting for much longer.” Kristin alternated between peering at Wilbur and glancing to see if Tommy would stir, even if the effort proved to be worthless.

Wilbur paused in his tracks, closing his eyes to listen to the summer rain. “I’ve already decided, I won’t surrender until Tommy is awake or dead.”

The thought of the alternative wasn’t something he wanted to think about. But deep down, he knew it was a reasonable possibility. His memories of jumping into the river to retrieve Tommy were vividly burned into his mind.

Wilbur remembered his relief when he realized he was still alive, but it didn’t last. The memory of constantly checking his fading pulse and disrupted breathing as they rushed to camp was vivid in his mind, the fear that he was too late all-consuming. He and Technoblade were the only ones present when the doctor removed the arrow from Tommy. The thought alone caused him anguish.

Kristin took notice of him spiraling, walking over to comfort him. “Songbird…”

“It was a mistake for me to have let him accept the duel. I should’ve been the one protecting him, but I failed. Now, because of me, he is going to die.” His voice trembled as he ran his hand through his hair.

“You can’t change the past, Wilbur. Nobody can–”

“Even so, I am so fucking tired of losing everyone I care about! It’s not fair…” He desperately wanted to ask why, in his cursed existence, everyone he grew close to inevitability died or left, but restrained himself.

Right now, he should be the least of anybody's worries. Besides, some things were left better unsaid.

“I am too, but you must focus on what you still have. There are people still out there that are relying on your leadership.” Kristin knew the familiar feeling of loss too well. Closing her eyes and taking a deep breath, she glanced at the unconscious teen. “I want him to get better too, but I don’t think Tommy would want you to neglect everyone for his sake.”

“You don’t know that for sure. L’manberg doesn’t feel the same without him .”

“You’re not thinking right. You’ve been ignoring your sleep and it’s taking a toll. I can take over watching Tommy.” She insisted, but Wilbur insistently shook his head. “Songbird?” She pleaded, but her son remained stubborn. Admitting defeat, Kristin heaved a long sigh with a sad smile. “Alright, I’ll check on you later then.”

Long after his mother left, Wilbur remained by Tommy's bedside. Hearing movement, he slowly turned his head to see Niki standing in the entrance. Her boots were covered in mud from the rain, her uniform and spear stained with blood. Her long, honey-blonde hair messy and disheveled, and her blue eyes once filled with hope and kindness were utterly exhausted.

Niki looked a mess, but so did he. They all were as a result of the war and this endless fighting.

“I wanted to check on him, to see if he was awake.” She muttered brokenly, but the mere sight of the comatose Tommy caused her eyes to water up. “I’m sorry, this must be a lot harder on you. You two always seemed so close. It’s selfish of me to feel this way.”

“You’re allowed to feel sad, Niki. Tommy is your friend too and we all feel this way. Showing emotions isn’t a sign of weakness or selfishness. It means you’re human.” Niki tried to quickly wipe her tears, but Wilbur walked over and took her hands. “I always thought of you as brave.”

“So are you.”

“No, I’m not…”

“I’m so glad that you’re alive. I was so scared when I saw Dream put the axe to your throat. He could’ve killed you.” She gripped his navy blue coat and cried into his chest.

“It’s okay, Niki. You didn’t lose me.” He whispered, soothingly running his fingers through her blonde locks.

“I was utterly terrified. How come you weren’t scared?” Niki asked in between sniffles.

“–It’s not the closest I’ve been to dying.” Wilbur hesitantly admitted.

It dawned on her as she remembered the horrible event preceding it. “The Final Control Room… I’m sorry, I should’ve figured it out sooner. Maybe then I could’ve saved you.”

***

“It’s not your fault. None of us knew, by the time we did, it was far too late. What matters is that you helped us get out alive. To that, I owe you a great debt. However, the time I was referring to was long before that…” Curious, Niki prompted him to continue, and he did so reluctantly. “It was a long time ago. A terrible storm hit L’manberg. Since we’ve both lived here our entire lives, I’m certain you must remember that day too.”

“I do.” She remembered that day vividly.

It was long before she opened her bakery as she was still a teenager at the time. She remembered helping her parents nail wood planks to protect the doors and windows. Niki recalled being more worried for Jack than herself. They must’ve been the same age as Tommy and Tubbo were right now, possibly younger. The thought of her blond friend caused her to tear up once more.

Wilbur took a shaky breath, the rain against the tent almost drowning out his voice. “While everybody else was inside taking shelter, I stole a rowboat and took it to sea.”

Alarmed, Niki immediately asked, “Why would you do something as reckless as that? You could’ve died.”

“I wanted to die.”

Niki was stunned into total silence. The reveal caused her tears to stop abruptly and her mouth to open slightly. Still in shock, she didn’t know how to respond, murmuring brokenly. Wilbur of course noticed her silence, giving her enough time to process before continuing.

“I wanted to for a very long time. I felt so alone and was tired of always being in pain. When that storm came, I saw my chance. The waves were rough, and at the time, I didn’t care if they’d pull me under. I went out to the middle of the sea because I wanted to be alone. When out far enough, I stood on the shaky boat, ready to jump into the ocean. The only reason I didn’t drown myself that day was because I realized somebody else was insane enough to be out there too.”

Niki ran through all the possibilities in her mind of everyone she recalled him knowing. There was only one possibility that seemed to fit. “It was Sally?”

Wilbur quietly nodded in confirmation, wearing a sorrowful smile as he wistfully thought back to her. “She was out practicing her sailing in the middle of the storm. I decided I would wait until she left so as to not traumatize the poor maiden. She spotted me and sailed over, offering to take me back to shore. I wanted nothing but to be left alone. But she was persistent, and I eventually agreed to go with her. Whether she realized it or not, Sally saved me that day.”

The sound of pouring rain tapping against the tent filled the quietness in between her sniffles. Wilbur embraced her warmly, letting her cry into his shirt. After hearing that story, Niki wanted to hug him and not let go. She believed that she should’ve been the one comforting him, not the other way around. But Wilbur didn’t mind in the slightest.

Niki was so tempted to ask if anyone in his family knew the truth, but his silence gave her enough of an answer. While she had no idea of truly knowing, Niki had a feeling that Sally knew of his true intentions that day.

***

“I could tell Sally meant a lot to you. It must’ve been hard losing her.”

“It was. After losing her, I struggled for the longest to find a reason to keep going.” Wilbur let out a self deprecating laugh, shifting uncomfortably. “It’s funny, isn’t it? Sally deserved to have a long life, but she rests at the bottom of the sea.I was the one who wanted to die, yet I’m the one standing here right now.”

“It’s not up to us to decide who gets to live or die. While I can’t speak for your late fiancee, I am glad that you are still here. For you to stay alive would be enough for me.” Niki reached out and touched his cheek.

“I am too. If Sally hadn’t saved me that day, I would’ve never gotten the chance to meet you.” Through his sadness, he managed to form a trembling smile. “Come on, let’s get you to Jack.”

Wilbur took her hand, guiding her out of the tent and to her friend in hopes she could get some proper rest. Once Niki was gone, Wilbur heaved a deep sigh and returned to Tommy’s bedside. As the rain continued to downpour outside, he never once left his side, waiting.


“You better have a damn good reason for making us come all this way, Billiam.”

Phil and Kristin of the distant past stood in the hall of one of the lord’s many manors, this one located in the Essempi’s capital. The pristine stone corridor was adorned with gold. A crimson carpet covered the dark oak floor, similarly colored to the vines that ran down the walls. It was quite the contrast from the rustic feel of L’manberg, and too lavish for their liking. They sensed nothing good would come of this meeting.

“It’s Sir Billiam the third.” The Piglin in front of them stood with a black hussar coat and his cane. His crimson eyes filled with a little too much amusement, given the situation. “It’s a simple request, really. I called you here to reclaim something that is rightfully mine.”

Phil instinctively held out a black wing in front of his wife. Given his unfortunate past experience dealing with this man, Phil was unsurprised it would come to this one day. Anyone who dared to harm his family would meet his blade. Before he unsheathed his katana, Kristin stopped him. The grave look in her brown eyes told him not to do anything rash as she stepped forward.

Kristin’s normally warm demeanor was immediately soured by the piglin’s presence. “Get over it, Billiam. It’s never going to happen. Phil loves me for who I am, not my title or wealth. We’ve been married for years and have three sons.”

“What a pity. You were the woman I considered to be the best candidate as my wife. You could’ve had it all, but instead you choose to be with that poor excuse of an elytrian.” Billiam motioned to Phil with disgust. “But I’m over you, Lady Soot. That’s not what I’m here for.”

“Then what are you here for?” He narrowed his gaze, icy blue eyes glaring coldly.

“It is of no business to you, commoner. You are poor and old. So old in fact, you most likely live off a pension.” The Piglin scoffed, waving a hand. “If you do not have what I want, then be out of my sight at once.”

Phil and Kristin had no desire to interact with the lord further. Just as they were about to take their leave, the large, dark oak door behind them opened slightly. Squeezing between the crack entered their three sons. The three boys ran across the crimson red carpet, past Billiam’s butler, a brunet teenager.

“Mum, dad!” The youngest hugged Kristin’s legs, wearing a toothy grin.

“Boys, what are you doing here? Aren’t you supposed to be with Uncle Solidarity?” She put on a smile as she kneeled to their level, her voice trembling.

“Yeah, but we missed you. So, we snuck away to find you. It was my idea.” Wilbur happily admitted.

“You have to admit, my plan to distract him was pretty cool.” Technoblade added.

“That’s sweet of you boys, but you really shouldn’t be here.” Kristin peered over her shoulder at Billiam.

The three boys slowly faced towards the Piglin. While Wilbur and his youngest brother hid underneath Phil’s wings, Technoblade tilted his head curiously. As crimson eyes met crimson, the young piglin-hybrid’s instincts stunned him into silence. Billiam must’ve sensed the same thing, his dark expression twisting into excited glee.

“Oh, so you do have what I am looking for. Such splendid news indeed!” His cane echoed across the floor as he approached Technoblade. “Tell me, boy. What is your name?”

“–Uhhh… Technoblade.”

He felt himself freeze in place as the older piglin reached out to touch him. Technoblade’s facial expression went blank as Billiam lifted a lock of his pink hair. Adrenaline coursed through him, his heart beating fast and his breathing shaky. His crimson eyes twitched as the piglin continued to admire him, letting out an amused hum.

Technoblade sighed with relief as Billiam let go to clap his hands together. “What a valiant name. I expect nothing less from my biological heir.”

“Excuse me?” Kristin’s mouth went agape. She turned to her middle son, who was just as stunned as her. “Apologies Sir Billiam, but I think you must be mistaken. Technoblade is my son.”

“I certainly am not, Lady Soot. Though, I am not surprised your sleazy husband neglected to tell you the truth.” Billiam hummed, amused, as Kristin turned to Phil.

“–Sorry, Kristin…” It hurt him to say that. Even without any confirmation, Phil knew it to be true from his first encounter with Technoblade. Crimson was a rare eye color among piglins, and they were the only two to have it. “When I found him in the Nether, he was all alone and inflicted with rotting. I didn’t care that he was related to you. If I didn’t do something, he would’ve died.”

“I should at least give you thanks for looking after him. I just wish it was someone more competent than you.” Billiam shrugged and Phil puffed his black wings. “His mother was some human mistress. She was weak and is probably dead, but that doesn’t matter. Technoblade will be a valuable asset to my future plans.”

“Asset?! Technoblade is a person, not a fucking weapon! You gave up the right to call yourself a father the second you abandoned him to fend for himself in that hellscape.” Phil snapped, clenching his fists.

“It is only because of that reason he is as strong as he is today. He should be grateful.”

“Technoblade owes you nothing. Everything he’s achieved has been through his own abilities.” Kristin retorted. “I think he should decide who he’d rather be with.”

“So be it then. I expect my heir to make the right decision.” Billiam turned to the young piglin-hybrid, smug.

“Honestly, I could care less about your title, plans of takin’ over the kingdom, or that we’re related by blood. I already know who my real family is.” Snapping out of his shock, Technoblade turned to his parents and siblings with a huge grin.

Phil couldn’t have felt any prouder, while Billiam started to laugh, almost manically. “You certainly have a sense of humor, son. And here I took you for the stoic type. Surely, you must jest when you say you’d rather be with these people.”

“You aren’t my father and I will never serve you.” He stood his ground, crimson eyes burning intensely.

Not expecting him to fight back, Billiam was stunned into silence. It showed how little he knew of his supposed son. He realized there was no way he could get Technoblade to join his side willingly or by force. As the Soot-Minecraft family started to take their leave, a new idea crossed Billiam’s mind.

He started to cackle uncontrollably as a wicked smile spread across his face. Concerned, the family paused in their tracks and turned around. A clawed hand reached out quickly. Instinctively, Wilbur moved out of the way as Billiam snatched and dragged the youngest instead.

Phil and Technoblade immediately drew their weapons, prepared for a fight. Billiam grinned slyly, pulling the top of his cane to reveal a silver sword he held against the blond boy’s throat. Alarmed, neither dared step closer. Billiam’s pointed nails dug into the boy’s shoulder, a whimper of pain escaping his mouth.

“Philza Minecraft, you stole my son from me. It’s only fair I take your’s.” Amused, he lifted the boy’s chin to stare at his family, watery blue eyes full of pure terror. “Hmm… maybe I’ll train him to be a warrior, or maybe I’ll make him my new butler.”

The child jabbed his stomach with his elbow and bit his hand. Before he could rush to the sanctuary of his family, Billiam grabbed him. He dabbed his bleeding hand with a handkerchief, discarding it to his butler. Billiam’s amused smile vanished in an instant and he went completely silent. The piglin glared at the boy darkly and he felt his blood run cold.

“This one will never be more than a petty thief like his father. I suppose it’s fitting given their close resemblance.” Billiam mused as the entire family watched on in absolute horror, bodies locked in place. “Butler, dispose of the body for me. I don’t want his commoner blood staining my carpet.”

The boy felt the blade impale his stomach, warm blood oozing out of the wound, draining the life from him. The pain was too much to handle. The last thing he remembered was Wilbur screaming out his name as his world turned to black.


“It’s all your fault.”

“You could’ve done something.”

“What happened to being the best?”

Technoblade sat huddled on his bed, muttering incoherently to himself. In the days following the death of his youngest brother, the voices were louder than ever before. His fingers twitched as he held up his hands. The vision of them covered in blood was still fresh in his mind.

Witnessing the murder of his brother, Technoblade followed his training. He did what any warrior should, and without hesitation, he lunged and beat Billiam into a bloody pulp, until the remains of his birth father were unrecognizable. Blood splattered across the red carpet and onto his body, painting it crimson like those of his and Billiam’s eyes. The sight brought a smile to his face.

Caught up in his rage and the desires of the voices, Technoblade would’ve continued to dismember the corpse if Phil had not intervened for the sake of an already traumatized Kristin and Wilbur, who remained frozen in place.

He was too invested in his blood lust that he had not bothered to go after the butler to retrieve the body.

Following his brother’s funeral, Kristin had kept herself locked in her room, focusing on governing affairs. Wilbur was still in hysterics, continuously screaming of how it should’ve been him that died instead. If only he had not stepped out of the way.

The yellow bed in the room the brothers shared remained empty.

The voices continued to scream. Technoblade had killed Billiam for them. It should’ve been enough to satisfy them, but it wasn’t. Killing Billiam did not make him feel better. It would not bring back his younger brother. All he wanted was to see his younger brother again.

“HE’S BACK”

“MAKE HIM PAY”

“IT’S ALL HIS FAULT’

“GET HIM”

“TECHNOPROTECT”

The memory of Billiam standing there as he ruthlessly impaled his younger brother flashed through his mind. The nightmare repeated itself over and over again. Every time, Technoblade stood there, helpless to do anything until it was too late.

“Too weak.”

“Get better.”

“It’s all your fault.”

“YOUR FAULT”

“̷Y̶O̵U̸R̵ ̷F̸A̸U̵L̶T̸”̵ ̶

“̵͎͌̒͒͆͘Y̸̪͎͛̇̕Õ̷̥̏̈́́̈́Ų̴̗̪̮͐̋̏̕͜Ŕ̴̡̫̜͓̜͗̑̀ ̷̩̗̻̾͊F̴̝̟̹̺̏A̷̝͓̿͛͌Ű̶̜̕L̷̢͕̤͕̑̐T̴̨̛̞̂”̴̡̨̘̺͛̊̊ ̸̥̫̞͇̏̂ͅ

“̸̡̱͖̜̻͇͕͇͉̣̻̖̝̆͌̈́Y̸̺̖͈̌Ǫ̶̻̳̗͚̝̤̥̲̓̾̉͛͜͝Ụ̷͚͍͎̭̬̯͛́̿̊͑͂̄͂̎R̶̰̞͓͒̾̽̐̑̄̈͂ ̶̜͂̾͋̾̄́̕̕͝͝͝F̶͕̲̬̟̩͔͙̠̬̣̉͐͌̍̒̈́͘͜͠͠A̷̬̹̞̯͓̖̳̜̒̐̂̔͋̈́͝ͅU̴̟̫̐̍̽̚L̸̬͉̟͈͖̉͌͋̂T̵̢̝̲̗̹̮̻͚͖͇̒̐̍̆̓͋͝”̴̘̪̒̏͗̀̌̈́̓́ ̷̰̣̝̫̱̩͛̿̽͆

The voices were right. It was his fault. He shared the same blood as the monster that killed his brother. Therefore, Technoblade himself was a monster too. If Phil had never rescued him from his deserved hellscape, then his brother would live a happy life with his true family.

“Blood for the blood god.”

A door started to slowly creek open.

“BLOOD FOR THE BLOOD GOD.”

“Hey, mate–”

“̷͖͛̀ͅB̶͔̐L̵̺̮̄̇Ọ̸̝̅O̶͎͂͆D̸͙̂͜ ̵͚̳̓͝F̸̠̍̚O̵̜͆Ŕ̵̬̘ ̴̱͇͑T̴̬̪͌H̸̼̼̐̀E̶̳̱̋̆ ̵̮̇̓B̴̘̏L̶̺͐Ǫ̴̘͌Ò̷͇D̸̮͆ ̴̘̪̆G̷̻͌O̸̲̿̂D̶̻̅ͅ.̶̡̂”̸͇͖̋

He won’t repeat his mistake.

“̷̟̖̬͒͋̀B̶̡̿̇̌̐̚L̶̳̝̎̀̚̕͝O̷̧̯̎͜͠O̴̖͉̟̹̠̽̈́͝͝D̸͖̽̓̎̕ ̷̭̭͚̺͊F̶̡͉̫̏Ô̴̝̩͊̈́̚R̶̪͎̠̺͓̒͊ ̶̹̳̺̣̼̄T̶̛̯̎͑Ḥ̴͕̌̍͑̅͜ͅÉ̴̝̉̉͛ ̴̡͖̋́̅͝B̸̙̞̊̑̊͜L̵͙̣̩̻̓O̶͙̪̾̒̈́Ó̵̻͖̪͎̺̏̽D̸̥͍̹̗̿̓̆̏ ̸͖͈̙͛G̷͈͋̀Ó̸̦̬̠̥̝D̵̠̰̜̥̗͂̔̃̈͆.̸̡̙̥̮̻̎”̴̨̡͈͖̺̊͌

He won’t let anyone take his family away from him again.

B̵̞̗͌̎̋̌L̶̗͑͌̐͐̈́Ö̸̥͖͖̭̙́́́O̵̢̧̘̥̜͋D̵̞̘̈́̈̚ ̸̫͉͕͋F̴̲̝͔́̏O̵̫̓̚̚Ṙ̵̫͉͙́ͅ ̵̨̼̖̅̃̾͂̎T̴̟͉̖̟̯̿͌H̴͈̬͎͖̯̀́̌̾̾E̴̱͋͆̔͗ ̷͉̬̠̞͛B̵̢̯͇̀̌̂͠L̷̳͎̭̾͋̉O̷̡̜̰̳̖͊Ó̷̮̽Ď̴̰̫ ̶̗̌͊́͑̈́Ǵ̸̞̙͖̓̾̑̕Ǒ̵̠͇̺͍̹̿D̵̀̎̅͘ͅ

Technoblade grabbed his weapon and charged for the doorway. He tackled the enemy in one blow, pinning them to the ground. Raising his sword, he was ready to slaughter anyone who got in the way of his goal without hesitation, but the figure was stronger than he estimated.

In Technoblade’s moment of delusion, they were able to knock him off with one swift blow. Getting to his feet, Technoblade quickly retrieved his weapon, ready to kill. Seeing blond hair and blue eyes much like his late brother’s instead of crimson like his own, caused him to suddenly snap back to reality, realizing who he had just fought.

It was his adoptive father and mentor. It was Phil.

The blade slipped from his grip and clattered to the ground. Technoblade stood frozen in place, drowning in despair. Meanwhile, Phil stood up, slowly catching his breath. His once long blond hair was cut to shoulder length, in mourning of his youngest. He looked towards his son sympathetically.

“It’s okay–”

When Phil reached out to comfort him, Technoblade backed away instinctively. “Don’t touch me! Don’t you realize that I would've killed you?”

He appeared disheartened by his rejection, but accepted it with a sigh. “You could never hurt me, Technoblade. You’re not in the right state of mind right now. None of us are after…”

Phil cut himself off, unable to bring himself to mention it. The two remained silent, quietly gazing at each other as the world around them felt still. That was until Technoblade cleared his throat.

“This was all my doin’. You should’ve just left me in the Nether all those years ago.”

“That is not true, nor do I regret my choice that day. Our lives wouldn’t be the same if you weren’t in it.” He was quick to disagree, even if Technoblade thought otherwise.

Technoblade slowly sat on the ground, back slumped against the wall. The voices continued to whisper, and covering his ears did nothing to drown them out. His fingers still twitched. The vision of dismembering his birth father with his bare hands was still vivid in his mind. The voices chided him for not doing the same to his adoptive father. Another thought crossed his mind.

“What if Wilbur or Kristin had entered the room instead of you? They can’t defend themselves, so what then? They could’ve died.”

“We can’t say for sure.” Phil took a seat next to him, wrapping a black wing around him. “You’ve always been like this, even before I met you.”

Technoblade pushed the wing off, and stood up. “The voices have never made this violent towards others. I fear their greed will only grow as I get older, but I devised a solution.”

“What are you suggesting, mate?” His blue gaze narrowed with concern.

The Piglin-hybrid increased the distance between them, passing the two twin-sized beds and heading to the windowsill. “It’s not safe for me to stay in L’manberg when I’m this reactive to others. I should leave, go somewhere isolated like the Arctic.”

Hearing this, he immediately jumped to his feet. “That doesn’t sound like a good idea to me. Think about how it will impact those that care about you. What about Wilbur and Kristin?”

“I’m doing this to protect them from me.”

Phil looked to the yellow bed in the room that remained empty. “They’ll miss you, you know? Wilbur just lost one brother. I doubt he wants to lose you, too.”

“I’m doin’ this for his own good. Even if he might hate me for it.” Technoblade muttered, crimson eyes appearing downcast.

“We’ll talk about this again when you are feeling better, then maybe I'll consider it. I’m not going to let you move to the Arctic alone.” Phil stood next to him, placing a hand on his shoulder. “I’ll be here to support you no matter what.”

“Thanks, Phil…” As he stared out at the gray sky, a thought crossed his mind. “What did you want to ask before I attacked you?”

“You see, I was looking for a particular book. It has a black cover with an upside-down heart symbol. It’s very important to me. I hadn’t used it in years, but the last place I remembered it being was in my Enderchest. When I went to get it, it wasn’t there any more.”

“Only you have access to your personal Enderchest. Nobody else could’ve taken it.” Technoblade had no idea what this book contained, or what it meant to Phil, but if it were in his Enderchest, he knew it must be of importance.

“You’re right. I must’ve misplaced it. I searched everywhere in the manor for it, but can’t find it anywhere. So, I was wondering if you knew where it went?”

Technoblade shook his head. “Why do you need it?”

Phil gave a saddened smile. “Don’t worry about it, mate.”


The violence he caused during war should’ve been enough to quell the voices; But ever since Tommy fell off the bridge, they had been constant. Technoblade sat vigil next to the blond’s bedside. Tommy seemed far too at peace for Technoblade’s liking. In contrast, he was given not a single moment of clarity.

His crimson eyes twitched furiously as he internally fought with the voices. Their screaming demands were non-stop and their screeching voices had given him a throbbing headache. No matter how much Technoblade killed, it never seemed to be enough to quench their thirst for blood.

It was just like back then.

They told Technoblade things he already knew. How he was a terrible brother who had failed to save Tommy yet again. He should’ve acted sooner that day with Billiam, or on the bridge with Dream. Instead, Technoblade, the man who knew seconds could determine life or death, froze for a second time. History had a twisted way of repeating itself.

He lost his youngest brother again, never realizing he was back until it was too late. The universe was kind enough to give him the second chance he never thought he’d get and he wasted it. Now, all Technoblade was left with was the aftermath.

The voices tempted him with the same solution as always: violence.

To seek revenge on the person who took Tommy away from him. Technoblade knew killing Dream wouldn’t make him feel better in the long term. After killing Billiam, he felt nothing but apathy and a stronger lust for blood, he doubted this time would be any different. And killing Dream certainly wouldn’t bring back Tommy.

Yet the thought of the fight,his enemy suffering at his hand, was enough for Technoblade to succumb to the voices’ cries.

“Don’t worry, brother. I’ll avenge you.” Rising to his feet, Technoblade grinned at an unconscious Tommy, the unsettling smile settling on his face as his crimson eyes filled with malice.

Putting on his red cape and boar skull, he equipped Orphan Obliterator, not even bothering to sheath it. With his weapon in hand and intent to kill, Technoblade exited the tent and strided through camp. Too intimidated by his vengeful presence, all the passersbys remained clear of his path.

Just as he was about to exit camp, he heard a warping sound behind him. “Technoblade, where are you going?”

He spun around, weapon at hand and ready to slay whoever opposed him. His crimson eyes were greeted by mismatched ones filled with worry. Purple particles danced around Ranboo, and in that moment Technoblade restrained himself. In his black and white hands, he held one of his many memory books. By the tears in the leather cover, it appeared to be an older edition.

“Don’t worry about me, Ranboo. I’ll be back before you know it.” He attempted to reassure him, but his younger brother wasn’t convinced.

Technoblade tried to press forward, but Ranboo teleported in front of him. He tried to push back, but the enderman-hybrid was insistent on blocking the way. Even though the voices suggested otherwise, Technoblade refused to use violence to get past him.

“Come on, I need to get through.” Getting frustrated and only wanting to kill Dream more, Technoblade let out an annoyed grumble.

“No. Whatever you’re thinking, I can’t let you do it.”

Ranboo didn’t know about the voices, and if he did, he wouldn’t remember, but he always sensed when Technoblade wasn’t behaving like himself.

It could have been because they’ve known each other for years and Ranboo had picked up on subtle changes in his behavior, or maybe it was gut instinct. Enderman’s senses were sharper than human’s after all. Either way, Technoblade both loved and loathed how clever Ranboo was sometimes.

“What are you two doing?” Hearing the commotion, Phil approached the scene.

Both immediately went silent. Growing only more impatient, Technoblade muttered some harsh words under his breath, fiddling with his blade. Ranboo avoided eye contact entirely, his ears and tail twitching anxiously. Whatever was going on, he would rather not say.

From his experiences in the past, Phil immediately took notice of his off demeanor, “Whatever you are planning on doing, I won’t let you.”

“Make me.” Technoblade pointed his sword at his father.

Phil heaved a long sigh and unsheathed his katana. Related by blood or not, he didn’t want to hurt his son. Under normal circumstances, this was not how he wanted to duel his pupil and son. But Technoblade was not currently in the right state of mind. Phil wouldn’t allow people to get hurt over his actions, not if he could help it.

“Wait!” Ranboo intervened, teleporting between them. “Don’t you think this is a bit much? We already have a war to fight, we shouldn’t fight each other.”

“Don’t worry, this is just a small family matter we need to settle in private. You should go get some rest, Ranboo.” Phil tried putting on a comforting smile for him, but it convinced no one.

“But I’m family too, so I want to stay.” Ranboo shook his head.

“You should go. You wouldn’t understand anyways.” Technoblade said.

“Yes, I do. It’s because Tommy is your son, isn’t it?”

The two halted what they were doing immediately and turned to Ranboo in wide-eyed shock. All schemes for vengeance and thoughts related to the voices left Technoblade’s mind. In that moment, he was given temporary peace, attempting to understand how Ranboo knew this.

Unable to figure anything out, he asked. “How do you know that?”

“It’s kind of obvious, isn’t it.” Ranboo smiled, albeit sadly. “Dad and him are both elytrians and have the same hair and eye colors. But I suppose there are some other reasons.”

“Go on.” Technoblade narrowed his gaze.

“I had a feeling something happened between you guys long before I was adopted. Most loving families don’t live on different sides of the country and only see each other a couple times a year. I guess I knew when I overheard Wilbur and Techno arguing before the war.” Summoning his most recent memory book, he pointed to a passage with his clawed finger.

“So it was you I saw that night.”

“That’s not all.” He took out some sheets of torn parchment, too big to belong in his memory book, and handed them over.

The two frantically flipped through the papers, eyes widening and going silent upon realizing what they were. It was Phil’s drawings, in surprisingly good condition. The oldest one dated back to sixteen years ago, an old sketch of Kristin lovingly holding a baby.

The baby was colored in as blond and wrapped in a blue blanket. There was another of a little boy with blond hair and bright blue eyes that was excitedly pointing to a cow. The last drawing, dated back to over a decade ago, was of Wilbur, Technoblade and this boy playing on the white sanded beach together.

“–I thought these got destroyed. You saved them?” Phil’s hands shook as he tightly grasped them, his fingers wrinkling the pages. His tone was sorrowful, but also grateful.

After the death of his youngest, seeing the pictures each time he flipped through his sketchbook only brought him anguish. Not having the heart to destroy them, Phil tore them out and kept them hidden. He thought they were incinerated along with many other valuables when his sons accidentally burnt their old cabin down. Much like his youngest, never once did Phil consider the possibility the drawings were still here.

Ranboo nodded quietly. “I don’t remember much from that day. I think I knew these drawings meant a lot to you, and you would’ve been sad if they got destroyed. It must’ve been why I saved them. I forgot I had them until I was chatting with Kristin –I mean, mom.”

“Thanks, mate. I mean it, truly.” Phil held the sketches close to his chest. He hoped that unlike all the things he’s truly lost, these wouldn’t be one of them.

His tired blue eyes looked towards the grey, overcast sky. A terrible day for flying. A gentle breeze swept by, rustling Phil’s black feathers. The feeling of the wind through his hair sometimes made him miss its longer length from a time passed.

Phil turned to Technoblade. His son’s long, rosy hair remained messy and disheveled. His crimson eyes that were once filled with blood-lust, now appeared apathetic to it all as he looked towards the ground in defeat. Phil hated seeing his son in such a dreary state; yet part of him found solace knowing that the voices must’ve quieted down.

“I miss him, Phil.”

Phil heaved a long sigh, joining Technoblade to give him company. “I do too, more than anything…”

While the circumstances of him and Technoblade moving to the Arctic was one of loss, Phil couldn’t help but miss it more than ever. In the years, the tundra had become home to them. While nothing could change the suffering he felt losing his son that day, it was only through that pain Phil found a different kind of love.

The two turned towards Ranboo, who kept his distance from them. They quickly took notice how his ears and tail were motionless, hanging low. Ranboo couldn’t bring himself to face them, turned away entirely.

“Was that all I was ever meant to be? A replacement for the child you lost?” Hot tears started to trail down his split face.

Upon touching Ranboo’s black and white skin, they let out a small seering sound and cloud of smoke. Two small vertical cuts were formed across his cheeks, starting to seep teal blood. As he wiped them away with his hands, they smeared across his face, only making it worse. Endermen were never meant to cry. And here Ranboo was only able to sob because of his hybrid heritage.

There was an ache of pain in Phil’s chest. Not wanting to see his son harm himself, Phil intervened. “No, no, it was never like that…” He whispered in a comforting yet broken voice. “You and Cl– I mean Tommy, have always been two very different people. We never expected, nor wanted, you to replace him. We love you for you…”

Phil wrapped his arms around Ranboo, pulling him close to his chest. While comforting him, he blinked his tired, icy-blue eyes, staring at the dark, clouded sky. It didn’t seem like it would rain again soon. Ranboo’s breathing slowly got more steady. The hug Phil gave was full of warmth. For a moment, Technoblade considered joining in but decided against it.

He couldn’t, not after everything he’s done.

“Don’t cry, Ranboo. It will scar you.” He said in a stern yet concerned tone.

“Okay…” Ranboo quietly nodded through the sniffles.

Not wanting Ranboo to burn his hands, Technoblade wiped Ranboo’s tears with his red cape. While he was doing that, Phil continued to comfort him. Once Ranboo had stopped crying and calmed down, the three sat on a log with Phil in the middle. They sat in interrupted silence for a long time as people passed by.

Technoblade turned to Ranboo. “You remember when we first met, and how I was so against you stayin’?”

“No, not really…”

“Heh, I should’ve expected as much with you.” He let out a sad laugh. “I’ll admit, the reason I was so against you stayin’ with us is because I feared gettin’ attached. I lost one brother and never wanted to relive the same feelin’. As much as I tried to tell myself no, my heart couldn’t resist.” He reached up to gently ruffle Ranboo’s hair.

The Enderman-hybrid managed to crack the first small smile in a very long time. “I kinda understand how you feel… I really hope Tommy gets better. I don’t know what happened back then, but despite all the bad stuff, maybe there is some good. If you never moved to the Arctic, I would’ve never met you…”

“You’re right; while there is plenty I wish I could do back and change, adopting you two as my sons is certainly not one of them.” Phil wrapped a black wing around each one of his sons, pulling them close.

And they remained like that late into the night.


Tommy was awoken by the burning feeling of salty water filling his lungs. Opening his eyes, he saw nothing but darkness, only broken by a few dim rays above. Tommy mustered the strength to swim up, letting the waves carry him to shore.

“Wilbur!”

Upon touching land, he frantically got to his feet and checked his surroundings. There was no forest, docks, walled city, or any other sign of life. Tommy instead found himself on an endless, white-sand beach, but this wasn’t L’manburg. Unlike the perpetually deep-blue sea of his home, the water here was black with gray skies as far as the eye could see.

Realizing he wasn’t in pain, Tommy slowly glanced down and saw no arrow in his chest, nor any blood on his uniform. He quickly felt for the bandana Tubbo had given him, hoping it didn’t get washed away at sea. Seeing the green fabric in his hand, he let out a sigh of relief and tied it around his neck.

This wasn’t where he fought the duel. Wherever he was, it must be a separate realm of existence entirely. Despite this place being unfamiliar, Tommy couldn’t shake the feeling he’s been here before.

Above the sound of lapping waves, he could hear music- unsettling, staticy music. Looking up, Tommy saw a long, birch table surrounded by empty chairs a short distance from the shore. It looked like someone set up for a party, but no one came. He got up and sat down at one end of the table. On the other end, sat a woman he hadn't noticed was there at first.

“I’ve been waiting to see you again, my child.” The woman across from him smiled, but the rest of her features were impossible to distinguish from beneath her veiled hat.

She had long, wavy, ink black hair the same color as her lips. She wore a black dress with long, flowy sleeves accented with gold and purple. Her black, veiled hat was decorated with various yellow flowers, one of which he recognized as chrysanthemums. On her neck was a golden inverted heart-symbol, matching her three feathery pairs of wings, the same color as his own.

Not sure of how to respond, Tommy stayed silent. For all he knew, this strange woman could be insane. She probably was. It was hard to describe, but she felt nostalgic despite being unfamiliar at the same time.

Only then did he realize the source of the unsettling music. In the middle of the table was a record player with a disc playing. On its faded, golden label, read “disc 13.”

“You’ve always been my favorite, but visiting me again so soon? Did you really miss me that much?”

“–What?” Tommy finally mustered the ability to say something.

“So, you really don’t remember? I’m not surprised. None of you ever do seem to remember.” There was a tinge of melancholy in her expression, but not directed at him. “The last time you visited me was when you got this.”

In the blink of an eye, the woman stood right next to him. She reached out her hand with her long, black, pointy fingernails and touched the spot on his stomach where the scar was. There was no warmth to her touch, causing Tommy to shudder. Thankfully, it didn’t last long. He watched over his shoulder as she walked behind the tall back of his chair, only to appear sitting across to him once more.

“Who are you?”

“I think you already know the answer to that.”

Tommy slowly glanced at the shore and the endless dark waves. Then, at the beach with nothing but white sand stretching on for what looked like forever. Finally, towards the veiled, winged woman, who tapped her pointed fingernails on the wooden table, amused, until it suddenly clicked for him.

“Am I dead?”

Unlike most, Tommy didn’t fear death. He always expected it to come much sooner for someone like him. Given the results of the duel, it made sense if that’s what happened. But he didn’t want it to be his time yet.

There was a war going on that he needed to see through. He needed to get back to Tubbo, and tell Wilbur something. He couldn’t die now, not without regrets.

“No.”

Tommy let out a huge sigh of relief. Well, if he wasn’t dead, that could mean only one thing, “Man, this is a fucking weird dream.”

The woman burst into laughter, her voice sounding smooth and melodic.

“Hey, what’s so funny?!”

She softly smiled at him from beneath the veil. “Never change, Tommy.”

The blond’s eyes widened in response. “How do you know my name?”

“Like you said, this all must be a dream. If I am just a figment of your imagination, wouldn’t I already know it?” A playful smirk tugged at her black lips.

“Well, I guess when you put it like that…” Tommy couldn’t shake the feeling something else was going on here. He wanted to get to the bottom of this, but also needed to return to his friends in L’manberg.

“Don’t be so sad, my child. We will see each other again, like we always have.” The woman reassured him with a bittersweet expression. “I know what would cheer you up. Would you like to hear a song?”

Tommy glanced around, but besides them and the table there was nothing else but sand and sea. “Sure, it’s not like I have anything better to do.”

The woman stood up, taking disc 13 off its player. She walked over to the beach, dipping her bare feet into the black water as waves came and went. The seaward breeze swayed with her, her dress and feathers ruffling in its throws. She looked over her shoulder with a gentle smile, beckoning for Tommy to join.

Slowly, he treaded through the bleak sand and stood by her side. Even for someone tall like himself, the woman towered above him. She faced him with the same smile, causing Tommy to narrow his eyes.

Even now, it was still impossible to see her full face. There was something so familiar about her, but not at the same time. Despite having no reason to trust her, he believed he must’ve seen her before. Then, she opened her mouth and started to sing.

“Ancient one, lonely one, come rest your head…”

Her voice was beautiful, but also full of sorrow. She gazed longingly into the black sea, her voice carrying out over the waves. Tommy placed a hand on her shoulder, causing her to look down at him with a gentle yet sad expression. Whoever this woman was, figment of his imagination or not, she too must’ve led a life similar to his own.


A young sheep-hybrid boy with platinum-blond hair held a single loaf of bread close to his chest. It was stale and probably didn’t taste good, but he’s had worse. In search of more food, he ventured into an alleyway, finding himself face to face with a wooden dumpster.

Maybe there was something good in there?

Tubbo put the bread inside his bag. He rolled up his torn pants and tucked his black and yellow striped scarf over his shoulder. He liked that scarf, and didn’t want it to get even dirtier than it already was. It reminded him of a bee, his favorite animal, but it also belonged to his late mother.

He didn’t know much about her, let alone what she even looked like. She died shortly after he was born due to illness, and he was left at an orphanage. The people there weren’t nice to him. The other kids made fun of him over his hybrid status, yanking on his sheep ears and calling him mean names. The caretakers did nothing about it.

When he finally had enough, he ran away to the streets. He took nothing but his scarf, a bag and a single loaf of bread with him, never looking back. It hadn’t been easy, being out on his own, nor had he lived out here for that long.

Tubbo was certain he’d get used to it with time. Sure it wasn’t easy having to constantly fight to survive, but at least he found a nice box to call home. He’d rather be out here than go back there.

Maybe he was better off alone? That way nobody could hurt him. Yet at the same time, he wished he didn’t have to be so lonely.

Tubbo gave up searching through the trash. There was nothing in there that he could eat. All he ended up finding was a bunch of useless junk and a body.

A body. Wait.

He immediately unburied it from under the layer of rubbish. Tubbo let out a small gasp, realizing it was a kid his age. The boy’s hair was golden compared to his own platinum blond both tainted with flith, and wore finer clothing unlike his own. The large gash on his stomach, which appeared to still be bleeding, made Tubbo painfully wince.

It must’ve been a series of unfortunate circumstances that caused this. Life out on the streets was dangerous , and Tubbo feared the same could one day happen to him if he wasn’t careful. Whatever might’ve happened, nobody deserved to die in the trash. The least he could do was to get the boy a proper burial.

Tubbo attempted to drag him out before he realized something. “Wait.”

He was still warm to the touch. There was still breathing, although very faint and fading. He was still alive.

Trying his best to be careful, he lifted the unconscious boy. Despite his size, Tubbo was stronger than he appeared. He was more worried about accidentally causing further injury. Lifting him out of the dump, Tubbo gently set the boy on the ground.

He closed his eyes, trying his best to focus as the palms of his hands glowed a soft yellow. Tubbo placed them over the gash on the boy’s stomach, hoping his healing magic would be enough. It was a trick that helped him countless times, but he never used it on an injury this bad.

Even before running away, Tubbo was aware his magical abilities were greater than most. One, or possibly both of his birth parents, were adept in magic and had passed it down to him. But it didn’t matter if they had, they were gone. This boy wasn’t yet and he could still do something about it.

Tubbo kept using his magic, draining his own energy. When he looked up at his palms, they were stained with blood. He wiped them on his old pants before continuing. He was at the point of nearly passing out when he heard a groan and saw the boy open his eyes.

They were blue, reminding him of the sky.

“Oh my Prime! You’re alive! I did it!” Tubbo let out a relieved gasp, covering his mouth with his hands as the tears broke, trailing down his cheeks.

“Ugh… Where am I?” The blonde boy attempted to sit up, only to be met with sharp pain.

“No, no, no!” Tubbo rushed to lay him back down. “You’re not ready. You still need to heal.”

Upon seeing the light return, his eyes widened, “What happened?”

“You don’t remember? I’ll explain, but promise to not freak out.”

“Okay, I won’t…” The boy found the strength to slowly sit up and slightly nod.

“Well… Uhh… Uhh… I…” Tubbo trailed off, the shock and remembering the sight causing the tears to return. “–I found you when looking for food. You were bleeding. I thought you died, but I healed you. I’m just glad you’re okay…”

Slowly glancing down, the blond boy noticed his torn shirt drenched in blood and the newly closed wound, the realization finally hitting him. “–I would’ve died, but you saved me.”

The thought brought tears to his eyes, much similar to his own. Tubbo was quickly to embrace him in a hug. He refused to let go, holding onto him tighter. The blond boy cried into his shoulder. They continued to huddle on the uncomfortable, muddy ground, with the occasional sniffle to break the silence. Letting go, Tubbo’s protective gaze did not leave him.

“Hey, it’s okay. You’re still here. I didn't lose you.” Tubbo formed a shaky smile, “Healing you made me tired and hungry. I really need to eat. Do you want some?”

Reaching from behind, he pulled out a single loaf of bread. Tubbo ripped the bread in half, handing the boy the other. He bit and swallowed it down with no issue. It was stale and crunchier than he liked, but he had worse. Upon taking a bite, the blond boy gagged dramatically, forcing himself to swallow.

“This tastes bad...” He wore a distasteful expression, trying to keep it down.

“Sorry, you must not be used to it. It’s the best I could find without having to steal anything.” Tubbo admitted, lowering his ears.

“You’re right, I’m not. I miss the food at home and my family.” He paused, eyes widened as he realized. “My family! I need to find them to tell them I’m okay!”

He tried jolting to his feet, only for Tubbo to keep him sitting. “You’re hurt, no getting up yet. Your family, who are they?”

“–I can’t fully remember.”

Tubbo placed a hand on his shoulder. “When bad things happen to people, they forget things. I bet your memories will be back soon. What’s your name?”

“Tom– Tom– Tom–thy” He struggled to remember the full name.

“Tommy?”

“Close enough.”

“Nice to meet you, Tommy. I’m Toby, but if I had any friends, they would call me Tubbo.” He let out an awkward chuckle, holding out his hand.

Tommy glanced down at Tubbo’s hand, remaining hesitant. “Can you help me find my family?”

“Sure, but first you need to rest.” They were both still exhausted, not to mention Tommy was still injured; neither were in any condition to search the city. “We can stay in my box!”

Tommy took Tubbo’s hand, who led him walking towards a small box further down the alleyway. “Really, this is what you call a home?”

“It’s the best I could find.” Tubbo defensively crossed his arms, ears flickering.

“Fine, I guess the box will do,” Tommy sat inside, his thoughts still lingering on them, “but once we find my family, they need to find you somewhere better to live.”

“Does this mean we can be friends then?” Tubbo eagerly asked. “I’ve never had any friends before.”

“Sure, but only because you saved my life.”

This caused Tubbo to become cheerful, and Tommy couldn’t help but smile too. As Tommy pulled him into another hug, Tubbo could only be grateful that despite his cursed existence, the universe was kind enough to bless him with the greatest friend he could ever ask for.


“Come on… Come on…” Tubbo held out his hands, the pale yellow glow casting Tommy’s skin in a soft light.

He kneeled beside Tommy’s beside, using his healing magic on him. His hands and breathing became shaky. As he put in more energy, Tubbo felt his exhaustion rise, but nonetheless he pressed forward. He wanted to heal Tommy, needed to. But no matter what he did, his friend remained motionless, still in his comatose state.

It worked when they were younger. Tubbo was able to bring him back from the verge of death back then. He was stronger now. It should’ve worked. Why didn’t it work?

Tears started to form in the corner of his eyes. Too tired to weep, he fought back against them with a loud sniffle and kept going. Tubbo lost track of how many times he tried using his magic on Tommy. His exhaustion got the better of him as he slowly felt himself slip out of consciousness and collapse to the floor. Tubbo didn’t even realize he passed out until he heard someone enter the tent, awaking him.

“–Are you okay?” They sounded shocked to see him lying in the dirt.

“Ugh…” Defeated, a grunt was all Tubbo could bring himself to muster.

His eyes were too heavy to open, and he felt light tears form and drip down his face. Tubbo had no idea how long he was out for, nor did he find it in himself to care. All he wanted to do was lay down forever and let the earth consume him. It wasn’t the most comfortable, but him and Tommy have definitely slept in worse. But the person still kept disturbing his rest by lightly poking his shoulder.

“Alright, fine! I’m awake!” Begrudgingly, Tubbo opened his eyes to see an Enderman-hybrid curled over him in concern.

When their eyes met, Ranboo immediately turned away.

The first thing Tubbo noticed were the cuts on his cheeks. “Ranboo, what happened to your face?”

“Don’t worry about it. It probably won’t scar permanently.” He forced a smile, showing off his pointed teeth. “Honestly, I am more worried about you. When I went to check on Tommy, I saw you passed out on the floor next to him. Are you alright?”

“No.”

Ranboo seemed to expect as much, but was taken aback by the harshness in his tone. “–Do you want to talk about it?”

“No.”

“Oh, okay…” Unsure of how to respond, Ranboo laid down beside him.

Both blankly stared up in silence, neither wishing to even whisper a word. They reminisced the presence of their blonde friend. Even when things seemed hopeless, it was Tommy who made them laugh and lifted their spirits. With no signs of the war stopping, Tubbo needed him more than ever. But Tommy still wasn’t here.

Neither were sure how long they remained like this, but eventually Ranboo got up. “You know, it’s not healthy to stay in this tent all day. You should go get some fresh air.”

“You’re right.” Tubbo muttered bleakly, remaining motionless.

The Enderman-hybrid's tail swayed slowly as he hesitantly spoke. “As a friend, it worries me to see you like this. If he knew, I think Tommy would say the same. Please take care of yourself, so you can be there for him when he wakes up.”

As Ranboo was about to head out, Tubbo spoke a bit louder. “Fine, I’ll head out, but only if you come with me.” That was enough to make the Enderman-hybrid content.

Needing to get away from the reminders of the war, the two ventured outside camp. Tubbo’s head hung low as he lagged behind Ranboo, a result of their height difference and his sluggish attitude. Ranboo faced forward, slowing his pace to match his friend’s.

As much as they tried to distract themselves from the ongoing war, there was only so much they could do. The weapons they carried in case of an ambush served as a constant reminder. The scorched trees they passed and the distant sight of the walled city certainly didn’t help either.

Traveling farther than expected, the two encountered a familiar sight. A rushing river with a wooden bridge. The place where Tommy and Dream dueled. Upon realization, Tubbo froze as the memories he tried so hard to repress resurfaced.

He remembered rushing through these very woods. Remaining by Wilbur’s side as he carried his best friend back to camp, the arrow still lodged deep in his chest. Tubbo pleaded to be there during the medical procedure, needing to know if his friend was alive. But his unstable emotional state was seen as a hindrance, only Wilbur and Technoblade were allowed in. And Tubbo was left with the aftermath.

Silently, Tubbo strided towards the river’s bank. He sat down, dipping his muddy boots in the water, sorrowfully staring at the flowing current. Ranboo mournfully watched. Tubbo noticed a pebble next to him and aggressively tossed it into the river.

He watched as it sank, just like Tommy did at the duel’s end. Tubbo kept chucking stones into the river until he couldn’t anymore. He buried his head into his knees and wrapped his arms around them. A thin layer of ice formed on the water around him. Ranboo quietly approached him. Hearing his footsteps the sheep-hybrid’s ears twitched.

“I miss him… I miss him more than anything…” Tubbo lifted his head to face Ranboo.

His tears had turned entirely to ice, pricking his eyes and cheeks. Ranboo touched his own cut cheek, the burning feeling returning. He reached out to give solace, but fell short in his words and tracks. Not caring how much his icy tears stung, Tubbo continued to weep.

“I’d do anything to have my brother back.”

They were brothers, but not in the traditional way. Their relationship was not by blood nor adoption, but forged through their struggles and hardships. They found comfort in one another when the rest of the unforgiving world denied them of that, only making their bond even stronger.

Wherever one went, the other was bound to follow, whether it’s stealing bread off the streets, outwitting the king, fighting a war, or even facing Prime himself. Whatever the conflict may be, they would face it together. Because out of everything in the entire world, the only thing they ever truly had was each other. And For Tubbo to be without Tommy, his friend, his partner in crime, his brother, was like he was missing half himself.

“Tommy promised me that he’d be okay. That we’d make it out of the war, and always be together forever.” As the tears fell, they froze along Tubbo’s face. “Look where he is now.”

Ranboo tried to speak. “Tubbo, I–”

“In the Final Control Room, he hurt himself protecting me! It’s all my fault! If he wasn’t injured, it would've been Dream at the bottom of the river!”

In a fit of rage, he stood up and used his magic to freeze the river. The small area of cold around him spread until a large chunk of the river was iced-over. A thin layer of snow surrounded Tubbo, carrying into the woods. It being midsummer, it wouldn’t remain long. Ranboo could hear the unstable ice begin to crack.

Tubbo turned to Ranboo with a sorrowful smile, streaks of blood froze on his face. “Promise me you won’t leave me too?”


“Shit! We have to go! Now!” Tubbo shouted as he tightly grasped Tommy’s wrist.

The two made a run for it, bolting through the city streets. Every single heavy step they took was felt through the soles of their damaged shoes. Tommy had only managed to snatch a single loaf of bread before they got caught again. Tubbo knew they had to make an escape, and fast; it wouldn’t be too long until the guards caught up.

Thievery was a severe crime in this god-forsaken kingdom. Even for ones like Tommy and himself, who depended on it to eat.

“Umm… Tubbo?” Tommy glanced over his shoulder, blue eyes filled with worry.

“What? I’m trying to make sure we get out of this alive. Can’t it wait?” With his friend’s nails digging incessantly into his wrist, he looked over. “Shit.”

Once again he was right, unfortunately. The guards were after them yet again. If only those in power used it to help those like him and Tommy, or focused on bigger threats, Tubbo mused to himself. Instead, they wasted their time and energy to pursue two hybrid children over petty theft.

Who was he kidding? Nobles laughed and scoffed in their carriages at the mere sight of him and Tommy. Shop owners turned away and denied any service without sufficient gold. Even the orphanage mistreated him, so he tried his luck on the streets instead.

There wasn’t a single person in this kingdom that would offer them generosity. So, why should they do the same? All they had was each other, and that’s what truly mattered. But sometimes, things got too much for even them to handle.

“Great, exactly what we fucking needed.” Tommy grumbled as they reached a dead end in an alleyway, slowly being cornered by guards.

Using his quick thinking, Tubbo waved his hand. "Glacies Inferius.”

As he did so, a chilling breeze ruffled through his hair. His once blond hair was replaced by brown roots when his horns started growing in. A thin layer of ice was summoned beneath their pursuer’s feet. The duo shared laughs as they walked around it, watching as the guards kept slipping in their attempts to get up.

“What would you do without me?” Tubbo hummed, still holding onto Tommy’s hand as he led the way.

“I don’t know, and don’t want to think about it. Thank Prime for your magic abilities or else we would’ve died a hundred times over.”

Thank Prime indeed. Fate did only one other thing right, blessing him with his abilities just as it brought him and Tommy together. They had overall shitty luck, but who knew, maybe it could be kind to them again?
“Who knows, maybe you could also get some too?” Tubbo smiled, trying to remain optimistic, but deep down he already knew.

“No, I honestly doubt it. We both know there’s nothing special about me. That’s why my family abandoned me without regrets.”

As the years went by, the thought of Tommy’s family became a forgotten memory to him. He gave up hoping, realizing they were never coming back for him. Instead, he chose to focus on Tubbo, the only family he could depend upon.

“That’s not true! You’re very skilled with a sword, and pretty brave. It was wrong of your birth family to do that, but you have me, and I care about you.” He gently gripped his hand in reassurance.

Tommy smiled softly. “Thanks, Tubbo. You’re right! Why bother with those assholes when I get to steal shit with you?”

“You’re stuck with me until the very end. Unfortunately, that also means I’m stuck with you.” He wore a mischievous grin. “I’m looking forward to feasting together on this bread tonight. At least this one isn’t stale.”

Unfortunately, their moment was cut short as a group of guards blocked the end of the bridge. Turning back around to escape, they saw that the other group was on their back. And just as they thought things were going in their favor.

“Damn, it looks like we’re done for. Things haven’t always been perfect, but it was nice having you as a friend.” Tubbo gulped, clinging to Tommy as both groups slowly cornered them.

Tommy looked over the bridge at the rooftops below them. “Well, I wouldn’t say that just yet.”

“Wait, you’re not suggesting we–” He quickly figured out what Tommy was thinking, “We’d die doing that.”

“We’d probably spend our entire fucking lives rotting in a cell if we’re caught. At least there’s a chance we could escape.”

Before Tubbo could object, telling him how stupid his plan was and how it’d get them killed, Tommy picked him up. Tubbo yelled in defiance, trying to break free, but realized there was no other way. He only hoped it wouldn’t be a painful death.

As they were surrounded, Tommy took a leap of faith. Both of them screamed loudly as they free falled. As the ground got closer, Tubbo tightly closed his eyes, burying his head deep into his friend’s chest as he awaited the end. It was likely that they’d die from a fall of this height. If not, then they’d break some bones. Unable to flee, they’d get captured by the guards and meet their fate.

Yet the impact didn’t happen.

Tubbo waited second after second, only to be met with silence. Was this what death was like? Calm and tranquil as they were taken into the Goddess of Death’s domain. Sure, his and Tommy’s lives were unfortunate and pitiful, but they were young and still had a future ahead of them. There was still a chance it could get better for them. He didn’t want this to be the end.

Slowly, Tubbo opened his teary eyes, gasping as he saw his best friend and a pair of golden wings on his back. “—Tommy?”

“We’re not dead, Tubbo. Stop talking like you just saw a ghost.” Tommy opened his eyes too. “Wait, how the fuck did we not get hurt from that fall?”

Tubbo got on his feet, curiously circling around Tommy. “How did you even do it?”

“Do what?” Then, he finally noticed the pair of wings on his back and froze in realization, “—I don’t know. I mainly thought about not dying I guess?”

Although he often presented himself as bold and fearless, it was his way of protecting them. In truth, he was just as terrified as Tubbo, if not more. His mind was flooded with distant memories as his life flashed before his eyes.

He remembered the sword digging into his stomach and vague memories of his birth family, as distant as they were. He thought about his first meeting with Tubbo, who offered him kindness when nobody else would, and their vow to protect each other.

Then, he remembered the mysterious woman with ink black hair and golden wings he met at the empty beach. He could still hear her voice, promising they’d met again, like they always had before. And at that moment, Tommy knew he couldn’t die yet.

“What’s wrong?” Tubbo asked, noticing tears streaming down Tommy’s face.

“I forgot…” He muttered, wiping away the tears, unsure as to why he was himself.

“It’s okay. I’m just glad we are alive and safe.” Tubbo pulled him in for a tight hug.

Tommy curiously looked over his shoulder and moved his wings. When he really focused on his resolve, he found it himself to unsummon and resummon them. This was still something he had to get used to, but hopefully it would become second-nature over time.

“Do you think this is my magic? To do this?”

Tubbo thought it through before shaking his head, “No, honestly I don’t think so. It’s not like my magic. I think this is something else entirely.”

From their first meeting, Tubbo knew Tommy wasn’t human. If not for his instincts telling him that, then it was Tommy’s slightly pointed ears. If anything, Tubbo expected him to be a phantom-hybrid; it matched his mischievous nature. An Elytrian-hybrid would’ve been his last guess, not that he’s complaining.

“Whatever this may be, I’m just glad that you are safe.” Tommy hugged his friend tighter, protectively wrapping his wings around him.

“Same here…” Tubbo muttered, softly smiling as he embraced the warmth. As much as he wanted it to last, that wasn't something they could afford. “We better get going. It would be a waste to get caught after all that.”

“Right,” Tommy grinned, taking Tubbo’s hand as they ran off into the sunset together. “Come on, I want to eat the bread before it’s stale.”

Notes:

The next chapter should be out sometime next week. I wanted to give people some time to process this one since it was a lot.

Per my first beta’s suggestion ages ago, I made Billiam the bad guy here. However, the whole Billiam being Technoblade’s father 100% started out as a bit. I was like “Haha that would be so funny… Wait, I can make angst out of it.” I had never seen it done in a fic before either.

There were more scenes I had planned between clingy duo, which didn’t make it into the chapter due to pacing reasons. I plan to publish these scenes as a side story in the Exiled, Beheaded, LIVE series. Similarly, I was thinking of writing an emerald duo origin story (featuring Grian) side story, similar to Apricity, but am on the fence. So tell me if that is a type of fic you guys are interested in.

Chapter 33: My L’manberg

Summary:

A peaceful ending to the chaotic L’manberg Independence War.

Notes:

I usually am not back here this soon. After a long journey, we are finally here. The conclusion to the L’manberg independence arc and the first half of this fic.

I didn’t want to do this last chapter since it was a heavier one, but will gladly do it now. I want to give a very special shout out to my beta Sheep! 17k words is a lot to get through, and I want to thank you for being with me on this incredible journey since chapter 12. You are absolutely incredible, I wouldn’t be the writer I am today without you, and keep on being amazing!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

Tommy was awoken by the gentle singing of canaries. Opening his eyes, he saw rays of sunlight fluttering through the tent. He slowly sat up, grunting in pain. Still feeling the pain of the arrow wound, he glanced down to see his upper torso was completely wrapped in bandages.

Tommy stretched his golden wings, which hadn’t felt like they’ve been used for some time. The fluttering of his feathers made his wakefulness known as three heads snapped in his direction.

Tommy saw a pair of chocolate brown, crimson red and teal eyes staring right back at him. It was Wilbur, Technoblade and Tubbo, his brothers. The sight of them caused his blue eyes to well up as warm, happy tears ran down his face.

“Thank Prime you’re awake! We were all so worried about you!” Never more relieved, Wilbur rushed over and kneeled by his bedside.

“I knew you were goin’ to make it. You have the will of a warrior.” Technoblade was more relaxed to join his older brother’s side. The entire time he wore a giant proud grin, which made Tommy beam.

Tubbo remained standing alone at the other side of the tent. He stood sternly with his cross-armed, his sheep ears anxiously flickering. Tommy remembered how he broke his promise to Tubbo time and time again during the war. After everything that happened, Tubbo had every right to feel betrayed. Tommy already accepted that he wasn’t getting his forgiveness.

Unable to meet his gaze, Tommy glanced downwards, muttering, “Tubbo, I’m sorry for not keeping my promise. I was a bad friend and should’ve listened to you. Not just about the duel, but before that too.”

Without warning, Tubbo immediately let up, running and tackled him on the bed. He pulled Tommy in for a hug, never wanting to let go of his best friend and brother again. Tommy couldn’t help but close his eyes and softly smile, embracing the tenderness.

Tears formed in the corners of Tubbo’s shut eyes. “I don’t care about that anymore! I am just glad you’re okay!”

“Clingy…” Tommy quietly teased. In return, Tubbo smiled and hugged him tighter. “–Tubbo, you’re crushing me! The arrow wound–”

“Oh, sorry.” Tubbo laughed awkwardly. He let go but still kept his hands on Tommy’s shoulders.

“We’re thankful to have you back, Tommy.” Wilbur smiled softly.

“I’m glad to be back.” He said quietly before a realization hit him. “Wait, how long was I even out for? What about the war?! Did we lose?!”

Technoblade stopped him before he could recklessly get up. “Calm down, you’ve only been out for a week.”

“As for the war, I’ve been delaying our surrender. I wanted to make sure you were awake before I officially declared anything. Part of the reason was because these two were planning a witch hunt against Dream without my knowledge.” Wilbur stated, sharply glaring at them

“Heh, guilty as charged.” Technoblade held up both hands.

“We were starting to believe you wouldn’t wake- up. We wanted to avenge you for what happened at the duel.” Tubbo glanced downward, his gaze dark and mournful.

“Thanks for caring about me?” Tommy blinked in confusion, genuinely unsure what to think of his brothers ready to slaughter a monarch for him. “I hate to admit it, but I agree with Wilbur. Don’t get me wrong, I still fucking hate the green bastard, but was that really necessary?”

“Hey, isn’t it my job to be the logical one?” Tubbo managed to laugh through his sobs.

“I’m sure we can find another “less violet” way of avegin’ you.” Technoblade grinned, to which Wilbur facepalmed.

Tommy looked down at his bandaged chest, noticing how carefully wrapped they were. “I assume it took a lot more than some healing magic and health potions to treat me. No offense, but I doubt any of you could do this. So, who was it?”

“That would be me.” A new figure entered the tent and Tommy’s eyes widened.

“Ponk?! What are you doing here?!”

“The Lemon Tree Tavern is my hobby. Don’t you remember me telling you I’m a doctor?” Seeing Tommy still processing this, he heaved a sigh. “I’m not surprised.”

“That was ages ago! How was I supposed to remember?!”

“It’s only been like a few months!”

“A lot has happened to me since then!”

“You know what, fair.” Ponk calmed himself down. “While you were fighting, I was treating the injured. L’manberg was short on doctors, so I was called here to help. You should be grateful since I treated your arrow wound.”

“That was you?!” Tommy shouted before quieting himself, saying in all seriousness. “Ponk, I know we haven’t always gotten along, but thank you. I genuinely mean it.”

“You’re welcome.” His gratitude was enough to make Ponk content.

“Tommy, you're awake!” Fundy excitedly burst through the tent’s entrance.

“We heard you guys shouting from the other end of camp. It was not hard to figure out what was going on.” Jack eagerly grinned, following not far behind with Niki by his side.

Ranboo entered the tent. His tail swayed and ears twitched as tears pricked the corners of his eyes. “I’m not really sure what to say… We’re all just happy that you’re back.”

Phil and Kristin were the last to arrive. Tommy froze when he locked eyes with them. There was a lot he wanted to say to them, and he could sense they felt the same. Yet that didn’t matter right now as Kristin rushed to his bedside and pulled him in for a tight hug. Tommy didn’t have it in him to complain about his injury, closing his eyes as he embraced her warmth.

“Not a day went by where I didn’t think of you. Wilbur told us everything. I’m so glad you’re alive.” Kristin said through her tears, hugging him tight and never wanting to let go of her son again.

Tommy felt a pair of large wings protectively wrap around him. He peered over to see the same shade of blue eyes, Phil’s eyes, meet his. “We missed you, Toms.”

The blond watched as his family patiently remained at his bedside, the tears finally breaking. “You don’t realize how much I missed you all.”

“What a lovely reunion.” Niki spoke through her sniffles. “After everything that happened, I think everyone here deserves free pastries from my bakery for life.”

“No offense, Niki, but isn’t that what you’ve been doing already.” Tommy said, and everyone couldn’t help but happily laugh.


Needing some fresh air and alone time, Tommy sat on a log in a secluded part of camp. Initially, everyone was reluctant for him to go out so soon, but let up realizing he had no desire to wander far. Tommy wore a white shirt and his uniform jacket over his bandages. He didn’t even bother to button them up.

He sat slouched on the log. His wings hung droopily, laying in the tall, green grass. Tommy closed his eyes and released a heavy sigh. He felt the cool summer breeze against his face and ruffled through his golden feathers, which admittedly felt soothing. When Tommy heard nearby rustling and footsteps, he opened his eyes and turned to see Wilbur.

“Do you mind if I sit here?” He politely asked, to which Tommy quietly nodded and scooted over. “You know, I was hoping I would get the chance to talk to you alone. There’s something important I’ve been meaning to tell you.”

“That’s funny. There is something I want to talk to you about too.”

“You go first. It’s only fair since I stopped you last time.”

“I’m sorry I failed you, all of you. You guys were riding on me winning the duel. And I threw away my shot and let you all down. Now, who knows what Dream will do to L’manberg.” Tommy glanced downwards, his eyes becoming watery as his shaky hands formed fists.

Wilbur immediately placed a hand on his shoulder. “Tommy, I don’t blame you. None of us do. We are all happy you’re still here. You are young and put in a situation with a lot of pressure. I should’ve never allowed it to happen to begin with.” His voice was filled with regret and sorrow. “If anything, you should be mad at me for failing you again.”

“Again? You don’t mean…” Tommy went silent, eyes widening in shock as his gaze met Wilbur’s.

“Isn’t that what you were trying to tell me before, Thomathy? That you’re my youngest brother?”

Taken aback, he blinked slowly. “When did you figure it out?”

“I’ve had my suspicions in the past, times where I’ve accepted and denied it. That you couldn’t be him because my brother died. I realized when Ponk was removing the arrow. You have the same scar on your stomach.” Wilbur's hand trembled as he pointed to where Billiam stabbed him all those years ago. “I understand if you can never forgive us for abandoning you.”

“I’ll admit, I hated you all for the longest time. And after I remembered, I still wanted to hate you.” Tommy said, his resentful tone caused Wilbur to lower his head. “But I don’t think I can. I know this wasn’t on purpose, and honestly, this barely changes much between us now. We did agree to move on after all.”

The two thought back to the conversation they had in the final control room. If this war proved anything, life was nothing but short and unpredictable. Their last day could be tomorrow for all they knew. Too much time was spent focused on the past. It was finally time to move forward, together.

“You’re alive, and that’s all that matters.” Wilbur smiled softly, tears trailing down his cheeks.

Tommy smiled back. The tears finally broke from his face. He pulled Wilbur in for a tight hug, never wanting to let go of his brother again. Tommy buried his head in his chest, sniffling. Taken by surprise, Wilbur’s hands shook, but he returned the hug just as fiercely.

“Welcome home, Tommy.”

Upon letting go, Tommy glanced downwards, looking at the banadages. “Everyone waited for me to wake up. Now that I’m here, I think it's time we finally talk to Dream and surrender.”

Wilbur nodded, offering a hand to help Tommy stand. “Let's end this war. This time together.”


With the quill his father gifted him, Wilbur wrote a letter to the Essempi’s king, stating they were finally ready to surrender and to meet in the same place as last time. He sent a crow with the note before they went on their way. The entire walk was in complete silence. Neither Tommy or Wilbur dared to mutter a word, their heads hanging low.

Wilbur remained attentively close by Tommy's side, assuring he wouldn’t collapse from his injuries. They stopped at the remains of the Carmiagevan. Wilbur stared sorrowfully at the ashen ruins, having been avoiding the sight since its destruction. He watched in silence as the blond sat amongst the debris.

With a trembling hand, Tommy reluctantly reached into the Enderchest to pull out Cat and Mellohi. He gripped the two discs tightly, gazing at them one last time with bittersweet sorrow.

“Tubbo and I fought a lot of battles and sacrificed a lot for these discs. I have plenty of good memories with them.” Although, to most they were nothing more than seemingly worthless relics, to Tommy the discs were invaluable. They were his favorite, and one of the few possessions someone like him could ever call his own. “I’m not ready to give them up.”

Yet he already knew how it had to be. Quietly tucking them away inside his coat, Tommy stood up and nodded to Wilbur. It was time.

When they crossed the same bridge Tommy dueled at, the blonde paused, his feet growing shaky. Despite him pretending like he was unaffectedly, Wilbur could tell he was afraid of falling into the river, never to return again. In truth, he was afraid too. After all, Wilbur just got his younger brother back, he wouldn’t lose him again. Tommy looked up as his brother placed a hand on his shoulder, remaining by his side in solidarity. Not long after, the two left the bridge behind, not looking back and made it to the clearing in the forest to see Dream waiting.

“So you’ve finally arrived, President Soot-Minecraft. I was starting to think you weren’t going to show up.” The smugness in his tone was less obvious than usual, instead replaced with exhaustion.

It seemed that even Dream had grown tired of all this fighting. Despite their differences, that was something they could all agree on. Dream didn’t wear his mask. His green cloak was more tattered and blood-stained than Tommy last remembered it. Even with the failure of the duel, Tommy took satisfaction knowing the scar he gave Dream on his upper, left cheek still remained.

Wilbur was ready to speak, but before he could, Tommy stepped in front of him. “Dream, I know what you want from me.”

Immediate panic filled Wilbur’s eyes, fearing another repeat of the duel. Tommy put hand on his shoulder, quietly reassuring him. He was too tired to argue, and knew better than to repeat the same mistake. Reluctantly, Wilbur let him speak.

“I’ll give you both of the discs, Cat and Mellohi, from our fight willingly. No conflict necessary. All I ask is that you let us have our independence.” Tommy reached in his coat to extend his arm, holding the two discs in front of him.

Dream looked at the discs that shimmered under the afternoon sun, immediately catching his emerald eyes. “If I remember correctly, our original deal was that if I won the duel, I got both of them back.”

“Tommy, we lost the war either way. The duel was never fair since you were hurt. You don’t have to give up the discs.” Wilbur pleaded with him.

“I know, but this is my choice.” Tommy turned to him with a faint, sorrowful smile.

Dream pondered it over, his expression unreadable. “That is a very interesting deal indeed. I never expected a thief like you to be so selfless.”

Tommy was tempted to refute him, but as he turned to Wilbur, he decided to stay quiet. The two dreadfully waited in anticipation of what the king decided. They knew it was unlikely, so they had little hope. The most obvious outcome is that L’manberg would rejoin the Essempi and suffer the consequences, or worse, the war would continue on endlessly.

“How about this; I’ll grant you technical independence. We will cease this fighting and leave you guys alone unless something happens in future, then it’s fair game for us. In return, you must give me the discs.” Dream held out his hand.

“Deal.” Wilbur shook on it. “I expect to work out the full details of this treaty in the near future.” He gently pushed Tommy’s back, making him step forward.

Tommy heaved a deep sigh. He admired the discs one last time before giving them away. “For L’manberg, for Wilbur.” Tommy handed Dream Mellohi. “For Tubbo.” He handed Dream Cat.

He could barely bring himself to watch as Dream slowly put them away in his cloak. The two will never really understand his reasoning. Dream could’ve had it all, the discs and L’manberg, but he decided not to. Maybe he thought he already caused enough harm, or feared this war reflected on his image poorly. It showed how little the two countries really understood one another.

L’manberg was granted its true independence not from a war or duel, but in the most unlikely way: over two music discs. Before departing, Dream gave them a chest full of the armor and weapons they lost from Eret’s betrayal. Similar to the disc deal, they were unsure of his reasoning. Yet neither complained, never thinking they’d see the equipment again.

Tommy attempted to pick up the chest, but Wilbur stopped him. He insisted on doing it because of his injuries. The blond had no problem with that, and got a good laugh out of his leader struggling to carry the chest. Despite his efforts in the war, it was clear strength and athletics were never Wilbur’s strong suit.

Tommy walked back silently with his head held low. Wilbur took notice of his brother’s behavior. “I know it wasn’t easy for you to give up your discs, but you did good. I couldn’t be more proud of you.”

He looked upwards, breaking a slight smile. “Thanks, Wilbur. It means a lot.”

They were interrupted by the sound of rustling leaves. Tommy quickly unsheathed his sword, his stance and grip shaky from his current condition. They fully expected an ambush from Dream’s men. Since he had gotten the discs, all he needed to do was finish them, and L’manberg would be his. Instead, they were greeted by someone different.

“The opportunity of defeating the enemy is provided by the enemy himself.” Technoblade emerged from the tree lines, wearing a victorious grin.

“Since when did you get here?” Wilbur asked.

“I’ve been followin’ you this whole time. You know, in case Dream tried anything.”

“Well, now that you’re here…” Wilbur handed the chests full of armor and weapons to Technoblade, who heaved a happy sigh.

“Should I tell the others the good news right away?” Tommy eagerly perked up.

“No, you need to rest, and you too, Techno. After everything, you both deserve it. Once we get back, I’ll gather everyone for a surprise announcement.” He softly smiled, playfully ruffling the blond’s hair.

The three brothers walked back, side by side, relishing in their victory and plans of what was to come next. Meanwhile, Dream stood frozen in place, silently watching as his green cloak gently swayed with the wind. His men all emerged from their hiding among the trees, each with looks of skepticism.

George took his place right next to his partner, arms crossed. “Why did you let them go? I don’t think that was exactly a fair deal for us.”

“Yeah, we could’ve easily won the war and taken L’manberg back.” Sapnap added.

“I didn’t want to get in the way when things were just starting to get interesting. I have a feeling this is far from over. We’ll have plenty of chances to take back L’manberg in the future. We barely suffered any losses, and besides, we aren’t leaving empty handed.” Dream held up his two discs that shimmered under the sun.

They marked a long fought victory over Tommy, and he couldn’t wait to see how they’ll be used against him and L’manberg in the future. George, Sapnap and Punz exchanged glances, not fully understanding but going with it anyways.

As they started to quietly return to the Essempi, there was rustling among the leaves. The four pulled out their Neterite weapons, prepared for a fight. Purpled, Punz’s younger brother, jumped into the clearing. He was fully equipped with armor as he gripped his sword.

“I heard there was a war going on! I am here to help!” He shouted, catching his breath as the four stared at him, deadpan.


The once seven founders, now six, stood in front of the carriage, or at least what remained of it. Citizens from far and wide gathered around, unsure why their leader called them here. Their fellow founders, and those who knew the duel’s outcome, were less optimistic.

Wilbur looked out at the crowd, noticing his parents and two brothers watching. His youngest brother stood by his side the entire time. Tommy handed him a parchment scroll and a golden feather. Wilbur softly smiled in return.

His genuine smile left his friends, family and a few audience members confused. Everyone assumed he came here to announce L’manberg rejoining the Essempi and the consequences for its people. It was time to tell them the real outcome of all their fighting.

“I’m going to keep this short and sweet.” Wilbur took a deep breath, smiling at the crowd.

As he wrote the words ‘Decree of Independance’ at the top of the page, all the founders, with the exception of Tommy, had the same bewildered expression. They had to do a double-take to make sure their eyes weren’t deceiving them, still processing it all.

“As we gaze upon the swaths of redwood trees, the great hills to our south and the walls that have protected us. I, as the now president of Lmanberg,” Wilbur cleared his throat, “Self appointed by the way.”

Members of the audience exchange confused murmurs. Kristin tightly held onto her husband’s hand, Ranboo appeared more anxious than usual, and Technoblade looked proud. Jack, Niki and Fundy remained eerily quiet. Tubbo glanced over at Tommy, who stood cross armed with a satisfied smirk. Knowing his friend knew it would be okay, he smiled too.

“I hereby state that formed from the beliefs of life, liberty and the pursuit of freedom…” Their president took a dramatic pause, leaving way too much anticipation for everyone’s liking. “The nation of L’manberg has officially won its independence and shall henceforth be free forever more.”

In an instant silence fell upon the entire crowd. Then, everyone burst into loud cheer. The crowd became chaotic and citizens jumped with joy. Friends and brothers in arms alike held hands and huddled together. The founders were no exception, never looking happier.

“We won, fuck yeah!” Tommy threw both of his arms up and cheered.

“We won!” Tubbo repeated, excitedly jumping with his friend.

Wilbur pulled the two in for a group hug. Fundy, Jack and Niki eagerly joined in the huddle. Once they broke away, Wilbur held the Decree of Independance. He exchanged smiles with Tommy, signing it before handing it to him. Tommy eagerly wrote his name with his golden feather quill. He passed it to Tubbo, who was practically bouncing in place to do so. They handed it around the six founders until the decree returned to their president.

Wilbur looked at the scroll with a soft expression, the ink of their names still wet. He’ll admit, things turned out far from planned. Earlier today, he was fully expecting to surrender. It wasn’t done in the most conventional way, but it never was with the L’manberg crew. Their victory was hard earned, and Wilbur couldn’t be prouder of them.

He took a deep breath before shouting at the top of his lungs. “Yoooooo! Suck it green boy!”


To celebrate the official end of the war and L’manberg’s independence, a party was thrown. A small space in the center of the city was sectioned off for the event. Building repairs would have to wait for another day because tonight was a night of celebration. Any citizens who wished to come were more than welcome. Everyone did their best to pitch in when it came to setting up.

Blue, white, red, black and gold streamers were hung around the square. Lanterns of the same colors were set off into the sky. Tubbo even used his magic to grow some flowers to decorate the area. It was by no means a large celebration, yet there was something beautiful about its simplicity.

A small, yet hopeful party for their hard-earned independence and hopefully a long and bright future to come.

“Niki, where are you taking me?” Wilbur asked, walking with his eyes shut.

“It’s a surprise.” She held onto his hand, leading the way. “Okay, we’re here. You can open your eyes now.”

He opened them to see a line of tables with various kinds of foods, but mostly cakes.

“I know it isn’t much, but everyone did their best to pitch in, given the short notice. Here, I made this, and purposely misspelled it just for you.” She grabbed one of the cakes, setting the plate in his hands.

Wilbur looked down to see “Happy Independance” written in frosting. “Thank you, Niki, it’s perfect. I just have one question. I get that you’re a baker, but how did you make all these cakes so fast?”

To that, Niki smiled innocently. “I did make some of them, but I’ll admit I had some help.”

Ranboo demonstrated, taking an empty plate and summoning a cake on it. “It’s my infinite cake power.”

“Damn, Niki, he’s really good. You should get him to work for your bakery.” Jack suggested.

“Sorry, but Ranboo is already workin’ for me.” Technoblade wrapped his arm around his younger brother, ruffling his black and white hair.

“After everything that happened, I didn’t realize how much I needed this.” Fundy held a plate with a slice of cake on it.

“Fundy! My son!” Wilbur cheered, smooshing his furry cheeks. “Who’s my little champion!”

“Dad, stop!”

Wilbur immediately stopped upon his request, wearing a gentler expression. “You did good. I’m very proud of you. I bet your mother is too.”

“Thanks, dad.” The young fox beamed. The golden ring that belonged to Wilbur now was on the silver chain to Sally’s compass, both shimmering around Fundy’s neck.

The festivities went on past sunset. They had games, and people were even setting off fireworks. How they were able to set that up was a miracle in itself. Wilbur gathered a band, composed entirely of volunteers, to play his finally finished national anthem: My L'manberg. He conducted the piece himself.

While it was far from a finished symphony, people enjoyed it for what it was.

During the anthem, Ranboo asked Tubbo to dance with him, even giving a polite bow. Of course, he said yes, and they joined in with the mess of people. Ranboo spun him around fast, and the entire time he laughed until he felt dizzy on his feet.

When dancing, Tubbo noticed a certain blond sitting alone, slumped against the wall, golden wings hanging lowly. Once the next song ended, he told Ranboo he needed a break.

“You know, out of everyone here, I expected you to be having the most fun.”

Tommy looked up at his best friend, standing in front of him. “I’m not really feeling it. Feel free to have fun without me. You deserve it.”

“So do you,” Tubbo sat down next to him. “I saved you the last slice of the “independance” cake. If you don’t want that, we can always find something else.”

“It’s okay, I’m not that hungry…”

“What’s wrong? Are you still shaken up over almost dying?” He asked, to which the blond shook his head. “Or is it because of the conversation between you, Wilbur and Dream.”

Tommy froze, and Tubbo knew immediately. He sometimes wished he didn’t, but his best friend knew him too well.

Tommy heaved a long, deep sigh. “–I lost the discs, most likely forever.”

Tubbo’s eyes widened upon hearing that, his first instinct was to pull his friend in for a hug. “I’m sorry, I know how much they meant to you.”

Upon letting go, Tubbo untied the red bandana around his neck and looked down at it. Unfortunately, he knew what it was like losing something of sentimental importance. During one of their escapes, he lost his precious bee-colored scarf, and oh how he wept. Tommy, feeling terrible about it, nearly risked his life getting him that bandana.

It was no replacement for his scarf, but he cherished it in a different way.

“We really had nothing growing up.” Tommy wiped his watery eyes with his sleeve as Tubbo quietly nodded. “And the one thing of value I had, I was forced to give up. Even after all the work we went through to get them back. Talk about a fucking waste…”

“Don’t say that!” Tubbo gripped his shoulders, staring him in the eye. “None of us would be here tonight if it weren’t for you. We’ve done it before, so there still might be a way to get them back.”

“You really think so?”

Tubbo nodded and stood up, offering Tommy his hand with a bright smile. “For now, let’s enjoy our hard earned victory.”

To Tubbo, how could he possibly say no?

“You know what,” He grinned, letting his friend help him up, “That sounds like a plan to me.”

As Tubbo guided him towards the party, he had the thought that, despite his cursed existence, the universe was kind enough to bless him with the greatest friend he could ever ask for.

Tommy was welcome by his friends with open arms. Joining in the festivities and playing games, he felt at place without a single worry. The celebration carried on late into the night.

As the energetic music faded out, Phil and Kristin shared a slow dance, along with Wilbur and Niki. Tommy looked towards his oldest brother, and the two exchanged content smiles. Then, he turned towards Technoblade, back leaned against the wall and arms crossed, who gave him a simple nod of approval. Tommy returned the simple gesture before turning back towards his friends.

When it got very late, Tommy and Tubbo decided to leave the party. Side by side, they ventured outside of the walled city until coming across a familiar bench. They quietly sat on it together, the cicadas and rustling grass serving as their music that night. Neither realized they fell asleep until they were woken up by the dawn’s bright rays. But together, they watched the sun rise on a newly free L’manberg.

Notes:

We did it everyone, we are officially halfway done with DLYH! I want to give a special thanks to you all for being with me on this journey.

I am expecting this fic to be somewhere between 66-70 chapters in total. I could be wrong, and am unsure of the exact amount. For that reason, I won’t be listing an exact chapter count until the final arc of this fic most likely.

I plan to take a little hiatus after this (I know, I just got back). It’s mainly to work on other fics and refine my plans for the second half of this fic. In the meantime, expect that side fic with clingyduo out. I'd like to post it around this fic's anniversary, but given my schedule I can't guarantee a set date. You all have the election arc, Manberg arc, new and returning characters, and of course more with clingy duo to look forward to! Until we see each other again!

Series this work belongs to:

Works inspired by this one: